Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3674   27-0291921

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

(978) 938-4896

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

President and Chief Executive Officer

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

(978) 938-4896

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark G. Borden, Esq.

David A. Westenberg, Esq.

Jason L. Kropp, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Telephone: (617) 526-6000

Telecopy: (617) 526-5000

 

Janene I. Ásgeirsson, Esq.

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

Telephone: (978) 938-4896

Telecopy: (978) 938-4899

 

Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.

Joseph C. Theis, Jr., Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Telephone: (617) 570-1000

Telecopy: (617) 523-1231

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨             

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ    Smaller reporting company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)             

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities To Be Registered

    Proposed Maximum Aggregate  
Offering Price(1)
 

  Amount of

  Registration Fee(2)  

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $125,000,000   $12,587.50

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated                     , 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.

Acacia Communications is offering              of the shares to be sold in the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA.”

As an “emerging growth company,” we are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Acacia Communications

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 131 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation paid to underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from Acacia Communications, Inc. and up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2015.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    BofA Merrill Lynch    Deutsche Bank Securities
Needham & Company   

Cowen and Company

   Northland Capital Markets

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     7   

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     9   

Risk Factors

     11   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     40   

Use of Proceeds

     41   

Dividend Policy

     42   

Capitalization

     43   

Dilution

     45   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     48   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53   

Business

     77   

Management

     93   

Executive Compensation

     101   

Related Person Transactions

     112   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     116   

Description of Capital Stock

     118   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     123   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     126   

Underwriting

     130   

Industry and Other Data

     137   

Legal Matters

     137   

Experts

     137   

Where You Can Find More Information

     137   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: None of us, the selling stockholders, or the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 11, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Acacia Communications,” “Acacia,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Acacia Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processor application-specific integrated circuits, or DSP ASICs, and silicon photonic integrated circuits, or silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second, or Gbps, for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points. Through the use of standard interfaces, our modules can be easily integrated with customers’ network equipment. The advanced software in our modules enables increased configurability and automation, provides insight into network and connection point characteristics and helps identify network performance problems, all of which increase flexibility and reduce operating costs.

Our modules are rooted in our low-power coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, which we have specifically developed for our target markets. Our coherent DSP ASICs are manufactured using complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, and our silicon PICs are manufactured using a CMOS-compatible process. CMOS is a widely-used and cost-effective semiconductor process technology. Using CMOS to siliconize optical interconnect technology enables us to continue to integrate increasing functionality into our products, benefit from higher yields and reliability associated with CMOS and capitalize on regular improvements in CMOS performance, density and cost. Our use of CMOS also enables us to use outsourced foundry services rather than requiring custom fabrication to manufacture our products. In addition, our use of CMOS and CMOS compatible processes enables us to take advantage of the major investments in manufacturing and the technology and integration improvements driven by other computer and communications markets that rely on CMOS.

Our engineering and management teams have extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. This broad expertise in a range of advanced technologies, methodologies and processes enhances our innovation, design and development capabilities and has enabled us to develop and introduce nine optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and two silicon PICs since 2009. In the course of our product development cycles, we continuously engage with our customers as they design their current and next-generation network equipment, which provides us with insights into current and future market needs.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

We sell our products through a direct sales force to leading network equipment manufacturers. The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 20 during the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years. Our revenue for 2014 was $146.2 million, an 88.3% increase from $77.7 million of revenue in 2013. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $170.5 million, a 62.0% increase from $105.2 million of revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. In 2014, we generated net income of $13.5 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $20.4 million, compared to a net loss of $1.2 million and adjusted EBITDA of $3.6 million in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we generated net income of $17.9 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $31.7 million, compared to net income of $11.0 million and adjusted EBITDA of $16.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income.

Industry Background

According to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index Report dated May 2015, or the VNI Report, global internet protocol, or IP, traffic is projected to nearly triple from 2.0 exabytes per day in 2014 to 5.5 exabytes per day in 2019, representing a 23% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. This growth is expected to be driven by a variety of factors, including increased data and video consumption, growth in mobile and 4G/LTE communications, proliferation of cloud services, changing traffic patterns in metro and inter-data center networks, and adoption of the “Internet of Things.” To satisfy this growth in demand for bandwidth, cloud infrastructure operators and content and communications service providers, which we refer to collectively as cloud and service providers, are investing in the capacity and performance of their network equipment.

The table below outlines the principal types of networks and estimated annual spend on high-speed optical network hardware related to the long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets, as described in the ACG Research Market Release DCI Optical Networking Market 2Q 2014 Worldwide report:

 

          Estimated Spend  

Network Type

  

Description

   2014      Forecast for
2019
     CAGR  

Long-haul

  

Distances greater than

1,500 km, and subsea connections

   $ 4.7 billion       $ 7.0 billion         8.6

Metro

   Distances less than 1,500 km connecting regions and cities    $ 6.4 billion       $ 11.8 billion         13.0

Inter-data center

   Various lengths connecting large data centers    $ 0.4 billion       $ 4.0 billion         58.4

Importance of Optical Interconnect Technologies

Optical equipment that interfaces directly with fiber relies on optical interconnect technologies that take digital signals from network equipment, perform signal processing to convert these digital signals to optical signals for transmission over a fiber network, and then perform the reverse functions on the receive side. These technologies also incorporate advanced signal processing that can monitor, manage and reduce errors and distortion in the fiber connection between the transmit and receive

 



 

2


Table of Contents

sides. Advanced optical interconnect technologies can enhance network performance by improving the capabilities and increasing the capacities of optical equipment and routers and switches, while also reducing operating costs. The key characteristics of advanced optical interconnect technologies that dictate performance and capacity include speed, density, robustness, power consumption, automation and manageability.

Our Solution—The Siliconization of Optical Interconnect

We have developed families of high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that reduce the complexity and cost of optical interconnect technology, while simultaneously improving network performance and the pace of innovation in the optical networking industry. Our optical interconnect solution includes sophisticated modules that perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions required to process network traffic at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. These modules meet the needs of cloud and service providers for optical interconnect products in a simple, open, high-performance form factor that can be easily integrated in a cost-effective manner with existing network equipment.

Our interconnect products are powered by our internally developed and purpose-built coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are engineered to work together and each integrates numerous signal processing and optical transmission functions that together deliver a complete, cost-effective high-speed coherent optical interconnect solution in a small footprint that requires low power and provides significant automation and management capabilities. We believe that our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, which are based on our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC, were, at the time market introduction, the industry’s first interconnect modules to deliver transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and higher. Prior to the introduction of our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, we believe that these transmission speeds were not possible in modules in an industry standard form factor without sacrificing signal quality or other performance characteristics.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will enable us to maintain and extend our position in the high-speed optical interconnect market:

 

    Leading provider of high-speed integrated optical interconnect modules.     We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module capable of transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above.

 

    Track record of rapid innovation driven by advanced design methodologies.     Our development capabilities and advanced design methodologies have enabled us to introduce nine optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and two silicon PICs since 2009.

 

    Leveraging the strength of CMOS for photonics.     By using CMOS as the basis for both our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, our products achieve significant improvements in density and cost and benefit from ongoing advances in CMOS.

 

    Proprietary software framework enables simplified configuration and deployment.     Our software framework is key to increasing the performance of and reducing the capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with high-speed networks, and enables our customers to integrate our products easily into their existing networks.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    Customer collaboration provides deep understanding of market needs.     We collaborate closely with our customers, as well as directly with many cloud and service providers, which allows us to better understand their needs and anticipate next generation product and service requirements.

 

    Strong management and engineering teams with significant industry expertise.     Our management and engineering teams, of which our founders remain a key part, include personnel with extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of high-speed optical interconnect technology that underpins the world’s data and communication networks. To grow our business and achieve our vision, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Continue to innovate and extend our technology leadership.     We intend to continue to invest in our technology to deliver innovative and high-performance DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and optical interconnect modules and to identify and solve challenging optical interconnect needs.

 

    Increase penetration within our existing customer base.     As we continue to enhance and expand our product families, and as our existing customers seek to expand and improve their network equipment technology, we expect to generate additional revenue through sales to these customers.

 

    Continue to expand customer base.     We believe that the benefits of our solution, supported by the success of existing customers as references, will drive more network equipment manufacturers to purchase their optical interconnect products from us.

 

    Grow into adjacent markets.     We believe that growth in fiber optics-based communications is likely to accelerate and that this growth, together with expansion in other markets that depend on high-speed networking capabilities, such as intra-data center and network access markets, will result in demand for additional applications for our products.

 

    Selectively pursue strategic investments or acquisitions.     Although we expect to focus our growth strategy on expanding our market share organically, we may pursue future investments or acquisitions that complement our existing business.

Risks Associated with Our Business

You should consider carefully the risks described under the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks, which include the following, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and could result in a partial or total loss of your investment:

 

    We have a history of operating losses, and we may not maintain or increase our profitability.

 

    Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

 

    We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss of a major customer could harm our financial condition.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Our revenue growth is substantially dependent on our successful development and release of new products.

 

    We depend on third parties for a significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products.

 

    We depend on a limited number of suppliers, some of which are sole sources, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.

 

    Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance.

 

    We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins.

 

    We generate a significant portion of our revenue from international sales and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with our international operations.

 

    Quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers or in quality problems with our products.

 

    Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable effort and expense, so our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

 

    If our products are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to obtain a license to use the infringed technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, MA 01754, and our telephone number at that address is (978) 938-4896. Our website address is www.acacia-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

“Acacia Communications ® ,” “Acacia ® ,” our logo, and other trademarks or tradenames of Acacia Communications, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies, including:

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval with respect to golden parachute arrangements; and

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

             shares from us and             shares from the selling stockholders

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

Dividend policy

We intend to retain all future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“ACIA”

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 30,983,045 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015 and excludes:

 

    2,412,377 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share;

 

    219,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share; and

 

   

7,669,166 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 4,299,166 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan (131,500 of which are issuable upon the exercise of options granted subsequent to September 30, 2015 and 844,846 of which are issuable upon the vesting of

 



 

7


Table of Contents
 

RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), 2,670,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (450,000 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, the conversion of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    the warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015 to purchase 245,000 shares of our preferred stock, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, will become exercisable for 245,000 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us and up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholders.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents summary consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 have been derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of that information for such period. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the full year. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

  $   77,652      $ 146,234      $ 105,222      $ 170,509   

Cost of revenue(1)

    47,983        93,558        66,874        108,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    29,669        52,676        38,348        62,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development(1)

    24,248        28,471        19,618        26,327   

Sales, general and administrative(1)

    5,099        6,615        4,539        8,060   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    745        108                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30,092        35,194        24,157        34,387   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (423     17,482        14,191        27,832   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (770     (1,029     (851     (1,816
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (1,193     16,453        13,340        26,016   

Provision for income taxes

           2,933        2,374        8,133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (1,193     13,520        10,966        17,883   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 1,425      $ 3,044   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

       

Basic

  $ (1.12   $ 0.31      $ 0.26      $ 0.48   

Diluted

  $ (1.12   $ 0.23      $ 0.19      $ 0.37   

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

    4,429        5,629        5,496        6,357   

Diluted

    4,429        7,447        7,377        8,146   

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(2):

       

Basic

    $ 0.47        $ 0.65   

Diluted

    $ 0.44        $ 0.60   

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

      29,806          30,534   

Diluted

      31,869          32,568   

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands)  

Other Operational and Financial Data:

       

Non-GAAP gross profit(3)

  $   29,694      $ 52,693      $ 38,360      $ 62,261   

Non-GAAP income from operations(3)

  $ 1,081      $ 17,889      $ 14,479      $ 28,377   

Non-GAAP net income(3)

  $ 405      $ 14,410      $ 11,597      $ 20,389   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,550      $ 20,395      $ 16,029      $ 31,676   

 

     As of September 30, 2015
     Actual     Pro Forma(4)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(5)
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,037      $ 18,037      

Working capital

     45,207        45,207      

Total assets

     107,548        107,548      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,913             

Total liabilities

     51,722        48,809      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     69,684             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (13,858     58,739      

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 25       $ 17       $ 12       $ 42   

Research and development

     960         258         181         378   

Sales, general and administrative

     519         132         95         125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,504       $ 407       $ 288       $ 545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 2, 3 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.
(3) See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their nearest GAAP equivalents.
(4) The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $2.9 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity (deficit), which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(5) The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above also reflects our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of operating losses, and we may not maintain or increase our profitability.

Although we were profitable in 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we incurred operating losses in 2009 through 2013. We may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. If we are unable to maintain profitability, the market value of our stock may decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk associated with your investment.

We were founded in 2009 and shipped our first products in 2011. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature and consolidation of our industry, suppliers, manufacturers and customers, makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. We have encountered and may continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including unpredictable and volatile revenues and increased expenses as we continue to grow our business. If we do not manage these risks and overcome these difficulties successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Further, we have limited historic financial data, and we operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

Since we began commercial shipments of our products, our revenue, gross profit and results of operations have varied and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our future revenue and gross profit and plan expenses accordingly and, therefore, it is difficult for us to predict our future results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss of a major customer could harm on our financial condition.

We have historically generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our five largest customers in each period (which differed by period) collectively accounted for 79.5%, 77.7%, 82.5% and 74.2% of our revenue, respectively. In 2013, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc. accounted for 13.6%, 23.4%, 25.3% and 28.4% of our revenue, respectively, and ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd. accounted for 32.1%, 35.4%, 37.8% and 24.0% of our revenue, respectively. In addition, during 2013, Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 19.2% of our revenue. As a consequence of the concentrated nature of our customer base, our quarterly revenue

 

11


Table of Contents

and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate, and any cancellation of orders or any acceleration or delay in anticipated product purchases or the acceptance of shipped products by our larger customers could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period. We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from our larger customers or offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by our larger customers with purchases by new or existing customers. We expect that such concentrated purchases will continue to contribute materially to our revenue for the foreseeable future and that our results of operations may fluctuate materially as a result of such larger customers’ buying patterns. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2014, our revenue was adversely affected by a delay in anticipated purchases by two customers. In addition, we have seen and may in the future see consolidation of our customer base which could result in loss of customers or reduced purchases. The loss of such customers, or a significant delay or reduction in their purchases, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our revenue growth is substantially dependent on our successful development and release of new products.

The markets for our products are characterized by changes and improvements in existing technologies and the introduction of new technology approaches. The future of our business will depend in large part upon the continuing relevance of our technological capabilities, our ability to interpret customer and market requirements in advance of product deliveries and our ability to introduce in a timely manner new products that address our customers’ requirements for more cost-effective bandwidth solutions. The development of new products is a complex process, and we may experience delays and failures in completing the development and introduction of new products. Our successful product development depends on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    the accurate prediction of market requirements, changes in technology and evolving standards;

 

    the availability of qualified product designers and technologies needed to solve difficult design challenges in a cost-effective, reliable manner;

 

    our ability to design products that meet customers’ cost, size, acceptance and specification criteria and performance requirements;

 

    our ability to manufacture new products with acceptable quality and manufacturing yields in a sufficient quantity to meet customer demand and according to customer needs;

 

    our ability to offer new products at competitive prices;

 

    our dependence on suppliers to deliver in a timely manner materials that are critical components of our products;

 

    our dependence on third-party manufacturers to successfully manufacture our products;

 

    the identification of and entry into new markets for our products;

 

    the acceptance of our customers’ products by the market and the lifecycle of such products; and

 

    our ability to deliver products in a timely manner within our customers’ product planning and deployment cycle.

A new product development effort may last two years or longer, and requires significant investments in engineering hours, third-party development costs, prototypes and sample materials, as well as sales and marketing expenses, which will not be recouped if the product launch is unsuccessful. We may not be able to design and introduce new products in a timely or cost-efficient manner, and our new products may fail to meet the requirements of the market or our customers, or

 

12


Table of Contents

may be adopted by customers slower than we expect. In that case, we may not reach our expected level of production orders and may lose market share, which could adversely affect our ability to sustain our revenue growth or maintain our current revenue levels.

We depend on third parties for a significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products.

A significant portion of the fabrication, assembly and testing of our products is done by third party contract manufacturers and foundries. As a result, we face competition for manufacturing capacity in the open market. We rely on foundries to manufacture wafers and on third-party manufacturers to assemble, test and manufacture substantially all of our coherent DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and modules. Accordingly, we cannot directly control our product delivery schedules and quality assurance. This lack of control could result in product shortages or quality assurance problems. These issues could delay shipments of our products, increase our assembly or testing costs or lead to costly epidemic failure claims. In addition, the consolidation of contract manufacturers and foundries, as well as the increasing capital intensity and complexity associated with fabrication in smaller process geometries, has limited the number of available contract manufacturers and foundries and increased our dependence on a smaller number of contract manufacturers and foundries. The small number of contract manufacturers or foundries could also increase the costs of components or manufacturing and adversely affect our results of operations, including our gross margins. In addition, to the extent we engage additional contract manufacturers or foundries, introduce new products with new manufacturers or foundries and/or move existing internal or external production lines to new manufacturers or foundries, we could experience supply disruptions during the transition process.

Because we rely on contract manufacturers and foundries, we face several significant risks in addition to those discussed above, including:

 

    a lack of guaranteed supply of manufactured wafers and other raw and finished components and potential higher wafer and component prices due to supply constraints;

 

    the limited availability of, or potential delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies;

 

    the location of contract manufacturers and foundries in regions that are subject to earthquakes, typhoons, tsunamis and other natural disasters; and

 

    competition with our contract manufacturers’ or foundries’ other customers when contract manufacturers or foundries allocate capacity or supply during periods of capacity constraint or supply shortages.

The manufacture of our products is a complex and technologically demanding process that utilizes many state of the art manufacturing processes and specialized components. Our foundries have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields for our wafers. This often occurs during the production of new products or the installation and start-up of new process technologies and can occur even in mature processes due to break downs in mechanical systems, clean room controls, equipment failures, calibration errors and the handling of the material from station to station as well as damage resulting from the shipment and handling of the products to various points of processing.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers, some of which are sole sources, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of the key materials, including silicon wafers and components, equipment used to manufacture our products, and key design tools used in the design, testing and manufacturing of our products. Some of these suppliers are sole sources. With some of these suppliers, we do not have long-term agreements and instead purchase materials and equipment

 

13


Table of Contents

through a purchase order process. As a result, these suppliers may stop supplying us materials and equipment or significantly increase their prices at any time with little or no advance notice. Our reliance on sole source suppliers or a limited number of suppliers could result in delivery problems, reduced control over product pricing and quality, and our inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. Some of our suppliers may experience financial difficulties that could prevent them from supplying us materials, or equipment used in the design and manufacture of our products. In addition, our suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, may experience manufacturing delays or shut downs due to circumstances beyond their control such as labor issues, political unrest or natural disasters. Our suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, could also determine to discontinue the manufacture of materials, equipment and tools that may be difficult for us to obtain from alternative sources. In addition, the suppliers of design tools that we rely on may not maintain or advance the capabilities of their tools in a manner sufficient to meet the technological requirements for us to design advanced products or provide such tools to us at reasonable prices. Further, the industry in which our suppliers operate is subject to a trend of consolidation. To the extent these trends continue, we may become dependent on even fewer suppliers to meet our material and equipment needs.

Any supply deficiencies relating to the quantities of materials, equipment or tools we use to design and manufacture our products could materially and adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations. Lead times for the purchase of certain materials, equipment and tools from suppliers have increased and in some instances have exceeded the lead times provided to us by our customers. In some cases these lead time increases have limited our ability to respond to or meet customer demand. We have in the past and may in the future, experience delays or reductions in supply shipments, which could reduce our revenue and profitability. If key components or materials are unavailable, our costs would increase and our revenue would decline.

Although we are developing relationships with additional suppliers, doing so is a time-consuming process, and we may not be able to enter into necessary arrangements with these additional suppliers in time to avoid supply constraints in sole sourced components.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future growth or performance. We experienced revenue growth rates of 88.3% and 62.0% in the year ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the immediately preceding year. We may not achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our revenue for any prior quarterly or annual period as any indication of our future revenue or revenue growth. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins.

We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins. Factors such as slow introductions of new products, our failure to effectively reduce the cost of existing products, our failure to maintain or improve our product mix or pricing, changes in customer demand, annual or semi-annual price reductions and pricing discounts required under the terms of our customer contracts, pricing pressure resulting from increased competition, the availability of superior or lower-cost technologies, market consolidation or the potential for future macroeconomic or market volatility to reduce sales volumes. Our gross margins could also be adversely affected by unfavorable production yields or variances, increases in costs of components and materials, the timing changes in our inventory, warranty costs and related returns, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, our inability to reduce manufacturing costs in response to any decrease in revenue, possible exposure to inventory valuation reserves and

 

14


Table of Contents

failure to obtain the benefits of future tax planning strategies. Our competitors have a history of reducing their prices to increase or avoid losing market share, and if and as we continue to gain market share we may have to reduce our prices to continue to effectively compete. If we are unable to maintain or improve our gross margins, our financial results will be adversely affected.

Product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We produce complex products that incorporate advanced technologies. Despite our testing prior to their release, our products may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Product defects or errors could affect the performance of our products and could delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products. Allegations of unsatisfactory performance could cause us to lose revenue or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs in redesigning the products, cause us to lose significant customers, subject us to liability for damages or divert our resources from other tasks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

From time to time, we have had to replace certain components of products that we had shipped and provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects or bugs, including failures in software protocols or defective component batches resulting in reliability issues, in such products, and we may be required to do so in the future. We may also be required to provide full replacements or refunds for such defective products. Such remediation could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from international sales and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with our international operations.

Since January 1, 2013, we have shipped our products to customers located in 14 foreign countries. In 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we derived 85.1%, 79.2%, 82.6% and 81.6%, respectively, of our revenue from sales to customers with delivery locations outside the United States. A significant portion of our international sales are made to customers with delivery locations in China. In 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we derived 32.1%, 36.5%, 38.3% and 29.3%, respectively, of our revenue from sales to customers with delivery locations in China. We also work with manufacturing facilities outside of the United States. In the future, we intend to expand our international operations to locate additional functions related to the development, manufacturing and sale of our products outside of the United States. Our current and anticipated future international operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable obligations and longer collection periods;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international offices, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

 

    the impact of general economic and political conditions in economies outside the United States;

 

    tariff and trade barriers, changes in custom and duties requirements or compliance interpretations and other regulatory requirements or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets;

 

15


Table of Contents
    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

    certification requirements;

 

    greater difficulty documenting and testing our internal controls;

 

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

    the effects of changes in currency exchange rates;

 

    changes in service provider and government spending patterns;

 

    social, political and economic instability;

 

    higher incidence of corruption or unethical business practices that could expose us to liability or damage our reputation; and

 

    natural disasters, health epidemics and acts of war or terrorism.

International customers may also require that we comply with additional testing or customization of our products to conform to local standards, which could materially increase the costs to sell our products in those markets.

As we continue to operate on an international basis, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales.

If we fail to attract, retain and motivate key personnel, or if we fail to retain and motivate our founders, our business could suffer.

Our business depends on the services of highly qualified employees in a variety of disciplines, including optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of these employees, our founders and other members of our senior management team, as well as our ability to attract and retain other highly qualified management and technical personnel. There is intense competition for qualified personnel in our industry and a limited number of qualified personnel with expertise in the areas that are relevant to our business, and as a result we may not be able to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the expansion and success of our business. All of our co-founders are currently employees of our company. The loss of services of any of our founders or of any other officers or key personnel, or our inability to continue to attract qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The failure to increase sales to our existing customers as anticipated could adversely affect our future revenue growth and adversely affect our business.

We believe that our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand sales to our existing customers for use in a customer’s existing or new product offerings. Our efforts to increase product sales to existing customers may generate less revenue than anticipated or take longer than anticipated. If we are unable to increase sales to our existing customers as anticipated, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we do not effectively expand and train our direct sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers, and our business will be adversely affected.

We depend on our direct sales force to increase sales with existing customers and to obtain new customers. As such, we have invested and will continue to invest in our sales organization. In recent periods, we have been adding personnel and other resources to our sales function as we focus on growing our business, entering new markets and increasing our market share, and we expect to incur additional expenses in expanding our sales personnel in order to achieve revenue growth. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and integrating sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in international markets. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire, retain or integrate into our corporate culture sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire, integrate and train a sufficient number of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel we hire are not successful in increasing sales to our existing customer base or obtaining new customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, passion for customers and focus on execution, as well as facilitating critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing. As we grow and change, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, continue to perform at current levels or execute on our business strategy.

Quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers or in quality problems with our products which could adversely affect our business.

We may experience quality control problems in our manufacturing operations or the manufacturing operations of our contract manufacturers. If we are unable to identify and correct certain quality issues in our products prior to the products’ being shipped to customers, failure of our deployed products could cause failures in our customers’ products, which could require us to issue a product recall or trigger epidemic failure claims pursuant to our customer contracts, which may require us to indemnify or pay liquidated damages to affected customers, repair or replace damaged products, or discontinue or significantly delay shipments. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect our gross margins. In addition, even if a problem is identified and corrected at the manufacturing stage, product shipments to our customers could be delayed, which would negatively affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

We may not be able to manufacture our products in volumes or at times sufficient to meet customer demands, which could result in delayed or lost revenue and harm to our reputation.

Given the high level of sophisticated functionality embedded in our products, our manufacturing processes are complex and often involve more than one manufacturer. This complexity may result in lower manufacturing yields and may make it more difficult for our current and future contract

 

17


Table of Contents

manufacturers to scale to higher production volumes. If we are unable to manufacture our products in volumes or at times sufficient to meet demand, our customers could postpone or cancel orders or seek alternative suppliers for these products, which would harm our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

Customer requirements for new products are increasingly challenging, which could lead to significant executional risk in designing such products. We may incur significant expenses long before we can recognize revenue from new products, if at all, due to the costs and length of research, development and manufacturing process cycles.

Network equipment manufacturers seek increased performance optical interconnect products, at lower prices and in smaller and lower-power designs. These requirements can be technically challenging, and are sometimes customer-specific, which can require numerous design iterations. Because of the complexity of design requirements, including stringent customer-imposed acceptance criteria, executing on our product development goals is difficult and sometimes unpredictable. These difficulties could result in product sampling delays and/or missing targets on key specifications and customer requirements and acceptance criteria. Our failure to meet our customers’ requirements could result in our customers seeking alternative suppliers, which would adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Additionally, we and our competitors often incur significant research and development and sales and marketing costs for products that, at the earliest, will be purchased by our customers long after much of the cost is incurred and, in some cases, may never be purchased due to changes in industry or customer requirements in the interim.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable effort and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

The timing of our sales and revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of our products’ sales cycles. A sales cycle is the period between initial contact with a prospective network equipment manufacturer customer and any sale of our products. Customer orders are complex and difficult to complete because prospective customers generally consider a number of factors over an extended period of time before committing to purchase the products we sell. Customers often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision and require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our products prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order. The length of time that customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes varies significantly. Our products’ sales cycles can be lengthy in certain cases. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which lower our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs or if the sale is delayed as a result of extended qualification processes or delays from our customers’ customers. Even if a customer decides to purchase our products, there are many factors affecting the timing of our recognition of revenue, which makes our revenue difficult to forecast. For example, there may be unexpected delays in a customer’s internal procurement processes.

Even after a customer makes a purchase, there may be circumstances or terms relating to the purchase that delay our ability to recognize revenue from that purchase. For example, the sale of our products may be subject to acceptance testing or may be placed into a remote stocking location. In addition, the significance and timing of our product enhancements, and the introduction of new products by our competitors, may also affect customers’ purchases. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether a sale will be completed, the particular period in which a sale will be

 

18


Table of Contents

completed or the period in which revenue from a sale will be recognized. If our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for our products, our business, competitive position and operating results will suffer.

We operate in a dynamic industry and use significant resources to develop new products for existing and new markets. After we have developed a product, there is no guarantee that our customers will integrate our product into their equipment or devices and, ultimately, bring the equipment and devices incorporating our product to market. In addition, there is no guarantee that cloud, network and communications service providers will ultimately choose to purchase network equipment that incorporates our products. In these situations, we may never produce or deliver significant quantities of our products, even after incurring substantial development expenses. From the time a customer elects to integrate our interconnect technology into their product, it typically takes up to 24 months for high-volume production of that product to commence. After volume production begins, we cannot be assured that the equipment or devices incorporating our product will gain market acceptance by network operators.

If we fail to accurately predict and interpret market requirements or market demand for our new products, our business and growth prospects will be harmed. If high-speed networks are deployed to a lesser extent or more slowly than we currently anticipate, we may not realize anticipated benefits from our investments in research and development. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results will be harmed.

As demand for our products in one market grows, demand in another market may decrease. For example, if we sell our products directly to content providers in addition to network equipment manufacturers, our sales to network equipment manufacturers may decrease due to reduced demand from their customers or due to dissatisfaction by network equipment manufacturers with this change in our business model. Any reduction in demand in one market that is not offset by an increase in demand in another market could adversely affect our market share or results of operations.

Most of our long-term customer contracts do not commit customers to specified purchase commitments, and our customers may decrease, cancel or delay their purchases at any time with little or no advance notice to us.

Most of our customers purchase our products pursuant to individual purchase orders or contracts that do not contain purchase commitments. Although some of our customers have committed to purchase a specified share of their required volume for a particular product from us, monitoring and enforcing these commitments can be difficult. Some customers provide us with their expected forecasts for our products several months in advance, but customers may decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place, and the impact of any such actions may be intensified given our dependence on a small number of large customers. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. For example, several of our customers have historically elected to defer purchases scheduled for the fourth quarter into the first quarter of the following year, resulting in a decrease in our anticipated revenue during the fourth quarter. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short-term and long-term financial and operating goals and result in excess and obsolete inventory.

 

19


Table of Contents

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.

The market for high-speed interconnect is highly competitive. We are aware of a number of companies that have developed or are developing coherent DSP ASICs non-coherent PICs and 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps modules, among other technologies, that compete directly with some or all of our current and proposed product offerings.

Competitors may be able to more quickly and effectively:

 

    develop or respond to new technologies or technical standards;

 

    react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

 

    devote needed resources to the development, production, promotion and sale of products;

 

    attain high manufacturing yields on new product designs;

 

    establish and take advantage of operations in lower-cost regions; and

 

    deliver competitive products at lower prices, with lower gross margins or at lower costs than our products.

In order to expand market acceptance of our products, we must differentiate our products from those of our competition. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in making this differentiation or increasing acceptance of our products as we have limited resources dedicated to marketing of our products. In addition, established companies in related industries or newly funded companies targeting markets we serve, such as semiconductor manufacturers and data communications providers, may also have significantly more resources than we do and may in the future develop and offer competing products. All of these risks may be increased if the market were to further consolidate through mergers or other business combinations between our competitors or if more capital is invested in the market to create additional competitors.

We may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors and aggressive competition in the market may result in lower prices for our products and/or decreased gross margins. New technology and investments from existing competitors and competitive threats from newly funded companies may erode our technology and product advantages and slow our overall growth and profitability. Any such development could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations may suffer if we do not effectively manage our inventory, and we may continue to incur inventory-related charges.

We need to manage our inventory of component parts and finished goods effectively to meet changing customer requirements. Accurately forecasting customers’ product needs is difficult. Our product demand forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, each of which may introduce error into our estimates. In the event we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell. As a result, we could hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce our profit margins and adversely affect our financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we could forego revenue opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Also, due to our industry’s use of management techniques to reduce inventory levels and the period of time inventory is held, any disruption in the supply chain could lead to more immediate shortages in product or component supply. Additionally, any enterprise system failures, including in connection with implementing new systems or upgrading existing systems that help us manage our financial, purchasing, inventory, sales, invoicing and product return functions, could harm our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other billing and logistical processes.

 

20


Table of Contents

Some of our products and supplies have in the past, and may in the future, become obsolete or be deemed excess while in inventory due to rapidly changing customer specifications, changes to product structure, components or bills of material as a result of engineering changes, or a decrease in customer demand. We also have exposure to contractual liabilities to our contract manufacturers for inventories purchased by them on our behalf, based on our forecasted requirements, which may become excess or obsolete. Our inventory balances also represent an investment of cash. To the extent our inventory turns are slower than we anticipate based on historical practice, our cash conversion cycle extends and more of our cash remains invested in working capital. If we are not able to manage our inventory effectively, we may need to write down the value of some of our existing inventory or write off non-saleable or obsolete inventory. We have from time to time incurred significant inventory-related charges. Any such charges we incur in future periods could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Increasingly, our customers require that we ship our finished products to a central location, which is not controlled by us. If that facility is damaged, or if our relationship with that facility deteriorates, we may suffer losses or be forced to find an alternate facility. In addition, revenue is only recognized once our customers take delivery of the products from this location, rather than when we ship them, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We often lack insight into when customers will take delivery of our products, making it difficult to forecast our revenue.

The industry in which we operate is subject to significant cyclicality.

Industries focused on semiconductor and optical network technologies can be highly cyclical and characterized by constant and rapid technological change and price erosion, evolving technical standards, increasing effects of competition, frequent new product introductions and technology displacement, short product life cycles both for semiconductors and optical technologies and for many of the end products in which they are used, and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. From time to time, these factors, together with changes in general economic conditions, have caused significant industry upturns and downturns that have had a direct impact on the financial stability of our customers, their customers and our suppliers. Periods of industry downturns have been characterized by diminished demand for products, unanticipated declines in telecommunications and communications system capital expenditures, industry consolidation, excess capacity compared to demand, high inventory levels and periods of inventory adjustment, under-utilization of manufacturing capacity, changes in revenue mix and erosion of average selling prices, any of which could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect our business to continue to be subject to cyclical downturns even when overall economic conditions are relatively stable. To the extent we cannot offset recessionary periods or periods of reduced growth that may occur in the industry or in our target markets in particular through increased market share or otherwise, our business can be adversely affected, revenue may decline and our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. In addition, in any future economic downturn or periods of inflationary increase we may be unable to reduce our costs quickly enough to maintain profitability levels.

Our business is subject to currency fluctuations that have adversely affected our results of operations in recent quarters and may continue to do so in the future.

Our financial results have been and will continue to be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations. A significant portion of our expenses, predominately related to outsourced development services, are denominated in Euros and substantially all of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between these currencies and other currencies in which we collect revenue and/or pay expenses have and could have a material effect on our future operating results. For example, in 2014, we agreed with one of our suppliers to pay for supplies in U.S. dollars instead of Euros, based on a predetermined exchange rate, which resulted in a significant increase in the cost of those supplies when the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate fell substantially below the predetermined

 

21


Table of Contents

rate. Currency rate fluctuations may also affect the ability of our customers to purchase our products in the event that such fluctuations result in a significant increase to the purchase price of our products under the customers’ local currency.

Although we do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions, we may choose to do so in the future in an effort to reduce our exposure to U.S. dollar to Euro or other currency fluctuations. In connection with any currency hedging transaction in the future, we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. These transactions may not operate to fully hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations, and under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

If our customers do not qualify our manufacturing lines or the manufacturing lines of our subcontractors for volume shipments, our operating results could suffer.

Our manufacturing lines have passed our qualification standards, as well as our technical standards. However, our customers may also require that our manufacturing lines pass their specific qualification standards and that we, and any subcontractors that we may use, be registered under international quality standards. In addition, many of our customers require that we maintain our ISO certification. In the event we are unable to maintain process controls required to maintain ISO certification, or in the event we fail to pass the ISO certification audit for any reason, we could lose our ISO certification. In addition, we may encounter quality control issues in the future as a result of relocating our manufacturing lines or ramping new products to full volume production. We may be unable to obtain customer qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines or we may experience delays in obtaining customer qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines. Such delays or failure to obtain qualifications would harm our operating results and customer relationships. If we introduce new contract manufacturers and move any production lines from existing internal or external facilities, the new production lines will likely need to be re-qualified with our customers. Any delay in the qualification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines may adversely affect our operations and financial results. Any delay in the qualification or requalification of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing lines may delay the manufacturing of our products or require us to divert resources away from other areas of our business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

Acquisitions that we may pursue in the future, whether or not consummated, could result in operating and financial difficulties.

We may in the future acquire businesses or assets in an effort to increase our growth, enhance our ability to compete, complement our product offerings, enter new and adjacent markets, obtain access to additional technical resources, enhance our intellectual property rights or pursue other competitive opportunities. If we seek acquisitions, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices we consider appropriate. We are in an industry that is actively consolidating and, as a result, there is no guarantee that we will successfully and satisfactorily bid against third parties, including competitors, when we identify a target we seek to acquire.

We cannot readily predict the timing or size of our future acquisitions, or the success of any future acquisitions. Failure to successfully execute on any future acquisition plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

To the extent that we consummate acquisitions, we may face financial risks as a result, including increased costs associated with merged or acquired operations, increased indebtedness, economic dilution to gross and operating profit and earnings per share, or unanticipated costs and liabilities, including the impairment of assets and expenses associated with restructuring costs and reserves, and unforeseen accounting charges. We would also face operational risks, such as difficulties in integrating

 

22


Table of Contents

the operations, retention of key personnel and our ability to maintain and support products of the acquired businesses, disrupting their or our ongoing business, increasing the complexity of our business, failing to successfully further develop the combined, acquired or remaining technology, and impairing management resources and management’s relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in their ownership and management. Further, the evaluation and negotiation of potential acquisitions, as well as the integration of an acquired business, may divert management time and other resources.

We may need additional equity, debt or other financing in the future, which we may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms, or at all, and any additional financing may result in restrictions on our operations or substantial dilution to our stockholders.

We may need to raise funds in the future, for example, to develop new technologies, expand our business or acquire complementary businesses. We may try to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. Our ability to obtain debt or equity funding will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, interest rates, our operating performance and investor interest. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to reduce expenditures, including curtailing our growth strategies and reducing our product development efforts, or forgo acquisition opportunities. If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, then the issuance could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these new securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. In addition, any preferred equity issuance or debt financing that we may obtain in the future could have restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, contract manufacturing liabilities and income taxes. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, our results of operations may be adversely affected and may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our stock.

Our loan and security agreement contains operating covenants and restrictions that may restrict our business and financing activities.

We are party to a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. This agreement restricts our ability to, among other things:

 

    sell assets;

 

    engage in any business other than our current business;

 

23


Table of Contents
    merge or consolidate with other entities;

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on our assets;

 

    make investments;

 

    pay or declare dividends, or, in certain cases, repurchase our stock;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates; or

 

    make any payment on subordinated indebtedness.

The operating covenants and restrictions in the loan and security agreement, as well as covenants and restrictions in any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in business activities or expand or fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan and security agreement or any future financing agreement, which could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under the facility to become immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

We cannot assure you that we will continue to maintain sufficient cash reserves or that our business will ever generate cash flow from operations at levels sufficient to permit us to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or that our cash needs will not increase. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make required payments, or if we fail to comply with the various requirements of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or any indebtedness which we may incur in the future, we would be in default under our agreement with Silicon Valley Bank or other indebtedness we may incur in the future. Any default under our agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or any indebtedness that we may incur in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may face product liability claims, which could be expensive and time consuming and result in substantial damages to us and increases in our insurance rates.

Despite quality assurance measures, defects may occur in our products. The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to product liability or epidemic failure claims, which could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, result in the loss of key customer contracts and result in sizable damage awards against us and, depending on the nature or scope of any network outage caused by a defect in or epidemic failure related to our products, could also harm our reputation. Our current insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover these claims. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to obtain insurance in amount or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm our reputation in the industry and reduce product sales. We would need to pay any product losses in excess of our insurance coverage out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and adversely affecting our operating results.

Our business and operating results may be adversely affected by natural disasters, health epidemics or other catastrophic events beyond our control.

Our internal manufacturing headquarters and new product introduction labs, design facilities, assembly and test facilities, and supply chain, and those of our contract manufacturers, are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, tsunami, typhoons, volcanic activity, floods and health epidemics as well as other events beyond our control such as power loss,

 

24


Table of Contents

telecommunications failures and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks in the United States and armed conflicts overseas. The majority of our semiconductor products are currently fabricated and assembled in Canada, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. The majority of the internal and outsourced assembly and test facilities we utilize or plan to utilize are located in California, New Hampshire, Canada, Germany, Japan, Thailand and other non-U.S. jurisdictions, and some of our internal design, assembly and test facilities are located in Massachusetts and New Jersey, regions with severe weather activity and, in the case of California, above average seismic activity. In addition, our research and development personnel are concentrated primarily in our headquarters in Maynard, Massachusetts and in our research center in Hazlet, New Jersey. Any catastrophic loss or significant damage to any of these facilities or facilities we use in the future would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, and adversely affect our product development schedules, shipments and revenue. In addition, any such catastrophic loss or significant damage could result in significant expense to repair or replace the facility and could significantly curtail our research and development efforts in a particular product area or primary market, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and operating results.

Breaches of our cybersecurity systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products to our customers, compromise the integrity of the software embedded in our products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

We increasingly depend upon our information technology, or IT, systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information, embed malicious code in our products or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractors, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees to appropriately handle confidential data and deploy our IT resources in safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches and the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including:

 

    sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen;

 

    our electronic communications systems, including email and other methods, could be disrupted, and our ability to conduct our business operations could be seriously damaged until such systems can be restored;

 

    our ability to process customer orders and deliver products could be degraded or disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition; and

 

    defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into the software embedded in or used in the development of our products, thereby damaging the reputation and perceived reliability and security of our products.

 

25


Table of Contents

Should any of the above events occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers and regulatory actions from governmental agencies. In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights could be compromised and our reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Additionally, we could incur significant costs in order to upgrade our cybersecurity systems and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to improve our internal systems, processes and controls.

Our business is growing rapidly and we anticipate that it will continue to do so in the future. In order to effectively manage our operations and growth, we need to continue to improve our internal systems, processes and controls. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems, processes and controls in an efficient or timely manner. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems or processes and controls, which could impair our ability to provide products to our customers in a timely manner, causing us to lose customers, limit us to smaller deployments of our products or increase our technical support costs.

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions, and anti-corruption laws and regulations that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

Our products and services are subject to export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and similar laws and regulations that apply in other jurisdictions in which we distribute or sell our products or services. Export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services and on our transfer of parts, components, and related technical information or know-how to certain countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products, through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products and provide services. The exportation, re-exportation, and importation of our products and the provision of services, including by our partners, must comply with these laws and regulations, or we may be adversely affected, through reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and/or a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our products or provide services. Complying with export control and sanctions laws for a particular sale may be time consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent our products and services from being provided in violation of such laws and regulations, if we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, we and the individuals working for us could incur substantial fines and penalties. Changes in export, sanctions or import laws or regulations, may delay the introduction and sale of our products or services in international markets, require us to spend resources to develop different versions of our products and services, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products or services to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from offering or making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our exposure for violating these laws and regulations increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could subject us to liabilities, increase our costs or restrict our business or operations in the future.

Our manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, employee health and safety and the use of hazardous materials in, and the recycling of, our products. Failure to comply with present and future environmental, health or safety requirements, or the identification of contamination, could cause us to incur substantial costs, monetary fines, civil or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations. In addition, these laws and regulations have increasingly become more stringent over time. The identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement of current environmental, health and safety requirements by regulatory agencies, the enactment of more stringent laws and regulations or other unanticipated events could restrict our ability to use or expand our facilities, require us to incur additional expenses or require us to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in industry standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our net revenues and results of operations to suffer.

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards applicable to our current products or those under development. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we may have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our net revenues and results of operations would suffer.

We are in the process of implementing a corporate restructuring that is more closely aligned with the international nature of our business activities, and if we do not achieve the anticipated financial, operational and effective tax rate efficiencies as a result of our new corporate structure, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are in the process of implementing a reorganization of our corporate structure and intercompany relationships to more closely align our corporate structure with the international nature of our business activities. This corporate restructuring may allow us to reduce our overall effective tax rate through changes in our use of intellectual property, international procurement and manufacturing and sales operations. This corporate restructuring may also allow us to achieve financial operational and effective tax rate efficiencies. Our efforts in connection with this corporate restructuring will require us to incur expenses in the near term for which we may not realize related benefits. If the intended structure is not accepted by the applicable taxing authorities upon audit or if there are adverse changes in domestic or international tax laws, including in any proposed legislation to reform U.S. taxation of international business activities, the proposed structure may be negatively affected. In addition, if we do not operate our business in a manner that is consistent with this corporate restructuring or any applicable tax provisions, we may fail to achieve the financial, operational and effective tax rate efficiencies that we anticipate and our results of operations may be negatively affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

The further we progress in our corporate restructuring, the greater the likelihood that unfavorable tax law changes, unfavorable government review of our tax returns, changes in our geographic earnings mix or imposition of withholding taxes on repatriated earnings could have an adverse effect on our effective tax rate and our operating results.

We have begun to expand and will likely continue to expand our operations into multiple non-U.S. jurisdictions in connection with our ongoing corporate restructuring, including those having lower tax rates than those we are subject to in the United States. As a result, our effective tax rate will be influenced by the amounts of income and expense attributed to each such jurisdiction. If such amounts were to change so as to increase the amounts of our net income subject to taxation in higher tax jurisdictions, or if we were to commence operations in jurisdictions assessing relatively higher tax rates, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected. Following the implementation of our corporate restructuring, the continued availability of lower tax rates in non-U.S. jurisdictions, if any, will be dependent on how we conduct our business operation on a going forward basis across all tax jurisdictions. As a result of our corporate restructuring, we will be subject to periodic audits or other reviews by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our activities in the future and there is a risk that tax authorities could challenge our assertion that we have conducted or will conduct our business operations appropriately in order to benefit from these lower tax rate jurisdictions. In addition, tax proposals being considered by the U.S. Congress and the legislative bodies in some of the foreign jurisdictions that we are considering in connection with our corporate restructuring could affect our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets or our other tax liabilities. We cannot predict the form or timing of potential legislative changes, but any newly enacted tax law could have a material adverse impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. This could result in additional tax liabilities or other adjustments to our historical results. In addition, we may determine that it is advisable from time to time to repatriate earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries under circumstances that could give rise to imposition of potentially significant withholding taxes by the jurisdictions in which such amounts were earned and substantial tax liabilities in the United States. In addition, we may not receive the benefit of any offsetting tax credits, which also could adversely affect our effective tax rate.

Although we believe our tax estimates, which in the future will include the impact of anticipated tax rate benefits with the implementation of our corporate restructuring, are and will be reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may materially differ from the tax amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our income tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

The final determination of our income tax liability may be materially different from our income tax provision.

The final determination of our income tax liability, including following the implementation of our corporate restructuring, may be materially different from our income tax provision. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and, as a result of our corporate restructuring, will become subject to income taxes in international jurisdictions. Following the implementation of our corporate restructuring, significant judgment will be required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Additionally, our calculations of income taxes are based on our interpretations of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file or will file as a result of the proposed corporate restructuring. Although we believe our tax estimates, which include the impact of anticipated tax rate benefits in connection with our corporate restructuring, are and will be appropriate, there is no assurance that the final determination of our income tax liability will not be materially different than what is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.

 

28


Table of Contents

We are also subject to periodic examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service in the United States and, as a result of any implementation of the proposed corporate restructuring, will be subject to periodic examination of our income tax returns by taxing authorities in other tax jurisdictions. We assess and will continue to assess on a regular basis the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. The outcomes from these examinations may have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, our provision for income tax could increase as we progress through the implementation of our corporate restructuring and, in the event we complete the implementation of the proposed corporate restructuring, as we further expand our international operations, adopt new products or undertake intercompany transactions in light of acquisitions, changing tax laws, expiring rulings and our current and anticipated business and operational requirements.

Our ability to utilize certain net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.

As of December 31, 2014, we had net operating loss carryforward amounts, or NOLs, of approximately $17.0 million and $18.1 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, and tax credit carryforward amounts of approximately $1.4 million and $1.1 million for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal and state tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2015 through 2034 and $0.1 million of such carryforwards will expire between 2015 and 2018 if not used. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2030 through 2032. Utilization of these net operating loss and tax credit carryforward amounts is subject to a substantial annual limitation if the ownership change limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions are triggered by changes in the ownership of our capital stock. Such an annual limitation would result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward amounts before utilization. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, including in connection with our proposed initial public offering or any future follow-on public offerings. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Additionally, state NOLs generated in one state cannot be used to offset income generated in another state. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could result in expensive litigation or require us to obtain a license to use the technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future.

Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently are sued or receive informal claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. We have, from time to time, received such claims from companies, including from competitors and customers, some of whom have substantially more resources and have been developing relevant technologies for much longer than us.

Third parties may in the future assert claims against us concerning our existing products or with respect to future products under development, or with respect to products that we may acquire through acquisitions. We have entered into and may in the future enter into indemnification obligations in favor of our customers that could be triggered upon an allegation or finding that we are infringing other parties’ proprietary rights. If we do infringe a third party’s rights and are unable to provide a sufficient work

 

29


Table of Contents

around, we may need to negotiate with holders of those rights in order to obtain a license to those rights or otherwise settle any infringement claim. A party that makes a claim of infringement against us may obtain an injunction preventing us from shipping products containing the allegedly infringing technology. We have from time to time received notices from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property and in one case have entered into a license agreement with a third party with respect to such intellectual property. Any license agreements that we wish to enter into the future with respect to intellectual property rights may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms, including any that restrict our ability to utilize the licensed technology in specified markets or geographic locations, could have a significant adverse effect on our operating results. In addition, in the event we are granted such a license, it is possible the license would be non-exclusive and other parties, including competitors, may be able to utilize such technology. Our larger competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, our larger competitors may be able to buy such technology and preclude us from licensing or using such technology.

We may not in all cases be able to resolve allegations of infringement through licensing arrangements, settlement, alternative designs or otherwise. We may take legal action to determine the validity and scope of the third-party rights or to defend against any allegations of infringement. Holders of intellectual property rights could become more aggressive in alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be the subject of such claims asserted by a third party. In the course of pursuing any of these means or defending against any lawsuits filed against us, we could incur significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention. Due to the competitive nature of our industry, it is unlikely that we could increase our prices to cover such costs. In addition, such claims could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets or result in settlements or judgments that require payment of significant royalties or damages.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.

Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, design rights, trade secrets, trademarks and know-how. We maintain a program of identifying technology appropriate for patent and trade secret protection. Our practice is to require employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting arrangements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individuals during their work for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed will remain confidential. Such agreements may not be enforceable in full or in part in all jurisdictions and any breach could have a negative effect on our business and our remedy for such breach may be limited.

Despite our efforts, these measures can only provide limited protection. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer portions of our products, may breach our cybersecurity defenses or may otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property. Patents owned by us may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Any of our pending or future patent applications, whether or not being currently challenged, may not be issued with the scope of the claims we seek, if at all. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection for our proprietary rights. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our intellectual property rights from being exploited abroad. Policing the unauthorized use of our proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such

 

30


Table of Contents

litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. If we cannot protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, we may not remain competitive.

Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to developing and protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do. In addition, our attempts to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights may be further limited as our employees may be recruited by our current or future competitors and may take with them significant knowledge of our proprietary information. Consequently, others may develop services and methodologies that are similar or superior to our services and methodologies or may design around our intellectual property.

We may be subject to intellectual property litigation that could divert our resources.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in our industry. To the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third party that claims that our products infringe its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources.

Confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisers, channel partners, resellers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employees or other parties.

We could in the future be subject to claims that employees or contractors, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors or other parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of these parties. In addition, we may lose

 

31


Table of Contents

valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support potential products or enhancements, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We license technology from third parties, and our inability to maintain those licenses could harm our business.

We incorporate technology, including software, that we license from third parties into our products. We cannot be certain that our licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our licensors have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions in which we may sell our products. Some of our agreements with our licensors may be terminated for convenience by them. If we are unable to continue to license any of this technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue our license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be severely limited, and our business could be harmed. Additionally if we are unable to license necessary technology from third parties, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive products and increase our costs of production. As a result, our margins, market share and operating results could be significantly harmed.

The use of open source software in our offerings may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on unfavorable terms or at no cost. This can subject previously proprietary software to open source license terms.

We monitor and control our use of open source software in an effort to avoid unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and believe that our compliance with the obligations under the various applicable licenses has mitigated the risks that we have triggered any such conditions or restrictions. However, such use may have inadvertently occurred in the development and offering of our products. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software that we have licensed from such third party, we could be subject to the obligations and requirements of the applicable open source software licenses. This could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products. For example, certain open source software licenses may be interpreted to require that we offer our products that use the open source software for no cost; that we make available the source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software (or that we grant third parties the right to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, or otherwise derive such source code); that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license; or that otherwise impose limitations, restrictions or conditions on our ability to use, license, host, or distribute our products in a manner that limits our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

 

32


Table of Contents

We could, therefore, be subject to claims alleging that we have not complied with the restrictions or limitations of the applicable open source software license terms or that our use of open source software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. In that event, we could incur significant legal expenses, be subject to significant damages, be enjoined from further sale and distribution of our products that use the open source software, be required to pay a license fee, be forced to reengineer our products, or be required to comply with the foregoing conditions of the open source software licenses (including the release of the source code to our proprietary software), any of which could adversely affect our business. Even if these claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Additionally, the use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source software does not come with warranties or other contractual protections regarding indemnification, infringement claims or the quality of the code.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price, at the time that you would like to sell them, or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances, or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    announcements by our customers regarding significant increases or decreases in capital expenditures;

 

    departure of key personnel;

 

    litigation involving us or that may be perceived as having an impact on our business;

 

    changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends, including the recent economic slowdown in China;

 

    investors’ general perception of us;

 

33


Table of Contents
    sales of large blocks of our stock; and

 

    announcements regarding further industry consolidation.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We expect that this trend will continue as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

    the level of demand for our products and our ability to maintain and increase our customer base;

 

    the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;

 

    the mix of products sold in a quarter;

 

    pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise or price discounts negotiated by our customers;

 

    delays or disruptions in our supply or manufacturing chain;

 

    our ability to reduce manufacturing costs;

 

    errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs;

 

    seasonal buying patterns of some of our customers;

 

    introduction of new products, with initial sales at relatively small volumes with resulting higher product costs;

 

    increases in and timing of sales and marketing, research and development and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;

 

    insolvency, credit, or other difficulties faced by our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our products;

 

    insolvency, credit, or other difficulties confronting our suppliers and contract manufacturers leading to disruptions in our supply or distribution chain;

 

    levels of product returns and contractual price protection rights;

 

    adverse litigation judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs;

 

    product recalls, regulatory proceedings or other adverse publicity about our products;

 

    fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;

 

    costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs; and

 

    general economic conditions in either domestic or international markets.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of any analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Because we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our management may fail to apply these funds effectively, which could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share and our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon completion of this offering. Moreover, we issued warrants and options in the past to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. As of September 30, 2015, there were 245,000 shares subject to outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share and 2,412,377 shares subject to outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share. To the extent that these outstanding warrants or options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

35


Table of Contents

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these stockholders could have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and over the management and affairs of our company. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors or may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015. This includes the             shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining             shares, or     % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales, in the near future as set forth below.

 

Number of Shares and Percentage of Total Outstanding

  

Date Available for Sale Into Public Market

            shares, or     %

   On the date of this prospectus

            shares, or     %

   90 days after the date of this prospectus

            shares, or     %

   180 days after the date of this prospectus due to lock-up agreements between the holders of these shares and the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time

In addition, as of September 30, 2015, there were 245,000 shares subject to outstanding warrants, 2,412,377 shares subject to outstanding options, 219,000 shares subject to outstanding restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, and an additional 168,432 shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 24,422,495 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2015, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in

 

36


Table of Contents

registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

 

    establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

    providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only with a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

    limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

    requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; and

 

    limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware

 

37


Table of Contents

General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering subject to specified conditions. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we will incur additional costs in connection with complying with the accounting standards applicable to public companies and may incur further costs when the accounting standards are revised and updated.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our common stock will be traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

 

    our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, our ability to maintain and expand gross profit, the sufficiency of our cash resources and needs for additional financing;

 

    our anticipated growth strategies;

 

    our expectations regarding competition;

 

    the anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the market in which we operate;

 

    our expectations regarding, and the stability of our, supply chain and manufacturing;

 

    the scope, progress, expansion, and costs of developing and commercializing our products;

 

    the size and growth of the potential markets for our products and the ability to serve those markets;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance of any of our products;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain development partnerships;

 

    our ability to attract or retain key personnel;

 

    our expectations regarding federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements, including export controls, tax law changes and interpretations, economic sanctions and anti-corruption regulations;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products; and

 

    our use of proceeds from this offering.

Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, if any, by the selling stockholders. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, we believe that opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions at this time, we may use a portion of our net proceeds for these purposes.

Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. The goal with respect to the investment of these net proceeds will be capital preservation and liquidity so that these funds are readily available to fund our operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and applicable law, subject to compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank which restrict our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

42


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2015, as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2015, into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $2.9 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity (deficit) immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2015
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,037      $ 18,037     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,913            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 24,507,681 shares authorized, 24,177,495 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     69,684            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 35,000,000 shares authorized; 6,592,722 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 35,000,000 shares authorized, 30,770,217 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 150,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     1        3     

Additional paid-in capital

            72,595     

Accumulated deficit

     (13,859     (13,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (13,858     58,739     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

   $ 55,826      $ 58,739     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total cash and cash equivalents and capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

43


Table of Contents

The table above is illustrative only and does not include:

 

    2,412,377 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share;

 

    219,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share, which will convert into common stock warrants immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    7,669,166 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 4,299,166 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan (131,500 of which are issuable upon the exercise of options granted subsequent to September 30, 2015 and 844,846 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), 2,670,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (450,000 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

 

44


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

The historical net tangible book value (deficit) of our common stock as of September 30, 2015 was $(13.9) million, or $(2.04) per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and our preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, which includes 212,828 shares of unvested restricted stock.

The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2015 was $         million, or approximately $         per share of our pro forma outstanding common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, which includes 212,828 shares of unvested restricted stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of common stock, as well as the conversion of our outstanding warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 245,000 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of $2.9 million of other long-term liabilities into stockholders’ equity (deficit) immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to (1) the sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (2) the pro forma transactions and other adjustments described in the preceding paragraph, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2015

      $(2.04)   

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, including the conversion of outstanding warrants exercisable for preferred stock

        
  

 

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

        
  

 

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        
     

 

  

Pro forma as adjusted dilution per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering

        
     

 

  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution in

 

45


Table of Contents

net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         and the dilution per share to new investors would be $         per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders is exercised in full, sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to                 , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                 , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, our existing stockholders would own                 , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and our new investors would own                 , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on 30,983,045 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, including 212,828 shares of unvested restricted stock, and exclude:

 

    2,412,377 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share;

 

    219,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan as of September 30, 2015;

 

    245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share; and

 

   

7,669,166 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including 4,299,166 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under

 

46


Table of Contents
 

our 2009 Stock Plan (131,500 of which are issuable upon the exercise of options granted subsequent to September 30, 2015 and 844,846 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), 2,670,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (450,000 of which are issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted subsequent to September 30, 2015), and 700,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans.”

To the extent any of these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options and warrants had been exercised as of September 30, 2015, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , and the total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .

If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering:

 

    the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of shares held by new investors will increase to                 , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or securities convertible into equity, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

47


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the full year. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

  $ 77,652      $ 146,234      $ 105,222      $ 170,509   

Cost of revenue(1)

    47,983        93,558        66,874        108,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    29,669        52,676        38,348        62,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development(1)

    24,248        28,471        19,618        26,327   

Sales, general and administrative(1)

    5,099        6,615        4,539        8,060   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    745        108                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30,092        35,194        24,157        34,387   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (423     17,482        14,191        27,832   

Total other expense, net

    (770     (1,029     (851     (1,816
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (1,193     16,453        13,340        26,016   

Provision for income taxes

           2,933        2,374        8,133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (1,193     13,520        10,966        17,883   

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(2)

  $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 1,425      $ 3,044   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

       

Basic

  $ (1.12   $ 0.31      $ 0.26      $ 0.48   

Diluted

  $ (1.12   $ 0.23      $ 0.19      $ 0.37   

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders(2):

       

Basic

    4,429        5,629        5,496        6,357   

Diluted

    4,429        7,447        7,377        8,146   

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(2):

       

Basic

    $ 0.47        $ 0.65   

Diluted

    $ 0.44        $ 0.60   

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(2):

       

Basic

      29,806          30,534   

Diluted

      31,869          32,568   

 

48


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Other Operational and Financial Data:

           

Non-GAAP gross profit(3)

   $ 29,694       $ 52,693       $ 38,360       $ 62,261   

Non-GAAP income from operations(3)

   $ 1,081       $ 17,889       $ 14,479       $ 28,377   

Non-GAAP net income(3)

   $ 405       $ 14,410       $ 11,597       $ 20,389   

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ 3,550       $ 20,395       $ 16,029       $ 31,676   

 

     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    September 30,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,235      $ 21,128      $ 18,037   

Working capital

     22,101        31,710        45,207   

Total assets

     53,711        65,660        107,548   

Working capital line of credit

     5,269                 

Long-term debt, including current portion

     2,887        2,115          

Total liabilities

     30,457        28,409        51,722   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     62,054        66,427        69,684   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (38,800     (29,176     (13,858

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees and others as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
        2013             2014             2014             2015      
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 25      $ 17      $ 12      $ 42   

Research and development

    960        258        181        378   

Sales, general and administrative

    519        132        95        125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 1,504      $ 407      $ 288      $ 545   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 2, 3, and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.
(3) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of these non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their nearest GAAP equivalents.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we monitor and consider non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

Non-GAAP gross profit.     We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

 

49


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP income from operations .    We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Non-GAAP net income .    We define non-GAAP net income as net income as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation and preferred stock warrant liability, both of which are non-cash charges. We have presented non-GAAP net income because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation and preferred stock warrant liability allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA.     We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding stock-based compensation and preferred stock warrant liability; interest expense; depreciation; and our provision for income taxes. We have presented adjusted EBITDA because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

We use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. We believe that each of these non-GAAP financial measures help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that these financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Our non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures rather than gross profit, (loss) income from operations or net (loss) income, which are the nearest GAAP equivalents. Some of these limitations are:

 

    we exclude stock-based compensation expense from each of our non-GAAP financial measures, as it has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

    we exclude the revaluation of our preferred stock warrant liability from our non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA measures, as it has historically been a recurring non-cash charge but it will not recur in the periods following the completion of this offering;

 

    adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest, which reduces cash available to us;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us; and

 

    the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results.

 

50


Table of Contents

We believe that providing these non-GAAP measures to our investors, in addition to providing the corresponding income statement measures, provides investors the benefit of viewing our performance using the same financial metrics that our management team uses in making many key decisions and evaluating how our results of operations may look in the future. Our management does not believe that items not involving cash expenditures, such as non-cash compensation related to stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability costs derived from mark-to-market adjustments, are part of our critical decision making process. Therefore, we exclude those items from non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and adjusted EBITDA.

Because of these limitations, adjusted EBITDA should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. Non-GAAP gross profit, income from operations and net income are not substitutes for gross profit, income from operations or net income. In addition, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Adjusted EBITDA excludes some costs, namely, non-cash stock-based compensation, interest expense and provision for income taxes, which are recurring, and therefore does not reflect the non-cash impact of stock-based compensation or working capital needs that will continue for the foreseeable future.

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2013                 2014                 2014                 2015        
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Gross Profit

      

Gross profit

   $ 29,669      $ 52,676      $ 38,348      $ 62,219   

Stock-based compensation—cost of revenue

     25        17        12        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 29,694      $ 52,693      $ 38,360      $ 62,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit margin

     38.2     36.0     36.5     36.5

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2013                 2014                  2014                  2015        
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Income from Operations

       

(Loss) income from operations

   $ (423   $ 17,482       $ 14,191       $ 27,832   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         288         545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 1,081      $ 17,889       $ 14,479       $ 28,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2013                 2014                  2014                  2015        
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Net Income

       

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520       $ 10,966       $ 17,883   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         288         545   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     94        483         325         1,813   

Tax effect of excluded items

                    18         148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 405      $ 14,410       $ 11,597       $ 20,389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2013                 2014                  2014                  2015        
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

       

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520       $ 10,966       $ 17,883   

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407         288         545   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     94        483         325         1,813   

Depreciation

     2,629        2,662         1,762         3,164   

Interest expense, net

     516        390         314         138   

Provision for income taxes

            2,933         2,374         8,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 3,550      $ 20,395       $ 16,029       $ 31,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.” In this discussion, we use financial measures that are considered non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from or in substitution for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP.

Company Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processor application-specific integrated circuits, or DSP ASICs, and silicon photonic integrated circuits, or silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second, or Gbps, for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we generated 79.5% and 77.7% of our revenue, respectively, from our five largest customers over these periods. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we generated 82.5% and 74.2% of our revenue, respectively, from our five largest customers.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Gross Profit

   $ 29,694       $ 52,693       $ 38,360       $ 62,261   

Non-GAAP Income from Operations

   $ 1,081       $ 17,889       $ 14,479       $ 28,377   

Non-GAAP Net Income

   $ 405       $ 14,410       $ 11,597       $ 20,389   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 3,550       $ 20,395       $ 16,029       $ 31,676   

These key business metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using these financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, of

 

53


Table of Contents

non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, of non-GAAP net income to net income and of adjusted EBITDA to net income, in each case the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe that our future success will depend on many factors, including our ability to expand sales to our existing customers and add new customers over time. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to ensure successful results. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these risks. If we are unable to address these challenges, our business could be adversely affected.

Network Service Provider Investment in High-Speed Optical Equipment.     Cloud and service providers are continuing to invest in higher capacity networks to support the continued growth in demand for data traffic. We believe that 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps coherent optical technologies will continue to replace older technologies in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. Our business and results depend on the continued investment by network service providers in these advanced networks.

Expanding Sales to Existing Customer Base.     We expect that a substantial portion of our future sales will be follow-on sales to existing customers. One of our sales strategies is to maintain a high level of customer satisfaction by delivering our products with compelling value propositions. We believe that our current customers present us with significant opportunities for additional product sales given the existing and expected market share of these customers and our prior sales experience with them. We also believe that our customers will continue to design our products into their network equipment products in an effort to maintain and potentially grow their market share over time as growth in the overall market for optical interconnect continues to grow. Our customers have historically shown a high propensity to purchase new products from us over multiple quarters and in many cases over multiple years at increasing volumes. In addition, several of our customers have elected to integrate an increasing number of our products into their network equipment product lines. For example, the eight customers who first purchased products from us in 2011 generated $12.7 million of revenue in 2011 compared to $124.6 million of revenue in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of 114%. For the period of 2011 through 2014, these eight customers generated cumulative revenue of $225.7 million.

Adding New Customers.     We believe that the metro and inter-data center markets are still in the early stages of adoption. We intend to add new customers over time by continuing to invest in our technology and business development team to capitalize on these new opportunities. Our products and technology have accelerated the rate at which optical interconnect technology can be easily deployed and designed into newer generation network equipment, thus making it easier to integrate our products across many system applications. Generally, we educate prospective customers in these markets about the technical merits and capabilities of our products, the potential cost savings of our products and the costs of designing and utilizing internally developed solutions. We build relationships with prospective customers at all levels in a customer’s organizational hierarchy. We believe that customer references and our existing customers’ ability to gain market share combined with our product and technology strengths and capabilities have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business.

Selling More Highly Integrated and Higher-Performance Products.     Our results of operations have been, and we believe will continue to be, affected by our ability to design and sell more highly integrated products with improved performance and increased functionality. We aim to grow our revenue and expand our margins by enabling customers to transition from previously deployed 10 Gbps and 40 Gbps solutions to our 100 Gbps and 400 Gbps modules and demonstrate the value proposition to the growing number of metro and inter-data center network equipment designers and manufacturers. Our ability to

 

54


Table of Contents

sustain our revenue growth and gross margin improvement will depend, in part, upon our continued sales of our newer, more integrated and higher performance products, and our quarterly results of operations can be significantly impacted by the mix of products sold during the period.

Investing in Research and Development for Growth.     We believe that the market for our optical interconnect technology products is still in the early stages of adoption and we intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We expect to continue to invest heavily in coherent digital signal processing, optics integration, silicon photonics, hardware engineering and software, all of which afford ongoing vertical integration of components into our core technologies. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue to design new products and grow our business and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments.

Customer Concentration.     During 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our five largest customers in each period (which differed by period) accounted for 79.5%, 77.7%, 82.5% and 74.2% of our revenue, respectively. During 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our largest customer in each period accounted for 32.1%, 35.4%, 37.8% and 28.4% of our revenue, respectively. We expect continued variability in our customer concentration and timing of sales on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, annual and semi-annual pricing reductions and pricing discounts to large volume customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales and the mix of products sold to large volume customers.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our products within our 100, 400 and 40 Gbps product families, which we sell through our direct sales force. We sell a substantial majority of our products to network equipment manufacturers for ultimate sale to communications and content service providers and data center and cloud infrastructure operators, which we refer to together as cloud and service providers, and we expect network equipment manufacturer customers to be the primary market for our products for the foreseeable future. Our negotiated terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns.

Our revenue is affected by changes in the number, product mix and average selling prices of our products. We also have experienced declines in revenue in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter due to our customers’ ability to delay or reschedule shipments under the terms of their contracts with us. Our product revenue is typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with sales of pre-production samples and prototypes followed by the sale of early production models with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels. In addition, our product revenue may be affected by contractual commitments to significant customers that obligate us to reduce the selling price of our products on an annual or semi-annual basis.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue is comprised primarily of the costs of procuring goods from our contract manufacturers and other suppliers. In addition, cost of revenue includes assembly, test, quality assurance, warranty and logistics-related fees, impacts of manufacturing yield, and costs associated with excess and obsolete inventory.

 

55


Table of Contents

Personnel-related expenses include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting fees for those personnel engaged in the management of our contract manufacturers, new product manufacturing activities, logistical support and manufacturing and test engineering and supply chain management.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit has been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including changes in product mix, sales of more highly integrated products, target end markets for our products, pricing due to competitive pressure, and favorable and unfavorable changes in production costs, including global demand for electronic components used in our products. As some products mature and unit volumes increase, the average selling prices of those products may decline. These declines often coincide with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, component, assembly and test costs, which lower production costs and may offset some of the margin reduction that results from lower selling prices. We anticipate that our newer modules, which integrate our silicon PIC, will contribute higher gross profit over time than some of our older products, because the integration of our silicon PIC into these products eliminates the need for us to purchase several high-cost discrete components for the same level of functionality, thus improving margins on these products. In addition, we plan to shift the manufacturing of some of our high volume products to contract manufacturers located in lower-cost regions, which would decrease the cost of the manufacturing of these products and correspondingly improve margins. Although we primarily procure and sell our products in U.S. dollars, our contract manufacturers incur many costs, including labor and component costs, in other currencies. To the extent that the exchange rates move unfavorably for our contract manufacturers, they may try to pass resulting costs on to us, which could have a material effect on our future average unit costs. Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in average selling prices related to new product introductions, existing product transitions into larger scale commercial volumes, maturity of a product within its life cycle, the effect of prototype and sample sales and resulting mix of products within a family of products. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development and sales, general and administrative expenses.

 

    Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in research, design and development activities incurred directly and with support from external vendors, such as outsourced research and development costs, as well as costs for prototypes, depreciation, purchased intellectual property, facilities and travel. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant outsourced research and development transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase in absolute dollars as we continue making significant investments in developing new products and new technologies, including with respect to increased performance and smaller industry-standard form factors.

 

    Sales, general and administrative expenses include salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in sales, marketing, customer service, technical support, and general and administrative activities, as well as the costs of legal expenses, trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, bad debt expense, legal and other professional services, facilities, general liability insurance and travel. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars primarily due to our continued growth and the costs of compliance associated with being a public company.

 

56


Table of Contents

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net consists of interest expense associated with our working capital line of credit and term loan, amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount, interest income earned on our cash balances, gain or loss on the revaluation of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, and foreign currency transactions gains and losses. To date, we have not utilized derivatives to hedge our foreign exchange risk as we believe the risk to be immaterial to our results of operations. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory tax rates different from those in the United States. Our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income, the absorption of foreign tax credits, changes in corporate structure, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws and interpretations. We plan to regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes that could result from the examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our income tax reserves and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our then-current expectations, charges or credits to our provision for income taxes may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant effect on our results of operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, we began the process of restructuring our international operations and, as a result, we expect that our future effective tax rates may be lower than our historical rate; however, the extent to which we will realize the benefits of such reduction, if at all, in the fourth quarter of 2015 is currently uncertain.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 77,652      $ 146,234      $ 105,222      $ 170,509   

Cost of revenue(1)

     47,983        93,558        66,874        108,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,669        52,676        38,348        62,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     24,248        28,471        19,618        26,327   

Sales, general and administrative(1)

     5,099        6,615        4,539        8,060   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     745        108                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,092        35,194        24,157        34,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (423     17,482        14,191        27,832   

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense, net

     (516     (390     (314     (138

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (94     (483     (325     (1,813

Other (expense) income

     (160     (156     (212     135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (770     (1,029     (851     (1,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (1,193     16,453        13,340        26,016   

Provision for income taxes

            2,933        2,374        8,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520      $ 10,966      $ 17,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013              2014              2014              2015      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 25       $ 17       $ 12       $ 42   

Research and development

     960         258         181         378   

Sales, general and administrative

     519         132         95         125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,504       $ 407       $ 288       $ 545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  

Revenue

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     62        64        64        64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     38        36        36        36   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     31        19        19        15   

Sales, general and administrative

     7        5        4        5   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     1                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     39        24        23        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (1     12        13        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (1     (1     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (2     11        12        15   

Provision for income taxes

            2        2        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (2 %)      9     10     10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

Revenue

Revenue and the related changes during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change in  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 105,222       $ 170,509       $ 65,287         62

Revenue increased by $65.3 million, or 62%, from $105.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $170.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was primarily due to $52.8 million of revenue attributable to a new product introduction and a $9.2 million increase in sales volumes for existing products within our 100 Gbps product family as well as $6.7 million of revenue attributable to the introduction of products in our 400 Gbps product family. This increase was partially offset by a $3.4 million decrease in revenue from sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family, which is approaching the end of its volume life cycle.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our product sales based on the geographic region of our customers’ delivery location are as follows:

 

     Nine Months
Ended

September 30, 2014
     As a %
of Total

Revenue
    Nine Months
Ended

September 30, 2015
     As a %
of Total

Revenue
    Change in  
             $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 19,286         18   $ 34,100         20   $ 14,814         77

EMEA

     45,488         43     84,673         50     39,185         86

APAC

     40,448         39     51,736         30     11,288         28
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 105,222         100   $ 170,509         100   $ 65,287         62
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Americas

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Americas increased by $14.8 million, or 77%, from $19.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $34.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of our 400 Gbps product family.

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, increased by $39.2 million, or 86%, from $45.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $84.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of our 400 Gbps product family, offset by a decrease in sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family.

Asia Pacific

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Asia Pacific region, or APAC, increased $11.3 million, or 28%, from $40.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $51.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of our 400 Gbps product family.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change in  
     2014     2015     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 66,874      $ 108,290      $ 41,416         62

Gross profit percentage

     36.4     36.5     

Cost of revenue increased $41.4 million, or 62%, from $66.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $108.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was due to the increased volume of products sold from our 100 Gbps product family, the introduction of our 400 Gbps family and the volume decline in our 40 Gbps product family, which began in 2014.

Our gross profit percentage increased to 36.5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to 36.4% in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was due to the favorable effects of product mix within our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of products in our 400 Gbps product family. These increases were offset by a decrease in the gross profit percentage of products in our 40 Gbps product family as it approaches the end of its volume life cycle.

 

59


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change in  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 19,618       $ 26,327       $ 6,709         34

Research and development expense increased $6.7 million, or 34%, from $19.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $26.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015, due to a $4.4 million increase in personnel-related and other costs as well as a $2.3 million increase in outsourced development costs, each to support our new product development initiatives.

Sales, General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change in  
     2014      2015      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales, general and administrative

   $ 4,539       $ 8,060       $ 3,521         78

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $3.5 million, or 78%, from $4.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $8.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015, due to a $2.1 million increase in personnel-related and other costs and a $1.4 million increase in professional services expense, all of which are associated with preparing to be a public company.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    Change in  
     2014     2015     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total other expense, net

   $ (851   $ (1,816   $ (965     113

Total other expense, net, increased by $1.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the expense associated with the revaluation of our preferred stock warrant liability increased $1.5 million. This increase in expense was partially offset by a $0.3 million gain on foreign exchange transactions and a $0.2 million decrease in interest expense as a result of our full repayment of our working capital line of credit in October 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change in  
        2014           2015        $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 2,374      $ 8,133      $ 5,759         243

Effective tax rate

     18     31     

Provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $8.1 million compared to $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase in the provision for income taxes primarily results from taxable income exceeding the maximum available annual tax benefit from net operating loss carryforwards under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

 

60


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change in  
     2013      2014      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 77,652       $ 146,234       $ 68,582         88

Revenue increased by $68.6 million, or 88%, from $77.7 million in 2013 to $146.2 million in 2014. The increase was primarily due to $64.6 million of revenue attributable to increased sales volumes for our existing products within our 100 Gbps product family, $9.2 million of revenue attributable to the introduction of a new product in our 100 Gbps product family and $1.8 million of revenue attributable to early sales of products within our 400 Gbps product family. This increase was partially offset by a $6.8 million decrease in sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family, which is approaching the end of its volume life cycle.

Our product sales based on the geographic region of our customers’ delivery locations are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
     As a %
of

Total
Revenue
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
     As a %
of

Total
Revenue
              
             Change in  
             $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 13,945         18   $ 32,109         22   $ 18,164         130

EMEA

     37,866         49     60,101         41     22,235         59

APAC

     25,841         33     54,024         37     28,183         109
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 77,652         100   $ 146,234         100   $ 68,582         88
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Americas

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in the Americas increased by $18.2 million, or 130%, from $13.9 million in 2013 to $32.1 million in 2014. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family.

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in EMEA increased by $22.2 million, or 59%, from $37.9 million in 2013 to $60.1 million in 2014. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family and the introduction of our 400 Gbps product family, partially offset by decreases in sales of products in our 40 Gbps product family.

Asia Pacific

Revenue from product sales to customers with delivery locations in APAC increased $28.2 million, or 109% from $25.8 million in 2013 to $54.0 million in 2014. The increase was due to increased sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change in  
     2013     2014     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 47,983      $ 93,558      $ 45,575         95

Gross profit percentage

     38.2     36.0     

 

61


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue increased $45.6 million, or 95%, from $48.0 million in 2013 to $93.6 million in 2014. The increase was due to an increased volume of sales of products in our 100 Gbps product family, offset by a reduction in the volume of products in our 40 Gbps product family, which began approaching the end of its volume product life cycle in 2014.

Our gross profit percentage decreased to 36.0% in 2014 as compared to 38.2% in 2013. The decrease was due to the decline in the volume and unit sales price for products in our 40 Gbps product family and non-recurring costs associated with the end of its volume product life cycle.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change in  
     2013      2014      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 24,248       $ 28,471       $ 4,223         17

Research and development expense increased $4.2 million, or 17%, in 2014 as compared to 2013, due to a $2.8 million increase in personnel-related costs associated with support for our new product development initiatives and a $1.4 million increase in outsourced development costs.

Sales, General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change in  
     2013      2014      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales, general and administrative

   $ 5,099       $ 6,615       $ 1,516         30

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 30%, in 2014 as compared to 2013, due to a $1.3 million increase in personnel-related costs and other costs to support our growth.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change in  
     2013     2014     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total other expense, net

   $ (770   $ (1,029   $ (259     34

Total other expense, net, increased by $0.3 million in 2014 as compared to 2013. During 2014, loss on the change in fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased by $0.4 million, as compared to 2013. This increase was partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in interest expense as a result of our full repayment of our working capital line of credit in October 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change in  
     2013      2014     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $       $ 2,933      $ 2,933           

Effective tax rate

             18     

 

62


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3.0 million. There was no provision for income taxes during the year ended December 31, 2013 as a valuation allowance was provided against the net deferred tax benefit attributed to the operating loss. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our effective tax rate was 18%, as compared to the federal statutory rate of 35%. The difference between the federal statutory rate and our effective tax rate was primarily attributable to the utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards, which were limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each three-month period in the year ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September 30,
2015
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 27,291      $ 31,151      $ 46,780      $ 41,012      $ 47,244      $ 57,846      $ 65,419   

Cost of revenue

    18,538        20,307        28,029        26,684        30,640        37,441        40,209   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,753        10,844        18,751        14,328        16,604        20,405        25,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

       

Research and development

    6,675        5,668        7,275        8,853        7,903        8,820        9,604   

Selling, general and administrative

    1,397        1,501        1,642        2,075        2,123        2,932        3,005   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                         108                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,072        7,169        8,917        11,036        10,026        11,752        12,609   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    681        3,675        9,834        3,292        6,578        8,653        12,601   

Other (expense) income:

       

Interest expense, net

    (87     (109     (117     (77     (48     (84     (6

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (158     (88     (79     (158     (382     (1,061     (370

Other (expense) income

    (19     (3     (191     57        252        (85     (32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

    (264     (200     (387     (178     (178     (1,230     (408
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    417        3,475        9,447        3,114        6,400        7,423        12,193   

Provision for income taxes

    75        623        1,676        559        2,063        2,716        3,354   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 342      $ 2,852      $ 7,771      $ 2,555      $ 4,337      $ 4,707      $ 8,839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September 30,
2015
 

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    68     65     60     65     65     65     61
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    32     35     40     35     35     35     39

Operating Expenses:

             

Research and development

    25     18     16     22     17     15     15

Selling, general and administrative

    5     5     3     5     4     5     4

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                                                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30     23     19     27     21     20     19
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    2     12     21     8     14     15     20

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1 %)      (1 %)      (1 %)      (1 %)             (2 %)      (1 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    1     11     20     7     14     13     19

Provision for income taxes

           2     3     1     5     5     5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    1     9     17     6     9     8     14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our revenue has generally increased over the periods presented due to increased demand for products in our 100 Gbps product family, as well as the introduction of new products in our 400 Gbps product family. Our revenue declined from the third quarter of 2014 to the fourth quarter of 2014 primarily because $4.0 million in anticipated purchases by two customers were delayed to the first quarter of 2015. Our gross profit percentage is primarily driven by product mix within our families of products and trends in the average per unit selling price and cost of our products over their respective product life cycles, including quarterly fluctuations due to contract pricing arrangements. We also have experienced declines in revenue in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter due to our customers’ ability to delay or reschedule shipments under the terms of their contracts with us.

Our operating expenses have generally increased over the periods presented, primarily related to the development of new products, as well as increases in salary and personnel costs resulting from increases in functional headcount to support the growth of our business. The increase in research and development costs was primarily attributable to increased personnel added throughout each of the quarters presented, as well as the timing of outsourced development costs in the fourth quarter of each of 2013 and 2014. Sales, general and administrative expenses have increased over the periods presented primarily due to increases in headcount to support the growth of our business and infrastructure costs in preparation for becoming a public company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2013     2014     2014     2015  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,235      $ 21,128      $ 18,291      $ 18,037   

Working capital

     22,101        31,710        30,858        45,207   

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,067     13,397        4,389        7,977   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,936     (6,478     (3,921     (8,452

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     19,859        (6,020     (2,410     (2,614

 

64


Table of Contents

Since our inception, we have funded our operations through issuances of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, which has provided us with aggregate net proceeds of $51.9 million, cash collections from customers and short- and long-term borrowings.

As of September 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $18.0 million and accounts receivable of $52.5 million. We maintain a $15.0 million working capital line of credit under which no amounts were outstanding as of September 30, 2015.

We believe our existing cash balances, anticipated cash flow from future operations and liquidity available from our line of credit will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other business initiatives, purchases of capital equipment to support our growth, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, any expansion of our business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses, the use of working capital to purchase additional inventory, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Working Capital Facility

We maintain a working capital line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, which provides us with access to up to $15.0 million of financing in the form of revolving loans. The working capital line of credit expires in January 2016. In connection with the working capital line of credit, we have issued to SVB warrants to purchase up to 135,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock at exercise prices of $1.43 and $2.67, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all the covenants in the working capital line of credit.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income (loss) adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, loss on the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, and other non-cash charges, net, as well as the effect of changes in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 as compared to $4.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $6.9 million increase in net income and a $3.2 million increase in non-cash expense items primarily consisting of depreciation expense and the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, partially offset by a $6.5 million decrease in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $13.8 million decrease in cash due to timing of accounts receivable collections in the nine months ended September 30, 2015, a $13.0 million decrease in cash due to an increase in inventory to fulfill sales orders during the third quarter of 2015, and a $3.7 million decrease in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $22.0 million increase in cash due to the timing of payments associated with our accounts payable and accrued liabilities and a $2.0 million decrease in prepaid expense and other assets.

 

65


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.4 million in 2014, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.1 million in 2013. The $14.5 million increase was primarily due to a $14.7 million increase in net income and a $1.1 million increase in cash related to changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in non-cash expense items, primarily consisting of stock-based compensation expense and loss on the disposal of property and equipment. Changes in cash flows related to operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $12.4 million increase in cash related to the timing of inventory purchases and a $1.5 million increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $7.5 million decrease in cash due to the timing of payments associated with our accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $3.4 million decrease in cash due to an increase in accounts receivable, and a $1.9 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of lab and computer equipment and software to support the development of new products and increase our manufacturing capacity to meet customer demand for existing products. In addition, our investing activities include expansion of, and improvements to, our leased facilities. As our business expands, we expect that we will continue to invest in these areas.

Net cash used in investing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $8.5 million, as compared to $3.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased purchases of lab equipment to support the development and manufacturing phases of our product life cycles.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2014 was $6.5 million, as compared to $2.9 million in 2013. The increase was primarily due to increased purchases of lab equipment and computer software to support the phases of our product life cycle and the expansion of our facilities in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and short- and long-term borrowings to fund our operations.

Net cash used in financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $2.6 million, as compared to $2.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The cash used in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 primarily consisted of $2.2 million for the advanced repayment of principal on our long-term debt obligation and $0.6 million for the payment of IPO costs, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, cash flows used in financing activities consisted of $2.0 million of repayments on our working capital line of credit and $0.4 million of repayment of principal on our long-term debt obligation.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2014 was $6.0 million, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $19.9 million in 2013. The net cash used in financing activities in 2014 primarily consisted of $5.3 million of repayment on our line of credit and $0.8 million of repayment on our long-term debt obligation. These uses of cash were partially offset by $0.1 million of proceeds from employee stock option exercises. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2013 primarily consisted of $21.8 million from the issuance and sale of preferred stock and $0.1 million of proceeds from employee stock option exercises. These cash inflows were partially offset by $2.0 million used to repurchase shares of common stock and $0.1 million of repayment on our long-term debt obligation.

 

66


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of principal and interest on our term loan, operating lease payments for our facilities and purchase obligations. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2014. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loan principal(1)

   $ 2,155       $ 709       $ 1,446       $       $   

Interest on term loan(1)

     208         117         91                   

Operating leases(2)

     2,591         834         1,454         303           

Purchase obligations(3)

     75,414         75,414                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)

   $ 80,368       $ 77,074       $ 2,991       $ 303       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we fully repaid the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our term loan in advance of maturity date of the term loan.
(2) We lease our office facilities in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey under non-cancelable operating leases that expire in January 2019, with respect to the Massachusetts facility, and June 2018 and July 2018, with respect to various floors of the New Jersey facility. Rent expense for non-cancelable operating leases with free rental periods or schedule rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, rent expense incurred under these agreements amounted to $441,000, $709,000, $519,000, and $652,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments due under these noncancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amounts  

2015

   $ 834   

2016

     879   

2017

     575   

2018

     292   

2019

     11   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,591   
  

 

 

 

In April 2015, we entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of lab equipment with a fair value of $96,000. The lease is payable in 12 equal monthly payments through April 2016.

In July 2015, we entered into an operating lease for office space in Mountain View, California, which expires in July 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term. Annual rent due is approximately $69,000.

 

(3) Our purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders with our contract manufacturers for inventory and other third parties for the manufacturing of our wafers. Our relationships with these vendors typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payments of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation.

 

(4)

We incorporate technology into our products that is licensed from third parties. We have not committed to any future minimum obligations under the terms of the technology licensing agreements, and therefore no amounts have been included in the contractual commitments table.

 

67


Table of Contents
  We are required to pay royalties to the licensors of $15 to $17 per unit sold within our new 400 Gbps product family and for our newest product within the 100 Gbps product family. In addition, we pay royalties of $150 per unit sold for our older products within the 100 Gbps and 40 Gbps product families. Our 40 Gbps product family is approaching the end of its volume life cycle. As the composition of product sales continues to become increasingly weighted toward newer products, we anticipate that our royalty expense will decrease in absolute dollars as compared to the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 as the per unit cost of royalties is less for our newer products. We do not anticipate royalty expense will have a material impact on our results of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant effect on our reported revenue, results of operations and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during and as of the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our results and the value of our assets cannot be determined with certainty, and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. As the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require production, modification or customization. We recognize revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Our agreements with our customers do not include rights of return. Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers except for instances where title and risk of loss pass to the customer upon delivery or acceptance, where revenue is recognized upon the occurrence of delivery or acceptance, as applicable.

A limited number of revenue arrangements with our customers include more than one element and require the application of ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements . Arrangement consideration is allocated to each element with standalone value based on the relative selling prices of all of the elements in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy. We determine the relative selling price of elements based on prices charged for standalone products, when sufficiently concentrated, and third-party evidence of similar elements, or, in the absence of these sources of

 

68


Table of Contents

evidence, based on management’s best estimate of selling price. Revenue recognized from multiple-element arrangements accounted for less than 2% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and component parts, which are purchased from contract manufacturers and other suppliers. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. Our assessment of market value requires the use of estimates regarding the net realizable value of our inventory balances, including an assessment of excess or obsolete inventories. We determine excess and obsolete inventories based on an estimate of the future demand for our products within a specified time horizon, generally 12 months. The estimates used for future demand are also used for near-term capacity planning and inventory purchases, and are consistent with revenue forecast assumptions. If our demand forecast is greater than actual demand, we may be required to record an excess inventory charge reflected in cost of goods sold, which would decrease gross profit. Any write-downs taken establish a new cost basis for the underlying inventory and cannot be reversed if there are subsequent increases in our demand forecast.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the cumulative difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for years in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. We recognize the benefit of an uncertain tax position that has been taken or that we expect to take on income tax returns if such tax position is more likely than not to be sustained.

We follow the authoritative guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. These unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to issues related to the timing of certain income and deductions for federal income tax purposes. We apply a variety of methodologies in making these estimates, including advice and studies performed by independent subject matter experts, evaluation of public actions taken by the IRS and other taxing authorities, as well as our own industry experience. We provide estimates for unrecognized tax benefits which may be subject to material adjustments until matters are resolved with taxing authorities or statutes expire. If our estimates are not representative of actual outcomes, our results of operations can be materially affected.

We maintain a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets due to our assessment that their realization is not more likely than not to occur. Our assessment included a review of all available evidence, both positive and negative, and based on the weight of that evidence, we determined that a valuation allowance is needed against our deferred tax assets. Our assessment recognizes that future realization of the tax benefit of an existing deductible temporary difference or carryforward ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period available under applicable tax laws. Four possible sources of taxable income may be available under applicable tax laws to realize a tax benefit for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards:

 

    future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

    future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;

 

    taxable income in carryback years if permitted under tax law; and

 

    tax planning strategies that would be implemented.

 

69


Table of Contents

The more objective the evidence, the more robust the basis is likely to be for a decision as to the need for and the amount of any valuation allowance. Two sources of income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and taxable income in prior carryback years, involve objective assessments on which to base a valuation allowance decision. However, other income sources (e.g., tax planning strategies and especially future taxable income) involve subjective assessments. Assessing subjective income sources involves a review of our capability and willingness to implement certain tax planning strategies that will generate future taxable income and an assessment of our experience in forecasting future taxable income. In addition to assessing positive and negative evidence for the need for a valuation allowance related to these four potential sources of income, we also weighed the objectively verifiable positive and negative sources.

Under ASC 740-10, Income Taxes , examples of positive evidence that might support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed, despite negative evidence (including current year losses), include:

 

    strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating that the current loss may be an aberration;

 

    unrealized appreciation in assets over their tax basis; and

 

    existing contracts or a firm sales backlog of profitable orders that management expects will produce more than enough future taxable income to utilize the deferred tax asset.

2013 was the first year in which we generated taxable profits. These taxable profits were immaterial and were offset by tax loss carryforwards from earlier years. Our prior losses for tax purposes occurred as we were in our early stages of development. We expect to generate taxable profits in subsequent years.

ASC 740-10 requires positive evidence of sufficient quality and quantity to offset such negative evidence in order to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed. Negative evidence includes, among other factors:

 

    cumulative losses incurred in recent years;

 

    history of potential tax attributes expiring unused;

 

    losses expected in the next few years even if the company is currently profitable;

 

    carryback or carryforward periods that are so brief that they would limit the realization of tax benefits; and

 

    uncertainties that, if resolved unfavorably, would adversely affect future operations and profits.

We have not had any history of expiring tax attributes other than Massachusetts net operating losses, which had a five year carryforward period for losses generated prior to January 1, 2010. We have had cumulative losses in the United States for all years prior to 2014. 2014 was the first year in which we had cumulative profits over a three-year period. In assessing this negative evidence, we also considered our expected future results.

After weighing the factors and performing the analysis outlined above, we determined that we will maintain the valuation allowance against all of our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Our management team will continue to assess our need for a valuation allowance and will look for incremental changes to our business model and strategies as these assessments are finalized.

If we determine that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets become realizable in a future period, we will record material adjustments to the provision for income taxes in that period. We recorded a valuation allowance against all of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and

 

70


Table of Contents

2014 of approximately $12.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively. We have continued to maintain a full valuation allowance as of September 30, 2015. We intend to continue maintaining a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances. However, given our current earnings and anticipated future earnings, we believe that there is a reasonable possibility that within the next 12 months, sufficient positive evidence may become available to allow us to reach a conclusion that a significant portion of the valuation allowance will no longer be needed. The potential release of the valuation allowance is dependent on our ability to achieve sustained profitable operations from continued execution of our operating strategy, including expanding sales to our existing customer base, adding new customers and our ability to successfully develop and release new products. Release of the valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain deferred tax assets and a decrease to the provision for income taxes for the period the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the valuation allowance release are subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability that we are able to actually achieve.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for equity awards based on the fair value of the award and on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award based on the estimated portion of the award that is expected to vest.

Inherent in the valuation and recording of stock-based compensation, there are several estimates that we make, including in regard to valuation and expense that will be incurred. We apply estimated forfeiture rates to the awards based on analyses of historical data, including termination patterns, employee position and other factors. This is done to record the expense we expect to actually incur for employees that provide the required service time.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of our option awards when they are granted. We estimate the value of common stock at the grant date with the help of an independent third-party service provider. See “Valuation of Common Stock” below for further discussion of the valuation process. We use the daily historical volatility of companies we consider to be our peers. To determine our peer companies, we used the following criteria: optical telecommunications companies; similar histories and relatively comparable financial leverage; sufficient public company trading history; and in similar businesses and geographical markets. We used the peers’ stock price volatility over the expected term of our granted options to calculate the expected volatility. The expected term of employee option awards is determined using the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term for outstanding awards, or “the simplified method,” because we do not yet have a sufficient history of option exercises. We determine the risk-free interest rate on the grant date of the award based on the rate of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities approximately equal to the estimated expected term of the awards. We have not paid dividends and do not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future and, accordingly, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions, other than fair value of our common stock, relating to our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2013   2014             2014                       2015          

Risk-free interest rate

   1.1% - 2.2%   1.8% - 2.2%   2.0% - 2.2%   1.7% - 1.9%

Expected dividend yield

   None   None   None   None

Expected volatility

   69.1% - 73.2%   71.1% - 71.3%   71.2% - 71.3%   61.4% - 70.9%

Expected term (in years)

   6.5   6.5   6.5   6.25 - 6.5

 

71


Table of Contents

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rate utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rates, which could materially affect our future stock-based compensation expense.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we granted 219,000 RSUs to certain directors and executives. Our stock-based compensation expense for RSUs is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of our common stock. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. The service condition for a majority of the RSUs is satisfied over a period of four years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of a sale of our company and the date of our initial public offering, in either case, prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

As of September 30, 2015, we had recognized no stock-based compensation expense for RSUs because a qualifying event for the awards’ vesting was not probable. In the quarter in which this offering is completed, we will begin recording stock-based compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value of the RSUs using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeiture. The following table summarizes, on an unaudited pro forma basis, the stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs that we would incur during the quarter in which this offering is completed, assuming this offering was completed on September 30, 2015:

 

As of September 30, 2015

  

        From Award Issue Date to September 30, 2015        

Vested RSUs
Outstanding(1)

  

Unvested RSUs
Outstanding(2)

  

Pro Forma Stock-Based Compensation Expense

     (in thousands)

1,428

   217,572    $    358

 

(1) For purposes of this table, “vested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had been satisfied as of September 30, 2015.
(2) For purposes of this table, “unvested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had not been satisfied as of September 30, 2015.

We estimate that the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to the RSUs would be approximately $1.5 million, after giving effect to estimated forfeitures and would be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.5 years if this offering was completed on September 30, 2015.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table estimates future stock-based compensation expense related to all outstanding equity awards, inclusive of the pro forma impact of RSUs discussed above, net of estimated forfeitures. The table does not take into account any stock-based compensation expense related to future awards that may be granted to employees, directors, or other service providers.

 

     2015      2016      2017      2018      2019      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Performance Awards

   $ 611       $ 823       $ 314       $ 125       $ 13       $ 1,886   

Stock-based awards with only service conditions

     225         887         847         711         256         2,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 836       $ 1,710       $ 1,161       $ 836       $ 269       $ 4,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and third-party valuations.

The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, as estimated on the date of grant by our board of directors in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Each fair value estimate was based on a variety of factors, which included the following:

 

    our historical operating and financial performance;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies within our industry;

 

    the identification and analysis of mergers and acquisitions of comparable companies;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

    any adjustments necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock; and

 

    U.S. and global economic market conditions.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the timing of a potential IPO or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation method at each valuation date. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the closing of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock-based awards, as the fair value of our common stock will be its trading price in the public market.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2014 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date:

 

Grant Date

  Options
or RSUs
   Number of
Awards

Granted
    Exercise
Price
     Grant Date
Fair Value
     Aggregate
Award
Fair Value
 

March 21, 2014

  Options      285,500      $ 2.09       $ 1.38       $ 393,990   

May 21, 2014

  Options      16,000      $ 2.09       $ 1.38       $ 22,080   

November 27, 2014

  Options      164,500      $ 3.13       $ 2.05       $ 337,225   

December 18, 2014

  Options      84,500      $ 3.49       $ 2.30       $ 194,350   

February 26, 2015

  Options      23,000      $ 4.18       $ 2.74       $ 63,020   

March 28, 2015

  Options      319,900      $ 4.18       $ 2.72       $ 870,128   

April 29, 2015

  Options      57,500      $ 5.37       $ 3.21       $ 184,575   

April 29, 2015

  RSUs      73,000        n/a       $ 5.37       $ 392,010   

July 23, 2015

  Options      153,000      $ 10.14       $ 5.91       $ 904,230   

July 23, 2015

  RSUs      146,000        n/a       $ 10.14       $ 1,480,440   

October 21, 2015

  Options      81,500      $ 12.97       $ 7.33       $ 597,395   

October 21, 2015

  RSUs      689,596        n/a       $ 12.97       $ 8,944,060   

December 16, 2015

  Options      50,000      $ 13.65       $ 7.78       $ 389,000   

December 16, 2015

  RSUs      605,250 1       n/a       $ 13.65       $ 8,261,663   

 

1. Includes 450,000 RSUs awarded under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan on December 16, 2015, which RSUs are contingent upon the closing of this offering.

The fair value of our common stock was estimated or reconciled using the market approach. Under the market approach, the enterprise value is estimated by performing a guideline public company, or GPC analysis, and a guideline transaction, or GT analysis.

The GPC analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples of comparable public companies, the equity of which is freely-traded by investors in the public securities markets. The first step in this analysis involves the selection of a peer group of companies from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each company in the peer group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of our company.

The GT analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the valuation multiples implied by transactions involving companies that are comparable to the subject company. The first step in this analysis involves the identification of transactions from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each transaction in the comparable group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value.

Once the equity value is estimated it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. These allocations were prepared using a hybrid of the option-pricing method, or OPM, and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM.

 

74


Table of Contents

OPM .    The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The common stock is modeled as a call option on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share stock price. Thus, common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock liquidation preference is paid.

The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the fair values of securities as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

PWERM .    Under the PWERM methodology, the fair value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for a company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of the value for the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability is then applied to the common stock to account for the lack of access to an active public market.

Hybrid Method .    The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used in our third-party valuations, two types of future-event scenarios were considered: an IPO and a remaining private scenario. The enterprise value for the IPO scenario was determined using a market approach. The enterprise value for the remaining private scenario was determined using the GPC and the GT analysis. In this remaining private scenario, the OPM approach was utilized to determine the fair value of the common stock. The relative probability of each type of future-event scenario was determined by our board of directors based on an analysis of market conditions at the time, including then-current IPO valuations of similar situation companies, and expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the future-event scenarios.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” footnote within our consolidated financial statements for analysis of recent accounting pronouncements that are applicable to our business.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our operations outside of the United States incur a portion of their operating expenses in foreign currencies, principally the Danish Krone, but these expenses are de minimis compared to our overall

 

75


Table of Contents

expenses. To date, the majority of our product sales and inventory purchases have been denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we have contracts for our outsourced development that are not denominated in U.S. dollars and that represent significant spending within the research and development area of our business. The functional currency of all of our entities is the U.S. dollar. However, we believe that exposure to foreign currency fluctuation from operating expenses is material as the related costs do constitute a significant portion of our total expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, the total amount of our outsourced development contracts denominated in U.S. dollars was $4.6 million, $6.5 million, $5.6 million and $7.3 million respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, the total amount of our outsourced development contracts denominated in Euros was 3.5 million, 4.8 million, 4.1 million and 6.4 million respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $63,000, $156,000, and $212,000, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded foreign currency transaction gains of $135,000. These foreign currency transaction gains and losses have been recorded as a component of “other expense” in our consolidated statements of operations. We believe that a 5% change in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Euro would not materially impact our operating results or financial position. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency exchange contracts. In future periods, we may hedge certain significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operations.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2015 consisted of cash maintained in money market funds and FDIC-insured operating accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, we do not believe a sudden change in the interest rates would have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have a working capital line of credit, under which no amount was outstanding as of September 30, 2015. The interest rate associated with the working capital line of credit is the prime lending rate plus 1.5%. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not result in a material change in our obligations under the line of credit, even at the borrowing limit.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business. However, if global demand for the base materials utilized in our suppliers’ components were to significantly increase for the components we purchase from our suppliers to manufacture our products, our costs could become subject to significant inflationary pressures, and we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to deliver high-speed coherent optical interconnect products that transform communications networks, relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communication service providers, through improvements in performance and capacity and a reduction in associated costs. By converting optical interconnect technology to a silicon-based technology, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect, we believe we are leading a disruption that is analogous to the computing industry’s integration of multiple functions into a microprocessor. Our products include a series of low-power coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, which we have integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 Gbps for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets. Our modules perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions in optical interconnects and offer low power consumption, high density and high speeds at attractive price points. Through the use of standard interfaces, our modules can be easily integrated with customers’ network equipment. The advanced software in our modules enables increased configurability and automation, provides insight into network and connection point characteristics and helps identify network performance problems, all of which increase flexibility and reduce operating costs.

Our modules are rooted in our low-power coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs, which we have specifically developed for our target markets. Our coherent DSP ASICs are manufactured using complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, and our silicon PICs are manufactured using a CMOS-compatible process. CMOS is a widely-used and cost-effective semiconductor process technology. Using CMOS to siliconize optical interconnect technology enables us to continue to integrate increasing functionality into our products, benefit from higher yields and reliability associated with CMOS and capitalize on regular improvements in CMOS performance, density and cost. Our use of CMOS also enables us to use outsourced foundry services rather than requiring custom fabrication to manufacture our products. In addition, our use of CMOS and CMOS-compatible processes enables us to take advantage of the technology, manufacturing and integration improvements driven by other computer and communications markets that rely on CMOS.

Our engineering and management teams have extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. This broad expertise in a range of advanced technologies, methodologies and processes enhances our innovation, design and development capabilities and has enabled us to develop and introduce nine optical interconnect modules, five coherent DSP ASICs and two silicon PICs since 2009. In the course of our product development cycles, we continuously engage with our customers as they design their current and next-generation network equipment, which provides us with deep insights into the current and future market needs.

We sell our products through a direct sales force to leading network equipment manufacturers. The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 20 during the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years. Our revenue for 2014 was $146.2 million, an 88.3% increase from $77.7 million of revenue in 2013. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $170.5 million, a 62.0% increase from $105.2 million of revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. For 2013, we incurred a net loss of $1.2 million. In 2014, we generated net income of $13.5 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $20.4 million, compared to a net loss of $1.2 million and adjusted EBITDA of $3.6 million in 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we generated net income of $17.9 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $31.7 million, compared to net income of $11.0 million and adjusted EBITDA of $16.0 million for the nine months ended

 

77


Table of Contents

September 30, 2014. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income.

Industry Background

Growing Demand for Bandwidth and Network Capacity

Global internet protocol, or IP, traffic is projected to nearly triple from 2.0 exabytes per day in 2014 to 5.5 exabytes per day in 2019, representing a 23% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, according to Cisco’s Visual Networking Index Report dated May 2015, or the VNI Report. This rapid growth in IP traffic is the result of several factors, including:

 

    Increased data and video consumption.     Over the last decade, the proliferation of new technologies, applications, Web 2.0-based services and Internet-connected devices has led to increasing levels of Internet traffic and congestion and the need for greater bandwidth. Video traffic, in particular, is growing rapidly, and placing significant strains on network capacity. The VNI Report estimates that video traffic will represent 80% of all global IP traffic in 2019, reaching 134.8 exabytes per month, up from 40.2 exabytes per month in 2014.

 

    Growth in mobile and 4G/LTE communications.     The increasing demand for data- and video-intensive content and applications on mobile devices is driving significant growth in mobile data and video traffic and has led to the proliferation of advanced wireless communication technologies, such as 4G/LTE, which depend on wired networks to function. According to the VNI Report, global mobile data traffic grew 69% in 2014 from the prior year and is expected to increase nearly ten-fold from 2014 to 2019, a 57% compound annual growth rate.

 

    Proliferation of cloud services.     Enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud services to reduce IT costs and enable more flexible operating models. Consumers are increasingly relying on cloud services to satisfy video, audio and photo storage and sharing needs. Together, these factors are driving increased Internet traffic as cloud services are accessed and used. Daily global cloud traffic is expected to quadruple from 5.8 exabytes in 2014 to 23.6 exabytes in 2019, according to the Cisco Global Cloud Index, dated October 2015. Forrester Research, in its report titled The Public Cloud Market is Now in Hypergrowth, released in April 2014, forecasts that the public cloud market will exceed $191 billion by 2020, compared to less than $58 billion in 2013.

 

    Changing traffic patterns.     Content service providers and data center operators are increasingly building their own networks of connected data centers to handle increasing amounts of data. The architectures of these connected data centers dramatically increase the amount of data being transmitted within these data center networks. For example, Facebook found that a single 1 kB data inquiry generated 930 kB of traffic within its private data center network as reported in Facebook’s Data Center Network Architecture, abstract from the proceedings of the IEEE Optical Interconnects Conference, published in May 2013.

 

    Adoption of the “Internet of Things.”     Significant consumer, enterprise and governmental adoption of the “Internet of Things,” which refers to the global network of Internet-connected devices embedded with electronics, software and sensors, is anticipated to strain network capacity further and increase demand for bandwidth. The VNI Report estimates that 24.4 billion devices and objects will be connected to the Internet by 2019, compared to 14.2 billion in 2014.

Increasing Investment in Network Equipment

To satisfy the growth in demand for bandwidth, communications and content service providers and data center and cloud infrastructure operators, which we refer to collectively as cloud and service

 

78


Table of Contents

providers, are investing in the capacity and performance of their network equipment. Network equipment can be broadly categorized as routing and switching networking equipment, which, among other things, manages data routing functions, and optical equipment, which transports data over the fiber optic network.

Historically, data routing and switching capacities have increased at a faster pace than optical transmission speeds supported by optical transport equipment. We believe this imbalance is causing investments in optical transport equipment to grow at a faster rate than overall investments in network equipment and is driving the need for faster and more cost-effective optical equipment.

The table below outlines the principal types of networks and estimated annual spend on high-speed optical network hardware related to the long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets:

 

          Estimated Spend

Network Type

  

Description

   2014    Forecast for 2019    CAGR

Long-haul

   Distances greater than 1,500 km, and subsea connections    $4.7 billion    $7.0 billion    8.6%

Metro

   Distances less than 1,500 km connecting regions and cities    $6.4 billion    $11.8 billion    13.0%

Inter-data center

   Various lengths connecting large data centers    $0.4 billion    $4.0 billion    58.4%

Long-haul networks, which require sophisticated and high-capacity transmission capabilities, were traditionally the earliest adopters of high-speed optical technologies. Recently, changing traffic patterns have also driven metro network operators and cloud and service providers to demand new technologies that can increase the capacity of their networks more rapidly. Even more recently, cloud infrastructure operators and content service providers have been building private networks of data centers, which are increasingly dependent on higher speed optical solutions to connect their data centers to each other.

Importance of Optical Interconnect Technologies

Optical equipment that interfaces directly with fiber relies on optical interconnect technologies that take digital signals from network equipment, perform signal processing to convert the digital signals to optical signals for transmission over the fiber network, and then perform the reverse functions on the receive side. These technologies also incorporate advanced signal processing that can monitor, manage and reduce errors and distortion in the fiber connection between the transmit and receive sides. Advanced optical interconnect technologies can enhance network performance by improving the capabilities and increasing the capacities of optical equipment and routers and switches, while also reducing operating costs.

The key characteristics of advanced optical interconnect technologies that dictate performance and capacity include:

 

    Speed.     Speed refers to the rate at which information can be transmitted over an optical channel and is measured in Gbps.

 

    Density.     Density refers to the physical footprint of the optical interconnect technology. Density is primarily a function of the size and power consumption of the technology.

 

    Robustness .    Robustness refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to compensate for the distortion that accumulates through the fiber network and prevent and correct errors introduced by the network.

 

79


Table of Contents
    Power Consumption.     Power consumption refers to the amount of electricity an optical interconnect technology consumes. Lower power consumption permits improved density and product reliability, and results in lower operating expense for electricity and cooling.

 

    Automation.     Automation refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to handle network tasks that historically were required to be performed manually, such as activation and channel provisioning.

 

    Manageability .     Manageability refers to the ability of an optical interconnect technology to monitor network performance, detect and address network issues easily and efficiently, which helps increase reliability and reduce ongoing maintenance and operational needs.

As they build their network service offerings, cloud and service providers and the network equipment manufacturers weigh these characteristics differently based on the particular demands and challenges they face. For example, cloud or service providers operating long-haul networks that transmit large amounts of data between Boston and San Francisco have relatively few connection points in their networks and may be more sensitive to speed and manageability of the optical interconnect and less focused on power consumption. In contrast, metro network operators or cloud or service providers operating inter-city or intra-city networks may face space and power constraints, as well as constantly changing workload needs, and be most focused on density, power consumption and automation.

Improvements in these characteristics can lead to reductions in development costs for network equipment manufacturers, who might otherwise need to develop their own optical interconnect technologies. In addition, improvements in these characteristics can lead to reductions in acquisition and development costs for network equipment manufacturers who incorporate third-party optical interconnect technologies into their equipment, which in turn can reduce capital costs for cloud and service providers. Further, improvements in power consumption, automation and manageability can result in reduced operating costs for cloud and service providers.

Advent of Coherent Interconnect Technologies

Traditional techniques for transmitting information via light signals over a fiber optic network used simple “on/off” manipulation, or modulation, of the light signal. These traditional techniques are adequate for transmission speeds up to 10 Gbps, as separate optical equipment can be used to monitor the fiber connection and to compensate for the degradation of the light signals when they travel through the fiber. At transmission speeds in excess of 10 Gbps, however, it becomes increasingly difficult to compensate for the degradation of light signals using traditional techniques. In addition, these traditional techniques require cumbersome and expensive equipment and do not meet network operators’ demands for high-quality signals. In the mid-2000s, advanced modulation techniques enabled by coherent communications techniques and digital signal processing were introduced to increase transmission speeds above 10 Gbps. However, these advanced modulation techniques required significant changes in the underlying optical interconnect technologies and architecture.

Coherent communications is a more complex method of transmitting and receiving information via optical signals. Coherent technologies enable greater utilization of complex formats that manipulate both a signal’s amplitude and its phase to yield a higher data transmission rate with better resilience to signal degradation. Coherent communications enables powerful digital signal processing to counter digitally the effects of signal degradation that were previously managed through an array of discrete components and costly techniques, such as optical dispersion compensation. By taking advantage of coherent communications technologies, some cloud and service providers are able to operate

 

80


Table of Contents

networks at transmission speeds of up to 400 Gbps today and are increasingly planning to adopt technologies that enable up to 1,000 Gbps transmission speeds. These providers require advanced coherent interconnect solutions.

The Shortcomings of Existing Coherent Interconnect Solutions

Digital signal processing in coherent interconnect technologies takes place in an application-specific integrated circuit known as a coherent DSP ASIC. Building a coherent DSP ASIC is a multi-disciplinary undertaking requiring advanced knowledge of several complex technologies, such as optical systems, transmission, communications theory, digital signal processing algorithms and mixed signal design, and the development and verification of complex communications ASICs. Given the breadth of expertise and the significant costs required to develop coherent DSP ASICs, few independent vendors provide commercially available coherent DSP ASICs and a limited number of network equipment manufacturers are capable of producing next generation coherent DSP ASICs. Although these DSP ASICs provide basic transmit, receive, monitoring and compensation functionality required for an advanced coherent interconnect, they generally are not able to simultaneously achieve the low power, density, speed and transmission distance requirements of cloud and service providers.

To complete an interconnect solution, the coherent DSP ASIC must be used in conjunction with a number of photonic functions, such as modulation and transmission/reception. These functions have traditionally been performed by several discrete, bulky, expensive components that must be purchased by a network equipment manufacturer and designed into custom interface circuit boards before deployment. This approach requires significant time and engineering resources of network equipment manufacturers and often inhibits overall improvements in density, reliability and cost-efficiency. Some vendors have attempted to simplify this process by integrating a number of these photonic functions into optical modules. This approach, however, often results in performance limitations with respect to key characteristics, such as speed and density.

The development of a photonic integrated circuit, or PIC, enables dramatic improvements in size and cost by tightly integrating multiple photonic functions into a small integrated circuit. However, PICs are not widely available in the market today and the few that have been developed for commercial sale typically rely on expensive non-silicon approaches, such as indium phosphide, that generally require special packaging and temperature stabilization, often require custom foundries to manufacture and are less able to benefit from the cost and yield improvements that are possible from the use of silicon. In addition, the use of these PICs to date has generally been limited to custom systems that typically require a different transport architecture than is widely deployed today.

None of these traditional approaches permits the complete integration of the coherent DSP ASIC and photonic components in a cost-effective manner that meets the needs of network equipment manufacturers. As a result, network equipment manufacturers are increasingly seeking to replace traditional products with simple, open and complete coherent interconnect solutions that perform both digital signal processing and photonic functions.

Our Solution—The Siliconization of Optical Interconnect Technology

We have developed families of high-speed coherent interconnect products that reduce the complexity and cost of optical interconnect technology, while simultaneously improving network performance and accelerating the pace of innovation in the optical networking industry. We build these advanced optical interconnect products using silicon, a process we refer to as the siliconization of optical interconnect. The siliconization of optical interconnect allows us to integrate previously disparate optical functions into a single solution, leading to significant improvements in density and cost and allowing us to benefit from ongoing advances in CMOS. Our optical interconnect solution

 

81


Table of Contents

includes sophisticated modules that perform a majority of the digital signal processing and optical functions required to process network traffic at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above in long-haul, metro and inter-data center networks. These modules meet the needs of cloud and service providers for optical interconnect products in a simple, open, high-performance form factor that can be easily integrated in a cost-effective manner with existing network equipment.

Our optical interconnect products are powered by our internally developed and purpose-built coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are engineered to work together, and each integrates numerous signal processing and optical functions that together deliver a complete, cost-effective high-speed coherent optical interconnect solution in a small footprint that requires low power and provides significant automation and management capabilities. We believe that our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, which are based on our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC, were, at the time of market introduction, the industry’s first interconnect modules to deliver transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and higher. Prior to the introduction of our highly integrated optical interconnect modules, we believe that these transmission speeds were not possible in modules in an industry standard form factor without sacrificing signal quality or other performance characteristics. For example, our 100 Gbps CFP modules, which are based on the industry-standard CFP form factor, enable cloud and service providers to easily upgrade their existing metro and inter-data center networks to 100 Gbps using their existing, deployed equipment chassis or newly designed network equipment with CFP slot capabilities. Furthermore, by providing an integrated solution that incorporates digital signal processing and optical functionality required to process and transmit data through a high-speed optical channel, our optical interconnect products reduce the resource requirements of the network equipment manufacturers necessary to build and service equipment with high-speed optical interconnect functionality.

We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module. By designing our silicon PIC in a CMOS-compatible process, which is widely used in the semiconductor industry and generally does not require special packaging, we are able to reduce cost, increase reliability and take advantage of the ongoing improvement of CMOS technology, as well as contract with foundries for the manufacture of many of our products. Our silicon PIC incorporates several key optics functions, including modulation and transmission/reception functions, and supports transmission distances for long-haul, metro and inter-data center applications. We believe that our silicon PIC was the first commercially available PIC to include all of these functions over a broad range of transmission distances and we are not aware of any other commercially available silicon PICs with similar functionality. By building both our coherent DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC in CMOS-compatible processes, we can improve the performance and efficiency of the optical interconnect and benefit from engineering synergies. We refer to this integration of advanced optical interconnect technologies onto CMOS as the siliconization of optical interconnect technology.

The advantages of our solution include:

 

    Industry-leading speed, density and power consumption.     We believe that our coherent DSP ASICs, silicon PICs and 100 and 400 Gbps optical interconnect modules consume less power and have higher density than comparable optical interconnect products. Our modules perform functions that have traditionally been provided by several discrete pieces of network equipment.

 

    Breadth of integration.     By integrating many photonic functions into our silicon PIC and further integrating our silicon PIC in our modules, we enable simplified network equipment designs and reduce the amount of development and optical engineering our customers would otherwise do internally, thereby freeing up their engineering resources to focus on other networking functions.

 

82


Table of Contents
    Software intelligence.     Our products incorporate software intelligence that automates tasks, such as channel provisioning, and increases manageability through a high level of software features, including increased monitoring and optimization.

 

    Cost-efficiency.     We are able to offer our products at attractive price points as a result of the scale and process benefits of our CMOS platforms. In addition, the performance capabilities of our products permit greater flexibility and can reduce both design cost for the network equipment manufacturer and network design and ongoing operational cost for the cloud or service provider.

 

    Ease of deployment.     By leveraging industry-standard interfaces, our modules enable cloud and service providers to immediately increase the speed and capacity of their networks by replacing their legacy 10 Gbps or 40 Gbps components with our 100 Gbps or 400 Gbps modules in their existing equipment. Our modules can also easily be deployed in next generation network equipment.

Our Competitive Strengths

We plan to maintain and extend our competitive advantages through rapid innovation delivering industry-leading high-speed interconnect products to our customers by focusing on the following key areas:

 

    Leading provider of high-speed integrated optical interconnect modules.     We believe we are the first independent vendor to introduce at commercial scale both a coherent DSP ASIC and a silicon PIC integrated into an optical interconnect module capable of transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and above. Our modules solve many of the shortcomings of existing interconnect solutions and meet the majority of a cloud or service provider’s interconnect needs in a standard and compact form factor that can be easily integrated with other network equipment. Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs enable us to offer advanced optical interconnect products with desirable features such as high density, low power and high performance.

 

    Track record of rapid innovation driven by advanced design methodologies.     We maximize the pace of innovation through a number of measures, including the creation of a continuously expanding tool box of digital signal processing algorithms, ASIC implementations, CMOS-compatible optics subsystems and related intellectual property, which enable us to develop complex products at an increasing pace by reusing and expanding existing solutions. Our development, verification and test infrastructure and methodologies involve extensive automation, which increase the speed and quality of our development. Our ability to innovate at a rapid pace enables us to offer products purpose-built for different applications and based on the newest CMOS technology. These design and development capabilities have enabled us to introduce nine optical interconnect modules since 2009 for multiple markets, including long-haul, metro and inter-data center. Using our innovation and development model, since 2009 we have introduced five coherent DSP ASICs, each of which was built using the newest CMOS technology available at the time of their market introduction, and two silicon PICs, which we believe are the industry’s only commercially-available silicon PICs for coherent interconnect products.

 

   

Leveraging the strength of CMOS for photonics.     The density and cost of high-speed optical interconnect products have traditionally been determined by the photonic components. Implementing the photonic components in CMOS, and using CMOS as the platform for the integration of multiple discrete photonics functions, enables us to significantly reduce the density and cost of our optical interconnect products compared to traditional approaches, which typically rely on complex materials such as lithium niobate and indium phosphide that do not

 

83


Table of Contents
 

permit the same level of integration and do not benefit from the ongoing advances in CMOS technology driven by the entire electronics industry.

 

    Proprietary software framework enables simplified configuration and deployment.     We have made substantial investments in the software components of our products, which we believe is key to increasing the performance and reducing the capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with high-speed networks. Our software framework also facilitates the integration of the many complex digital signal processing, ASIC, hardware and optical functions required in high-speed interconnect technologies and enables our customers to integrate our products easily into their existing networks. Through the use of software, we are able to configure the same product to be deployed in various network types with different needs and requirements, without the need to modify or reconfigure the network’s architecture, providing us with significant development and manufacturing efficiencies.

 

    Customer collaboration provides deep understanding of market needs.     We collaborate closely with our customers, as well as directly with many cloud and service providers, and solicit their input as they design their network equipment and as we design our next-generation products. This provides us with deep insights into the current and future needs of our customers and the market, which in turn enables us to develop and deliver products that meet customer demands and anticipate market developments.

 

    Strong management and engineering teams with significant industry expertise.     We have deliberately built our management and engineering teams, of which our founders remain a key part, to include personnel with extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, large-scale ASIC design and verification, silicon photonic integration, system software development, hardware design and high-speed electronics design. As of December 15, 2015, approximately 70% of our employees are engineers or have other technical backgrounds, and approximately 44% of our employees hold a Ph.D. or other advanced degree. Each element of our solution is developed by experts in the relevant field. Our collaborative development culture encourages employees with diverse experiences and expertise to work together to create innovative solutions.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of high-speed interconnect technology that underpins the world’s data and communication networks. To grow our business and achieve our mission, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Continue to innovate and extend our technology leadership.     Our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs are at the heart of our products’ abilities to deliver cost-efficient high performance. We intend to continue to invest in our technology to deliver innovative and high-performance products and to identify and solve challenging interconnect needs. We expect that our continued investments in research and development will enable us to expand and enhance the capabilities of our CMOS-based products in order to continue to develop higher-capacity and higher-density software-enabled products. We also plan to continue to invest in silicon PIC innovation and its optimization with our coherent DSP ASICs in order to serve the growing demand for bandwidth.

 

    Increase penetration within our existing customer base.     We focus heavily on the needs of our customers and frequently innovate in partnership with them to deliver cost-effective products that meet their specific needs. As we continue to enhance and expand our product family, and as our existing customers seek to expand and improve their network equipment technology, we expect to generate additional revenue through sales of existing and new products to these customers. At the same time, we design our latest-generation products to interoperate with prior-generation products so that our customers can continue to derive long-term value from their investments.

 

84


Table of Contents
    Continue to expand customer base.     We have increased the number of customers who purchase and use our products in each of the last five years, and we believe there continues to be unmet need for high-speed, cost-efficient interconnect products among cloud and service providers. In the 12 months ended September 30, 2015, we sold our optical interconnect products to more than 20 customers. Historically, our sales have been primarily to network equipment manufacturers that do not have internally developed coherent DSP ASICs. More recently, we have had success in marketing and selling our products to network equipment manufacturers that have internally developed their own coherent DSP ASICs. We believe that the benefits of our solution, supported by the success of existing customers as references, will drive more network equipment manufacturers to purchase their interconnect products from us. We plan to continue to acquire new customers through expanded sales and marketing and brand recognition efforts.

 

    Grow into adjacent markets.     We believe that growth in fiber optics-based communications is likely to accelerate, partly driven by the cost and density advantages of our CMOS solution, and that this growth, together with expansion in other markets that depend on high-speed networking capabilities, such as intra-data center and network access markets, will result in demand for additional applications for our products. By continuing to reduce the size, design complexity and power of the interconnect and the ease of integration into the equipment, we believe we can create opportunities to serve new types of customers that may seek to incorporate high-speed optical interconnect technologies into their products, including companies that do not have sufficient optical engineering expertise to develop systems using current interconnect technologies.

 

    Selectively pursue strategic investments or acquisitions.     Although we expect to focus our growth strategy on expanding our market share organically, we may pursue future investments or acquisitions that complement our existing business, represent a strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy.

Our Products

Our families of optical interconnect technology products consist of high-capability, scalable, cost-efficient optical interconnect modules that are rooted in our five coherent DSP ASIC and two silicon PIC components. Our products are built to meet the specific needs of various networks and support transmission capacities between 40 Gbps and 400 Gbps per module. Our products incorporate our proprietary advanced system-in-a-module software, which, through a standardized interface, enables seamless installation, configuration and operation and a high level of performance monitoring. We also selectively offer our coherent DSP ASIC and silicon PIC elements as standalone components.

We have developed and manufacture, sell and support the following high-speed coherent interconnect modules:

AC100-MSA Product Family

Our AC100-MSA product family contains three modules that all support 100 Gbps transmission speeds in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor.

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents
    AC100-G: Released in 2011, this module supports transmission distances of up to 4,000 km. This module is mainly used in the long-haul and metro markets. It is based on our Everest DSP ASIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module and the first commercially available coherent interconnect to rely on advanced soft decision forward error correction for improved transmission reach.

 

    AC100-S: Released in 2012, this module supports transmission distances of up to 12,000 km through extended digital compensation of distortion and advanced modulation. This module is mainly used in subsea applications. It is based on our Mauna Kea DSP ASIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module for subsea applications.

 

    AC100-C: Released in 2014, this module supports transmission distances of up to 4,000 km. This module provides similar functionality to the AC100-G and is based on our Everest DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. It is mainly used in the long-haul and metro markets. We believe it is the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps module that uses a silicon PIC.

AC100-CFP Product Family

Our AC100-CFP product family contains two modules that support 100 Gbps transmission speeds in an industry-standard, pluggable CFP form factor.

 

LOGO

 

    AC100-CFP-M: Released in 2014, this module supports transmission distances of up to 2,500 km. This module is mainly used in the metro and inter-data center markets. It is based on our Sky DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. We believe it was the industry’s first commercially available coherent 100 Gbps CFP module.

 

    AC100-CFP-ZR: Released in 2014, this module supports coherent transmission over distances of up to 80 km at an ultra-low power consumption. It is based on our Sky DSP ASIC and our Acadia silicon PIC. This module is mainly used in the metro and inter-data center markets.

AC400 Flex Product Family

Our AC400 Flex product family contains three modules that support transmission capacities ranging from 100 Gbps to 400 Gbps per module. By changing the configuration of these modules through software configuration, customers can use these modules to support the transmission speed and distance that is best suited to their needs.

 

LOGO

 

86


Table of Contents
    AC400-U: Released in 2015, this dual-core, flex-rate and flex-modulation module supports transmission capacities of 100, 200, 300 and 400 Gbps in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor. This module is software configurable to optimize transmission speeds, fiber capacity, compensation for distortion and power consumption for multiple applications, including inter-data center, metro, long-haul and subsea applications spanning transmission distances up to 12,000 km and greater. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC. We believe it is the industry’s first commercially available dual-core coherent module, the first commercially available module to support multiple transmission speeds in a single product and the first commercially available module to support transmission capacities of up to 400 Gbps.

 

    AC400-S: Released in 2015, this dual-core module provides similar functionality to our AC400-U module and incorporates enhanced-performance 100 Gbps configuration that allows for upgrades of subsea systems originally equipped with 40 Gbps optical interconnect technology. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC.

 

    AC400-UL: Released in 2015, this module supports a transmission speed of 100 Gbps for subsea applications in an industry-standard 5” x 7” form factor with a digital electrical interface compatible with our AC100-MSA product family. It is based on our Denali DSP ASIC and our silicon PIC.

AC040-MSA Product Family

Our AC040-MSA product family contains a single module that supports a 40 Gbps transmission speed in an industry standard 5” x 7” form factor.

 

LOGO

 

    AC040-S: Released in 2013, this module supports transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater. It is mainly used in subsea applications. This product is approaching the end of its volume life cycle. It is based on our K2 DSP ASIC.

DSP ASICs

We have developed and manufacture, sell and support the following five coherent DSP ASICs:

LOGO

 

87


Table of Contents
    Everest: Released in 2011, this DSP ASIC targets the metro and long-haul markets at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction.

 

    Mauna Kea: Released in 2012, this DSP ASIC targets subsea applications at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of up to 12,000 km.

 

    K2: Released in 2013, this DSP ASIC targets subsea applications at transmission speeds of 40 Gbps and includes advanced soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater.

 

    Sky: Released in 2014, this DSP ASIC targets the inter-data center and metro markets, which are power-sensitive, at transmission speeds of 100 Gbps and includes ultra-low power soft decision forward error correction.

 

    Denali: Released in 2015, this dual core, flex-rate and flex-modulation coherent DSP ASIC is software configurable and supports inter-data center, metro, long-haul and subsea applications at transmission speeds of 100, 200, 300 and 400 Gbps. This DSP ASIC also includes high-performing soft decision forward error correction and digital compensation of fiber dispersion to support transmission distances of 12,000 km or greater.

Silicon PICs

We have developed the following two coherent silicon PICs:

 

LOGO

 

    Acadia: Released in 2014 and currently being manufactured, sold and supported by us, this silicon PIC performs, in a single package, multiple coherent optical functions such as transmission and reception.

 

    Glacier: Scheduled for sample release during the first quarter of 2016, this silicon PIC performs, in a single package, the same functions as our Acadia silicon PIC at a higher level of optical performance.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force consisting of sales personnel and centralized technical customer support. Our sales force also works closely with our product line management personnel to support strategic sales activities.

Our products typically have a long sales cycle, requiring discussions with prospective customers in order to better understand their network and system level requirements and technology roadmaps. Our customers are predominantly network equipment manufacturers, and we have discussions with them regarding the requirements of their end customers, which provides our sales force with insight into how our products will be deployed in the networks of these end customers. This sales process

 

88


Table of Contents

requires us to develop strong customer relationships. The period of time from our initial contact with a prospective or current customer to the receipt of an actual purchase order is frequently a year or more. Prospective customers perform system and network level testing before equipment is deployed in a network carrying live traffic. Customers require us to perform extensive verification testing and qualification based on industry standards. This phase of our sales cycle can take several months and purchase arrangements may not be entered into until after this phase is completed.

We invest time and resources to meet with leading carriers and cloud service providers to understand network system performance issues. These efforts provide us with a deep understanding of the challenges faced by carriers and cloud service providers which, in turn, enables us to focus our future product and technology development efforts to address those challenges.

Our in-house sales personnel also assist customers with forecasts, orders, delivery requirements, warranty returns and other administrative functions. Our technical support engineers respond to technical and product-related questions and provide application support to customers who have incorporated our products into their systems. We have centralized our technical support operations at our corporate headquarters in Maynard, Massachusetts. Our centralized customer support operations allow our technical customer support personnel to work directly with our research and development and operations personnel on a regular basis, which reduces the time it takes to identify and address our customers’ technical issues and helps our technical support personnel maintain and improve upon their technical skills.

Customers

The number of customers who have purchased and deployed our products has increased from eight in 2011 to more than 20 during the twelve months ended September 30, 2015. The following table sets forth our revenue by geographic region for the periods indicated, based on the country or region to which the products were shipped:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2015
 
           2013                  2014           
     (in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 13,945       $ 32,109       $ 34,100   

EMEA

     37,866         60,101         84,673   

APAC

     25,841         54,024         51,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   77,652       $ 146,234       $ 170,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products. We utilize a range of CMOS and CMOS-compatible processes to develop and manufacture the coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs that are designed into our modules. We select the semiconductor process and foundry that provides the best combination of performance, cost and feature attributes necessary for our products. For several of our products, a single foundry fab is selected for semiconductor wafer production. We inspect and further test our products before customer shipments.

We contract with three third-party contract manufacturers to test and build modules incorporating our coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs for high-volume production of our modules. We build the test systems used by our contract manufacturers. We also directly manufacture prototype products and limited production quantities during initial new product introduction. We undertake final inspection and implement any customer-specific configurations and packaging before customer shipments.

 

89


Table of Contents

We believe our outsourced manufacturing model enables us to focus our resources and expertise on the design, sale, support and marketing of our products to best meet customer requirements. We also believe that this manufacturing model provides us with the flexibility required to respond to new market opportunities and changes in customer demand, simplifies the scope of our operations and administrative processes and significantly reduces our working capital requirements, while providing the ability to scale production rapidly.

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors and foundries to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality and reliability standards required of our products. Our engineers and supply chain personnel work closely with third-party contract manufacturers and fab foundries to increase yield, reduce manufacturing costs, improve product quality and ensure that component sourcing strategies are in place to support our manufacturing needs.

Research and Development

Our engineering group has extensive experience in optical systems and networking, digital signal processing, ASIC development and design, silicon photonic integration, system software development and high-speed electronics design. As of December 15, 2015, approximately 70% of our employees are engineers or have other technical backgrounds, and approximately 44% of our employees hold a Ph.D. or other advanced degree. We utilize our hardware and software expertise to integrate coherent DSP ASICs and silicon PICs into high-speed interconnect products that are compatible with industry-standard form factor, interfaces and power consumption requirements. We participate in industry groups such as Optical Internetworking Forum to help drive the industry towards standardization that allows our customers to more easily integrate our products into their systems. In addition, we offer our integration expertise to our customers to help expedite their adoption of new products.

We use simulation tools at many levels of product development, reducing the number of design errors and the need for costly and time consuming development cycles. Our simulation environment makes use of industry standard computer aided design tools as well as models and tools that are developed internally. Our simulation tools also allow us to make efficient tradeoffs between power consumption, size and performance early in the development cycle. We believe this contributes to the ability of our products to deliver superior performance with low power consumption.

Our research and development facilities are located in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey. We have devoted 20,026 square feet of space to our research and development facilities, which we expect to increase in the future. Our research and development facilities are equipped with industry standard test equipment, including optical spectrum analyzers, high-speed sampling oscilloscopes, logic analyzers, wafer probes, wafer saws, optical network and Ethernet test sets, thousands of kilometers of optical fiber and associated optical amplifiers and other optical test equipment. We use these facilities to conduct comprehensive testing and validation procedures on internally produced chips, components and products before transferring production to our contract manufacturers for commercial, higher-volume manufacturing.

As research and development is critical to our continuing success, we are committed to maintaining high levels of research and development over the long term. We incurred research and development expenses of $24.2 million and $28.5 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively. In the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we incurred research and development expenses of $19.6 million and $26.3 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our core technology and intellectual property rights. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection

 

90


Table of Contents

and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, we generally require employees and consultants to execute appropriate non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of intellectual property developed for us and require that all proprietary information remain confidential.

We maintain a program designed to identify technology that is appropriate for patent and trade secret protection, and we file patent applications in the United States and certain other countries for inventions that we consider significant. As of December 15, 2015, we had 44 patent applications pending in the United States, four patent applications pending under Patent Cooperation Treaty filings and nine patents granted in the United States, which expire between 2027 and 2033. Although our business is not materially dependent upon any one patent, our patent rights and the products made and sold under our patents, taken as a whole, are a significant element of our business. In addition to patents, we also possess other intellectual property, including trademarks, know-how, trade secrets, design rights and copyrights. We control access to and use of our software, technology and other proprietary information through internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright, patent and trade secret laws. Despite our efforts to protect our software, technology and other proprietary information, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently are sued or receive informal claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. We have, from time to time, received such claims from companies, including from competitors and customers, some of which have substantially more resources and have been developing relevant technology for much longer than us. If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will be more likely to try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our proprietary rights. It may also be more likely that competitors or other third parties will claim that our products infringe their proprietary rights. Successful claims of infringement by a third party, if any, could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets, result in settlements or judgements that require payment of significant royalties or damages or require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing products. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

Competition

The optical communications markets are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. We compete with domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. We encounter substantial competition in most of our markets, although we believe no one competitor competes with us across all our product lines and markets. Our principal competitors include Oclaro, Finisar, Lumentum Holdings, Neophotonics and Avago Technologies, as well as equipment manufacturers such as Fujitsu and Sumitomo Electric Industries. Competitors for coherent DSP ASICs also include semiconductor companies such as NEL and ClariPhy. We also compete with internally developed coherent interconnect solutions of certain network equipment manufacturers, including Ciena, Infinera, Huawei, Cisco and Alcatel-Lucent. Consolidation in the optical systems and components industry has increased in recent years, and future consolidation could further intensify the competitive pressures that we face.

The principal competitive factors upon which we compete include performance, low power consumption, rapid innovation, breadth of product line, availability, product reliability, multi-sourcing and selling price. We believe that we compete effectively by offering high levels of customer value

 

91


Table of Contents

through high speed, high density, low power consumption, broad integration of photonic functions, software intelligence for configuration, control and monitoring, cost-efficiency, ease of deployment and collaborative product design. We cannot be certain we will continue to compete effectively.

We also may face competition from companies that may expand into our industry and introduce additional competitive products. Existing and potential customers are also potential competitors. These customers may internally develop or acquire additional competitive products or technologies, which may cause them to reduce or cease their purchases from us.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Maynard, Massachusetts, which we occupy under a lease expiring in January 2019, renewable for one additional two-year term. We have additional facilities located in Hazlet, New Jersey, which we occupy under leases expiring in June and July 2018 with respect to various floors, and in Mountain View, California, which we occupy under a lease expiring on July 21, 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term.

Employees

As of December 15, 2015, we employed 189 full-time employees, consisting of 82 in research and development, 57 in operations, which includes manufacturing, supply chain, quality control and assurance, and 50 in executive, sales, general and administrative, and four part-time employees. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

92


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, directors and significant employees.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj

     57       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

John F. Gavin

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Benny P. Mikkelsen

     55       Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Director

Christian J. Rasmussen

     47       Founder, Vice President of Digital Signal Processing and Optics

Mehrdad Givehchi

     50       Founder, Vice President of Hardware and Software

Bhupendra C. Shah

     57       Vice President of Engineering

John J. LoMedico

     57       Vice President of Sales and Business Development

Janene I. Ásgeirsson

     45       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

John P. Kavanagh

     52       Senior Vice President of Operations/Supply Chain

Renee M. Pianka

     47       Chief Human Resources Officer

Eric A. Swanson(1)

     55       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Peter Y. Chung(1)(2)(3)

     48       Director

Elliot M. Katzman(4)

     59       Director

Stan J. Reiss(2)(3)

     43       Director

John Ritchie(2)

     50       Director

 

(1) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee
(2) Member of audit committee
(3) Member of compensation committee
(4) Mr. Katzman has resigned from our board of directors, effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. He has informed us that his resignation is not due to any disagreement with us or any matter relating to our operations, policies or practices.

Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj has served as our president and chief executive officer and a director of our company since April 2010. Prior to joining Acacia, from February 2002 to February 2010, Mr. Shanmugaraj was the vice president of business development in the optical networking division of Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., a network equipment manufacturer. Prior to that, Mr. Shanmugaraj founded and served as the chief executive officer of Astral Point Communications Inc., an optical equipment company, and held various senior executive level positions at PictureTel Corp., a commercial videoconferencing product company, Multilink, Inc., an engineering and product development-based manufacturer of telecommunications network components, and Motorola Inc., a multinational telecommunications company. Mr. Shanmugaraj holds an M.S. in electrical and computer engineering from the University of Iowa and a B.E. in electronics and communications from the National Institute of Technology, Trichy in India. We believe that Mr. Shanmugaraj is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive leadership experience in the optics and network industries, his extensive knowledge of our company and his service as our president and chief executive officer.

John F. Gavin has served as our chief financial officer since February 2012. Prior to joining Acacia, from January 2011 to February 2012, Mr. Gavin was the chief financial officer of Hiperos LLC, a software-as-a-service company. From June 2005 to January 2011, he served as the chief operating officer of Akorri Networks, Inc., a data center virtualization management company, where he also served as the interim acting chief executive officer in 2010. Previously, Mr. Gavin served as the chief

 

93


Table of Contents

financial officer and chief operating officer of SMaL Camera Technologies, Inc., a designer of CMOS digital imaging solutions for a variety of business and consumer applications, the chief financial officer of Pirus Networks, Inc., a provider of multi-protocol storage networking switching products, and the chief financial officer of C-Port Corporation, a developer of CMOS microprocessor-based technologies for communications routers and switches. Mr. Gavin also served in various roles, most recently as the vice president of finance, sales and marketing North America, at Digital Equipment Corporation, a vendor of computer systems, for over 17 years. Mr. Gavin holds a B.S. in accounting from Stonehill College and a M.B.A. from Anna Maria College.

Benny P. Mikkelsen , one of the founders of our company, has served as our chief technology officer and a director since June 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Mikkelsen co-founded and served as the vice president of technology of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Prior to that, he held various engineering positions with Bell Laboratories, a research and scientific development company owned by Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc. Mr. Mikkelsen holds an M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the Technical University of Denmark. We believe that as a founder, and based on Mr. Mikkelsen’s deep experience in the optics and network industries, his extensive knowledge of our company and his position as our chief technology officer, Mr. Mikkelsen provides a valuable contribution to our board of directors.

Christian J. Rasmussen , one of the founders of our company, has served as our vice president of digital signal processing and optics since June 2015 and as our director of digital signal processing and optics from June 2009 to June 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Rasmussen was a principal optical engineer of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Mr. Rasmussen holds an M.S. in electrical engineering and a Ph.D. in optical communications from the Technical University of Denmark.

Mehrdad Givehchi , one of the founders of our company, has served as our vice president of hardware and software since June 2015 and previously served as our director of hardware and software from June 2009 to June 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Givehchi was the consulting optical engineer of Mintera Corporation, a high-speed transceiver company. Prior to that, he served as the principal hardware engineer of Sycamore Networks, Inc., a developer and marketer of intelligent networking products for fixed line and mobile network operators, and as the principal hardware engineer of Tektronix, Inc., a designer of test and measurement equipment. Mr. Givehchi holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.

Bhupendra C. Shah has served as our vice president of engineering since June 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. Shah was the director of engineering at Juniper Networks, Inc., a provider of networking products. Prior to that, he was the director of hardware and software development at Broadcom Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company. Previously, Mr. Shah co-founded and served as the vice president of engineering of Atlantic Cores Incorporated, a developer of standard products and on-chip intellectual property. Mr. Shah holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Lowell.

John J. LoMedico has served as our vice president of sales and business development since August 2009. Prior to joining Acacia, Mr. LoMedico was the vice president of sales and marketing of CHiL Semiconductor Corp., a producer of digital power management integrated circuits. Prior to CHiL Semiconductor, Mr. LoMedico served as the vice president of marketing of Applied Micro Circuits Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company, and as the vice president of sales and marketing of Cimaron Communications Corp., a framer integrated circuit company. Prior to that, Mr. LoMedico served in various management positions in the sales and marketing function at National Semiconductor, a semiconductor manufacturer that was acquired by Texas Instruments. Mr. LoMedico holds a B.A. from the University of New Hampshire and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University.

 

94


Table of Contents

Janene I. Ásgeirsson has served as our vice president, general counsel and secretary since April 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, from January 2012 to April 2015, Ms. Ásgeirsson was a counsel in the corporate practice group of the law firm Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Prior to that, Ms. Ásgeirsson served as the senior corporate counsel of Entropic Communications, Inc., a semiconductor company, from June 2010 to January 2012. From August 2006 to June 2010, Ms. Ásgeirsson was a senior associate in the corporate practice group of the law firm Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP. Previously, Ms. Ásgeirsson was an associate in the corporate practice group of the law firm Foley Hoag LLP. Ms. Ásgeirsson holds a B.A. from the University of San Diego and a J.D. from Northeastern University School of Law.

John P. Kavanagh has served as our senior vice president of operations/supply chain since May 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, from October 2010 to May 2015, Mr. Kavanagh served as the vice president, supply chain of JDS Uniphase Corporation, an optical communications network company. From June 2000 to October 2010, he held several roles, including vice president, general manager and vice president of supply chain, at Finisar Corporation, a manufacturer of optical communication components. Mr. Kavanagh holds a B.S. in computer engineering from the University of Limerick in Ireland.

Renee M. Pianka has served as our chief human resources officer since December 2015. Prior to joining Acacia, Ms. Pianka was a vice president, human resources for the global services division of EMC Corporation, an information storage and infrastructure company, from January 2015 to December 2015, where she also served in increasingly senior roles in the human resources department from July 2002 to January 2015, most recently as a senior director of human resources from July 2011 to January 2015, and as a director of human resources from March 2007 to July 2011. Ms. Pianka holds a B.S. and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University.

Eric A. Swanson has served as the chairman of our board of directors since August 2009. Since 2006, Mr. Swanson has served as a research associate at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and, since January 2004, he has provided consulting services to The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Previously, Mr. Swanson co-founded Sycamore Networks, Inc., a developer and marketer of intelligent networking products for fixed line and mobile network operators, and served as its general manager and chief scientist. Mr. Swanson holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst and an M.S. in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Swanson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the telecommunication and photonics industries, his deep knowledge of our company, and his experience on other boards of directors.

Peter Y. Chung has served as a director of our company since April 2013. Mr. Chung is a managing director and the chief executive officer of Summit Partners, a growth equity firm, where he has been employed since 1994. He is currently a director of A10 Networks, Inc., a provider of application networking solutions, and M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc., a provider of analog semiconductor solutions for use in radio frequency, microwave and millimeter wave applications. Previously, Mr. Chung served as a director of various other entities, including NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc., a private company that provides teleradiology services, SeaBright Holdings, Inc., a private specialty workers’ compensation insurer, and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a developer of networking technology for service providers and enterprises. Mr. Chung holds an A.B. in economics from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Chung is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his wide-ranging experience in investment banking, private equity and venture capital investing in the communications technology sector and his participation on private and public company boards.

Elliot M. Katzman has served as a director of our company since June 2010. Since January 2007, Mr. Katzman has served as a general partner with Commonwealth Capital Ventures, a venture capital

 

95


Table of Contents

investment firm specializing in technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Katzman was a general partner at venture capital firm Kodiak Ventures. Previously, Mr. Katzman founded and served as the chief executive officer of myteam.com. He also served as the chief financial officer of SolidWorks Corporation, a developer of 3D software tools that enable the creation, simulation, publishing and managing of data, Atria Software Inc., a software company, and Epoch Systems Inc., a hardware and software company. Mr. Katzman holds a B.S. in business administration from Salem State University and was a certified public accountant. We believe that Mr. Katzman is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his experience as an executive officer of several public and private technology companies and his service as a director on several private company boards.

Stan J. Reiss has served as a director of our company since August 2009. Mr. Reiss is a general partner of Matrix Partners, a venture capital investment firm specializing in technology companies, where he has worked since July 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Reiss was an engagement manager at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Reiss holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Cornell University, M.S. degrees in electrical engineering and operations research from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Reiss is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his extensive experience as a venture capitalist in the technology sector and his involvement with several private company boards.

John Ritchie has been a director of our company since April 2015. Since August 2015, Mr. Ritchie has been the senior vice president, chief financial officer of Aerohive Networks, Inc., a computer networking equipment company. From April 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Ritchie served as the chief financial officer of Telerik AD, a software development tools company. Prior to that, from May 2010 to March 2013, Mr. Ritchie was the chief financial officer of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a developer of networking technology for service providers and enterprises. Previously, Mr. Ritchie held several executive positions at Electronics For Imaging, Inc., a provider of products, technology and services enabling analog to digital imaging transformation, and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., which develops, produces, and markets color servers. Mr. Ritchie holds a B.S. in business administration from San Jose State University. We believe that Mr. Ritchie is qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his service as the chief financial officer of several publicly traded companies.

Our executive officers are Murugesan “Raj” Shanmugaraj, John F. Gavin, Benny P. Mikkelsen, Christian J. Rasmussen, Mehrdad Givehchi and Bhupendra C. Shah.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The current members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to an amended and restated voting agreement among certain of our preferred and common stockholders. The agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, at which time there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of whose members will serve for staggered three year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

    the class I directors will be Benny Mikkelsen and Murugesan Shanmugaraj, and their term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

 

96


Table of Contents
    the class II directors will be Stan Reiss and Eric Swanson, and their term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

 

    the class III directors will be Peter Chung and John Ritchie, and their term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. An election of our directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Director Independence

Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

The phase-in periods with respect to director independence under the NASDAQ Listing Rules allow us to have only one independent member on each of the audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee upon the listing date of our common stock, a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the listing date (or the effective date of the registration statement, in the case of the audit committee) and fully independent committees and a majority of independent directors on our board of directors within one year of the listing date (or the effective date of the registration statement, in the case of the audit committee). The phase-in periods also allow us to have only one member comprise our audit committee by the listing date, two members comprise our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date and at least three members within one year of the listing date.

In October 2015, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Chung,

 

97


Table of Contents

Katzman, Ritchie, Reiss and Swanson is an “independent director” as defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. With respect to our audit committee, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Chung and Ritchie, but not Mr. Reiss, satisfies the independence standards for audit committee membership established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules discussed above with respect to our audit committee and expect that each member of our audit committee will satisfy the applicable independence requirements within one year of our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Reiss and Chung, who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs. Chung and Swanson, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and any institutional stockholder with which he is affiliated.

Board Leadership Structure

Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer may be separated or combined. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and determined that at this time the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer should be separate. Separating the chairman and the chief executive officer positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on running the business, while allowing the chairman of our board of directors to lead the board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and oversight of management. Mr. Swanson has been an integral part of the leadership of our company and our board of directors since August 2009, and his strategic vision has guided our growth and performance. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Swanson is best situated to ensure that the board of director’s attention and efforts are focused on critical matters. Mr. Shanmugaraj has served as our president and chief executive officer since April 2010. As our board of directors has determined that each of our directors other than Messrs. Mikkelsen and Shanmugaraj is independent, our board of directors believes that the independent directors provide effective oversight of management. Our board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because it strikes an effective balance between strategy development and independent leadership and management oversight in the board process.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees, each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, a copy of each committee’s charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website, www.acacia-inc.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

98


Table of Contents
    reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

    discussing our risk management policies;

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

    meeting independently with our registered public accounting firm and management;

 

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

All audit services and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Chung, Reiss and Ritchie. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ritchie is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation;

 

    determining our CEO’s compensation;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

    overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

 

    overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”; and

 

    preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Chung and Reiss.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the Board’s committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

 

99


Table of Contents
    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

 

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Chung and Swanson.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.acacia-inc.com . In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq Listing Rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

100


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and each of our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Bonus ($)(1)      Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total ($)  

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

     2014       $ 246,750       $ 122,045               $ 13,363       $ 382,158   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

                 

Benny P. Mikkelsen

     2014         201,204         99,441               $ 16,830       $ 317,475   

Chief Technology

Officer and Director

                 

Bhupendra C. Shah

     2014         201,204         99,441               $ 13,884       $ 314,529   

Vice President of

Engineering

                 

 

(1) Represents amounts earned for 2014 performance that were paid in 2015.
(2) Includes perquisites and other personal benefits, or property, unless the aggregate amount of such compensation is less than $10,000; all “gross-up” or other amounts reimbursed during the fiscal year for the payment of taxes; amounts paid pursuant to any plan or arrangement in connection with termination or change of control; company contributions or other allocations to vested and unvested defined contribution plans; dollar value of insurance premiums; and dollar value of dividends or other earnings on stock or option awards (when not factored into grant date value).

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock awards held as of December 31, 2014 by our named executive officers. It assumes an initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities

Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Unexercisable (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of

Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

                                              50,000     
                81,250     

Benny P. Mikkelsen

                                              85,498     

Bhupendra C. Shah

    56,364        36,637      $ 0.41        3/1/2013                               

 

101


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The Acacia Communications, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan, which we refer to as the Severance Plan, provides severance benefits to certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, if their employment is terminated by us “without cause” or, only in connection with a “change in control” of our company, they terminate employment with us for “good reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the Severance Plan).

Under the Severance Plan, if we terminate an eligible executive’s employment without cause prior to or more than 12 months following the closing of a change in control of our company, the executive is entitled to (i) continue receiving his or her base salary for a specified period (in the case of our chief executive officer, for 12 months, and, in the case of all other participants, for nine months) following the date of termination, (ii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for up to 12 months following the date of termination, and (iii) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by our board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination.

The Severance Plan also provides that, if, within 12 months following the closing of a change in control of our company, we terminate an eligible executive’s employment without cause or such executive terminates his or her employment with us for good reason, the executive is entitled to (i) a single lump-sum payment equal to a percentage of his or her annual base salary (in the case of our chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (ii) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to a percentage of his or her target annual bonus for the year in which the termination of employment occurs (in the case of our chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (iii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under COBRA for up to 12 months following the date of termination of employment, and (iv) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by our board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination. In addition, all of the executive’s outstanding unvested equity awards will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination.

All payments and benefits provided under the Severance Plan are contingent upon the execution and effectiveness of a release of claims by the executive in our favor and continued compliance by the executive with any proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation (or similar) agreement to which we and the executive are party.

Retirement Benefits

We maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 90% of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to an annual statutory limit. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also contribute additional amounts based on statutory limits for “catch-up” contributions. Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan’s trustee as directed by participants. Our 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching of employee contributions.

 

102


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans to the same extent as all full-time employees. In addition, as described above under “Employment Agreements, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements,” equity awards granted to our executive officers become fully vested and (if applicable) exercisable if we are subject to a change in control and following such change in control such executive officer is terminated by us without cause or such individual resigns for good reason.

Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation or stock awards for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. None of our executive officers who also served as a member of our board of directors during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, received any additional compensation for such service as a director.

In 2015, we granted 16,000 RSUs to each of Mr. Ritchie and Mr. Swanson in connection with their service on our board of directors.

We also have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

In October 2015, we approved a non-employee director compensation program to become effective upon the closing of this offering. Under this program, non-employee directors will receive the cash compensation set forth below, and an annual RSU grant having an aggregate fair market value of $100,000 on the date of grant to be granted at our annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2016. Each such RSU will vest in full on the date of our next annual stockholder meeting following the date of grant. In addition, new non-employee directors will also be eligible for an initial RSU grant having an aggregate fair market value of $200,000 on the date of grant, to be granted at our first board of directors meeting occurring on or following such director’s initial election to our board of directors. Such RSU will vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date or immediately in the event of a change of control event.

Following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service on our board of directors or committees thereof consisting of annual cash retainers paid quarterly in arrears, as follows:

 

Position    Retainer  

Board Member

   $ 30,000   

Audit Committee Chair

     20,000   

Compensation Committee Chair

     10,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair

     8,000   

Audit Committee Member

     7,500   

Compensation Committee Member

     6,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member

     4,500   

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

Our equity compensation plans consist of our 2009 Stock Plan, as amended to date, our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, and our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the 2016 ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted awards under the 2009 Stock Plan. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

103


Table of Contents

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

In October 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will be the sum of: (1) 2,670,000 plus; (2) the number of shares (up to 4,299,166 shares) equal to the sum of the number of shares of our common stock then available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan and the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the lowest of 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, 4.0% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by our board of directors.

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

 

    the type of options to be granted;

 

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years;

 

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

 

    the number of shares of our common stock subject to and the terms of any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price (though the measurement price of stock appreciation rights must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the duration of such awards may not be in excess of ten years).

If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards (which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined), and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make.

 

104


Table of Contents

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.     Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, our board of directors shall equitably adjust:

 

    the number and class of securities available under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    the share counting rules under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

 

    the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

 

    the number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

 

    the share and per-share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each other stock-based award.

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.     Upon a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

    provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant’s unvested and/or vested but unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable);

 

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

 

    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of our common stock subject to the vested portion of the award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event) multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

 

    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings).

Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

In the case of certain RSUs, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the RSUs will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable RSU agreement.

 

105


Table of Contents

Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of our common stock are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

No award may be granted under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan on or after the date that is ten years following the effectiveness of the registration statement related to this offering. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

On December 16, 2015, our board of directors granted 450,000 RSUs under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which awards are contingent upon the closing of this offering.

2009 Stock Plan

Our 2009 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors in November 2009, approved by our stockholders in November 2009 and subsequently amended on June 29, 2010, December 20, 2011, March 5, 2012, April 17, 2013, April 23, 2015 and October 21, 2015. The 2009 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock units and shares, restricted or otherwise, of our common stock. Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2009 Stock Plan; however incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. A maximum of 8,161,226 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan.

The type of award granted under our 2009 Stock Plan and the terms of such award are set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors (or a committee assigned by our board of directors) administers the 2009 Stock Plan. The board of directors has complete discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Stock Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of our board of directors are final and binding on all participants and all persons deriving their rights from a participant. In addition, subject to any limitations in the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors selects the recipients of awards and determines:

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

 

    the type of options to be granted;

 

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years;

 

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

 

    the number of shares of our common stock subject to, and the terms of any restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.

 

106


Table of Contents

Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization .     Pursuant to the 2009 Stock Plan, in the event of stock split, stock dividend, a combination of shares, reverse stock-split, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issues shares of our common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of

 

    the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan;

 

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding option or RSU granted under the 2009 Stock Plan; and

 

    the exercise price under each outstanding option granted under the 2009 Stock Plan.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may also make appropriate adjustments to one or more of the same items described above in the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than shares of our common stock that has a material effect on the fair market value of shares of our common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or any similar occurrence.

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions .     In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, all shares of our common stock acquired under the 2009 Stock Plan and all awards outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the agreement of merger or consolidation, which agreement need not treat all awards in an identical manner but which must preserve an award’s status as exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the Code) and must provide for one or more of the following:

 

    continuation of the outstanding award by us if we are the surviving corporation;

 

    assumption, or substitution of substantially equivalent awards, of the outstanding award by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption or substitution is accomplished in a manner that complies with the rules regarding assumptions or substitutions that apply to incentive stock options under the Code (whether the outstanding award is an incentive stock option or a nonstatutory stock option);

 

    acceleration of the date of exercise or vesting of an option (which may be contingent on the closing of the merger or consolidation) followed by the termination of the option if it is not timely exercised prior to the closing of the merger or consolidation (which exercise may also be contingent on the closing of the merger or consolidation); or

 

    cancellation of the outstanding award in exchange for a payment (if any) equal the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the closing date of the merger or consolidation minus the per-share exercise price of the award (if any).

Subject to the limitations of the 2009 Stock Plan, our board of directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding options and RSUs and may accept the cancellation of outstanding options in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares of our common stock or a different exercise price.

As of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 2,412,337 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share, and 1,149,910 options to purchase shares of our common stock had been exercised.

No further awards will be made under our 2009 Stock Plan on or after the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering; however, awards outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2009 Stock Plan at any time and for any reason, except that any amendment of the 2009

 

107


Table of Contents

Stock Plan that increases the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan or that materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of incentive stock options is subject to the approval of our stockholders.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2016 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The 2016 ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. The 2016 ESPP initially will provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase an aggregate of 700,000 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 ESPP automatically will increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026, in an amount equal to the lowest of: (1) 900,000 shares of our common stock; (2) 1.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of the applicable fiscal year; and (3) an amount determined by our board of directors.

All of our employees and employees of any of our designated subsidiaries, as defined in the 2016 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2016 ESPP, provided that:

 

    such person is customarily employed by us or a designated subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year;

 

    such person has been employed by us or by a designated subsidiary for at least six months prior to enrolling in the 2016 ESPP; and

 

    such person was our employee or an employee of a designated subsidiary at least fifteen business days prior to the first day of the applicable offering period under the 2016 ESPP.

The first offering to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2016 ESPP, which we refer to as the first offering period, will begin on the effective date of the registration statement for this offering and shall end on April 30, 2016. Thereafter, we expect to begin offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2016 ESPP on each May 1 and November 1 (or the next following business day). Each offering, other than the first offering period, will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors may, at its discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for offerings.

On each offering commencement date, each participant will be granted the right to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the offering period and dividing that product by the initial public offering price, in the case of the first offering period, and by the closing price of the common stock on the first day of the offering period for each subsequent offering period. No employee may be granted an option under the 2016 ESPP that permits the employee’s rights to purchase shares under the plan to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the common stock (determined as of the first day of each offering period) for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our common stock under the 2016 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock.

Except with respect to the first offering period, on the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2016 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our common stock that his or her accumulated

 

108


Table of Contents

payroll deductions on such date will buy, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2016 ESPP, the purchase price shall be determined by our board of directors for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our common stock. If our board of directors does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of our common stock on the first business day of the offering period or on the last business day of the offering period.

Each of our eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the 2016 ESPP for the first offering period and will be deemed to participate in the 2016 ESPP at a rate of 15% of his or her compensation. Payroll deductions are not required for the first offering period, however, a participant may, at any time after the effectiveness of the 2016 ESPP’s registration statement on Form S-8, elect to have payroll deductions up to the aggregate amount that would have been credited to his or her account if a deduction of 15% of the compensation that he or she received on each pay day during the first offering period had been made or decline to participate by filing an appropriate subscription agreement. Upon the automatic exercise of a participant’s option on the last day of the first offering period, a participant shall be permitted to purchase shares with (i) the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account, if any, (ii) a direct payment from the participant, or (iii) a combination thereof; provided, however that the total amount applied to the purchase may not exceed the maximum amount described in the preceding sentence.

An employee may for any reason withdraw from participation in an offering prior to the end of an offering period and permanently withdraw the balance accumulated in the employee’s account. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during an offering period but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds, funds previously deducted will be applied to the purchase of common stock at the end of the offering period. If a participating employee’s employment ends before the last business day of an offering period, no additional payroll deductions will be made and the balance in the employee’s account will be paid to the employee.

We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the number and class of securities available under the 2016 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2016 ESPP and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2016 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

In connection with a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2016 ESPP), our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2016 ESPP on such terms as our board of directors or committee determines:

 

    provide that options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and that all such outstanding options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by our board of directors or committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten days preceding the effective date of the reorganization event;

 

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the reorganization event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date;

 

   

in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the

 

109


Table of Contents
 

reorganization event, change the last day of the offering period to be the date of the consummation of the reorganization event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (1) the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event times the number of shares of our common stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the reorganization event could purchase at the applicable purchase price, where the acquisition price is treated as the fair market value of our common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period for purposes of determining the purchase price and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the applicable limitations under the 2016 ESPP minus (2) the result of multiplying such number of shares by the purchase price; and/or

 

    provide that, in connection with our liquidation or dissolution, options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the purchase price thereof).

The 2016 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board

 

110


Table of Contents

of directors. We have agreed that we will be the indemnitor of “first resort,” however, with respect to any claims against these directors for indemnification claims that are indemnifiable by both us and their employers. Accordingly, to the extent that indemnification is permissible under applicable law, we will have full liability for such claims (including for the advancement of any expenses) and we have waived all related rights of contribution, subrogation or other recovery that we might otherwise have against these directors’ employers.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

 

111


Table of Contents

RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series C Financing

On March 5, 2012, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors, including existing stockholders Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. and entities affiliated with Matrix Partners, who were affiliated with members of our board of directors, to raise approximately $10.0 million through the sale of 3,747,088 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, which we refer to as our Series C preferred stock, at a purchase price of $2.66874 per share. On April 27, 2012, we extended the subsequent closing date and raised approximately an additional $0.3 million from the sale of 118,736 shares of Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.66874 per share to two investors not affiliated with members of our board of directors.

Series D Financing and Common Stock Repurchase

On April 17, 2013, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors, including Summit Partners, L.P. and existing stockholders Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. and entities affiliated with Matrix Partners, who were affiliated with members of our board of directors, to raise approximately $20.0 million through the sale of 3,407,445 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, which we refer to as our Series D preferred stock, at a purchase price of $5.8695 per share. On June 18, 2013, we amended this stock purchase agreement to extend a subsequent closing date and raised approximately an additional $2.0 million from the sale of 340,745 shares of Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8695 per share to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. We refer to these sales collectively as the Series D financing.

In connection with the Series D financing, we entered into a stock repurchase agreement pursuant to which we repurchased 387,379 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $4.98 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.9 million, from eight of our stockholders, including Messrs. Shanmugaraj, Mikkelsen, Rasmussen, Givehchi and Shah and persons affiliated with Mr. Swanson, each of whom is an executive officer, director or affiliate thereof.

M/A-COM Agreement

We periodically purchase products from M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc., or M/A-COM, under general terms and conditions. One of the members of our board of directors, Peter Y. Chung, is also a member of the board of directors of M/A-COM. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we made purchases of $333,000, $170,000, $85,000, and $914,000, respectively, from M/A-COM.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with the initial closing of the Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with our significant stockholders, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners, Commonwealth Capital Ventures and Matrix Partners, a copy of which has been filed

 

112


Table of Contents

as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, the right to receive financial and other information about us and a right of first offer with respect to future issuances of our securities. The information rights and rights of first offer granted pursuant to this agreement will terminate pursuant to its terms upon the consummation of this offering; the registration rights will remain in effect. For more information regarding these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current and former directors, and prior to the closing of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors

For a description of the compensation arrangements that we have with our executive officers and directors, see “Executive Compensation.”

Issuance of Securities to Executive Officers

On October 21, 2015, we issued 97,563 RSUs to each of Messrs. Shanmugaraj, Mikkelsen and Givehchi, in each case pursuant to our 2009 Stock Plan. The value of the RSUs granted to each such individual was $1,265,392 at the time of issuance. These RSUs vest based on satisfaction of both a time-based requirement and a liquidity event requirement. The time-based requirement of the RSUs will be satisfied with respect to 25% of the RSUs on August 13, 2016, and with respect to an additional 6.25% of the RSUs each three-month period thereafter. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied upon the closing of this offering. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the RSU agreement governing the award), the recipient will get credit for an additional six months of service. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in the RSU agreement) after a change in control, all RSUs subject to the award will become fully vested.

In April 2013, we issued 125,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Shanmugaraj pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $187,500. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Shanmugaraj’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

In April 2013, we issued 131,535 shares of our common stock to Mr. Mikkelsen pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $197,303. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that

 

113


Table of Contents

would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Mikkelsen’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

In April 2013, we issued 131,535 shares of our common stock to Mr. Givehchi pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement. The aggregate value of these shares at the time of issuance was $197,303. Pursuant to the terms of this restricted stock purchase agreement, we have a right to repurchase some or all of these shares at the original purchase price thereof, which right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to 1/60th of the shares each month beginning on March 1, 2013. In the event that we are subject to a change in control (as such term is defined in the restricted stock purchase agreement), the repurchase right will immediately lapse as to an additional number of shares that would otherwise vest in a six-month period. In the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Givehchi’s restricted stock purchase agreement) after a change in control, the right of repurchase will lapse in full and all shares will become vested.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our general counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the Board’s Audit Committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

 

    the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

 

114


Table of Contents

The committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in or is not inconsistent with our company’s best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC’s related person transaction disclosure rule, the Board has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

 

    interests arising solely from the related person’s position as a director of another entity, that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity, (b) interests arising solely from the ownership of a class of the Company’s equity securities if all holders of that class of equity securities receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis, (c) compensation arrangements with executive officers if the compensation has been approved, or recommended to the board of directors for approval, by our compensation committee, (d) compensation for services as a director of the company if such compensation will be publically reported pursuant to SEC rules, (e) interests arising solely from indebtedness of a 5% stockholder (or their immediate family member), (f) a transaction where the rates or charges involved in the transaction are determined by competitive bids, (g) a transaction that involves the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier or public utility at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority, and (h) a transaction that involves services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture, or similar services; and

 

    a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or bylaws.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee in the manner specified in its charter.

 

115


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of September 30, 2015, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    each selling stockholder.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2015 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o Acacia Communications, Inc., Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Offering
  Shares to be
Sold if
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
Offering if
Underwriters’
Option is Exercised
in Full
   Number      Percentage     Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage

5% Stockholders

               

Entities affiliated with Matrix Partners(1)

     12,098,220         39.2          

Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P.(2)

     6,077,341         19.7          

Entities affiliated with Summit Partners(3)

     2,896,329         9.4          

Named Executive Officers and Directors

               

Murugesan Shanmugaraj(4)

     1,140,000         3.7          

Benny P. Mikkelsen

     1,099,107         3.6          

Bhupendra C. Shah(5)

     456,038         1.5          

Eric A. Swanson(6)

     412,118         1.3          

Elliot M. Katzman(7)

     6,077,341         19.7          

Peter Y. Chung(8)

     2,896,329         9.4          

Stan J. Reiss(9)

     12,098,220         39.2          

John Ritchie

                         

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(10)

     26,480,984         85.0          

Other Selling Stockholders

               

 

(1)

Consists of 12,091,554 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P., or Matrix VIII, and 6,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Weston & Co.

 

116


Table of Contents
  VIII LLC as nominee for Matrix VIII US Management Co., LLC, or Matrix VIII US MC, which is the beneficial owner of such shares, which we refer to as the “Matrix VIII US MC Shares”. Matrix VIII US MC is the sole general partner of Matrix VIII, and Mr. Reiss is a managing member of Matrix VIII US MC. Mr. Reiss, by virtue of his management position in Matrix VIII US MC, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the Matrix VIII shares and the Matrix VIII US Shares. Mr. Reiss disclaims beneficial ownership of the Matrix VIII shares and the Matrix VIII US MC Shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Weston & Co, VIII, LLC. also directly owns other shares in our company as a nominee for other beneficial owners. The address for each of Mr. Reiss, Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and Matrix VIII US Management Co., LLC. is 101 Main Street, 17th Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142.
(2) Consists of 6,077,341 shares held by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. The general partner of Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. is Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. Elliot M. Katzman, Jeffrey M. Hurst, R. Stephen McCormack, Michael T. Fitzgerald and Justin J. Perreault are the general partners of Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. Accordingly, they may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P., although each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Commonwealth Venture Partners IV L.P. is 400 West Cummings Park, Ste. 1725-134, Woburn, Massachusetts 01801.
(3) Consists of 2,198,853 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P., 666,442 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P., 28,648 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Investors I, LLC and 2,386 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P. is the managing member of Summit Partners VC III, LLC, which is the general partner of each of Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P. and Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC is the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, which is the manager of Summit Investors I, LLC, and the general partner of Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Master Company, LLC, as the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, has delegated investment decisions, including voting and dispositive power, to Summit Partners, L.P. and its investment committee responsible for voting and investment decisions with respect to Acacia. Summit Partners, L.P., through a three-person investment committee responsible for voting and investment decisions with respect to Acacia, currently comprised of Martin J. Mannion, Bruce R. Evans and Peter Y. Chung, has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of these entities and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. In addition, Mr. Chung is a member of Summit Master Company, LLC. Each of the Summit entities mentioned in this footnote disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares described in this footnote, except for those shares held of record by such entity and except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Each of Summit Partners, L.P., Summit Master Company, LLC, the other entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. named herein, Mr. Mannion, Mr. Evans and Mr. Chung also disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of such investors is 222 Berkeley Street, 18 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(4) Consists of (i) 875,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Shanmugaraj; (ii) 65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Mr. Shanmugaraj and (iii) 200,000 shares of common stock held by The Shanmugaraj Irrevocable Children’s Trust. The trustees of The Shanmugaraj Irrevocable Children’s Trust are Murugesan Shanmugaraj, Perumal Mohan and Malini Shanmugaraj and they share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the trust.
(5) Consists of (i) options to purchase 30,061 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of September 30, 2015, (ii) 212,988 shares of common stock held by Shah LLC and (iii) 212,989 shares of common stock held by Bhupendra Shah 1999 Trust U/A DTD 10/06/1999 (the “Shah Trust”). The manager of Shah LLC is Ramika Shah, Mr. Shah’s spouse, and she holds voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Shah LLC. The trustee of the Shah Trust is Steven M. Burke, and he holds voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Shah Trust.
(6) Consists of (i) 100,433 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 155,842 shares of common stock held by Zachary Swanson and (ii) 155,842 shares of common stock held by Katherine Swanson, who are immediate family members of Eric Swanson.
(7) Consists of the shares held by Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P. See footnote 2. Mr. Katzman disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(8) Consists of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Summit Partners. See footnote 3. Mr. Chung disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(9) Consists of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Matrix Partners. See footnote 1. Mr. Reiss disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(10) Includes 21,237,323 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and options to purchase 265,213 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

 

117


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our common stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

As of September 30, 2015, we had issued and outstanding:

 

    6,805,550 shares of our common stock held by 89 stockholders of record;

 

    6,009,207 shares of our Series A preferred stock held by 10 stockholders of record;

 

    10,554,274 shares of our Series B preferred stock held by five stockholders of record;

 

    3,865,824 shares of our Series C preferred stock held by seven stockholders of record; and

 

    3,748,190 shares of our Series D preferred stock held by 10 stockholders of record.

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

 

118


Table of Contents

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 2,412,377 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.25 per share, of which 834,117 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

RSUs

As of September 30, 2015, 219,000 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan.

Warrants

We issued a warrant to Massachusetts Development Communications, Inc. in connection with entering into a promissory note and security agreement in 2011. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 75,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $1.43 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued.

We issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank in connection with entering into a loan and security agreement in 2011. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 135,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $1.43 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued. Further, we issued an additional warrant to Silicon Valley Bank in connection with entering into a modification of the loan and security agreement in 2012. This warrant is exercisable for an aggregate of 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock, subject to certain adjustments, at an exercise price of $2.67 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and terminates ten years after the date issued.

As of September 30, 2015, warrants to purchase 210,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 35,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.61 per share.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, until the earlier of April 17, 2017 and six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 30% of the shares having rights under this agreement, which we refer to as registrable securities, can demand that we file up to two registration statements on Form S-1 registering all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the aggregate offering price is expected to be at least $7.5 million. As of September 30, 2015, the holders of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, have demand registration rights. Under specified circumstances, we also have the right to defer filing of a requested

 

119


Table of Contents

registration statement for a period of not more than 60 days, which right may not be exercised more than once during any 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to additional conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of our registrable securities have the right to demand that we file additional registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, for such holders on Form S-3, if the aggregate anticipated offering price is at least $5.0 million. These holders can demand up to two such registrations in any 12-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit or similar plans, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in this registration statement, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to receive notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in such registration. As of September 30, 2015, the holders of 24,177,495 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their registrable securities in this registration statement, but we anticipate that such right will be waived prior to consummation of this offering. In addition, under the terms of the warrants that we issued to Massachusetts Development Communications, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, these warrant holders have the right to request that any shares issued upon exercise of their warrants be covered by any registration statement that we are otherwise filing to the extent that we are also registering shares held by any parties to the investors’ rights agreement. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of the number of registrable securities that may be included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We are required to pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders of a majority of the shares requested to be included in such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

 

120


Table of Contents

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Supermajority Voting

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described in the prior two paragraphs.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the Nasdaq Listing Rules. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Choice of Forum

Upon the closing of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

121


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

NASDAQ Global Market

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA.”

 

122


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining             shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

     0   

90 days after the date of this prospectus

     0   

180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

In addition, of the 2,412,377 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 834,117 shares of common stock were vested as of September 30, 2015 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of     % of our outstanding capital stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock; or

 

    engage in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of shares of our common stock.

These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

 

123


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods and any additional contractual lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

124


Table of Contents

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issued or issuable under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our 2009 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 ESPP shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of             shares of common stock, including shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of our outstanding preferred stock warrants, or their respective transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

125


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    pension plans;

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment or who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

126


Table of Contents
    insurance companies;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    non-U.S. governments; and

 

    certain U.S. expatriates.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to the holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

 

127


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such non-U.S. holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder recognized in the taxable year of the disposition, if any; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” (as defined in the Code and applicable regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are a U.S. real property holding corporation and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a non-U.S. holder holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such non-U.S. holder’s gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

 

128


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under “Distributions,” will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

Withholding under FATCA generally (1) applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and (2) will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

129


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters    Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Northland Securities, Inc.(1)

  
  

 

        Total

  
  

 

(1) Northland Capital Markets is the trade name for certain capital markets and investment banking services of Northland Securities, Inc., member FINRA/SIPC.

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the company and up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares.

Paid by Acacia Communications

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $       $                

Total

   $       $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

130


Table of Contents

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated by us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list the shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACIA”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

 

131


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

132


Table of Contents

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document, nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering nor the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Center

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

133


Table of Contents

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the exempt investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by exempt investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for

 

134


Table of Contents

subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

135


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus / offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

136


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, is based on information from independent industry analysts and third-party sources, and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions, which we believe to be reasonable, made by us based on such data, as well as our knowledge of our industry, subscribers and products. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and we caution you not to give undue weight to such estimates. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Goodwin Procter LLP has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in this prospectus. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov .

 

137


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Maynard, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

November 18, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2015
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

September 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014      
                       (unaudited)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,235      $ 21,128      $ 18,037     

Accounts receivable

     12,100        18,055        52,458     

Inventory

     16,145        14,999        19,795     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     457        2,535        2,350     

Deferred product costs

     675        896        1,376     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     49,612        57,613        94,016     

Property and equipment, net

     3,990        7,946        13,348     

Other assets

     109        101        184     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 53,711      $ 65,660      $ 107,548     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

Current liabilities:

        

Working capital line of credit

   $ 5,269      $      $     

Current portion of long-term debt

     558        709            

Capital lease obligation

                   57     

Accounts payable

     10,789        12,705        30,271     

Accrued liabilities

     8,552        8,800        15,691     

Deferred revenue

     2,343        3,689        2,790     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     27,511        25,903        48,809     

Long-term debt, net of current portion and discount

     2,329        1,406            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     617        1,100        2,913      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     30,457        28,409        51,722     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 9):

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 24,508 shares authorized; 24,177 shares issued and

outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $53,426 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015

     62,054        66,427        69,684          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 35,000 shares authorized; 4,959, 6,138, 6,593 and 30,770 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014, September 30, 2015, and September 30, 2015 pro forma (unaudited), respectively

     1        1        1        3   

Additional paid-in capital

                          72,595   

Accumulated deficit

     (38,801     (29,177     (13,859     (13,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (38,800 )     (29,176     (13,858   $ 58,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 53,711      $ 65,660      $ 107,548     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
               

(unaudited)

       

Revenue

  $ 77,652      $ 146,234      $ 105,222      $ 170,509   

Cost of revenue

    47,983        93,558        66,874        108,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    29,669        52,676        38,348        62,219   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    24,248        28,471        19,618        26,327   

Sales, general and administrative

    5,099        6,615        4,539        8,060   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    745        108                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30,092        35,194        24,157        34,387   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (423 )     17,482        14,191        27,832   

Other (expense) income:

       

Interest expense, net

    (516 )     (390 )     (314 )       (138

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (94     (483     (325 )       (1,813

Other (expense) income

    (160     (156     (212 )       135   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (770     (1,029     (851 )       (1,816
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (1,193 )     16,453        13,340        26,016   

Provision for income taxes

           2,933        2,374        8,133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (1,193 )     13,520        10,966        17,883   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3,778     (4,373 )     (3,275 )       (3,257

Undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

           (7,419 )     (6,266 )       (11,582
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (4,971 )   $ 1,728      $ 1,425      $ 3,044   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

  $ (1.12 )   $ 0.31      $ 0.26      $ 0.48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (1.12 )   $ 0.23      $ 0.19      $ 0.37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

    4,429        5,629        5,496        6,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    4,429        7,447        7,377        8,146   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

    $ 0.47        $ 0.65   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

    $ 0.44        $ 0.60   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

      29,806          30,534   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      31,869          32,568   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands)

 

     Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
         Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
       
     Shares      Amount          Shares     Amount          Total  

Balance at January 1, 2013

     20,429       $  36,474            4,028      $  1       $      $ (33,447   $ (33,446

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,748         21,802                  

Funds used to repurchase shares

              (387             1,282        (1,955     (673

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

        47                 (47       (47

Accretion to redemption value

        3,731                 (1,525     (2,206     (3,731

Vesting of restricted common stock

              1,081                 

Exercise of common stock options

              237                68          68   

Stock-based compensation expense

                   222          222   

Net loss

                     (1,193     (1,193
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     24,177         62,054            4,959        1                (38,801     (38,800

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

        98                 (98       (98

Accretion to redemption value

        4,275                 (379     (3,896     (4,275

Vesting of restricted common stock

              910                 

Exercise of common stock options

              269                70          70   

Stock-based compensation expense

                   407          407   

Net income

                     13,520        13,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     24,177         66,427            6,138        1                (29,177     (29,176

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

        60                 (60       (60

Accretion to redemption value

        3,197                 (632     (2,565     (3,197

Vesting of restricted common stock

              112                 

Exercise of common stock options

              343                147               147   

Stock-based compensation expense

                   545          545   

Net income

                     17,883        17,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2015

     24,177       $ 69,684            6,593      $ 1       $      $ (13,859   $ (13,858
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                

(unaudited)

       

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193   $ 13,520      $ 10,966      $ 17,883   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

         `     

Depreciation

     2,629        2,662        1,762        3,164   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     745        108                 

Stock-based compensation

     1,504        407        288        545   

Non-cash interest

     82        47        33        80   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     94        483        325        1,813   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (2,578     (5,956     (20,623     (34,447

Inventory

     (11,280     1,146        8,146        (4,796

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (32     (2,087     (544     711   

Deferred product costs

     (325     (222     (1,307     (480

Other assets

     (21     21        16        (77

Accounts payable

     5,300        1,734        2,037        17,583   

Accrued liabilities

     4,172        188        493        6,897   

Deferred revenue

     (164     1,346        2,797        (899
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,067     13,397        4,389        7,977   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,915     (6,466     (3,909     (8,446

Deposits

     (21     (12     (12     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,936     (6,478     (3,921     (8,452
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Repayment of long-term debt

     (56     (786     (418     (2,155

Repayment of working capital line of credit

            (5,269     (2,000       

Payment of capital lease obligation

                          (39

Deferred financing costs

            (35     (35     (4

Payment of IPO costs

                          (563

Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $198

     21,802                        

Repurchase of common stock

     (1,955                     

Proceeds from the exercise of common stock options

     68        70        43        147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     19,859        (6,020     (2,410     (2,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

            (6     (2     (2

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     15,856        893        (1,944     (3,091

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of period

     4,379        20,235        20,235        21,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—End of period

   $ 20,235      $ 21,128      $ 18,291      $ 18,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

        

Cash paid for income taxes

   $      $ 4,702      $ 2      $ 2,419   

Cash paid for interest

   $ 434      $ 375      $ 280      $ 53   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities :

        

Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid

   $ 311      $ 495      $ 362      $ 519   

IPO costs incurred but not yet paid

   $      $      $      $ 838   

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

   $      $      $      $ 96   

Accretion of redemption value on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 3,731      $ 4,275      $ 3,197      $ 3,197   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

   $ 47      $ 98      $ 78      $ 60   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

Nature of the Business

Acacia Communications, Inc., was incorporated on June 2, 2009, as a Delaware corporation. Its wholly owned subsidiary, Acacia Communications Europe ApS (the “Subsidiary”) was incorporated as a Denmark corporation on November 13, 2009. Acacia Communications, Inc. and the Subsidiary are collectively referred to as the “Company.” The Company is a leading provider of high-speed coherent interconnect products that are designed to improve the capacity, performance, intelligence and cost of communications networks relied upon by cloud infrastructure operators and content and communications service providers. The Company’s products include a series of low-power coherent digital signal processors and silicon photonic integrated circuits integrated into families of optical interconnect modules with transmission speeds ranging from 40 to 400 gigabits per second for use in long-haul, metro and inter-data center markets.

Subsequent to September 30, 2015, the Company established Acacia Communications Holdings, Ltd. and Acacia Communications (Ireland) Limited as part of its continued expansion of its global operations. Acacia Communications Holdings, Ltd. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Acacia Communications, Inc. and Acacia Communications (Ireland) Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Acacia Communications Holdings, Ltd.

Operations

The Company is subject to a number of risks common to emerging, technology-based companies, including a history of operating losses, dependence on a limited number of customers, the successful development and release of new products, dependence on a limited number of suppliers, dependence on key individuals, rapid technological changes, competition from substitute products and larger companies, and the need for additional financing to fund future operations. The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock, short- and long-term borrowings, and the sale of its products. Management believes that existing cash as of September 30, 2015, along with cash generated from the sale of its products and cash available to the Company under its existing working capital line of credit, will be sufficient to fund operating and capital expenditure requirements through at least 2016.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting policies generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Acacia Communications, Inc., and the Subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Prior Period Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation (see Note 6).

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2015, which converts to common stock on a one-to-one basis. In addition, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon a qualifying IPO of the Company’s common stock, assuming the preferred stock warrants automatically become common stock warrants that are classified as equity and are not subject to remeasurement. The effect of these conversions on the unaudited pro forma balance sheet will reduce stockholders’ deficit by $72.6 million. Additionally, as discussed in “ Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders” below, the Company has calculated unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share to give effect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as though such shares had been converted to shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period. As described in Note 11 below, the Company has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with a performance measure that will be met 185 days following an IPO or sale event. As such, no shares of common stock underlying such RSUs will be issued upon completion of the Company’s IPO, and therefore these RSUs do not impact the unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO using the if-converted method and the elimination of the revaluation adjustment on the preferred stock warrants due to the automatic conversion of those warrants into common stock warrants, in each case as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated statement of operations and interim consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in management’s opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these consolidated financial statements related to the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 are also unaudited. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, comprehensive (loss) income equaled net (loss) income.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the sale of its products. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company considers delivery of its products to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred. The Company’s products consist of hardware and software that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. The Company does not sell its software on a standalone basis.

At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with sales, recorded as a component of cost of revenue. The Company’s customers generally do not have return rights.

A limited number of revenue arrangements with our customers include more than one element and require the application ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements . Arrangement consideration is allocated to each element with standalone value based on the relative selling prices of all of the elements in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy. We determine the relative selling price of elements based on prices charged for standalone products, when sufficiently concentrated, and third-party evidence of similar elements, or, in the absence of these sources of evidence, based on management’s best estimate of selling price. Revenue recognized from multiple-element arrangements accounted for less than 2% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

Cost of Revenue

The Company records all costs associated with its product sales in cost of revenue. These costs include the cost of materials, contract manufacturing fees, shipping costs, and quality assurance. Cost of revenue also includes indirect costs such as warranty, excess and obsolete inventory charges, general overhead costs, depreciation, and royalty fees paid to third parties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents consist of bank deposit accounts and money market funds as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The majority of the Company’s cash deposits on hand are at one financial institution and deposits often exceed federally insured limits. To minimize credit risk related to accounts receivable, ongoing credit

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

evaluations of customers’ financial condition are performed and the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company has determined that no allowance is needed as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, as all amounts are expected to be collected.

Inventory

Inventory, which consists of raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost or market, as determined on a specific cost basis and using the first-in, first-out convention. The Company reduces the carrying value of inventory for those items that are potentially excess, obsolete, or slow moving based on changes in customer demand, technology developments, or other economic factors.

Initial Public Offering Costs

The Company defers direct incremental costs attributable with the IPO of its common stock. These costs represent legal, accounting and other direct costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise capital through a public sale of its common stock. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the IPO, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the IPO proceeds. As of September 30, 2015, the Company has recorded $1.4 million of IPO costs as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company has capitalized certain costs related to the issuance of debt. These costs are amortized to “interest expense” over the term of the related debt, using the effective interest rate method.

Deferred Product Costs

Deferred product costs represent products that have been delivered, for which the revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria. The Company defers the product costs of the delivered items until recognition of the related revenue occurs.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

Engineering lab equipment

   3 years

Computer software

   1-3 years

Computer equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or life of asset

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are derecognized from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is an impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value. No impairments have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 or the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015.

Warranties

The Company’s standard warranty obligation to its customers provides for repair or replacement of a defective product at the Company’s discretion for a period of time following purchase, generally between 12 and 24 months. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. The estimated cost associated with fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligation to customers is recorded in cost of revenue. Changes in the Company’s product warranty liability, which is included as a component of accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    

Warranty reserve, beginning of period

   $ 30      $ 161      $ 508   

Provisions made to warranty reserve during the period

     234        550        367   

Charges against warranty reserve during the period

     (103     (203     (160
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, end of period

   $ 161      $ 508      $ 715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company did not incur any advertising expenses.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses all research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and costs for contractors engaged in research, design, and development activities incurred directly and with support from external vendors, such as outsourced development costs, as well as support costs for prototypes, depreciation, purchased intellectual property, facilities, and travel.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards granted to employees at fair value, which is measured using an estimate of the fair value of the common stock for restricted stock awards and RSUs, as well as other input assumptions in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock option awards. The measurement date for employee awards is the date of grant. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for all time-vested awards.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the classification of stock-based compensation in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2013              2014              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)         

Cost of revenue

   $ 25       $ 17       $ 12       $ 42   

Research and development

     960         258         181         378   

Sales, general and administrative

     519         132         95         125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,504       $ 407       $ 288       $ 545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants require liability classification and accounting as the underlying preferred stock is considered redeemable as discussed in Note 9. At initial recognition, the warrants are recorded at their estimated fair value. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of total other expense, net.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency of the Subsidiary is the U.S. dollar. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the consolidated balance sheet date. When transactions are required to be paid in the local currency of the Subsidiary, any resulting foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recorded as a component of other (expense) income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gain or loss associated with the Subsidiary has not been significant. The majority of the Company’s foreign exchange gain or loss is derived from certain outsourced development contracts that are denominated in Euros. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company recorded foreign currency transaction losses of $63,000, $156,000, and $212,000, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded foreign currency transaction gains of $135,000.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that these assets may not be realized.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2015, the Company utilized the annualized effective tax rate (“AETR”) method, as prescribed by ASC 740-270, Interim Reporting , to calculate its income tax provision. Under this method, at the end of each interim period the Company makes its best estimate of the AETR expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. The estimated AETR is

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

applied to the year-to-date ordinary income (loss) at the end of each interim period to compute the year-to-date tax provision (benefit) applicable to ordinary income (loss). In computing the estimated annual effective tax rate the Company makes certain estimates and judgments, such as estimated annual taxable income (loss), the nature and timing of permanent and temporary differences between taxable income for financial reporting and tax reporting, and the recoverability of its deferred tax assets.

The Company provides liabilities for potential payments of tax to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions. Liabilities are based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized following resolution of any potential uncertainties present related to the tax benefit. Potential interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions are recorded as a component of the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were no uncertain tax positions for which liabilities would be required. As of September 30, 2015, the Company identified $722,000 of uncertain tax benefits for which liabilities have been recorded.

Operating Segments

The Company operates as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), which is the Company’s chief executive officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s CODM evaluates the Company’s financial information and resources and assesses the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since the Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue by geographic region, based on ship-to destinations, was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
           2013                  2014            2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)         

United States

   $ 11,554       $ 30,444       $ 18,338       $ 31,385   

China

     24,916         53,340         40,290         50,004   

Germany

     10,200         38,095         29,165         64,500   

France

     16,108         8,010         6,257         3,300   

Other

     14,874         16,345         11,172         21,320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 77,652       $ 146,234       $ 105,222       $ 170,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets by geographic region (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     

United States

   $ 3,990       $ 7,205       $ 9,746   

Canada

             612         3,309   

Other

             129         293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 3,990       $ 7,946       $ 13,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Net (Loss) Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers its redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. In the event a cash dividend is paid on common stock, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are also entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as-if converted basis). The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities and the related number of outstanding shares of the participating securities, which include contractual participation rights in undistributed earnings, have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders.

During the periods when the Company is in a net loss position, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock outstanding would be antidilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , or ASU 2015-11. ASU 2015-11 applies to all inventory, except for inventory measured using the last-in, first-out method or the retail inventory method. The guidance allows an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amendments in ASU 2015-11 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and may be applied prospectively with earlier adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12,  Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period , or ASU 2014-12. ASU 2014-12 provides amendments to ASC No. 718,  Compensation—Stock Compensation , which clarifies the guidance for whether to treat a performance target that could be achieved after the requisite service period as a performance condition that affects vesting or as a nonvesting condition that affects the grant-date fair value of an award. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective either prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter, during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this update on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, or disclosures thereto.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09 (ASC 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2014-09, which affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods and services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the currently effective guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 was initially to be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that period. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which delays the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year and allows for early adoption as of the original effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

4. INVENTORY

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     

Raw materials

   $ 8,394       $ 7,334       $ 11,643   

Work-in-process

     668         1,209         1,766   

Finished goods

     7,083         6,456         6,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 16,145       $ 14,999       $ 19,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    

Engineering laboratory equipment

   $ 5,391      $ 7,948      $ 14,148   

Computer software

     994        1,924        2,302   

Computer equipment

     790        1,094        1,334   

Furniture and fixtures

     209        358        370   

Leasehold improvements

     233        819        979   

Equipment under capital lease

                   96   

Construction in progress

            2,532        4,012   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     7,617        14,675        23,241   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (3,627 )     (6,729 )     (9,893
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 3,990      $ 7,946      $ 13,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $2.6 million, $2.7 million, $1.8 million, and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded losses on the disposal of property and equipment of $745,000 and $108,000, respectively, as the underlying equipment was no longer in use. There were no losses on the disposal of property and equipment during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

6. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     

Employee-related liabilities

   $ 1,000       $ 2,060       $ 3,118   

Outsourced foundry services

     3,913         3,942         2,091   

Goods and services received not invoiced

     2,452         728         2,143   

Accrued income taxes

             129         4,079   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,187         1,941         4,260   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 8,552       $ 8,800       $ 15,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Specifically, as of December 31, 2014, accrued income taxes of $129,000 was previously included within other accrued liabilities and has been reclassified to be presented on a separate line in conformity with the current period presentation.

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy, as follows:

Level 1 —Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets), or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds, which are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices of similar assets in active markets. In determining the fair value estimates, the Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to measure fair value. The valuation technique used to measure fair value for the Company’s Level 2 assets is a market approach, using prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets.

The estimated fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (see Note 9).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair value of these assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis was determined using the following inputs as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015 (in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 18,121       $       $ 18,121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 617       $ 617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 16,914       $       $ 16,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 1,100       $ 1,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2015  
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents—money market fund

   $       $ 15,801       $       $ 15,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 2,913       $ 2,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For certain other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these balances.

8. DEBT

Working Capital Line of Credit

During July 2013, the Company amended a loan and security agreement that provides for a working capital line of credit (the “Working Capital Line of Credit”). The Working Capital Line of Credit is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company, excluding property and equipment. Certain

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

covenants under the Working Capital Line of Credit restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to the Company’s capital stock, other than dividends payable in shares of common stock. In November 2015, the Company amended the Working Capital Line of Credit to extend the term of the agreement to January 2016.

The Working Capital Line of Credit agreement initially provided for maximum borrowings of $8.0 million to be used to finance working capital, subject to a financial covenant of trailing three month Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of $1.0 million. In July 2014, the Working Capital Line of Credit was amended to increase the maximum borrowing amount to $15.0 million. In addition, the July 2014 amendment added an adjusted quick ratio financial covenant. Beginning with the month ended June 30, 2014, and each month-end thereafter, the Company is required to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of 1.25 to 1.00.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had drawn upon $5.3 million on the Working Capital Line of Credit. Payments are due in monthly interest-only installments at a rate of Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) Prime plus 1.5%, (4.5% as of September 30, 2015) with the outstanding principal balance due at the maturity date. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of the Working Capital Line of Credit approximated its fair value, based on Level 2 inputs (observable market prices in less than active markets), as the interest rate associated with the Working Capital Line of Credit was similar to current rates at which the Company could borrow funds. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with certain financial covenants. As a result, the Working Capital Line of Credit was classified as current within the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company did not draw any additional funds from the Working Capital Line of Credit during the year ended December 31, 2014 or the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The Company repaid the outstanding balance of $5.3 million in October 2014 and there was no amount due under the Working Capital Line of Credit as of December 31, 2014 or September 30, 2015.

In connection with the Working Capital Line of Credit, the Company issued two warrants. The first warrant was issued to purchase 135,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4307 per share, which expires in April 2021 (the “Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant”). The second warrant was issued to purchase 35,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.66874 per share, which expires in August 2022 (the “Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant”). At the date of issuance, the fair value of the Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant and the Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant was recorded as a debt discount and a preferred stock warrant liability. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount in the amount of $51,000 as a component of interest expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. There was no amortization of the debt discount in periods subsequent to December 31, 2013 as it was fully amortized at that date.

Development Loan

During February 2011, the Company entered into a term loan facility with a finance agency for specific equipment and fixtures (the “Development Loan”). The Development Loan provides for maximum aggregate borrowings of up to $3.0 million, collateralized by certain property and equipment. Borrowings under this agreement bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum and interest-only payments were due through October 2013, at which time equal monthly principal and interest payments on the outstanding balance commenced and will continue through the maturity date in February 2018. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal balance under this note, net of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

unamortized debt discounts, amounted to $2.1 million. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the carrying value of the Development Loan approximated its fair value, based on Level 2 inputs (observable market prices in less than active markets), as the interest rate associated with the Development Loan was similar to current rates at which the Company could borrow funds. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance of the Development Loan.

In connection with the Development Loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 75,000 shares of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4307 per share, which expires in February 2021 (the “Development Loan Warrant”). At the date of issuance, the fair value of this warrant was recorded as a debt discount and a preferred stock warrant liability. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $13,000, $13,000, $10,000 and $40,000, respectively, as a component of interest expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Scheduled maturities of debt as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amounts  

2015

   $ 709   

2016

     757   

2017

     689   
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     2,155   

Less debt discount

     (40
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,115   
  

 

 

 

As noted above, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance of the Development Loan during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

9. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized and issued Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”), which are classified in temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table contains the carrying value of each class of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, as well as their respective liquidation value (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,009 shares authorized; 6,009 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015; liquidation preference of $6,009 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015

   $ 7,918       $ 8,409       $ 8,776   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,764 shares authorized; 10,554 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015; liquidation preference of $15,100 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015

     19,307         20,524         21,435   

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,901 shares authorized; 3,866 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015; liquidation preference of $10,317 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015

     11,792         12,627         13,252   

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,834 shares authorized; 3,748 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015; liquidation preference of $22,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015

     23,037         24,867         26,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,054       $ 66,427       $ 69,684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying value of the Preferred Stock are a result of the accretion to redemption value.

The rights and privileges of the Preferred Stock are described below:

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock, subject to the applicable conversion rate as determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The current conversion price (as may be adjusted for certain dilutive events) is $1.00 for Series A Preferred Stock, $1.4307 for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.66874 for Series C Preferred Stock, and $5.8695 for Series D Preferred Stock. Conversion is mandatory at the earlier of the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock at a per share price of at least $14.67 and net proceeds to the Company of at least $20.0 million or at the election of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Requisite Preferred Holders”).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Voting Rights

The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote on all matters and shall have the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are then convertible as of the record date at each meeting of stockholders of the corporation (and written actions of stockholders in lieu of meetings) with respect to any and all matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration.

Dividends

Dividends are payable only when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Company shall not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on shares of any class of common stock, unless the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, dividends on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to that dividend per share of such series of Preferred Stock would equal as converted to common stock and of the accrued dividends unpaid as of such date. As of September 30, 2015, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Liquidation Preference

The holders of the Preferred Stock have preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the corporation, including a merger or consolidation. Upon such liquidation event, the preferred stockholders are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A, B, C, and D Preferred Stock an amount equal to the greater of $1.00, $1.4307, $2.66874, and $5.8695, respectively, per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends or such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event. Thereafter, any remaining assets available for distribution would be distributed, subject to limitations for each class of Preferred Stock, among the preferred and common stockholders, on a pro rata basis treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to common stock. In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to meet the liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets in proportion to the respective amounts due.

Redemption

The Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Requisite Preferred Holders in three annual installments on or after March 5, 2017, at a price per share equal to $1.00 for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.4307 for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.66874 for the Series C Preferred Stock, and $5.8695 for the Series D Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to 8% of the original offering price per share for each year between the issuance date and the redemption date, plus dividends accrued but unpaid. The redemption price is payable in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after March 5, 2017, of written notice from the Requisite Preferred Holders requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock. The Company is accreting the Preferred Stock to redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to March 5, 2017, such that the carrying amounts of the securities will equal the redemption amounts at the earliest redemption date.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Preferred stock warrants for redeemable convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities and are marked to fair value at each consolidated balance sheet date. The valuation technique used to measure fair value for our Working Capital Line of Credit Series B Warrant, Development Loan Warrant and Working Capital Line of Credit Series C Warrant (collectively “Preferred Stock Warrants”), which are considered Level 3 fair value estimates within the fair value hierarchy, is the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of our Preferred Stock Warrants is the fair value of our Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. We also utilize risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected volatility and expected term as observable inputs with the fair value of the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock in determining the fair value of the Preferred Stock Warrants. There is not a direct interrelationship between the unobservable inputs and the observable inputs. A ten percent increase in the fair value of the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock would have changed the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants by $75,000 and $125,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and by $108,000 and $318,000 as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, respectively.

The assumptions used in determining the fair values of Preferred Stock Warrants as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2013    2014    2014    2015
               (unaudited)     

Risk-free interest rate

   2.5% - 2.7%    2.0% - 2.5%    1.9% - 2.3%    1.5% - 1.7%

Expected dividend yield

   None    None    None    None

Expected volatility

   68.1% - 90.7%    69.0% - 71.2%    68.3% - 71.5%    59.2% - 67.6%

Expected term (in years)

   7.1 - 8.7    6.2 - 7.6    6.4 - 7.9    5.4 - 6.9

Fair value of Series B preferred stock

   $2.89    $5.24    $4.90    $13.14

Fair value of Series C preferred stock

   $4.05    $6.10    $5.87    $13.34

A summary of the changes in the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2013              2014              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability at beginning of period

   $ 523       $ 617       $ 617       $ 1,100   

Change in fair value

     94         483         325         1,813   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability at end of period

   $ 617       $ 1,100       $ 942       $ 2,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

10. COMMON STOCK

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, the Company had authorized 35,000,000 shares of common stock. The following number of shares of common stock has been reserved for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, vesting of restricted stock awards and RSUs, and exercise of stock options (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     

Conversion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,009         6,009         6,009   

Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     10,554         10,554         10,554   

Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

     210         210         210   

Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,866         3,866         3,866   

Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

     35         35         35   

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,748         3,748         3,748   

Vesting of restricted stock

     1,232         322         213   

Vesting of restricted stock units

                     219   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,049         2,299         2,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27,703         27,043         27,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

In November 2009, the Company adopted the 2009 Stock Plan, as amended in April 2013 and October 2015 (the “Plan”), pursuant to which 8,161,226 shares of common stock are authorized for issuance to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company at September 30, 2015. The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and RSUs and the right to purchase restricted common stock. Recipients of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of such stock on the grant date. Stock options generally vest as follows (1) 20% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining four years or (2) 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years, unless they contain specific performance and/or market-based vesting provisions. The maximum term of stock options and RSUs granted under the Plan is ten and seven years, respectively. As of September 30, 2015, approximately 168,000 shares are available for future issuance under the Plan. In October 2015, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the number of shares available for future issuance under the Plan from 6,835,895 to 8,161,226.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock Options

The estimated grant-date fair value of the Company’s stock option awards issued to employees was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2013    2014    2014    2015
               (unaudited)     

Risk-free interest rate

   1.1% - 2.2%    1.8% - 2.2%    2.0% - 2.2%    1.7% - 1.9%

Expected dividend yield

   None    None    None    None

Expected volatility

   69.1% - 73.2%    71.1% - 71.3%    71.2% - 71.3%    61.4% - 70.9%

Expected term (in years)

   6.5    6.5    6.5    6.25 - 6.5

Risk-free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Expected Dividend Yield.     The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

Expected Volatility .    Since there is no trading history associated with the Company’s common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the Company’s industry over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Term .    The expected term represents the period that stock options awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” the Company determines the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. The Company uses the simplified method because it does not have sufficient historical option exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

The fair value of the common stock has been determined by the Board of Directors at each award grant date based upon a variety of different factors, including the results of valuations prepared by a third-party valuation specialist, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the status of technological developments within the Company’s platform, the composition and ability of the current engineering and management team, an evaluation or benchmark of the Company’s competition, the current business climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of stock option activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

    Number of
Options

(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    2,049      $ 0.56        8.2     

Granted

    560        2.62       

Exercised

    (269     0.27        $ 632   

Cancelled

    (41     1.58       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    2,299        1.07        7.9      $ 5,563   

Granted

    553        5.95       

Exercised

    (343     0.44        $ 2,107   

Cancelled

    (97     1.87       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

    2,412      $ 2.25        7.8      $ 25,866   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at:

       

December 31, 2014

    2,222      $ 1.06        7.9      $ 7,753   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

    2,333      $ 2.22        7.8      $ 25,082   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Exercisable at:

       

December 31, 2014

    754      $ 0.46        7.1      $ 2,630   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

    834      $ 0.74        6.8      $ 10,197   
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company recorded $113,000, $264,000, $181,000 and $452,000, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense related to common stock options granted under the Plan. No tax benefits were realized from options in any period. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, there was $1.3 million and $2.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested common stock options granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over weighted-average periods of 4.02 years and 3.53 years, respectively.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 was $0.60, $1.72, $1.38, and $3.65 per share, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 was $348,000, $632,000, $386,000, and $2.1 million, respectively.

In October 2015, the Company granted options to purchase 81,500 shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $7.33 per share.

Restricted Stock

The Company has granted restricted stock awards pursuant to the Plan. All such issued shares are subject to repurchase rights that generally lapse over a period of five years. If a holder ceases to maintain a business relationship with the Company, the Company is entitled to repurchase any unvested shares at the original purchase price. The unvested shares of common stock subject to

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

repurchase are not considered outstanding shares until the holders provide the requisite services and the repurchase right lapses. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, 322,000 and 213,000 shares of common stock remained subject to restrictions, respectively. The Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period for the amount that the fair value exceeded the purchase price as of the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $109,000, $143,000, $107,000, and $93,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, there was $374,000 and $291,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over weighted average periods of 3.23 years and 2.42 years, respectively.

During 2013, the Company issued 388,070 shares of restricted stock to certain employees for no consideration. The Company did not issue any restricted stock awards during the year ended December 31, 2014 or the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) or 2015.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s restricted common stock during the year ended December 31, 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

     1,232      $ 0.42   

Vested

     (910     0.16   
  

 

 

   

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     322        1.14   

Vested

     (109     0.72   
  

 

 

   

Unvested at September 30, 2015

     213      $ 1.39   
  

 

 

   

The fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 was $1.5 million, $2.2 million, $1.7 million, and $607,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company granted a total of 219,000 RSUs to certain directors and executives. The RSUs vest upon achievement of a service condition and a performance condition. As soon as practicable following each vesting date, the Company will issue to the holder of the RSUs the number of shares of common stock equal to the aggregate number of RSUs that have vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, in lieu of issuing shares of common stock to the holder of the RSUs, pay the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock. For 182,000 of the RSUs, the service condition is a time-based condition met over a period of four years, with 37.5% met after 18 months, and the remainder met in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding two-and-a-half years. For 32,000 RSUs, the service condition is a time-based condition met over a period of three years in approximately equal annual installments. The performance condition for all RSUs is met upon a sale event or 185 days following the IPO, which was not considered probable as of September 30, 2015, and therefore no stock-based compensation expense has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. A sale event is defined as (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization, or

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

consolidation involving the Company in which shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity; or (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transaction by a person or group of persons. When it becomes probable that the performance condition will be met, such as upon an IPO, stock-based compensation expense will be recorded for those RSUs where the service condition has been met. The total stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded over the life of the RSUs was approximately $1.9 million at September 30, 2015.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s RSUs during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Restricted
Shares

(in thousands)
     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

           $   

Granted

             219         8.55   
  

 

 

    

Unvested at September 30, 2015

     219       $ 8.55   
  

 

 

    

In October 2015, the Company granted 689,596 RSUs to certain employees with an aggregate grant date fair value of $8.9 million, or $12.97 per share, which will be recorded as stock-based compensation expense over the life of the RSUs. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. The service condition for these RSUs is satisfied over a period of four years, with 25% of the awards vesting after 12 months, and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of a sale of the Company and the date of the closing of the Company’s IPO, in either case, prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

On a pro forma basis, assuming the completion of an IPO on or before December 31, 2015, the Company expects to record approximately $2.4 million of stock-based compensation expense related to all of its outstanding RSU awards (unaudited), including those issued in October 2015.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12. NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2013             2014                 2014                     2015          
                 (unaudited)        

Numerator:

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,193     13,520      $ 10,966      $ 17,883   

Less: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,778     (4,373     (3,275     (3,257

Less: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities

            (7,419     (6,266     (11,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (4,971   $ 1,728      $ 1,425      $ 3,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

     4,429        5,629        5,496        6,357   

Dilutive effect of stock options

            1,299        1,266        1,589   

Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock

            519        615        200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

     4,429        7,447        7,377        8,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

   $ (1.12   $ 0.31      $ 0.26      $ 0.48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (1.12   $ 0.23      $ 0.19      $ 0.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following common stock equivalents (in thousands) were excluded from the computation of diluted net (loss) income per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2013              2014              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)         

Options to purchase common stock

     2,120         248         485         305   

Unvested restricted stock

     228                           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     245         245         245         245   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     23,011         24,177         24,177         24,177   

In addition to the potentially dilutive securities above, during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company had 219,000 RSUs outstanding. Since the performance criteria associated with the vesting of these awards have not been satisfied as of September 30, 2015, the Company has excluded these shares from the table above and the calculation of diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for that period.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, (in thousands, except per share amounts) assuming the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and the automatic conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the remeasurement and the assumed reclassification to equity upon consummation of a qualified IPO as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2014:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
 
    (unaudited)  

Numerator:

 

Net income

  $ 13,520      $ 17,883   

Add: change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    483        1,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ 14,003      $ 19,696   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders

    5,629        6,357   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    24,177        24,177   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

    29,806        30,534   

Effect of potentially dilutive:

 

Stock options

    1,299        1,589   

Unvested restricted stock

    519        200   

Common stock warrants

    245        245   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

    31,869        32,568   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

Basic

  $ 0.47      $ 0.65   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.44      $ 0.60   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases its office facilities in Maynard, Massachusetts and Hazlet, New Jersey under non-cancelable operating leases that expire in January 2019, with respect to the Massachusetts facility, and June 2018 and July 2018, with respect to various floors of the New Jersey facility. Rent expense for non-cancelable operating leases with free rental periods or scheduled rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, rent expense incurred under these agreements amounted to $441,000, $709,000, $519,000, and $652,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments due under these noncancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amounts  

2015

   $ 834   

2016

     879   

2017

     575   

2018

     292   

2019

     11   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,591   
  

 

 

 

In April 2015, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of lab equipment with a fair value of $96,000. The lease is payable in 12 equal monthly payments through April 2016.

In July 2015, the Company entered into an operating lease for office space in Mountain View, California, which expires in July 2018, renewable for an additional one-year term. Annual rent due is approximately $69,000.

Legal Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of management, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial condition or cash flows of the Company. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse effect on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various agreements containing standard indemnification provisions. The Company’s indemnification obligations under such provisions are typically in effect from the date of execution of the applicable agreement through the end of the applicable statute of limitations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations, and consequently, concluded the fair value of these obligations is not material. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, no amounts have been accrued related to such indemnification provisions.

Royalty Obligations

The Company incorporates technology into its products that is licensed from third parties. The Company has not committed to any future minimum obligations under the terms of the technology

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

licensing agreements. The Company is required to pay royalties to the licensors of $15 to $17 per unit sold within the Company’s new 400 Gbps product family and for its newest product within the 100 Gbps product family. In addition, the Company pays royalties of $150 per unit sold for its older products within the 100 Gbps and 40 Gbps product families.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

In October 2015, the Company adopted the Acacia Communications, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides severance benefits to certain of its executives if their employment is terminated “without cause” or, only in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, they terminate employment for “good reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the Severance Plan).

Under the Severance Plan, if the Company terminates an eligible executive’s employment without cause prior to or more than 12 months following the closing of a change in control of the Company, the executive is entitled to (i) continue receiving his or her base salary for a specified period (in the case of the chief executive officer, for 12 months, and, in the case of all other participants, for nine months) following the date of termination, (ii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for up to 12 months following the date of termination, and (iii) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by the board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination.

The Severance Plan also provides that, if, within 12 months following the closing of a change in control of the Company, an eligible executive’s employment is terminated without cause or such executive terminates his or her employment for good reason, the executive is entitled to (i) a single lump-sum payment equal to a percentage of his or her annual base salary (in the case of the chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (ii) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to a percentage of his or her target annual bonus for the year in which the termination of employment occurs (in the case of the chief executive officer, 100% and, in the case of all other participants, 75%), (iii) company contributions to the cost of health care continuation under COBRA for up to 12 months following the date of termination of employment, and (iv) the amount of any unpaid annual bonus determined by the board of directors to be payable to the executive for any completed bonus period which ended prior to the date of such executive’s termination. In addition, all of the executive’s outstanding unvested equity awards will immediately vest in full on the date of such termination.

All payments and benefits provided under the Severance Plan are contingent upon the execution and effectiveness of a release of claims by the executive in favor of the Company and continued compliance by the executive with any proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, nonsolicitation (or similar) agreement to which the Company and the executive are party.

Upon the effectiveness of the Severance Plan, the Company would be contingently obligated to make cash payments up to $3.2 million if such events occur.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

14. Income Taxes

The components of (loss) income before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2015
 
     2013     2014    

United States

   $ (1,196 )   $ 16,517      $ 25,944   

Foreign

     3        (64     72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,193 )   $ 16,453      $ 26,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2015
 

Current income tax provision

     

Federal

   $ 2,797       $ 7,984   

State

     129         149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

     2,926         8,133   

Deferred income tax provision

     

Foreign

     7           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax provision

     7           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 2,933       $ 8,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2013 was zero as the Company’s immaterial taxable profits were offset by net operating loss carryforwards and the Company maintained a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2015
 
         2013             2014        

Provision for income taxes at statutory rate

     (34.0 %)      35.0     35.0

(Decreases) increases resulting from:

      

Federal tax credits

     (77.9 %)      (3.3 %)      (8.0 %) 

Change in valuation allowance

     103.8     (14.9 %)      3.7

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

     (2.7 %)      0.9     (6.2 %) 

Meals and entertainment

     2.7     0.1     0.2

Stock compensation expense

     3.7     3.5     1.0

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     2.7     1.0     2.8

Non-deductible interest

     1.9     0.1     0.1

Domestic production activity deduction

         (2.3 %)      (1.6 %) 

Change in uncertain tax positions

             2.8

Other

     (0.2 %)      (2.3 %)      1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

         17.8     31.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Significant components of the Company’s current and deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2015
 
           2013                 2014          

Deferred tax assets:

      

Accrued expenses

   $ 523      $ 1,548      $ 1,682   

Operating loss carryforwards

     9,823        6,865        4,959   

Credit carryforwards

     2,556        2,112        4,595   

Other

     135        182        451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 13,037      $ 10,707      $ 11,687   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Depreciation

            (245     (120

Compensation

     (91     (1       

Other

                   (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (91     (246     (245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (12,946     (10,461     (11,442
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $8.1 million. In 2014, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $2.9 million. The Company regularly assesses its ability to realize its deferred tax assets. Assessing the realization of deferred tax assets requires significant judgment. In determining whether its deferred tax assets are more likely than not realizable, the Company evaluated all available positive and negative evidence, and weighted the evidence based on its objectivity. After consideration of the evidence, the Company has provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of the net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 by $1.0 million due to the corresponding increase in deferred tax assets by the same amount. The increase was primarily due to additional research credits claimed. The valuation allowance decreased in 2014 by $2.5 million due to the corresponding reduction of the deferred tax assets by the same amount. The reduction of deferred tax assets was primarily due to the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The valuation allowance increased in 2013 by $968,000, due to the corresponding increase in the deferred tax assets by the same amount. This increase in deferred tax assets was primarily due to an increase in tax credit carryforwards.

The Company recorded a valuation allowance against all of its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The Company intends to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances. However, given the Company’s current earnings and anticipated future earnings, the Company believes that there is a reasonable possibility that within the next 12 months, sufficient positive evidence may become available to allow the Company to reach a conclusion that a significant portion or all of the valuation allowance will no longer be needed. Release of the valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain deferred tax assets and a decrease to the provision for income taxes for the period the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the valuation allowance release are subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability that the Company is able to actually achieve.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company recognized tax expense of $2.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. The income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is primarily related to federal and state current income taxes of $8.9 million, federal income tax benefit of ($1.0) million related to additional federal research credits claimed and $190,000 in unrecognized tax positions.

The provision for income taxes shown on the consolidated statements of operations differs from amounts that would result from applying the statutory tax rates to income before taxes primarily because of state income taxes and certain permanent expenses that were not deductible, federal and state research and development credits, as well as the application of valuation allowances against U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets.

As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $12.1 million and $13.7 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that expire at various dates through 2032. As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $2.5 million and $3.7 million of federal and state research and development credit carryforwards, respectively, that expire at various dates through 2034.

Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. The Company performed an Internal Revenue Code Section 382 study and determined that utilization of its annual net operating losses are limited to approximately $4.8 million per year through 2017 and further limited to $1.4 million in 2018 and thereafter in connection with changes in control in 2009 and 2013. Through December 31, 2014, the Company accumulated the unused amount of Section 382 limitations in excess of the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that were originally subject to limitation. Therefore, these unused net operating loss carryforwards were available for utilization to offset taxable income generated in 2014.

The Company recognizes, in its consolidated financial statements, the effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. The aggregate changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ —     

Increases for the tax positions taken during current period

     722   
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 722   
  

 

 

 

The Company had no uncertain tax positions during the years ended of December 31, 2013 and 2014. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2015 is $190,000 of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. There are no amounts of interest or penalties recognized in the consolidated statement of operations or accrued on the consolidated balance sheet for any period presented. The Company does not expect any material changes in these uncertain tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States for federal income taxes and in various state jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by tax authorities throughout the United States. All tax years since inception remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject, as carryforward attributes generated in prior period tax years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities if they have or will be used in a future period. The Company also files foreign tax returns in Denmark. The Company is currently not under examination by jurisdictions for any tax years.

15. CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

Customer Concentration

Customers with revenue equal to or greater than 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)        

A

     32     35     38     24

B

     14     23     25     28

C

     19     *        *        *   

F

     *        *        *        12

 

* Less than 10% of total revenue in the period indicated

Customers that accounted for equal to or greater than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015 were as follows:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    

A

     45     21     20

B

     *        *        25

D

     17     *        *   

E

     11     *        *   

F

     *        14     12

 

* Less than 10% of accounts receivable at the date indicated

Supplier Concentration

The Company purchases a substantial portion of its inventory from a contract manufacturer located in the United States. Costs incurred with this contract manufacturer represented approximately 71%, 73%, 74% and 36% of total inventory purchases during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company purchased 46% of its inventory from a contract manufacturer located in Canada.

The Company also outsources certain engineering projects to a foreign company. Costs incurred with this vendor represented approximately 28%, 26%, 19% and 16% of the Company’s total research and development costs during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, respectively.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16. RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company is the sponsor of a defined contribution savings plan for all qualified employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan allows participants to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis up to an amount not to exceed the annual statutory limit applicable to each individual participant. The Company is permitted to make discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company did not make any discretionary contributions. The Company began making matching contributions to the plan in April 2015. Total discretionary contributions amounted to $242,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

17. RELATED PARTIES

The Company periodically purchases products from M/A-COM Technology Solutions, Inc. (“M/A-COM”). One of the members of the Board of Directors, Peter Y. Chung, is also a member of the board of directors of M/A-COM. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015, the Company made purchases of $333,000, $170,000, $85,000, and $914,000 from M/A-COM, respectively. There were no amounts due to or from M/A-COM as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. As of September 30, 2015, the Company had $384,000 of accounts payable due to M/A-COM.

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 18, 2015, the date on which the September 30, 2015 consolidated financial statements were originally issued, and has updated such evaluation for disclosure purposes through December 21, 2015, the date of the Company’s issuance of its financial statements for inclusion in the Form S-1.

Management has determined that no subsequent events occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements, apart from the items noted below, as well as the amendment to the Working Capital Line of Credit (see Note 8) and the adoption of the Severance Plan (see Note 13).

In October 2015, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and the Company expects its stockholders will approve, the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will be the sum of: (1) 2,670,000 plus; (2) the number of shares (up to 4,299,166 shares) equal to the sum of the number of shares of our common stock then available for issuance under the 2009 Stock Plan and the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the lowest of 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, 4.0% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In December 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of options to purchase 50,000 shares with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $389,000 and 605,250 RSUs with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $8.3 million (unaudited).

Of the 605,250 RSUs granted, 450,000 RSUs were awarded under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the effectiveness of which is contingent upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. These RSUs vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the awards vesting after 12 months, and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years.

The remaining 155,250 RSUs were granted under the 2009 Stock Plan and vest upon satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. The service condition for these RSUs is satisfied over a period of four years, with 25% of the awards vesting after 12 months, and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of a sale of the Company and the date of the closing of the Company’s IPO, in either case, prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

Deutsche Bank Securities

Needham & Company

Cowen and Company

Northland Capital Markets

 

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee of the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,105   

FINRA filing fee

     22,350   

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

     1,250,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     5,000   

Transfer Agent’s and registrar fees and expenses

     16,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Other expenses of public company preparation

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since September 30, 2012, that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration received by

 

II-2


Table of Contents

us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

  (1) Under our 2009 Stock Plan, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,937,557 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.41 to $13.65 per share, an aggregate of 1,063,846 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock, and an aggregate of 388,070 shares of restricted common stock to certain of our employees, officers, consultants and advisors. 978,888 shares of common stock have been issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

  (2) From April 2013 to June 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,748,190 shares of Series D preferred stock to 10 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $22.0 million.

 

  (3) Under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted an aggregate of 450,000 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock to certain of our employees, which restricted stock units are contingent upon the closing of this offering.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options, the restricted stock units and the restricted common stock described in paragraph (1) of this Item 15 were issued under our 2009 Stock Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The restricted stock units described in paragraph (3) of this Item 15 were issued under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offer, sale, and issuance of the securities described in paragraph (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of the securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients of the securities in these transactions were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules have been submitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Maynard, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 21st day of December, 2015.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Acacia Communications, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Murugesan Shanmugaraj, John F. Gavin and Janene I.Ásgeirsson, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (and any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all Intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj      

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

  December 21, 2015
   Director (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ John F. Gavin      

John F. Gavin

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

  December 21, 2015
   Officer)  

/s/ Francis J. Murphy      

Francis J. Murphy

  

Corporate Controller

  December 21, 2015
   (Principal Accounting Officer)  

/s/ Eric A. Swanson      

Eric A. Swanson

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   December 21, 2015

/s/ Peter Y. Chung      

Peter Y. Chung

   Director   December 21, 2015

/s/ Elliot M. Katzman      

Elliot M. Katzman

   Director   December 21, 2015

/s/ Benny P. Mikkelsen      

Benny P. Mikkelsen

   Director   December 21, 2015

/s/ Stan J. Reiss      

Stan J. Reiss

   Director   December 21, 2015

/s/ John Ritchie      

John Ritchie

   Director   December 21, 2015


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

Exhibit

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant
  3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.3    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  4.1    Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers
10.2+    2009 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3+    Forms of Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.4+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.5+    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan
10.6*+    2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7*+    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*+    Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9*+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.10*+    2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.11+   

Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan

10.12+    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of Murugesan Shanmugaraj, Benny P. Mikkelsen and Bhupendra C. Shah


Table of Contents

Exhibit

  

Description

10.13    Commercial Lease, dated October 27, 2009, by and between the Registrant and AS Clock Tower Owner, LLC, as amended
10.14    Commercial Lease, dated January 21, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Hi-Tech Properties, I, LLC, as amended
10.15    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended
10.16†    Strategic Partnering Agreement, dated March 8, 2011, by and between the Registrant and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., as amended
10.17†    General Conditions of Purchase, dated December 3, 2010, by and between the Registrant and ZTE Corporation
10.18†    Master Supply Agreement, dated October 18, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Fujitsu Semiconductor America, Inc.
10.19†    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Sanmina Corporation
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2*    Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Acacia Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Acacia Communications, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 2, 2009.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 24,507,681 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which 6,009,207 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 10,764,274 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 3,900,824 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”) and 3,833,376 shares have been designated Series D Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series D Preferred Stock ”).


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein and in the General Corporation Law.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”)) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the class vote requirement of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B. PREFERRED STOCK

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends . The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as would equal the product of (i) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend, Series B Preferred Stock dividend, Series C Preferred Stock dividend or Series D Preferred Stock dividend, as the case may be.

 

2


2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below), in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below), in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below), in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below), in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, plus in each such case any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.4307 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.66874 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.8695 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock.

2.2 Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of

 

3


the Corporation; provided, however, that (A) if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 shall exceed $3.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the greater of (i) the Series A Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (B) if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 shall exceed $4.2921 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the greater of (i) the Series B Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, (C) if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 shall exceed $8.00622 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “ Series C Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the greater of (i) the Series C Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series C Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (D) if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 shall exceed $17.6085 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series D Preferred Stock) (the “ Series D Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the greater of (i) the Series D Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series D Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (in each case, assuming for purposes of such determination that all shares of each such series of Preferred Stock were issued on the date that the first share of such series was issued). The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ,” the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ,” the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Amount ” and the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Liquidation Amount .”

 

4


2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the Requisite Preferred Holders elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the terms and relative priorities of the Preferred Stock are not changed, the Preferred Stock is not exchanged for cash, securities or other property and the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) (or to enter into any agreement or plan of merger or consolidation in respect thereof) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 .

 

5


(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if either the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation and/or its stockholders in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series D Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem in full all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The provisions of Subsections 6.2 through 6.4 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property (other than cash) paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (with the approval of at least two (2) Preferred Directors; provided that if such property is allocated among the holders of Preferred Stock other than pro rata based on as-if-converted Common Stock ownership of the Corporation, then such determination of value shall require the approval of each Preferred Director).

 

6


2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any meeting of stockholders in accordance with the Corporations’ bylaws of the Corporation.

3.2 Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series A Director ”), the holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ”), the holders of record of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series D Director ” and collectively with the Series A Director and Series B Director, the “ Preferred Directors ”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Common Director ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any

 

7


directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 . The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) and the rights of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock).

3.3 Protective Provisions .

3.3.1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

(a) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

8


(b) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(c) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to each series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption; or increase the authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock; or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to each series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(d) (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(e) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof and (iv) the repurchase of shares of capital stock contemplated by that Certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Corporation and the Purchasers thereto, dated April 17, 2013);

(f) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit that have received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors;

(g) create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary; or

 

9


(h) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

3.3.2 Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of both (i) the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis) and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Requisite Preferred Holders ”):

(a) amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(b) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(c) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior or pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior or pari passu to the Series D Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(d) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof or (iv) dividends or other distributions whereby the Series D Preferred Stock receives the applicable pro-rata dividend or other distribution based on the equity ownership of the Series D Preferred Stock relative to other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; or

(e) create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or

 

10


issue, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary.

4. Optional Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert .

4.1.1 Conversion Ratios . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.4307. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $2.66874. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series D Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $5.8695. Such initial Series D Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or

 

11


a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (with the approval of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock). Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay in cash all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when shares of the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its

 

12


authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series D Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as the case may be.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion. Upon any such conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion. Upon any such conversion of Series C Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion. Upon any such conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Series D Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation

 

13


shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

  (iii) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to (a) the Corporation’s 2009 Stock Plan or (b) any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of each of the Preferred Directors;

 

14


  (iv) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

  (v) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Prices . No adjustment shall be made to any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least 66% of the then outstanding shares of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, or at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, in each case agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made to the respective series of Preferred Stock as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability (including the passage of time) but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number, including by way of anti-dilution adjustment) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding

 

15


automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, and (ii) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively, pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively, then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion

 

16


Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively, as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Prices Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1*(A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately after such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

 

17


(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue, but excluding any Convertible Securities converted into Additional Shares of Common Stock in the transaction that gives rise to such reduction in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued or deemed issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been actually issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue or deemed issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the approval of each Preferred Director).

 

18


(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period that are part of such transaction or series of related transactions).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion

 

19


of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price, respectively, then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such respective adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

20


4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, provisions shall be made (in form and substance satisfactory to at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (unless such provisions adversely affect the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that in the totality of the circumstances is different than the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, in which case the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders shall be required)) such that each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger and the rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock are otherwise preserved; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (with the approval of at least two (2) Preferred Directors (unless such adjustment adversely affects the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that in the totality of the circumstances is different than the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, in which case the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders shall be required)) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock,

 

21


respectively, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, respectively) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable, is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or subscription right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place,

 

22


and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the earlier of the record date and effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

5.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $14.67 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $20,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Preferred Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements . Without limiting the Corporation’s obligations under Subsection 4.9 , all holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 . As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender

 

23


of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Redemption .

6.1 Redemption . Shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to (i) the Series A Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price, Series C Original Issue Price and Series D Original Issue Price, respectively, plus (ii) an amount equal to 8% of the Series A Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price, Series C Original Issue Price and Series D Original Issue Price, respectively, for each year (or portion thereof) between the date of issuance of such share and the Redemption Date (as defined below) plus (iii) all declared but unpaid dividends on such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (each such redemption price referred to herein as the “ Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after March 5, 2017, from the Requisite Preferred Holders, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”. On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies), that number of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock determined by dividing (x) the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (y) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies), that number of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock determined by dividing (1) the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (2) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies) and that number of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock determined by dividing (X) the total number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (Y) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies); provided , however , that Excluded Shares (as such term is defined in Subsection 6.2 ) shall not be redeemed and shall be excluded from the calculations set forth in this sentence. If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of

 

24


each holder’s redeemable shares of such capital stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

6.2 Redemption Notice . The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(a) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(b) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

(c) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and

(d) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

If the Corporation receives, on or prior to the 20th day after the date of delivery of the Redemption Notice to a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock, written notice from such holder that such holder elects to be excluded from the redemption provided in this Section 6 , then the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, registered on the books of the Corporation in the name of such holder at the time of the Corporation’s receipt of such notice shall thereafter be “ Excluded Shares ”. Excluded Shares shall not be redeemed or redeemable pursuant to this Section 6 , whether on such Redemption Date or thereafter.

6.3 Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, represented by

 

25


a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall promptly be issued to such holder.

6.4 Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; provided that such waiver by its terms is equally applicable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock; provided further that if such waiver adversely affects the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that in the totality of the circumstances is different than the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, then such waiver shall also require the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived (in a manner that does not apply to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least 66% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived (in a manner that does not apply to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least 66% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived (in a manner that does not apply to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of 66% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein

 

26


may be waived (in a manner that does not apply to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock) by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms set forth herein that requires the vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders may be waived only with the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders.

9. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

27


Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

TWELFTH: The Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article TWELFTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article TWELFTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article TWELFTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

*     *     *

 

28


3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 17 th day of April, 2013.

 

By:  

/s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj

  Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Pursuant to Section 242 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

This Certificate of Amendment amends the Corporation’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Charter ”) and was duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and was approved by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The resolution setting forth the amendment of the Restated Charter is as follows:

 

RESOLVED : That the first paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Restated Charter be and hereby is deleted in its entirety and the following inserted in lieu thereof:

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 36,330,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 24,507,681 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which 6,009,207 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 10,764,274 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 3,900,824 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”) and 3,833,376 shares have been designated Series D Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Series D Preferred Stock ”).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 27th day of October, 2015.

 

By:   /s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  Name:   Murugesan Shanmugaraj
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

Registered Office

     1   

1.2

 

Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

Location

     1   

2.2

 

Timing

     1   

2.3

 

Notice of Meeting

     1   

2.4

 

Stockholders’ Records

     1   

2.5

 

Special Meetings

     2   

2.6

 

Notice of Meeting

     2   

2.7

 

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

     2   

2.8

 

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

     2   

2.9

 

Voting Thresholds

     3   

2.10

 

Number of Votes Per Share

     3   

2.11

 

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

     3   

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     4   

3.1

 

Authorized Directors

     4   

3.2

 

Vacancies

     4   

3.3

 

Board Authority

     5   

3.4

 

Location of Meetings

     5   

3.5

 

First Meeting

     5   

3.6

 

Regular Meetings

     5   

 

i


3.7

 

Special Meetings

     5   

3.8

 

Quorum

     5   

3.9

 

Action Without a Meeting

     6   

3.10

 

Telephonic Meetings

     6   

3.11

 

Committees

     6   

3.12

 

Minutes of Meetings

     6   

3.13

 

Compensation of Directors

     6   

3.14

 

Removal of Directors

     7   

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

     7   

4.1

 

Notice

     7   

4.2

 

Waiver of Notice

     7   

4.3

 

Electronic Notice

     7   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     8   

5.1

 

Required and Permitted Officers

     8   

5.2

 

Appointment of Required Officers

     8   

5.3

 

Appointment of Permitted Officers

     8   

5.4

 

Officer Compensation

     8   

5.5

 

Term of Office; Vacancies

     8   

5.6

 

Chairman Presides

     8   

5.7

 

Absence of Chairman

     9   

5.8

 

Powers of President

     9   

5.9

 

President’s Signature Authority

     9   

5.10

 

Absence of President

     9   

5.11

 

Duties of Secretary

     9   

5.12

 

Duties of Assistant Secretary

     9   

 

ii


5.13

 

Duties of Treasurer

     10   

5.14

 

Disbursements and Financial Reports

     10   

5.15

 

Treasurer’s Bond

     10   

5.16

 

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

     10   

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     10   

6.1

 

Stock Certificates

     10   

6.2

 

Facsimile Signatures

     11   

6.3

 

Lost Certificates

     11   

6.4

 

Transfer of Stock

     11   

6.5

 

Fixing a Record Date

     11   

6.6

 

Registered Stockholders

     11   

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12   

7.1

 

Dividends

     12   

7.2

 

Reserve for Dividends

     12   

7.3

 

Checks

     12   

7.4

 

Fiscal Year

     12   

7.5

 

Corporate Seal

     12   

7.6

 

Indemnification

     12   

7.7

 

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

     14   

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

     14   

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

     14   

 

iii


BYLAWS

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office . The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders’ Records. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal

 

1


place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fitly percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting . Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) Presence by Remote Means . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

2


(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

(b) Electronic Consent . A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram,

 

3


cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action . Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, or in any voting agreement to which the corporation and some or all of its stockholders are parties, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

4


3.3 Board Authority. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president upon notice to each director, special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors

 

5


present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

3.13 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of

 

6


the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or any voting agreement to which the corporation and some or all of its stockholders are parties, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice. Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice.

(a) Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice . Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder

 

7


or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

8


5.7 Absence of Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.8 Powers of President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board he or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.9 President’s Signature Authority. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

5.10 Absence of President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.11 Duties of Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

5.12 Duties of Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.13 Duties of Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.14 Disbursements and Financial Reports. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.15 Treasurer’s Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

5.16 Duties of Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or

 

10


restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to

 

11


vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification

 

12


under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

14

EXHIBIT 3.3

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(originally incorporated on June 2, 2009)

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Acacia Communications, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 150,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A COMMON STOCK .

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation. There shall be no cumulative voting.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


3. Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

4. Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B PREFERRED STOCK .

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of

 

-2-


Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH: Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

EIGHTH: The Corporation shall provide indemnification as follows:

1. Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


2. Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

3. Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article EIGHTH, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

4. Notification and Defense of Claim . As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as reasonably practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be

 

-4-


a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article EIGHTH. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article EIGHTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

5. Advance of Expenses . Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article EIGHTH, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article EIGHTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 6) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

6. Procedure for Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 1, 2, 3 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1, 2 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 1 or 2 only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the

 

-5-


Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

7. Remedies . Subject to Article TWELFTH, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article EIGHTH shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, except as set forth in Section 7 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article EIGHTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9. Subsequent Amendment . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article EIGHTH or of the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

10. Other Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of

 

-6-


Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and advancement of expenses rights and procedures different from, equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH, and this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed to limit, modify or condition the rights contained in any such agreement or modify or supplement the procedures contained in any such agreement in any manner that may be adverse to such officers or directors. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH.

11. Partial Indemnification . If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article EIGHTH to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

12. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

13. Savings Clause . If this Article EIGHTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article EIGHTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14. Definitions . Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

NINTH: This Article NINTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

-7-


1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2. Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

3. Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time such classification becomes effective.

4. Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

5. Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article NINTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

6. Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

7. Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

8. Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be

 

-8-


filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

9. Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the By-laws of the Corporation.

10. Amendments to Article . Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH: Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH: Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s By-Laws (in each case, as they may be amended from time

 

-9-


to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has been executed by its duly authorized officer this [            ] day of [            ], 2015.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:    
  Name: Raj Shanmugaraj
  Title: President

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS

  

1.1

  Place of Meetings      1   

1.2

  Annual Meeting      1   

1.3

  Special Meetings      1   

1.4

  Notice of Meetings      1   

1.5

  Voting List      2   

1.6

  Quorum      2   

1.7

  Adjournments      3   

1.8

  Voting and Proxies      3   

1.9

  Action at Meeting      3   

1.10

  Nomination of Directors.      4   

1.11

  Notice of Business at Annual Meetings.      8   

1.12

  Conduct of Meetings.      11   

1.13

  No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting      13   

ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS

  

2.1

  General Powers      14   

2.2

  Number, Election and Qualification      14   

2.3

  Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board      14   

2.4

  Classes of Directors      15   

2.5

  Terms of Office      15   

2.6

  Quorum      15   

2.7

  Action at Meeting      15   

2.8

  Removal      16   

2.9

  Vacancies      16   

2.10

  Resignation      16   

2.11

  Regular Meetings      16   

2.12

  Special Meetings      16   

 

i


2.13

  Notice of Special Meetings      16   

2.14

  Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment      17   

2.15

  Action by Consent      17   

2.16

  Committees      17   

2.17

  Compensation of Directors      18   

ARTICLE III - OFFICERS

  

3.1

  Titles      18   

3.2

  Election      18   

3.3

  Qualification      19   

3.4

  Tenure      19   

3.5

  Resignation and Removal      19   

3.6

  Vacancies      19   

3.7

  President; Chief Executive Officer      19   

3.8

  Vice Presidents      20   

3.9

  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      20   

3.10

  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      21   

3.11

  Salaries      21   

3.12

  Delegation of Authority      21   

ARTICLE IV - CAPITAL STOCK

  

4.1

  Issuance of Stock      21   

4.2

  Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares      22   

4.3

  Transfers      23   

4.4

  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      23   

4.5

  Record Date      24   

4.6

  Regulations      24   

ARTICLE V - GENERAL PROVISIONS

  

5.1

  Fiscal Year      24   

5.2

  Corporate Seal      25   

5.3

  Waiver of Notice      25   

 

ii


5.4

  Voting of Securities      25   

5.5

  Evidence of Authority      25   

5.6

  Certificate of Incorporation      25   

5.7

  Severability      25   

5.8

  Pronouns      26   

ARTICLE VI - AMENDMENTS

     26   

 

iii


ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the corporation.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the


purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.5 Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

2


1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-laws by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders

 

3


of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

1.10 Nomination of Directors .

(a) Except for (1) any directors entitled to be elected by the holders of preferred stock, (2) any directors elected in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorship or (3) as otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange regulation, at any meeting of stockholders, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.10 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nomination for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who (x) timely complies with the notice procedures in Section 1.10(b), (y) is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (z) is entitled to vote at such meeting.

(b) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation as follows: (i) in the case of an election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; or (ii) in the case of an election of directors at a special meeting of stockholders, provided that the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief

 

4


Executive Officer has determined, in accordance with Section 1.3, that directors shall be elected at such special meeting and provided further that the nomination made by the stockholder is for one of the director positions that the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, has determined will be filled at such special meeting, not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each proposed nominee (1) such person’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address, (2) such person’s principal occupation or employment, (3) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such person, (4) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among (x) the stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, on the one hand, and (y) each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with such nominee(s), on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, and (5) any other information concerning such person that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly,

 

5


owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies in favor of electing such nominee(s), (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (5) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (6) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (7) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock reasonably believed by such stockholder or such beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(1)-(5) and (B)(1)-(5) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. In addition, to be effective, the stockholder’s notice must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or whether such nominee would be independent under applicable Securities and

 

6


Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance guidelines. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.10(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10.

(c) The chairman of any meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10), and if the chairman should determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting.

(d) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.10 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present a nomination, such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominee may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.10, to be considered a “qualified representative of the stockholder”, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

7


(f) For purposes of this Section 1.10, “public disclosure” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

1.11 Notice of Business at Annual Meetings .

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, (i) if such business relates to the nomination of a person for election as a director of the corporation, the procedures in Section 1.10 must be complied with and (ii) if such business relates to any other matter, the business must constitute a proper matter under Delaware law for stockholder action and the stockholder must (x) have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary in accordance with the procedures in Section 1.11(b), (y) be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (z) be entitled to vote at such annual meeting.

(b) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

 

8


The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the text of the proposal (including the exact text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws, the exact text of the proposed amendment), and (3) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any material interest of such stockholder or such beneficial owner and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder or such beneficial owner in such business, (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies in favor of such proposal, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (6) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the business proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (7) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (8) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement

 

9


and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(3) and (B)(1)-(6) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.11; provided that any stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the notice requirements of this Section 1.11. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.11(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11.

(c) The chairman of any annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business was properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with the representation with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11), and if the chairman should determine that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the annual meeting.

(d) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.11 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any proposal submitted by a stockholder.

 

10


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present business, such business shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the corporation.

(f) For purposes of this Section 1.11, the terms “qualified representative of the stockholder” and “public disclosure” shall have the same meaning as in Section 1.10.

1.12 Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting and prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their

 

11


duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c) The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

(d) In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

1.13 No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting . Stockholders of the corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

 

12


2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2 Number, Election and Qualification . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3 Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these By-laws. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The allocation of directors among classes shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.5 Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term

 

13


expiring at the corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.6 Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.2 of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.7 Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.8 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

2.9 Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

14


2.10 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

2.11 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.12 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.13 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone or by electronic transmission at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.14 Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

15


2.15 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.16 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

16


2.17 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Titles . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a

 

17


majority of the directors then in office. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7 President; Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.8 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

18


3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

19


3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form. Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, applicable securities laws or any

 

20


agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4.3 Transfers . Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-laws. Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the corporation. Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or

 

21


the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Uncertificated shares may be transferred by delivery of a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the corporation may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the corporation may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

22


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

4.6 Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

5.4 Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint

 

23


any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these By-laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-laws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

24

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

April 17, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
1.   Definitions      1   
2.   Registration Rights      5   
  2.1    Demand Registration      5   
  2.2    Company Registration      7   
  2.3    Underwriting Requirements      7   
  2.4    Obligations of the Company      8   
  2.5    Furnish Information      10   
  2.6    Expenses of Registration      10   
  2.7    Delay of Registration      10   
  2.8    Indemnification      10   
  2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act      12   
  2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      13   
  2.11    “Market Stand-off” Agreement      13   
  2.12    Restrictions on Transfer      14   
3.   Information and Observer Rights      15   
  3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      15   
  3.2    Inspection      17   
  3.3    Observer Rights      17   
  3.4    Termination of Information and Observer Rights      18   
  3.5    Confidentiality      18   
4.   Rights to Future Stock Issuances      18   
  4.1    Right of First Offer      18   
  4.2    Termination      19   
5.   Additional Covenants      19   
  5.1    Insurance      19   
  5.2    Employee Agreements      20   
  5.3    Employee Stock      20   
  5.4    Qualified Small Business Stock      20   
  5.5    Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval      21   
  5.6    Board Matters      22   
  5.7    Directors’ Liability and Indemnification      22   
  5.8    Indemnification of Fund Directors      22   
  5.9    Successor Indemnification      23   
  5.10    Termination of Covenants      23   
6.   Miscellaneous      23   
  6.1    Successors and Assigns      23   
  6.2    Governing Law      24   
  6.3    Counterparts; Facsimile      24   

 

i


  6.4    Titles and Subtitles      24   
  6.5    Notices      24   
  6.6    Amendments and Waivers      25   
  6.7    Severability      25   
  6.8    Aggregation of Stock      25   
  6.9    Entire Agreement      26   
  6.10    Dispute Resolution      26   
  6.11    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      26   
  6.12    Costs of Enforcement      26   
  6.13    Delays or Omissions      26   
  6.14    Acknowledgment      27   
  6.15    Additional Investors      27   
  6.16    Termination of Prior Agreement      27   

Schedule A    -        Schedule of Investors

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 17 th day of April, 2013 by and among Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each of which individually is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors have previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), which provides each such Investor with the right to, among other things, cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, receive certain information from the Company, and participate in future equity offerings by the Company;

WHEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and certain of the Investors, including the Summit Investors, are entering into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series D Purchase Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to add the Summit Investors as parties to this Agreement and to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights created under the Prior Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

1.2 “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

1.3 “ Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.4 “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;


(ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.5 “ Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.6 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.7 “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.8 “ Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.9 “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.10 “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.11 “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement and shall include, for purposes of Section 2 of the Agreement, MassDevelopment (as defined below) and, solely for purposes of Sections 1, 2.1 through 2.11, 2.13 and 6 hereof (the “ Applicable Sections ”), SVB (as defined below).

1.12 “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, life partners and others covered under any applicable domestic relations statute of a natural person referred to herein.

1.13 “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

2


1.14 “ Investor ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph hereto and shall include, for purposes of Section 2 of the Agreement, MassDevelopment and, solely for purposes of the Applicable Sections, SVB.

1.15 “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.16 “ Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee or consultant who either alone or in concert with others has made a material technical contribution to any Company Intellectual Property.

1.17 “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) and OFS FITEL, LLC, or its Affiliates, successors or permitted assigns (individually and collectively “ OFS ”), for so long as OFS continues to hold at least 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof and regardless whether or not issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock).

1.18 “ MassDevelopment ” means Massachusetts Development Finance Agency.

1.19 “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.20 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.21 “ Preferred Directors ” means collectively the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director.

1.22 “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, provided , however , that the shares issued and issuable upon exercise or conversion of that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by the Company to SVB dated June 9, 2011 (the “ SVB Warrant ”) shall be deemed “Preferred Stock” solely for purposes of the Applicable Sections.

1.23 “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the “Special Mandatory Conversion” provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by any of the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) any Common Stock issued

 

3


as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii)  above, (iv) for purposes of Section 2 of this Agreement, all shares of Common Stock of the Company now or hereafter held by MassDevelopment, including, without limitation, the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the warrant to purchase Preferred Stock held by MassDevelopment, and (v) solely for purposes of the Applicable Sections, all shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issued and issuable upon exercise or conversion of the SVB Warrant (and all shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon exercise or conversion of the SVB Warrant at all times, if any, when the Class (as defined in the SVB Warrant), shall be Common Stock); provided , however , that any such shares referenced in clauses (iv) and (v) above shall not be deemed “Registrable Shares” for the purposes of participating as an Initiating Holder in the making of a demand for a Form S-1 registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 . For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a Holder hereunder.

1.24 “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.

1.25 “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.26 “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.27 “ SEC Rule 144(b)(1)(i) ” means Rule 144(b)(1)(i) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.28 “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.29 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.30 “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of any Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6 .

1.31 “ Series A Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4


1.32 “ Series B Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

1.33 “ Series D Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

1.34 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.35 “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.36 “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.37 “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.38 “ Summit Investors ” means, collectively, Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P., Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P., Summit Investors I, LLC, Summit Investors I (UK), L.P., any of their respective partners, members or Affiliates and any of their respective transferees or Affiliates that are Investors.

1.39 “ SVB ” means Silicon Valley Bank, its successors and assigns.

2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Form S-1 Demand . If at any time after the earlier of (i) four (4) years after the date of this Agreement and (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $7.5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3 .

 

5


(b) Form S-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3 . After the IPO, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to become and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) (i) during the period beginning on the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (i) during the period beginning on the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.

 

6


Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 2.3(c) , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

2.2 Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .

(a) If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Initiating Holders, subject only to the reasonable approval of the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting only in such quantity

 

7


as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than one hundred percent (100%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of

 

8


Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to 180 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

9


(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of custodians, underwriters, counsel and other Persons retained by the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders and the reasonable fees and disbursements of each additional counsel retained by any Holder of Registrable Securities for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such Holder in connection with any underwritten registration (each, “ Selling Holder Counsel ”), whether or not such registration shall have become effective shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.8 Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any

 

10


underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such

 

11


counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 .

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

12


(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

2.11 “Market Stand-off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days or, if required by such underwriter, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within fifteen (15) days prior to or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective

 

13


date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 , shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors who hold stock are subject to similar restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

14


The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12 .

(c) The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 . Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 . Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

3. Information and Observer Rights .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(d) ) for such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

 

15


(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(f) with respect to the financial statements called for in Section 3.1(a) , and Section 3.1(b) , an instrument executed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(b) ) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

(g) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

16


If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

3.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless such trade secret or confidential information is covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a reasonable and customary form mutually acceptable to the Company and the applicable Major Investor) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights .

(a) For so long as OFS remains a Major Investor, the Company shall invite a representative of OFS to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could (i) result in disclosure of trade secrets (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a reasonable and customary form mutually acceptable to the Company and OFS), (ii) adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, (iii) result in a conflict of interest, or (iv) if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors).

(b) For so long as Egan Managed Capital remains a Major Investor, the Company shall invite a representative of Egan Managed Capital to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could (i) result in disclosure of trade secrets (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a reasonable and customary form mutually acceptable to the Company and Egan Managed Capital), (ii) adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, or (iii) result in a conflict of interest.

 

17


3.4 Termination of Information and Observer Rights . The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 , Section 3.2 , and Section 3.3 shall not be effective during any period that the Company is subject to and in compliance with the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

3.5 Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, provided such prospective purchaser is not a competitor of the Company and such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

4.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities, which equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total Common Stock of the Company issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all the

 

18


Major Investors. At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c) .

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in  Section 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in  Section 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1 .

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement.

4.2 Termination . The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in which all of the Company’s Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock, or (ii) the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company or the consummation of a sale, lease, license, transfer, conveyance or other disposition to an independent third party, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of securities) of all or substantially all of the shares of capital stock of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5. Additional Covenants .

5.1 Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date hereof or maintain, from

 

19


financially sound and reputable insurers, (a) Directors and Officers liability insurance; (b) term “key-person” insurance on Raj Shanmugaraj, Benny Mikkelsen, Christian Rasmussen and Mehrdad Givehchi and (c) property and general liability insurance, each in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The key-person policy shall name the Company as loss payee, and neither policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors.

5.2 Employee Agreements . The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets and/or with a role in developing, modifying or implementing Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Investors and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Investors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the prior approval by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors.

5.3 Employee Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a five (5) year period, with the first twenty percent (20%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following forty-eight (48) months, such vesting to be accelerated by six (6) months in the case of an acquisition of the Company, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 . In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock. In the event of any assignment, designation or delegation of any “right of first refusal” by the Company, the Company shall offer such right to the Investors pro rata based on the Investor’s fully-diluted ownership of Common Stock (assuming full conversion of all Preferred Stock).

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series A Purchase Agreement, Series B Purchase Agreement, Series C Purchase Agreement and the Series D Purchase Agreement, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided , however , that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the

 

20


Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

5.5 Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval . So long as at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Series D Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director:

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds, certificates of deposit in any United States bank having a net worth in excess of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America, in each case having a maturity not in excess of one (1) year;

(e) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $25,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, employee, stockholder or Affiliate of the Company or any individual related by blood, marriage or adoption to any such individual or any entity in which any such Person or individual owns any beneficial interest, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Series D Purchase Agreement;

 

21


(g) hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

(h) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business; or

(i) sell, transfer, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business.

5.6 Board Matters . Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, which majority shall include each of the Preferred Directors, the Board of Directors shall meet at least (4) times per year on a quarterly basis in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors. The Company shall cause to be established, as soon as practicable after such request, and will maintain, an audit and compensation committee, each of which shall include each of the Preferred Directors (unless otherwise waived in writing by the Person(s) entitled to designate such Preferred Director). No member of management shall participate any compensation committee meeting or discussion that pertains to his or her own compensation.

5.7 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification . For so long as any Preferred Director serves on the board of directors of the Company, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, collectively, provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the Company shall maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Investors in effect at all times.

5.8 Indemnification of Fund Directors . The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the board of directors of the Company by the Investors (each a “ Fund Director ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance any expenses incurred by any Fund Director and shall be liable for any expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any Fund Director to the extent required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof (except as to advances that are determined to be repayable to the Company). The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of

 

22


any Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company. The parties to this Agreement agree that any Fund Indemnitor that is not party to this Agreement is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 5.8 .

5.9 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.10 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Sections 5.4 and  5.9 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in which all of the Company’s Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock, or (ii) the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company or the consummation of a sale, lease, license, transfer, conveyance or other disposition to an independent third party, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of securities) of all or substantially all of the shares of capital stock of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 . For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this

 

23


Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document (.pdf) or tagged image file (.tif) formats and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt and: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5 .

If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to:

Marc F. Dupré

Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP

850 Winter Street

Waltham, MA 02451

If notice is given to Stockholders, a copy shall also be given to:

Philip P. Rossetti

Latham & Watkins, LLP

John Hancock Tower, 20 th Floor

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

 

24


and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention: Ted H. Zook, P.C.

                  Brian C. Van Klompenberg, P.C.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of (a) the Company; (b) the holders of at least 75% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; and (c) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Majority Series D Investors”) ( provided that the consent of the Majority Series D Investors shall not be required for any amendment or waiver if such amendment or waiver does not adversely affect the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that in the totality of circumstances is different than the effect on the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock); provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

25


6.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

6.10 Dispute Resolution . The parties hereto (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, and any state appellate court therefrom within the state of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the state of Delaware), for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, and any state appellate court therefrom within the state of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the state of Delaware), and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

6.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.12 Costs of Enforcement . If any party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

6.13 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other

 

26


party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.14 Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

6.15 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including without limitation Section 6.6, if the Company sells additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock after the date hereof pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder (and Schedule A hereto shall be updated accordingly). No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.16 Termination of Prior Agreement . Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Murugesan Shanmugaraj

Name:  

Murugesan Shanmugaraj

Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS:
MATRIX PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
By: Matrix VIII US Management Co., L.L.C., its General Partner
Signature:  

/s/ Stan Reiss

Name:  

Stan Reiss

  Managing Member
WESTON & CO. VIII LLC, as Nominee
By: Matrix Partners Management Services, L.P., Sole Member
By: Matrix Partners Management Services GP, LLC, its General Partner
Signature:  

/s/ Stan Reiss

Name:  

Stan Reiss

  Authorized Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS:
EGAN MANAGED CAPITAL III, L.P.
By:   EMC Partners III, L.P.
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Michael H. Shanahan

Name:   Michael H. Shanahan
  Managing Partner
B3 PROPERTIES LLC CLASS C
By:   Caruth Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

 

  Managing Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS:
By:  

/s/ Gary Martin

  Gary Martin

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS:
COMMONWEALTH CAPITAL VENTURES IV L.P.
By: COMMONWEALTH VENTURE (GP) PARTNERS IV L.P., its General Partner
By: COMMONWEALTH VENTURE (GP) PARTNERS IV LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Justin Perreault

Name:   Justin Perreault
  Manager

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS:
SUMMIT PARTNERS VENTURE CAPITAL FUND III-A, L.P.
By:   Summit Partners VC III, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Summit Partners VC III, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Peter Y. Chung

Name:   Peter Y. Chung
Title:   Member
SUMMIT PARTNERS VENTURE CAPITAL FUND III-B, L.P.
By:   Summit Partners VC III, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Summit Partners VC III, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Peter Y. Chung

Name:   Peter Y. Chung
Title:   Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


SUMMIT INVESTORS I, LLC
By:   Summit Investors Management, LLC
Its:   Manager
By:   Summit Partners, L.P.
Its:   Manager
By:   Summit Master Company, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Peter Y. Chung

Name:   Peter Y. Chung
Title:   Member
SUMMIT INVESTORS I (UK), L.P.
By:   Summit Investors Management, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   Summit Partners, L.P.
Its:   Manager
By:   Summit Master Company, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Peter Y. Chung

Name:   Peter Y. Chung
Title:   Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


INVESTORS
By:  

/s/ Eric Swanson

Name:   Eric Swanson


SCHEDULE A

Investors

Matrix Partners VIII, LP

Bay Colony Corporate Center

1000 Winter Street, Suite 4500

Waltham, MA 02451

Attn: Stan Reiss

Phone: (781) 890-2244

Fax: (781) 890-2288

Email: sreiss@matrixpartners.com

Weston & Co. VIII LLC , as nominee

Bay Colony Corporate Center

1000 Winter Street, Suite 4500

Waltham, MA 02451

Attn: Stan Reiss

Phone: (781) 890-2244

Fax: (781) 890-2288

Email: sreiss@matrixpartners.com

Eric Swanson

493 Baldwin Road

Carlisle, MA 01741

OFS FITEL, LLC

2000 Northeast Expressway

Norcross, GA 30071

Ruoding Li

193 Davis Road

Carlisle, MA 01741

John LoMedico

5 Zambom Terrace

Andover, MA 01810

Robert Manlick

c/o Acacia Communications, Inc.

3 Clock Tower Place

Maynard, MA 01754

Gary Martin

179C Lakeshore Road

Boxford, MA 01921


G&H Partners

1200 Seaport Blvd.

Redwood City, CA 94063

Raj Shanmugaraj

c/o Acacia Communications, Inc.

3 Clock Tower Place

Maynard, MA 01754

Commonwealth Capital Ventures IV L.P.

950 Winter Street, Suite 4100

Waltham, MA 02451

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

Attn: James Kenney

160 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Phone: 617-330-2049; Fax: 617-330-2054

Silicon Valley Bank

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Egan Managed Capital III, L.P.

30 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

B3 Properties LLC Class C

c/o Egan Managed Capital

30 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-A, L.P.

Summit Partners Venture Capital Fund III-B, L.P.

Summit Investors I, LLC

Summit Investors I (UK), L.P.

c/o Summit Partners, L.P.

200 Middlefield Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

EXHIBIT 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [•], 2015 by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [•] (the “Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a representative of [•] [and its affiliated investment funds] (the “Fund”), and has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the Fund which Indemnitee and the Fund intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board;] 1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a[n] [director] [officer] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a[n] [director] [officer] of the Company, as provided in Section 16 hereof.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

 

1 Include this WHEREAS clause and the other bracketed provisions throughout if the Indemnitee is affiliated with a venture capital fund or other entity that provides indemnification to the Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than the Indemnitee, or Matrix Partners or any of its affiliated funds, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (together, the “Incumbent Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable;

iv. Liquidation or Sale of Assets. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

-3-


(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director or officer of the Company or as a current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent, or trustee of any other entity or enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to

 

-4-


the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement and whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him (or a failure to take action by him) or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting pursuant to his Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(i) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

-5-


Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

-6-


Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

ii. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement [but subject to Section 15(e), however], the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the

 

-7-


Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c) except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 10. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

Section 11. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, that Indemnitee shall not be required to provide any documentation or information to the extent that the provision thereof could undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney-client privilege. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not

 

-8-


relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the

 

-9-


Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person,

 

-10-


persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the

 

-11-


Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement, the constituent documents of the Company now or hereafter in effect or under any

 

-12-


directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Proceeding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Company that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance or that provided in accordance with the next sentence, if greater. Prior to the occurrence of an initial public offering or any other material transaction which the Board of Directors believes may change the nature, scope or magnitude of directors’ potential liability, the Company agrees to undertake a review of the adequacy of its directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage, and to make such adjustments thereto as may be reasonable or necessary in light of such impending transaction(s). If requested, the Company shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials, and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same. Without limiting the generality or effect of the

 

-13-


two immediately preceding sentences, the Company shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i) without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. The Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than any rights of recovery of Indemnitee from a Fund Indemnitor or under any insurance provided by the Fund or its affiliates)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) [Except as provided for under Section 15(e) of this Agreement, the] The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Fund and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (or any agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution,

 

-14-


subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.]

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue during the period Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise which Indemnitee serves at the request of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee may be subject to any possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement [or by a Fund Indemnitor pursuant to Section 15(e) of this Agreement]) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 18. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

-15-


(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 19. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 20. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 21. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, MA 01754

Attention: General Counsel

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 22. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in

 

-16-


light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 23. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably the Corporation Trust Center as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 25. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

-17-


The parties executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Office:  

 

INDEMNITEE
 

 

Name:

 

Address:    

 

   

 

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.2

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

A DOPTED ON N OVEMBER  23, 2009

A MENDED ON J UNE  29, 2010, D ECEMBER  20, 2011, M ARCH  5, 2012,

A PRIL  17, 2013 AND A PRIL  29, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1   

SECTION 2.

 

ADMINISTRATION

     1   

(a)

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

     1   

(b)

 

Authority of the Board of Directors

     1   

SECTION 3.

 

ELIGIBILITY

     1   

(a)

 

General Rule

     1   

(b)

 

Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1   

SECTION 4.

 

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2   

(a)

 

Basic Limitation

     2   

(b)

 

Additional Shares

     2   

SECTION 5.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES OF SHARES

     2   

(a)

 

Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2   

(b)

 

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2   

(c)

 

Purchase Price

     2   

(d)

 

Withholding Taxes

     3   

(e)

 

Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions

     3   

SECTION 6.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

     3   

(a)

 

Stock Option Agreement

     3   

(b)

 

Number of Shares

     3   

(c)

 

Exercise Price

     3   

(d)

 

Exercisability

     3   

(e)

 

Basic Term

     3   

(f)

 

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     4   

(g)

 

Leaves of Absence

     4   

(h)

 

Death of Optionee

     4   

(i)

 

Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

     5   

(j)

 

Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares

     5   

(k)

 

Withholding Taxes

     5   

(l)

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

     5   

(m)

 

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     5   

(n)

 

Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     5   

SECTION 7.

 

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     6   

(a)

 

General Rule

     6   

(b)

 

Services Rendered

     6   

(c)

 

Promissory Note

     6   

(d)

 

Surrender of Stock

     6   

(e)

 

Exercise/Sale

     6   

(f)

 

Other Forms of Payment

     6   

 

i


SECTION 8.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

     6   

(a)

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

     6   

(b)

 

Payment for Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(c)

 

Vesting Conditions

     7   

(d)

 

Voting and Dividend Rights

     7   

(e)

 

Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(f)

 

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units

     7   

(g)

 

Forfeiture

     7   

(h)

 

Death of Recipient

     8   

(i)

 

Creditors’ Rights

     8   

(j)

 

Transferability of Restricted Stock Units

     8   

SECTION 9.

 

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     8   

(a)

 

General

     8   

(b)

 

Mergers and Consolidations

     8   

(c)

 

Reservation of Rights

     10   

SECTION 10.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     10   

(a)

 

Securities Law Requirements

     10   

(b)

 

No Retention Rights

     10   

(c)

 

Treatment as Compensation

     10   

(d)

 

Governing Law

     10   

(e)

 

Tax Matters

     10   

SECTION 11.

 

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     11   

(a)

 

Term of the Plan

     11   

(b)

 

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     11   

(c)

 

Effect of Amendment or Termination

     12   

SECTION 12.

 

DEFINITIONS

     12   

 

ii


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE .

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides for the direct award or sale of Shares, the grant of Options to purchase Shares and the grant of Restricted Stock Units. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION .

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors . The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY .

(a) General Rule . Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options, Restricted Stock Units or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders . A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN .

(a) Basic Limitation . Not more than 6,835,895 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 9(a). 1 All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection (b) below, the number of Shares that were previously issued or are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) the number of Shares previously issued under the Plan and (ii) the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares . In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company without the payment of any consideration therefor in excess of the amount (if any) previously paid by the Participant to the Company in respect of such Shares, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is canceled without the payment of any consideration therefor in excess of the amount (if any) previously paid by the Participant to the Company in respect of such Shares, the Shares allocable to the unexercised or unvested portion of such Award, as applicable, shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES OF SHARES .

(a) Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement . Each direct award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option or settlement of Restricted Stock Units) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights . Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price . The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

 

1   Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2


(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the award, purchase, vesting or transfer of Shares, the Grantee or Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(e) Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions . Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

(a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 9. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

( c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion. All of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if Section 9(b)(iv) applies.

(e) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

3


(f) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate

 

4


or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i) Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

(j) Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares . An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

(k) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the grant or exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant or exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting or transfer of Shares acquired by exercising an Option or any similar event.

(l) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(n) Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options . Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market

 

5


Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES .

(a) General Rule . The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the Award.

(c) Promissory Note . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(d) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e) Exercise/Sale . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

SECTION 8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Agreement . Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions

 

6


that are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Restricted Stock Units . No cash consideration shall be required of the recipient in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(c) Vesting Conditions . Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting, as determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Vesting may occur, in full or in installments, upon the satisfaction of the vesting conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, which may include continued Service with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, achievement of performance goals and/or such other criteria as the Board of Directors may determine. A Restricted Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting upon specified events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights . The recipient of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the recipient to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit held by the recipient at the time the cash dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents that are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock Units to which they attach.

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original award, based on predetermined performance factors. Vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in such manner and at such time(s) as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Until Restricted Stock Units are settled, the number of such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

(f) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Restricted Stock Units. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a Restricted Stock Unit shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair the Participant’s rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such Restricted Stock Unit.

(g) Forfeiture . Unless a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement provides otherwise, upon termination of the Participant’s Service or upon such other time specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company. For this purpose, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Participant is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

7


(h) Death of Recipient . Any Restricted Stock Units that become distributable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient may designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company, and may thereafter change such designation by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time. If no beneficiary is designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then any Restricted Stock Units that become payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to his or her estate.

(i) Creditors’ Rights . A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(j) Transferability of Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock Units shall be transferable by a Participant only by (a) beneficiary designation, (b) a will or (c) the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES .

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the agreement of merger or consolidation, which need not treat all Awards in an identical manner. The agreement of merger or consolidation shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to each Award:

(i) The continuation of the outstanding Award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

8


(ii) The assumption of the outstanding Award by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption of an Option shall be in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of an equivalent award for the outstanding Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the holders of Shares in the transaction), provided that the substitution of an Option shall be in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iv) Full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option, followed by the cancellation of the Option. The full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation. The Optionee shall be able to exercise the Option during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such merger or consolidation, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such merger or consolidation and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.

(v) The cancellation of the outstanding Award and a payment to the Participant with respect to each Share subject to the Award (including both vested and unvested Shares) as of the merger or consolidation equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation over (if applicable) (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Award (such excess, if any, the “ Spread ”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the Spread. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when the Award would have become vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant’s continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which the Award would have vested. If the Spread applicable to an Award is zero or a negative number, then the Award may be cancelled without making a payment to the Participant. For purposes of this Paragraph (v), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security. In the event that a Restricted Stock Unit is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the payment described in this Section 9(b)(v) shall be made on the settlement date specified in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, provided that settlement may be accelerated in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(j)(4).

Any action taken under this Section 9(b) must either preserve an Award’s status as exempt from Section 409A of the Code or comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

9


(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 9, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes to its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

(a) Securities Law Requirements . Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares that is attributable to such requirements.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Treatment as Compensation . Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(e) Tax Matters .

(i) As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any Award, or Shares issued pursuant to any Award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(ii) Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from

 

10


Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an award is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code (any such award, a “ 409A Award ”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Section 409A of the Code be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Section 409A of the Code unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Section 409A of the Code), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 9(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code.

(iii) Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an Award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS .

(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 9) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

11


Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS .

(a) “ Award ” shall mean any award granted under the Plan, including an Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other right to acquire Shares under the Plan.

(b) “ Award Agreement ” shall mean a Stock Option Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(c) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(d) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(f) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(h) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(i) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(j) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(k) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

12


(l) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(m) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) “ Family Member ” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Participant control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Participant own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(o) “ Grantee ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

(p) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) “ Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(r) “ Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(s) “ Optionee ” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

(t) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(u) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(v) “ Participant ” shall mean an individual who holds an Award granted under the Plan.

(w) “ Plan ” shall mean this Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

13


(x) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(y) “ Purchaser ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit).

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Share, as awarded under the Plan.

(aa) “ Restricted Stock Unit Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Stock Unit that includes the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Stock Unit.

(bb) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(dd) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 (if applicable).

(ee) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(ff) “ Stock Grant Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

(gg) “ Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(hh) “ Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(ii) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

14


E XHIBIT  A

S CHEDULE OF S HARES R ESERVED FOR I SSUANCE UNDER THE P LAN

 

Date of Board

Approval

   Date of Stockholder
Approval
   Number of
Shares Added
   Cumulative Number
of Shares
 

November 23, 2009

   November 23, 2009    Not Applicable      3,414,636   

June 29, 2010

   June 29, 2010    585,822      4,000,458   

December 20, 2011

   March 5, 2012    300,000      4,300,458   

March 5, 2012

   March 5, 2012    500,000      4,800,458   

April 17, 2013

   April 17, 2013    1,635,437      6,835,895   

 

E-1

Exhibit 10.3

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first 20% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 1/60th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the

 

3


Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer

 

4


Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

5


(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”)

 

6


shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the

 

8


Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the

 

9


expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

10


(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

11


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT

(I NSTALLMENT V ESTING , A CCELERATION )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:   «Name»
Total Number of Shares:   «TotalShares»
Type of Option:   «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
  «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:   $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:   «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:   This option may be exercised with respect to the first 20% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 1/60th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter. This option may become exercisable on an accelerated basis under Section 2(a) of the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Commencement Date:   «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:   «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, then at all times after the Change in Control the vested portion of the option shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Optionee’s actual Service.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part

 

2


of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

3


(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

4


(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration

 

5


for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant

 

6


or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

8


(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her

 

9


prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Cause ” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Optionee of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

(ii) A material breach by the Optionee of any material agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

(iii) A material failure by the Optionee to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

(iv) The Optionee’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

(v) The Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

(vi) A continuing failure by the Optionee to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

(vii) A failure by the Optionee to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Purchaser’s cooperation

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such

 

10


continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(i) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(j) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(k) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(l) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(m) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(o) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of:

(i) The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii) The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Optionee: (A) a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or

 

11


Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Optionee’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Optionee as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles

(p) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(r) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(s) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(t) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(u) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(v) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(w) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(x) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(y) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(bb) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

12


(cc) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(dd) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(ee) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

13


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT

(I NSTALLMENT V ESTING , A CCELERATION )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter. This option may become exercisable on an accelerated basis under Section 2(a) of the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, then at all times after the Change in Control the vested portion of the option shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Optionee’s actual Service.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part

 

2


of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

3


(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

4


(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration

 

5


for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant

 

6


or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

8


(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her

 

9


prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Cause ” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Optionee of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

(ii) A material breach by the Optionee of any material agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

(iii) A material failure by the Optionee to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

(iv) The Optionee’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

(v) The Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

(vi) A continuing failure by the Optionee to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

(vii) A failure by the Optionee to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Purchaser’s cooperation

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such

 

10


continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(i) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(j) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(k) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(l) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(m) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(o) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of:

(i) The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii) The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Optionee: (A) a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or

 

11


Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Optionee’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Optionee as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles

(p) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(r) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(s) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(t) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(u) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(v) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(w) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(x) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(y) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(bb) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

12


(cc) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(dd) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(ee) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

13


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT

(I NSTALLMENT V ESTING , A CCELERATION )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter. This option may become exercisable on an accelerated basis under Section 2(a) of the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, the following rules shall apply if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates:

 

  i. At all times after the Change in Control the vested portion of the option shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Optionee’s actual Service.


  ii. If the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination upon or after the Change in Control, then this option shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

2


(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

3


(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the

 

4


proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by

 

5


all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

6


(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN

 

7


AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8


(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website

 

9


maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Cause ” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

 

  i. An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Optionee of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

 

  ii. A material breach by the Optionee of any material agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

 

  iii. A material failure by the Optionee to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

 

  iv. The Optionee’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

 

  v. The Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

 

10


  vi. A continuing failure by the Optionee to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

 

  vii. A failure by the Optionee to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Optionee’s cooperation.

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(i) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(j) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(k) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(l) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

11


(m) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(o) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of:

 

  i. The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

 

  ii. The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Optionee (A) a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Optionee’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Optionee as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles.

(p) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(q) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(r) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(s) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(t) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(u) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

12


(v) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(w) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(x) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(y) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(bb) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(dd) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(ee) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

13


STOCK OPTION AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This STOCK OPTION AMENDMENT AGREEMENT by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and [                    ] (the “ Optionee ”) is made as of [            ], 2015 (this “ Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , the Company and the Optionee are parties to (i) a Notice of Grant and Stock Option Agreement dated as of [            ] 2      , (“ Option Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Optionee was granted an option to purchase [                ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option ”);

WHEREAS , the Company seeks to provide certain accelerated vesting terms upon a change in control to the Optionee; and

WHEREAS , the Optionee hereby agrees to amend the Option Agreement in order to modify the provisions regarding vesting as set forth herein.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Option Agreement .

(a) Section 2(a) of the Option Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, then at all times after the Change in Control the vested portion of the option shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Optionee’s actual Service.”


(b) Section [14] of the Option Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions immediately after the definition of “Board of Directors”:

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.”

(c) Section [14] of the Option Agreement is hereby amended by renumbering the definitions listed therein to reflect the amendments set forth in Section 1(b) hereof.

2. Effective Date . This Agreement will become effective as of the date set forth above.

3. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4. Effect of Amendment to the Option Agreement . Except as amended hereby, all of the terms of the Option Agreement shall remain and continue in full force and effect.

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Option Amendment Agreement as of the date first above written above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

Printed Name:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO S TOCK O PTION A MENDMENT A GREEMENT


STOCK OPTION AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This STOCK OPTION AMENDMENT AGREEMENT by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and [                    ] (the “ Optionee ”) is made as of [            ], 2015 (this “ Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , the Company and the Optionee are parties to (i) a Notice of Grant and Stock Option Agreement dated as of [            ] 2      , (“ Option Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Optionee was granted an option to purchase [                ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option ”);

WHEREAS , the Company seeks to provide certain accelerated vesting terms upon a change in control to the Optionee; and

WHEREAS , the Optionee hereby agrees to amend the Option Agreement in order to modify the provisions regarding vesting as set forth herein.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Option Agreement .

(a) Section 2(a) of the Option Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, the following rules shall apply if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates:

 

  i. At all times after a Change in Control the vested portion of the option shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Optionee’s actual Service.

 

  ii. If the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination upon or after the Change in Control, then this option shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable.”

(b) Section [14] of the Option Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions immediately after the definition of “Board of Directors”:

Cause ” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

 

  i. An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Optionee of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;


  ii. A material breach by the Optionee of any material agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

 

  iii. A material failure by the Optionee to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

 

  iv. The Optionee’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

 

  v. The Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

 

  vi. A continuing failure by the Optionee to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

 

  vii. A failure by the Optionee to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Optionee’s cooperation.

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.”

(c) Section [14] of the Option Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions immediately after the definition of “Immediate Family”:

Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of:

 

  i. The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

 

  ii.

The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Optionee (A) a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary


  employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Optionee’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Optionee as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles.

(d) Section [14] of the Option Agreement is hereby amended by renumbering the definitions listed therein to reflect the amendments set forth in Sections 1(b) through 1(c) hereof.

2. Effective Date . This Agreement will become effective as of the date set forth above.

3. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4. Effect of Amendment to the Option Agreement . Except as amended hereby, all of the terms of the Option Agreement shall remain and continue in full force and effect.

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Option Amendment Agreement as of the date first above written above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPTIONEE

 

Printed Name:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

TO S TOCK O PTION A MENDMENT A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.4

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) representing shares of Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) on the following terms:

 

Name:    «Name»
Total Number of Stock Units Granted:    «Share Number»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «Expiration Date» 1
Vesting:    You will receive a benefit with respect to a RSU only if it vests. In order for an RSU to vest, two vesting requirements must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date specified above: (i) the Time-Based Requirement and (ii) the Liquidity Event Requirement. If both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date, the vesting date (“ Vesting Date ”) of a RSU will be the first date upon which both of those requirements are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU. Your RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date.
Time-Based Requirement:    The Time-Based Requirement will be satisfied in installments as to 37.5% of the RSUs subject to this award when you complete 18 months of continuous Service and as to 6.25% for each period of three months of continuous Service thereafter, in each case measured from the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above, subject to Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
Liquidity Event Requirement:    The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied (as to any then-outstanding RSUs that

 

1   To be seven years less one day following the Date of Grant.


   have not theretofore been terminated pursuant to Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) on the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO, or (ii) a Sale Event (each, a “ Liquidity Event ”).
Settlement:    Settlement of RSUs refers to the issuance of Shares (or, if applicable, cash) once the award is vested. If a RSU vests as a result of satisfaction of both applicable vesting requirements as described above, the Company will deliver one Share for that RSU at the time of settlement, unless at the time of settlement the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash, based on the then Fair Market Value of a Share. Settlement shall occur on or following the Vesting Date, but not later than two and one-half (2  1 2 ) months following the end of the year in which the Vesting Date applicable to a RSU occurs (the last day of such two and one-half month period is referred to as the “ Short Term Deferral End Date ”). Notwithstanding the above , settlement of RSUs that become vested RSUs upon (i) a Sale Event will be made in Shares, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for such Sale Event, or (ii) an IPO shall occur on the earlier of (a) the 185 th day following the IPO Date or (b) the Short Term Deferral End Date.

By signing below, you and the Company agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. You hereby acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award is conditioned on the satisfaction of the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement on or before the Expiration Date. You shall have no right with respect to the RSUs to the extent a Liquidity Event does not occur on or before the Expiration Date (regardless of the extent to which the Time-Based Requirement is satisfied).


You further agree to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or these RSUs and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by email. You acknowledge that you may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with your ability to access the documents.

 

P ARTICIPANT :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

Address for Mailing Stock Certificate:     Title:  

 

 

     

 

     


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Grant . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and this Agreement, the Company grants to you on the Date of Grant the number of RSUs set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

(b) Consideration . No payment is required for the RSUs that have been granted to you.

(c) Nature of RSUs; No Rights As a Stockholder . The RSUs are mere bookkeeping entries and represent only the Company’s unfunded and unsecured promise to issue Shares on a future date under specified conditions. As a holder of RSUs, you have no rights other than the rights of a general creditor of the Company. The RSUs carry neither voting rights nor rights to cash dividends. You have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until the RSUs vest and are settled pursuant to Section 4.

(d) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . The RSUs are granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which you acknowledge having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 10 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. VESTING.

(a) Generally . The RSUs vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. You will receive a benefit with respect to a RSU only if both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date. The RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date.

(b) Termination of Service . If your Service terminates for any reason, all RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement has not been satisfied as of your termination date shall automatically terminate and be cancelled. You will not satisfy the Time-Based Requirement for any additional RSUs after your Service has terminated, regardless of the reason for such termination. Upon such termination of Service, any RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement has been satisfied will (if the Liquidity Event Requirement has not yet been satisfied) remain outstanding until the first to occur of: (A) the satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement, (B) the Expiration Date or (C) the second anniversary of your Service termination date. In case of any dispute as to whether your Service has terminated, the Board of Directors shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.


(c) Expiration of RSUs . If the Liquidity Event Requirement is not satisfied on or before the Expiration Date, all RSUs (regardless of whether or not, or to the extent which, the Time-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such RSUs) shall automatically terminate upon such date. Upon a termination of one or more RSUs pursuant to this Section 2, you will have no further right with respect to such RSUs or the Shares previously allocated thereto.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the Time-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. If you go on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the Time-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while you are on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.

SECTION 3. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO RSUS.

(a) Restrictions on Transfer . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of by you prior to the settlement of the RSUs. However, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Shares to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement by delivering a written beneficiary designation to the Company’s headquarters on the prescribed form. If you deliver no such beneficiary designation or if your designated beneficiaries do not survive you, your estate will receive payments in respect of any vested RSUs.

(b) Forfeiture of RSUs . In connection with the RSUs, the Company may be required to provide you with certain highly confidential information about the Company, including information regarding its financial condition and business prospects. Unauthorized disclosure of such information is prohibited under your existing Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company and under Company policy, and you may be required to sign an additional nondisclosure agreement prior to receiving this type of information. In addition, unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information could result in the immediate forfeiture of the RSUs, including vested RSUs as well as termination of your Service with the Company.

 

2


SECTION 4. SETTLEMENT OF RSUS.

(a) Settlement Date . Upon a Vesting Date with respect to a particular RSU, the Company will deliver one Share for that RSU, unless at the time of settlement the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash, based on the then-Fair Market Value of a Share. Settlement shall occur on or following the Vesting Date, but not later than Short-Term Deferral End Date (as defined in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant). Notwithstanding the above , for RSUs that become vested upon a Sale Event, settlement will be made in Shares, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for such Sale Event, and for RSUs that become vested upon an IPO, settlement shall occur on the earlier of (i) the 185 th day following the IPO Date or (ii) the Short-Term Deferral End Date.

(b) Form of Delivery . The form of any delivery of Shares (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(c) Legality of Issuance . No Shares shall be issued to you upon settlement of the RSUs unless and until the Company has determined that (i) you and the Company have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof; (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which stock is listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied. The Company shall have no liability to issue Shares in respect of the RSUs unless it is able to do so in compliance with applicable law.

SECTION 5. TAXES.

(a) Withholding Taxes . Upon the Vesting Date and/or settlement date for the RSUs, the Fair Market Value of the Shares is treated as income subject to withholding by the Company and/or the Parent or Subsidiary employing you (your “ Employer ”) for the payment of all applicable federal, State, local and foreign income and employment withholding taxes which arise in connection with the vesting or settlement of the RSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). No consideration will be paid to you in respect of this award unless you have made arrangements satisfactory to your Employer to satisfy the Withholding Taxes. To the extent that you fail to make such arrangements with respect to certain RSUs, then you will permanently forfeit such RSUs. At the discretion of the Company, these arrangements may include (i) withholding from other compensation or amounts that are owed to you by your Employer, (ii) payment in cash, (iii) if the Stock is publicly traded, payment from the proceeds of the sale of shares through a Company-approved broker, (iv) withholding a number of Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when the RSUs are settled with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (v) any other method permitted by the Company. However, if you are a Company officer subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Withholding Taxes will be satisfied pursuant to clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, unless otherwise determined in advance by the Board of Directors. If the Withholding Taxes are satisfied pursuant to clause (iv), you will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the RSUs and the Fair Market Value of the withheld Shares, determined as of the date when taxes otherwise would have been

 

3


withheld in cash, will be applied to the Withholding Taxes and such amount will be remitted to appropriate tax authorities by the Company or your Employer. The Company will not withhold fractional shares pursuant to clause (iv), so if the Withholding Taxes are satisfied pursuant to clause (iv), you hereby authorize the Company or your Employer to withhold the amount of any remaining Withholding Taxes from your wages or other cash compensation.

(b) Section 409A . The settlement of the RSUs is intended to be exempt from the application of Code Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral exemption” in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be administered and interpreted in a manner that complies with such exemption. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption from Code Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are exempt from Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this award of RSUs is interpreted as not being exempt from Code Section 409A, it shall be interpreted to comply with the requirement of Code Section 409A so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A. In this regard, if this award is payable upon your “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) (a “ Separation ”) and you are a “specified employee” of the Company or any affiliate thereof within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) on the day of your Separation, then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your Separation, or (ii) your death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A.

(c) Acknowledgements . You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received hereunder, and you should consult a tax advisor regarding your tax obligations prior to such event. You acknowledge that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan or acquisition or sale of Shares subject to this award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan. You further acknowledge that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the tax treatment of the award of RSUs, including, but not limited to the grant, vesting, or settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such RSUs, and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your tax liability or achieve any particular tax result. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the RSUs, the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liability. You shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers, or employees related to tax matters arising from this award or your other compensation.

SECTION 6. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that you propose to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If you desire to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, you must give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer,

 

4


including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by you and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Section 6(b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, you may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which you are bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by you, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Section 6(a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 6 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 6.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 6 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when you desire to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and you shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Sections 6(a) and 6(b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 6 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of

 

5


the your Immediate Family or to a trust established by you for the benefit of you and/or one or more members of your Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If you transfer any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Section 6(e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to you.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 6, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 6.

SECTION 7. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company, at its discretion, may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law. You (or the beneficiary or your personal representative in the event of your death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company may deem necessary or reasonably desirable to ensure compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the

 

6


Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 7(b). This Section 7(b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . You represent and agree that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of the RSUs will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of issuance that the Shares being acquired upon settlement of the RSUs are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

(f) Legends . All certificates evidencing the Shares issued under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares issued under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

(g) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares issued under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 7 shall be conclusive and binding on you and all other persons.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(a) of the Plan, the terms of the RSUs (including, without limitation, the number and kind of shares subject to these RSUs) shall be subject to Section 9(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is party to certain corporate transactions, the RSUs shall be subject to Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that any action taken must either preserve the exemption of the RSUs from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A. Any additional RSUs and any new, substituted or additional shares, cash or other property that become subject to this award as a result of any such transaction shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as applicable to the RSUs to which they relate.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon you and your legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon you the right to remain in Service in any capacity or for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any

 

8


Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining you) or you, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with a reputable overnight courier, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to you at the address that you most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9(c).

(d) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans . The value of the RSUs and the Shares issuable thereunder shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, except as such plans otherwise expressly provide.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 10. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

9


(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(h) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Expiration Date ” shall mean the expiration date of the RSUs as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ IPO ” shall mean the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on an established national or foreign securities exchange covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held, and “ IPO Date ” shall mean the date on which the IPO occurs.

(n) “ Liquidity Event Requirement ” shall mean the requirement that the Company complete an IPO or Sale Event.

(o) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(p) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(q) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(r) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 6.

(s) “ RSUs ” shall mean the Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Company as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

10


(t) “ Sale Event ” means the consummation of the following transactions in which holders of Shares receive cash or marketable securities tradable on an established national or foreign securities exchange: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization, or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity; or (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions by a person or group of persons. For the avoidance of doubt, an initial public offering, any subsequent public offering, another capital raising event, and a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.” In addition, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets).

(u) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director.

(w) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan (if applicable).

(x) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(y) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain or corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

(z) “ Time-Based Requirement ” shall mean the requirement to provide Service over the period of time set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom you have directly or indirectly transferred any Shares acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 6.

(cc) “ Vesting Date ” shall mean the first date on or before the Expiration Date upon which both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied.

 

11


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) representing shares of Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) on the following terms:

 

Name:   
Total Number of Stock Units Granted:   
Date of Grant:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Expiration Date:   
Vesting:    You will receive a benefit with respect to a RSU only if it vests. In order for an RSU to vest, two vesting requirements must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date specified above: (i) the Time-Based Requirement and (ii) the Liquidity Event Requirement. If both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date, the vesting date (“ Vesting Date ”) of a RSU will be the first date upon which both of those requirements are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU. Your RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date.
Time-Based Requirement:    The Time-Based Requirement will be satisfied in the following installments: (i) 33% of the RSUs subject to this award will vest when you complete 12 months of continuous Service, (ii) an additional 33% of the RSUs will vest when you complete 24 months of continuous Service, (iii) and an additional 34% of the RSUs will vest when you complete 36 months of continuous Service, in each case measured from the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above, subject to Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.


Liquidity Event Requirement:    In addition to the Time-Based Requirement, the Liquidity Event Requirement must also be satisfied (as to any then-outstanding RSUs that have not theretofore been terminated pursuant to Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) prior to the Expiration Date, and will occur on the earlier of (i) an IPO, or (ii) a Sale Event, in each case before April 28, 2022 (each, a “ Liquidity Event ”).
  
Settlement:    Settlement of RSUs refers to the issuance of Shares (or, if applicable, cash) once the award is vested. If a RSU vests as a result of satisfaction of both applicable vesting requirements as described above, the Company will deliver one Share for that RSU at the time of settlement, unless at the time of settlement the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash, based on the then Fair Market Value of a Share. Settlement shall occur on or following the Vesting Date, but not later than two and one-half (2  1 2 ) months following the end of the year in which the Vesting Date applicable to a RSU occurs (the last day of such two and one-half month period is referred to as the “ Short Term Deferral End Date ”). Notwithstanding the above , settlement of RSUs that become vested RSUs upon (i) a Sale Event will be made in Shares, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for such Sale Event, or (ii) an IPO shall occur on the earlier of (a) the 185 th day following the IPO Date or (b) the Short Term Deferral End Date.

By signing below, you and the Company agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. You hereby acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award is conditioned on the satisfaction of the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement on or before the Expiration Date. You shall have no right with respect to the RSUs to the extent a Liquidity Event does not occur on or before the Expiration Date (regardless of the extent to which the Time-Based Requirement is satisfied).


You further agree to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or these RSUs and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by email. You acknowledge that you may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with your ability to access the documents.

 

P ARTICIPANT :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

Address for Mailing Stock Certificate:     Title:  

 

 

     

 

     


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Grant . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and this Agreement, the Company grants to you on the Date of Grant the number of RSUs set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

(b) Consideration . No payment is required for the RSUs that have been granted to you.

(c) Nature of RSUs; No Rights As a Stockholder . The RSUs are mere bookkeeping entries and represent only the Company’s unfunded and unsecured promise to issue Shares on a future date under specified conditions. As a holder of RSUs, you have no rights other than the rights of a general creditor of the Company. The RSUs carry neither voting rights nor rights to cash dividends. You have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until the RSUs vest and are settled pursuant to Section 4.

(d) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . The RSUs are granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which you acknowledge having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 10 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. VESTING.

(a) Generally . The RSUs vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. You will receive a benefit with respect to a RSU only if both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date. The RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date.

(b) Termination of Service . If your Service terminates for any reason, all RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement has not been satisfied as of your termination date shall automatically terminate and be cancelled. You will not satisfy the Time-Based Requirement for any additional RSUs after your Service has terminated, regardless of the reason for such termination. Upon such termination of Service, any RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement has been satisfied will (if the Liquidity Event Requirement has not yet been satisfied) remain outstanding until the first to occur of: (A) the satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement, (B) the Expiration Date or (C) the second anniversary of your Service termination date. In case of any dispute as to whether your Service has terminated, the Board of Directors shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective


date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2(b), if the Company is subject to a Change in Control prior to a termination of your Service, then the Time-Based Requirement and Liquidity Event Requirement will be deemed satisfied as to all of the RSUs as of your termination date.

(c) Expiration of RSUs . If the Liquidity Event Requirement is not satisfied on or before the Expiration Date, all RSUs (regardless of whether or not, or to the extent which, the Time-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such RSUs) shall automatically terminate upon such date. Upon a termination of one or more RSUs pursuant to this Section 2, you will have no further right with respect to such RSUs or the Shares previously allocated thereto.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the Time-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. If you go on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the Time-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while you are on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.

SECTION 3. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO RSUS.

(a) Restrictions on Transfer . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of by you prior to the settlement of the RSUs. However, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Shares to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement by delivering a written beneficiary designation to the Company’s headquarters on the prescribed form. If you deliver no such beneficiary designation or if your designated beneficiaries do not survive you, your estate will receive payments in respect of any vested RSUs.

(b) Forfeiture of RSUs . In connection with the RSUs, the Company may be required to provide you with certain highly confidential information about the Company, including information regarding its financial condition and business prospects. Unauthorized disclosure of such information is prohibited under your existing Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company and under Company policy, and you may be required to sign an additional nondisclosure agreement prior to receiving this type of information. In addition, unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information could result in the immediate forfeiture of the RSUs, including vested RSUs as well as termination of your Service with the Company.

 

2


SECTION 4. SETTLEMENT OF RSUS.

(a) Settlement Date . Upon a Vesting Date with respect to a particular RSU, the Company will deliver one Share for that RSU, unless at the time of settlement the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash, based on the then-Fair Market Value of a Share. Settlement shall occur on or following the Vesting Date, but not later than Short-Term Deferral End Date (as defined in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant). Notwithstanding the above , for RSUs that become vested upon a Sale Event, settlement will be made in Shares, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for such Sale Event, and for RSUs that become vested upon an IPO, settlement shall occur on the earlier of (i) the 185 th day following the IPO Date or (ii) the Short-Term Deferral End Date.

(b) Form of Delivery . The form of any delivery of Shares (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(c) Legality of Issuance . No Shares shall be issued to you upon settlement of the RSUs unless and until the Company has determined that (i) you and the Company have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof; (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which stock is listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied. The Company shall have no liability to issue Shares in respect of the RSUs unless it is able to do so in compliance with applicable law.

SECTION 5. TAXES.

(a) Withholding Taxes . Upon the Vesting Date and/or settlement date for the RSUs, the Fair Market Value of the Shares is treated as income subject to withholding by the Company and/or the Parent or Subsidiary employing you (your “ Employer ”) for the payment of all applicable federal, State, local and foreign income and employment withholding taxes which arise in connection with the vesting or settlement of the RSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). No consideration will be paid to you in respect of this award unless you have made arrangements satisfactory to your Employer to satisfy the Withholding Taxes. To the extent that you fail to make such arrangements with respect to certain RSUs, then you will permanently forfeit such RSUs. At the discretion of the Company, these arrangements may include (i) withholding from other compensation or amounts that are owed to you by your Employer, (ii) payment in cash, (iii) if the Stock is publicly traded, payment from the proceeds of the sale of shares through a Company-approved broker, (iv) withholding a number of Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when the RSUs are settled with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (v) any other method permitted by the Company. However, if you are a Company officer subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Withholding Taxes will be satisfied pursuant to clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, unless otherwise determined in advance by the Board of Directors. If the Withholding Taxes are satisfied pursuant to clause (iv), you will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the RSUs and the Fair Market Value of the withheld Shares, determined as of the date when taxes otherwise would have been

 

3


withheld in cash, will be applied to the Withholding Taxes and such amount will be remitted to appropriate tax authorities by the Company or your Employer. The Company will not withhold fractional shares pursuant to clause (iv), so if the Withholding Taxes are satisfied pursuant to clause (iv), you hereby authorize the Company or your Employer to withhold the amount of any remaining Withholding Taxes from your wages or other cash compensation.

(b) Section 409A . The settlement of the RSUs is intended to be exempt from the application of Code Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral exemption” in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be administered and interpreted in a manner that complies with such exemption. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption from Code Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are exempt from Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this award of RSUs is interpreted as not being exempt from Code Section 409A, it shall be interpreted to comply with the requirement of Code Section 409A so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A. In this regard, if this award is payable upon your “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) (a “ Separation ”) and you are a “specified employee” of the Company or any affiliate thereof within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) on the day of your Separation, then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your Separation, or (ii) your death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A.

(c) Acknowledgements . You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received hereunder, and you should consult a tax advisor regarding your tax obligations prior to such event. You acknowledge that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan or acquisition or sale of Shares subject to this award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan. You further acknowledge that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the tax treatment of the award of RSUs, including, but not limited to the grant, vesting, or settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such RSUs, and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your tax liability or achieve any particular tax result. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the RSUs, the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liability. You shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers, or employees related to tax matters arising from this award or your other compensation.

SECTION 6. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that you propose to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If you desire to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, you must give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer,

 

4


including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by you and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Section 6(b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, you may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which you are bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by you, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Section 6(a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 6 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 6.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 6 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when you desire to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and you shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Sections 6(a) and 6(b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 6 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of

 

5


the your Immediate Family or to a trust established by you for the benefit of you and/or one or more members of your Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If you transfer any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Section 6(e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to you.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 6, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 6.

SECTION 7. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company, at its discretion, may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law. You (or the beneficiary or your personal representative in the event of your death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company may deem necessary or reasonably desirable to ensure compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the

 

6


Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 7(b). This Section 7(b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . You represent and agree that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of the RSUs will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Settlement . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of issuance that the Shares being acquired upon settlement of the RSUs are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

(f) Legends . All certificates evidencing the Shares issued under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing Shares issued under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

(g) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares issued under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 7 shall be conclusive and binding on you and all other persons.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(a) of the Plan, the terms of the RSUs (including, without limitation, the number and kind of shares subject to these RSUs) shall be subject to Section 9(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is party to certain corporate transactions, the RSUs shall be subject to Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that any action taken must either preserve the exemption of the RSUs from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A. Any additional RSUs and any new, substituted or additional shares, cash or other property that become subject to this award as a result of any such transaction shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as applicable to the RSUs to which they relate.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon you and your legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon you the right to remain in Service in any capacity or for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining you) or you, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8


(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with a reputable overnight courier, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to you at the address that you most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9(c).

(d) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans . The value of the RSUs and the Shares issuable thereunder shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, except as such plans otherwise expressly provide.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 10. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, (ii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions by a person or group of persons or (iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. For the avoidance of doubt, an IPO, any subsequent public offering and another capital raising event shall not constitute a “Change in Control.”

 

9


(d) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(f) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(h) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “ Expiration Date ” shall mean the expiration date of the RSUs as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(l) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(m) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(n) “ IPO ” shall mean the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on an established national or foreign securities exchange covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held, and “ IPO Date ” shall mean the date on which the IPO occurs.

(o) “ Liquidity Event Requirement ” shall mean the requirement that the Company complete an IPO or Sale Event.

(p) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

10


(q) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(r) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(s) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 6.

(t) “ RSUs ” shall mean the Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Company as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(u) “ Sale Event ” means the consummation of the following transactions in which holders of Shares receive cash or marketable securities tradable on an established national or foreign securities exchange: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization, or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity; or (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions by a person or group of persons. For the avoidance of doubt, an IPO, any subsequent public offering, another capital raising event, and a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.” In addition, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets).

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain or corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the

 

11


total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

(aa) “ Time-Based Requirement ” shall mean the requirement to provide Service over the period of time set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(bb) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom you have directly or indirectly transferred any Shares acquired under this Agreement.

(cc) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 6.

(dd) “ Vesting Date ” shall mean the first date on or before the Expiration Date upon which both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied.

 

12

Exhibit 10.5

A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S UMMARY OF S TOCK G RANT ( FOR S ERVICES )

The Transferee is acquiring shares of the Common Stock of Acacia Communications, Inc. on the following terms:

 

Name of Transferee:    «Name»
Total Number of Transferred Shares:    «TotalShares»
Date of Transfer:    «DateTransfer»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Vesting Schedule:    The Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to 1/60 of the Transferred Shares when the Transferee completes each month of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Forfeiture Condition may lapse on an accelerated basis under Section 2(b) of the Stock Grant Agreement.

By signing below, the Transferee and the Company agree that the acquisition of the Transferred Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Grant Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Summary of Stock Grant. The Transferee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this grant and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Transferee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Transferee by email of their availability. The Transferee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until the Transferee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

T RANSFEREE :     A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

Address for Mailing Stock Certificate:     Title:  

 

 

     

 

     


A CACIA C OMMUNICATIONS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK G RANT A GREEMENT ( FOR S ERVICES )

SECTION 1. ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

(a) Transfer . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant and this Agreement, the Company agrees to transfer to the Transferee the number of Shares set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

(b) Consideration . The Transferee and the Company agree that the Transferred Shares are being issued to the Transferee as consideration for a portion of the services performed by the Transferee for the Company. The value of such portion is agreed to be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Transferred Shares.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . The transfer of the Transferred Shares is subject to the Plan, a copy of which the Transferee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. FORFEITURE CONDITION.

(a) Scope of Forfeiture Condition . All Transferred Shares initially shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to forfeiture to the Company. The Transferee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Transferee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Transferee for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Transferee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

(b) Vesting . The Forfeiture Condition shall lapse and the Restricted Shares shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. In addition, (i) if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Transferee’s Service terminates, then at all times after the Change in Control the portion of the Shares that are Restricted Shares and subject to the Forfeiture Condition shall be determined by adding six (6) months to the Transferee’s actual Service; and (ii) if the Transferee is subject to an Involuntary Termination at any time following a Change in Control then the Forfeiture Condition shall immediately lapse with respect to 100% of the then Restricted Shares.


(c) Execution of Forfeiture . The Forfeiture Condition shall be applicable only if the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability, before all Restricted Shares have become vested. In the event that the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, the certificate(s) representing any remaining Restricted Shares shall be delivered to the Company. The Company shall make no payment for Restricted Shares that are forfeited.

(d) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Restricted Shares or into which such Restricted Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Forfeiture Condition. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If Restricted Shares are forfeited in accordance with this Section 2, then the person who is to forfeit such Restricted Shares shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Restricted Shares. Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been forfeited in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(f) Escrow . Upon issuance, the certificates for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property described in Subsection (d) above shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow, but only to the extent the Transferred Shares are at the time Restricted Shares. All regular cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Transferee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for forfeiture and cancellation in the event that the Forfeiture Condition or Right of First Refusal applies or (ii) released to the Transferee upon the Transferee’s request to the extent the Transferred Shares are no longer Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Transferred Shares that have vested (and any other vested assets and securities attributable thereto) shall be released within 60 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Transferee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(g) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Transferee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. If the Transferee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Transferee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued

 

2


crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Transferee immediately returns to active work.

SECTION 3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Transferee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Transferred Shares, or any interest in Transferred Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Transferred Shares. If the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Transferee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transferred Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Subsequent Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Transferee and by the proposed Subsequent Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Transferred Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Transferred Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Transferee may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Transferred Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Transferee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Transferee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Transferred Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Transferred Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transferred Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason

 

3


of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Transferee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Transferee for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Transferee transfers any Transferred Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.

SECTION 4. OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Transferee Representations . In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Transferee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Transferee is acquiring and will hold the Transferred Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

4


(ii) The Transferee understands that the Transferred Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Transferred Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Transferee obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Transferee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Transferred Shares.

(iii) The Transferee is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including (without limitation) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, the resale occurring only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, the sale occurring through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Transferee acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

(iv) The Transferee will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Transferred Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Transferee agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Transferred Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Transferred Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Transferred Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Transferred Shares under applicable state law.

(v) The Transferee has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Transferred Shares, and the Transferee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Transferred Shares.

(vi) The Transferee is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Transferee is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Transferred Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Transferred Shares.

 

5


(b) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Transferred Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(c) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Transferee or a Subsequent Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Transferred Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Transferred Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (c). This Subsection (c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Transferred Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Transferred Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Subsequent Transferee to whom Transferred Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

6


SECTION 5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Transferee and the Transferee’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Transferee any right to continue providing services to the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or of the Transferee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 7. TAX ELECTION.

The acquisition of the Transferred Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit. The Transferee should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Transferred Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Transferee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Transferee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

SECTION 8. LEGENDS.

All certificates evidencing Transferred Shares shall bear the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND IMPOSES CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Transferred Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9. NOTICE.

Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Transferee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.

SECTION 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

The Summary of Stock Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 11. CHOICE OF LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Grant Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Cause ” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Transferee of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

 

8


(ii) A material breach by the Transferee of any material agreement between the Transferee and the Company;

(iii) A material failure by the Transferee to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

(iv) The Transferee’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

(v) The Transferee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

(vi) A continuing failure by the Transferee to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or

(vii) A failure by the Transferee to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Transferee’s cooperation.

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(g) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

9


(h) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(k) “ Forfeiture Condition ” shall mean the forfeiture condition described in Section 2.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of the Transferee’s Service by reason of:

(i) The involuntary discharge of the Transferee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii) The voluntary resignation of the Transferee following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Transferee: (A) a change in the Transferee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Transferee’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Transferee as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Transferee’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Transferee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles.

(n) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(o) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(p) “ Plan ” shall mean the Acacia Communications, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended.

 

10


(q) “ Restricted Share ” shall mean a Transferred Share that is subject to the Forfeiture Condition.

(r) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

(s) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(t) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(u) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(v) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(w) “ Subsequent Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Transferee has directly or indirectly transferred any Transferred Shares.

(x) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain or corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(y) “ Summary of Stock Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(z) “ Transferee ” shall mean the individual named in the Summary of Stock Grant.

(aa) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Transferred Shares described in Section 3.

(bb) “ Transferred Shares ” shall mean the Shares acquired by the Transferee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11


E XHIBIT I

S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

This statement is made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2.

 

  (1) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 

 

 
Social Security No.:  

 

   

 

  (2) The property with respect to which the election is made is             shares of the common stock of Acacia Communications, Inc.

 

  (3) The property was transferred on             ,     2013.

 

  (4) The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year 2013.

 

  (5) The property is subject to forfeiture if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The forfeiture condition lapses in a series of installments over a 5-year period ending on             ,     2018.

 

  (6) The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that by its terms will never lapse) is $        per share.

 

  (7) No amount was paid for such property.

 

  (8) A copy of this statement was furnished to Acacia Communications, Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

  (9) This statement is executed on             ,     2013.

 

 

Spouse (if any)

   

 

Taxpayer

Within 30 days after the date of transfer, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center where the Transferee files his or her federal income tax returns. The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The Transferee must (a) file a copy of the completed form with his or her federal tax return for the current tax year and (b) deliver an additional copy to the Company.

EXHIBIT 10.11

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits Plan

1. Establishment of Plan. Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation hereby establishes an unfunded severance benefits plan (the “ Plan ”) that is intended to be a welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA. The Plan is in effect for Covered Employees who experience a Covered Termination occurring after the Effective Date and before the termination of this Plan.

2. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to establish the conditions under which Covered Employees will receive the severance benefits described herein if employment with the Company (or its successor in a Change in Control) terminates under the circumstances specified herein. The severance benefits paid under the Plan are intended to assist Covered Employees in making a transition to new employment and are not intended to be a reward for prior service with the Company.

3. Definitions. For purposes of this Plan,

(a) “ Base Salary ” shall mean, for any Covered Employee, such Covered Employee’s base rate of pay as in effect immediately before a Covered Termination (or prior to the Change in Control, if greater) and exclusive of any bonuses, overtime pay, shift differentials, “adders,” any other form of premium pay, or other forms of compensation.

(b) “ Benefits Continuation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

(c) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Acacia Communications, Inc.

(d) “ Bonus ” shall mean, for any Covered Employee, the target annual bonus established by the compensation committee of the Board that the employee was eligible to earn for the year in which the Covered Termination occurs (or for the year in which the Change in Control occurs, if greater), without regard to whether the performance goals applicable to such bonus had been established or satisfied at the date of termination of employment.

(e) “ Cause ” shall mean (i) a material breach of any material term of any applicable offer letter or employment agreement or any employee proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation (or similar) agreement with the Company, (ii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction of, the commission of a felony offense or a crime of dishonesty, (iii) repeated unexplained or unjustified absences, refusals or failures to carry out the lawful directions of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or the employee’s supervisor, or (iv) willful misconduct that results or is reasonably likely to result in material harm to the Company; and, solely in

 

1


the case of (i), (iii) and (iv), if determined by the Board in good faith to be reasonably susceptible of cure, Executive has failed to cure such breach or conduct within thirty (30) days after his receipt of written notice from the Company stating in reasonable specificity the nature of such breach or conduct.

(f) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, provided that such event or occurrence constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as defined in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v), (vi) and (vii): (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) fifty percent (50%) or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company or (2) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) which complies with clauses (x) and (y) of subsection (iii) of this definition; or (ii) a change in the composition of the Board that results in the Continuing Directors (as defined below) no longer constituting a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “ Continuing Director ” means at any date a member of the Board (x) who was a member of the Board on the date of the initial adoption of the Plan by the Board or (y) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (y) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two (2) conditions is satisfied: (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or

 

2


acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one (1) or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation is referred to herein as the “ Acquiring Corporation ”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, respectively, immediately prior to such Business Combination and (y) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Company or by the Acquiring Corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination); or (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(g) “ Change in Control Termination ” shall mean a termination without Cause or a resignation for Good Reason within the one (1) year period following the closing of a Change in Control.

(h) “ COBRA ” shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act.

(i) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(j) “ Company ” shall mean Acacia Communications, Inc. (or, following a Change in Control, any successor thereto) together with the wholly-owned subsidiaries of Acacia Communications, Inc., provided, that, for purposes of the definition of Change in Control in Section 3(f) hereof, Company shall mean solely Acacia Communications, Inc.

(k) “ Covered Employees ” shall mean all Regular Full-Time Employees (both exempt and non-exempt) who are Executives who experience a Covered Termination and who are not designated as ineligible to receive severance benefits under the Plan as provided in Section 5 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Temporary Employees nor Part-Time Employees are eligible for severance benefits under the Plan. An employee’s full-time, part-time or temporary status for the purpose of this Plan shall be determined in good faith by the Plan Administrator upon review of the employee’s status immediately before termination. Any person who is classified by the Company as an independent contractor or third party employee is not eligible for severance benefits even if such classification is modified retroactively.

(l) “ Covered Termination ” shall mean a termination designated by the Plan Administrator as (i) a Change in Control Termination or (ii) a Non-Change in Control Termination. The Plan Administrator shall determine whether a particular termination is a Change in Control Termination or a Non-Change in Control Termination, and may determine, based on the facts and circumstances, that a termination does not qualify as a Covered Termination.

 

3


(m) “ Disability ” shall mean that the employee, due to a physical or mental disability, for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days, or one hundred and eighty (180) days in the aggregate whether or not consecutive, during any three hundred and sixty (360) day period, is unable to perform the services required by the employee’s position at the Company. A determination of Disability shall be made by a physician selected by the Company.

(n) “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the first public filing in connection with an initial public offering of the Company is made.

(o) “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(p) “ Executive ” shall mean any employee of the Company holding the title of Vice President or above. For the avoidance of doubt, no second-level Vice President (i.e., a functional area Vice President that reports to one (1) or more executive level Vice Presidents) shall be deemed an “Executive” hereunder unless (i) the employee subsequently satisfies the definition of Executive, in which case such employee shall automatically be deemed an “Executive” at such time or (ii) the employee is specifically designated as a Covered Employee by the Plan Administrator.

(q) “ Good Reason ” is defined as: (i) a material diminution in the employee’s base compensation; (ii) a material diminution in the employee’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the employee must perform services to the Company (it being understood that any change of fifty (50) or more miles would be material); or (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of any agreement under which the employee provides services; provided, however, that, in any case, the employee has not consented to the condition which would otherwise give rise to a Good Reason. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, an employee must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Good Reason, which notice must be provided within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company must fail to cure the condition within thirty (30) days thereafter, and an employee’s termination of employment must occur no later than one (1) year following the initial existence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason.

(r) “ Non-Change in Control Termination ” shall mean a termination without Cause prior to or more than twelve (12) months after the closing of a Change in Control.

(s) “ Part-Time Employees ” shall mean employees who are not Regular Full-Time Employees or Temporary Employees and are treated as such by the Company.

 

4


(t) “ Participants ” shall mean Covered Employees.

(u) “ Plan Administrator ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14 hereof.

(v) “ Release ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 hereof.

(w) “ Release Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(c)(1) hereof.

(x) “ Regular Full-Time Employees ” shall mean employees, other than Temporary Employees, normally scheduled to work at least thirty (30) hours a week unless the Company’s local practices, as from time to time in force, whether or not in writing, establish a different hours threshold for regular full-time employees.

(y) “ Temporary Employees ” are employees treated as such by the Company, whether or not in writing.

4. Coverage. Subject to satisfaction of the eligibility and other requirements set forth in Sections 5 and 6 of this Plan, a Covered Employee will be entitled to receive severance benefits under the Plan if such employee experiences a Covered Termination.

5. Eligibility for Severance Benefits. The following employees will not be eligible for severance benefits, except to the extent specifically determined in good faith otherwise by the Plan Administrator: (a) an employee who is terminated for Cause; (b) an employee who terminates employment as a result of an inability to perform his duties due to Disability, voluntarily retires or dies; (c) an employee who voluntarily terminates his employment, except, in the case of a Change in Control Termination, for Good Reason; and (d) an employee who is employed for a specific period of time in accordance with the terms of a written offer letter or employment agreement.

6. Release; Timing of Severance Benefits. Receipt of any severance payments or benefits under the Plan requires that the Covered Employee: (a) comply with the provisions of any applicable proprietary information and inventions, nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation (or similar) agreement with the Company, and other obligations to the Company; and (b) execute and deliver a waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A under which the Covered Employee releases and discharges the Company and its affiliates from and on account of any and all claims that relate to or arise out of the employment relationship between the Company and the Covered Employee (the “ Release ”) which Release becomes binding within sixty (60) days following the Covered Employee’s termination of employment . The severance payments described herein will be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan and otherwise on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates in effect from time to time and the Benefits Continuation will be paid in the amount and at the time premium payments are made by other participants in the Company’s health benefit plans with the same coverage. The payments shall be made or commence on the first payroll date after the Release Effective Date.

 

5


7. Cash Severance.

(a) Non-Change in Control Termination . A Covered Employee who experiences a Non-Change in Control Termination shall be entitled to receive continuation of such employee’s monthly Base Salary for the Severance Period indicated in the table below opposite such employee’s title.

 

Title of Participant

  

Severance Period

Chief Executive Officer    Twelve (12) months
All other Participants    Nine (9) months

(b) Change in Control Termination . A Covered Employee who experiences a Change in Control Termination shall be entitled to receive:

(i) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to the product of such employee’s annual Base Salary and the multiple indicated in the table below opposite such employee’s title, payable on the Release Effective Date; and

(ii) a single lump sum payment in an amount equal to the product of such employee’s Bonus and the multiple indicated in the table below opposite such employee’s title, payable either at the same time as annual bonuses are paid to other employees of the Company or, if later, upon the Release Effective Date.

 

Title of Participant

  

Multiple

Chief Executive Officer    1.0
All other Participants    0.75

 

6


For purposes of this Section 7, a Covered Employee’s title shall be such employee’s title immediately prior to the Covered Termination or, if such employee’s title was changed in connection with the Change in Control, immediately prior to such change in connection with the Change in Control.

8. Other Severance Benefits. In the event of a Covered Termination, a Covered Employee entitled to severance benefits under this Plan shall be entitled to the following:

(a) Company contributions to the cost of COBRA coverage on behalf of the Covered Employee and any applicable dependents for twelve (12) months (unless such period is shortened in accordance with the terms of this Plan) if the Covered Employee elects COBRA coverage, and only so long as such coverage continues in force. Such costs shall be determined on the same basis as the Company’s contribution to Company-provided health and dental insurance coverage in effect for an active employee with the same coverage elections; provided that if the Covered Employee commences new employment and is eligible for a new group health and dental plans, the Company’s continued contributions toward health and dental coverage shall end when the Covered Employee is enrolled under such new group health plans (“ Benefits Continuation ”). For the avoidance of doubt, a Covered Employee shall not be required to enroll in any group health plan offered by a new employer to the extent such plans do not provide coverage that is substantially similar to the coverage provided under the Company’s group health and dental plans in effect immediately prior to the Covered Termination.

(b) Any unpaid annual bonus in respect to any completed bonus period which has ended prior to the date of the Participant’s Covered Termination and which the Board deems granted to the Participant in its discretion pursuant to the Company’s contingent compensation program, payable at the same time as annual bonuses are paid to other employees of the Company or, if later, upon the Release Effective Date.

9. Equity Awards. In the event of a Change in Control Termination, all of a Covered Employee’s equity awards that are outstanding and unvested as of such termination, will fully accelerate and immediately vest on the date of such termination, and otherwise will continue to be dictated by the terms of the applicable award agreements. For any other Covered Termination, the terms of the applicable award agreement will govern. For the avoidance of doubt, the vesting and acceleration terms set forth in any equity award agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company outstanding immediately prior to the closing of an initial public offering of the Company that apply upon an event that is not a Covered Termination shall continue to apply and shall not be superseded by this Section 9.

10. Recoupment. If a Covered Employee fails to comply with the terms of the Plan, including the provisions of Section 6 above, the Company may require payment to the Company of any benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 above that the Covered Employee has already received to the extent permitted by applicable law and with the “value” determined in the sole and good faith discretion of the Plan Administrator. Payment is due in cash or by check within

 

7


thirty (30) days, or such earlier date as may be required by law or by any clawback policy that the Company adopts, after the Company provides notice to a Covered Employee that it is enforcing this provision. Any benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 above not yet received by such Covered Employee will be immediately forfeited.

11. Death. If a Participant dies after the date of his or her Covered Termination but before all payments or benefits to which such Participant is entitled pursuant to the Plan have been paid or provided, payments will be made to any beneficiary designated by the Participant prior to or in connection with such Participant’s Covered Termination or, if no such beneficiary has been designated, to the Participant’s estate. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant dies during the Benefits Continuation period provided for the Participant in Section 8(a), Benefits Continuation will continue for the Participant’s applicable dependents for the remainder of the Benefits Continuation period provided for such Participant in Section 8(a).

12. Withholding. The Company may withhold from any payment or benefit under the Plan: (a) any federal, state, or local income or payroll taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment; (b) such sum as the Company may reasonably estimate is necessary to cover any taxes for which the Company may be liable and which may be assessed with regard to such payment; and (c) such other amounts as appropriately may be withheld under the Company’s payroll policies and procedures from time to time in effect.

13. Section 409A. It is expected that the payments and benefits provided under this Plan will be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”). The Plan shall be interpreted consistent with this intent to the maximum extent permitted and generally, with the provisions of Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Plan providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment (which amounts or benefits constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A) unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Plan, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service”. Neither the Participant nor the Company shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any payment or benefit except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the severance payments or benefits under this Plan are subject to Section 409A, the following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to Participants under this Plan:

(a) Each installment of the payments and benefits provided under this Plan will be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A. Whenever a payment under this Plan specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g. , “payment shall be made within ten (10) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be in the Company’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in no event

 

8


shall any payment under this Plan that constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A be subject to transfer, offset, counterclaim or recoupment by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A.

(b) Notwithstanding any other payment provision herein to the contrary, if the Company or appropriately-related affiliates become publicly-traded and a Covered Employee is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) with respect to such entity, then each of the following shall apply:

(i) With regard to any payment that is considered “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment shall be made on the date which is the earlier of (A) the day following the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Covered Employee, and (B) the date of the Covered Employee’s death (the “ Delay Period ”) to the extent required under Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this provision (whether otherwise payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid to or for the Covered Employee in a lump sum, and all remaining payments due under this Plan shall be paid or provided for in accordance with the normal payment dates specified herein; and

(ii) To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Covered Employee shall pay the cost of such benefits during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Covered Employee, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Covered Employee, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period. Any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified in this Plan.

(c) To the extent that severance benefits pursuant to this Plan are conditioned upon a Release, the Covered Employee shall forfeit all rights to such payments and benefits unless such release is signed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of the termination of the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company. If the Release is no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the following shall apply:

(i) To the extent any severance benefits to be provided are not “non-qualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, then such

 

9


benefits shall commence upon the first scheduled payment date immediately after the date the Release is executed and no longer subject to revocation (the “ Release Effective Date ”). The first such cash payment shall include all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this Agreement applied as though such payments commenced immediately upon the termination of Covered Employee’s employment with the Company, and any payments made after the Release Effective Date shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following the termination of Covered Employee’s employment with the Company.

(ii) To the extent any such severance benefits to be provided are “non-qualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, then the Release must become irrevocable within sixty (60) days of the date of termination and benefits shall be made or commence upon the date provided in Section 6, provided that if the sixtieth day following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company falls in the calendar year following the calendar year containing the date of termination, the benefits will be made no earlier than the first business day of that following calendar year. The first such cash payment shall include all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this Agreement had such payments commenced immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, and any payments made after the first such payment shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

(d) The Company makes no representations or warranties and shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person, other than with respect to payments made by the Company in violation of the provisions of this Plan, if any provisions of or payments under this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

14. Plan Administration.

(a) Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall be the Board or a committee thereof designated by the Board (the “ Committee ”); provided, however, that the Board or such Committee may in its sole discretion appoint a new Plan Administrator to administer the Plan following a Change in Control. The Plan Administrator shall also serve as the Named Fiduciary of the Plan under ERISA. The Plan Administrator shall be the “administrator” within the meaning of Section 3(16) of ERISA and shall have all the responsibilities and duties contained therein.

The Plan Administrator can be contacted at the following address:

3 Clock Tower Place

Maynard, MA 01754

 

10


(b) Decisions, Powers and Duties . The general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out its provisions shall be vested in the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and authority as are necessary to discharge such duties and responsibilities which also include, but are not limited to, interpretation and construction of the Plan, the determination of all questions of fact, including, without limit, eligibility, participation and benefits, the resolution of any ambiguities and all other related or incidental matters, and such duties and powers of the plan administration which are not assumed from time to time by any other appropriate entity, individual or institution. The Plan Administrator may adopt rules and regulations of uniform applicability in its interpretation and implementation of the Plan.

The Plan Administrator shall discharge its duties and responsibilities and exercise its powers and authority in its sole discretion and in accordance with the terms of the controlling legal documents and applicable law, and its actions and decisions that are not arbitrary and capricious shall be binding on any employee, and employee’s spouse or other dependent or beneficiary and any other interested parties whether or not in being or under a disability.

15. Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, all employees, officers, directors, agents and representatives of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company and held harmless against any claims and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, whether as a member of the Committee or otherwise, except to the extent that such claims arise from gross negligence, willful neglect, or willful misconduct.

16. Plan Not an Employment Contract. The Plan is not a contract between the Company and any employee, nor is it a condition of employment of any employee. Nothing contained in the Plan gives, or is intended to give, any employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company, or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or terminate the employment of any employee at any time and for any reason. No employee shall have the right or claim to benefits beyond those expressly provided in this Plan, if any. All rights and claims are limited as set forth in the Plan.

17. Severability. In case any one (1) or more of the provisions of this Plan (or part thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions (or part thereof) never had been contained herein.

 

11


18. Non-Assignability. No right or interest of any Covered Employee in the Plan shall be assignable or transferable in whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or bankruptcy.

19. Integration With Other Pay or Benefits Requirements. The severance payments and benefits provided for in the Plan are the maximum benefits that the Company will pay to Covered Employees on a Covered Termination, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in a separate agreement. To the extent that the Company owes any amounts in the nature of severance benefits under any other program, policy or plan of the Company that is not otherwise superseded by this Plan, or to the extent that any federal, state or local law, including, without limitation, so-called “plant closing” laws, requires the Company to give advance notice or make a payment of any kind to an employee because of that employee’s involuntary termination due to a layoff, reduction in force, plant or facility closing, sale of business, or similar event, the benefits provided under this Plan or the other arrangement shall either be reduced or eliminated to avoid any duplication of payment. The Company intends for the benefits provided under this Plan to partially or fully satisfy any and all statutory obligations that may arise out of an employee’s involuntary termination for the foregoing reasons and the Company shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan.

20. Amendment or Termination. The Board may amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time in its sole discretion; provided, however, that (a) any such amendment, modification or termination made prior to a Change in Control (i) that adversely affects the rights of any Covered Employee shall be unanimously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, including any independent director(s) and the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) may not be undertaken unless the Company has entered into an Employment Agreement with each Executive (determined as of the date of such amendment, modification or termination) that provides for severance, change in control or other economic benefits at least as favorable in the aggregate as those provided herein, (b) no such amendment, modification or termination may affect the rights of a Covered Employee then receiving payments or benefits under the Plan without the consent of such person, and (c) no such amendment, modification or termination made after a Change in Control shall be effective for one (1) year.

21. Governing Law. The Plan and the rights of all persons under the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and under applicable provisions of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder, and the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws provisions) to the extent not preempted by federal law.

 

12

Exhibit 10.12

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [                    ], by Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                    ] (the “Purchaser”).

SECTION 1. ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

(a) Transfer. On the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agrees to transfer [                    ] Shares to the Purchaser. The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date set forth above or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

(b) Consideration. The Purchaser agrees to assign to the Company certain intellectual property rights, pursuant to that certain Technology Assignment Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company and the Purchaser (the “Assignment Agreement”), in exchange for the Purchased Shares. The Company and the Purchaser agree that the fair market value of such consideration is $[        ], or $[        ]per Purchased Share. The Purchase Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares. Payment shall be made on the transfer date by execution and delivery of the Assignment Agreement.

(c) Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined above are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with Subsection (b) below, [                    ] of the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser’s Service. The Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to the Purchase Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to [                    ] of the Purchased Shares when the Purchaser completes each month of continuous Service following [                    ]. In addition, the following rules shall apply if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s Service terminates:

(i) At all times after the Change in Control, the vested portion of the Restricted Shares shall be determined by adding six months to the Purchaser’s actual Service.

(ii) If the Purchaser is subject to an Involuntary Termination after the Change in Control, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse in full and all Restricted Shares shall become vested.


(c) Escrow. If requested by the Company, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall, upon issuance, be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. If requested by the Company, any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Purchaser’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company properly endorsed for transfer.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.


(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, to a trust established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 2.

SECTION 3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Purchased Shares, or any interest in Purchased Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Purchased Shares. If the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Purchaser shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Purchased Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Purchaser and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Purchased Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Purchased Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 10 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Purchaser may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Purchaser is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Purchased Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment


for the Purchased Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Purchased Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Purchased Shares subject to this Section 3.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser’s Immediate Family. If the Purchaser transfers any Purchased Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.


SECTION 4. OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Purchaser Representations. In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Purchaser is acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(ii) The Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Purchaser obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

(iii) The Purchaser is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including (without limitation) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, the resale occurring only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, the sale occurring through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set form in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

(iv) The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under state securities law.

(v) The Purchaser has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares, and the Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.


(vi) The Purchaser is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Purchaser is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Purchased Shares.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

(c) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Purchaser shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (c). This Subsection (c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Purchaser shall be subject to this Subsection (c) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

(d) Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.


SECTION 5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser) or of the Purchaser, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 7. TAX ELECTION.

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I. The Purchaser should consult with his tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

SECTION 8. LEGENDS.

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”


If required by the authorities of any state in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such state authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9. NOTICE.

Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery or (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.

SECTION 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. It supersedes any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 11. CHOICE OF LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(c) “Cause” shall mean a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of any of the following:

(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Purchaser of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;

(ii) A material breach by the Purchaser of any material agreement between the Purchaser and the Company;

(iii) A material failure by the Purchaser to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors;

(iv) The Purchaser’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;


(v) The Purchaser’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of performing Service;

(vi) A continuing failure by the Purchaser to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board of Directors; or (viii) A failure by the Purchaser to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Purchaser’s cooperation.

(d) “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and members of the Board of Directors.

(g) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(h) “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(i) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(j) “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Purchaser’s Service by reason of:

 

  (i) The involuntary discharge of the Purchaser by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him) for reasons other than Cause; or

 

  (ii)

The voluntary resignation of the Purchaser following any of the following events, if such event occurs without the consent of the Purchaser: (A) a change in the Purchaser’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that


  materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility (provided that the Purchaser’s level of authority or responsibility shall not be deemed to be reduced merely because there are additional employees more senior to the Purchaser as a result of the Change in Control), (B) a reduction in the Purchaser’s base salary by more than 10%, unless such reduction is made in connection with a commensurate reduction in the compensation of employees of the Company generally, or (C) receipt of notice that the Purchaser’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 50 miles.

(k) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(l) “Purchased Shares” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

(m) “Purchase Price” shall mean the dollar value for which one Share may be purchased pursuant to this Agreement, as specified in Section 1(b).

(n) “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 180 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Purchaser’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(o) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

(p) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

(q) “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 2.

(r) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(s) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or member of the Board of Directors.

(t) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock.

(u) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(v) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.


(w) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser has directly or indirectly transferred any Purchased Share.

(x) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Purchased Shares described in Section 3.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PURCHASER:

 

COMPANY:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

By:  
Name:  
Title:   President

Exhibit 10.13

COMMERCIAL LEASE

(the “ Lease ”)

 

1. PARTIES    WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with an address of Twelve Clock Tower Place, Suite 200, Maynard, MA 01754 (“ Landlord ”), does hereby lease to ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, with a place of business at 1000 Winter Street, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 (“ Tenant ”), the Premises (as defined below).
2. PREMISES   

A portion of the building consisting of 9,730 contiguous rentable square feet located on the Second floor of the building known as 3 Clock Tower Place, more particularly known as Suite 210, Maynard, Massachusetts, as shown on Exhibit “A” (the “ Premises ”) together with the right to use in common, with others entitled thereto, all common areas of the building, including but not limited to the hallways, stairways and elevators, necessary for access to said leased premises, and lavatories nearest thereto, if any. Except as set forth herein, the Premises are to be delivered in the same condition they are in on the date of this Lease.

 

The building of which the Premises are a part of is collectively referred to herein as the “ Building ”, and the land on which the Building is located is referred to as the “ Land ”. The Land and the Building are collectively referred to as the “ Property ”. The buildings and improvements now or hereafter located or used in connection with the Property, including the Building, currently consisting of approximately 1,084,484 rentable square feet is referred to as the “ Project ”.

 

Prior to the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord shall arrange to have the actual rentable square feet of the Premises measured. The Landlord’s gross building method shall be used to determine both rentable and usable square footages with the gross measurement to the outside of the exterior wall. Useable to rentable factor is currently 19.5%, subject to periodic review and update.

3. EXPANSION RIGHTS    During the first twelve (12) months of the Term, Tenant shall have the option to expand into the remainder of the premises, approximately 4,890 contiguous rentable square feet (the “ Expansion Premises ”), by giving Landlord sixty (60) days prior written notice. Base Rent shall run concurrently with the existing rent schedule (i.e. if the expansion term starts at the beginning of the thirteenth (13 th ) month, then the Base Rent shall be $13.75 per rentable square feet (the “ RSF ”) for three (3) months and follow the rent schedule in section eight (8) of the Lease thereafter).

 

1


4. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS   

Space will be delivered in “As-Is” broom clean condition, with all systems in good and working order. In addition, the Landlord agrees to provide a turn-key build-out per the attached plan, Exhibit “A”, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. The build-out shall include: (a) new paint throughout the Premises (including the labs), to include one base color and one accent color, (b) the VCT tiles in the labs shall be replaced with anti-static tile, (c) the vibration in the lab area shall be rectified, (d) the existing carpet shall be steam-cleaned and a new carpet shall be installed in the new conference room, (e) the existing glass window in the new conference room shall be replaced with a solid wall (the “ Tenant Improvements ”).

 

All Tenant Improvements will be completed with Building standard materials.

 

The Tenant Improvements shall be exclusive of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment, cabling for phone and data, any new supplemental cooling and specialty items for “labs” (cooling, power and ceiling).

 

Any additional upgrades shall be at the sole cost of the Tenant.

 

If a Certificate of Occupancy cannot be issued after Tenant Improvements have been completed due to incompleteness of, or a defect in, Landlord’s work, then delivery of possession should not be deemed to have occurred until the defect has been corrected and the Certificate of Occupancy issued.

 

Any structural and nonstructural Tenant Improvements are subject to Landlord’s approval.

5. FURNITURE    Tenant shall have the right to use the furniture on the Premises for the full Term of the Lease. Tenant shall return said furniture to Landlord upon expiration of the Lease in the same condition delivered to Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted.
6. TERM    The term of the Lease shall be for three (3) years and three (3) months. The target commencement date for the Lease shall be November 1, 2009 (the “ Term Commencement Date ”) and the Lease termination date will be January 31, 2013 (the “ Term Expiration Date ”). If the Tenant Improvements to the Premises are not substantially completed for occupancy on or by November 1, 2009 or in the event of delays resulting from force majeure or

 

2


   caused by Landlord, the Term Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date (as defined below) and the Term Expiration Date (as defined below) shall be adjusted accordingly and memorialized in writing.
7. RENEWAL OPTION    Provided Tenant is not in default, Tenant shall have the right to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) additional three (3) year period, by providing Landlord with twelve (12) months prior written notice. Said extension shall be at the then fair market rate, for first class office space in the Maynard, Concord, Acton, Boxborough area; however, in no event shall such rate be less than the Base Rent Year Three (as defined below).
8. RENT   

The Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent and any additional rent on February 1, 2010, subject to Section 6 hereof (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”) (for the avoidance of doubt, the Rent Commencement Date shall be three (3) months after the Term Commencement Date). If the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first of the month, then the Rent Commencement Date shall automatically be extended to the next first day of the following month. The interim days shall be prorated and paid with the first month’s Rent and shall be considered added days to the Lease Term. Upon determination of the actual Rent Commencement Date subject to Section 6 and this Section 8, the Tenant and Landlord shall memorialize such date in writing.

 

The Tenant shall pay, without any offset or reduction, except as set forth herein, rent to Landlord at the rate of:

 

Base Rent Year One (1): commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing to January 31, 2011, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $13.75 per RSF on 8,510 RSF portion of the Premises, or $117,012.50 annually, in equal monthly installments of $9,751.04, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

 

Base Rent Year Two (2): commencing on February 1, 2011 and continuing to January 31, 2012, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $14.25 per RSF on the entire 9,730 RSF of the Premises or $138,652.50 annually, in equal monthly installments of $11,554.38, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

 

Base Rent Year Three (3(the “Base Rent Year Three”): commencing on February 1, 2012 and continuing to January 31, 2013, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $15.25 per RSF on the entire 9,730 RSF of the Premises, or $148,382.50 annually, in equal monthly installments of $12,365.21, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

 

3


  

Tenant shall pay the first month’s Base Rent upon execution of the Lease. All payments hereunder (including Rent and Additional Rent) shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month.

 

If rent or any other sum payable in this Section remains outstanding for a period of five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of written notice that said amounts are past due, there will be a late charge for such payments, which charge shall be the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per year on any outstanding balance owed, or the maximum amount permitted by law. Failure to pay the late charge is a default under the terms of the Lease.

 

Tenant acknowledges and waives any/all rights to offset or reduce payments due under this Lease.

9. SECURITY DEPOSIT    A security deposit initially in the amount of $37,095.62, equal to three times the last month’s rent, shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant upon execution of the Lease, which amount shall be held as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder (the “ Security Deposit ”). The Security Deposit shall be refunded to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of the end of this lease, without interest, subject to the Tenant’s satisfactory compliance with the conditions of this Lease. Provided that Tenant is not in default, Landlord shall reduce Tenant’s Security Deposit to $24,730.42 equal to two times the last month’s rent, and refund to Tenant any balance as a result of such reduction within thirty (30) days, on the earlier of (a) Tenant exercising its right to the Expansion Premises or (b) at the end of the twenty-seventh (27 th ) month of the term. Upon the occurrence of a default under this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, apply the Security Deposit to cure such default and Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to the sum of $37,095.62 (or any such adjusted amount). Upon a transfer of the Property by the Landlord, Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the return of the Security Deposit.
10. TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES    Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance on the first day of each month, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, as “ Additional Rent ” the Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of (i) the Taxes (as defined below) in excess of the Taxes for the Base Year (as defined below) and (ii) Operating Expenses (as defined below) in excess of the Operating Expenses for the Base Year. If the Term Commencement Date does not occur on the first of the month, then any Additional Rent shall automatically be prorated.

 

4


 

If Landlord obtains an abatement of any excess Taxes, a proportionate share of such abatement, less reasonable fees and costs incurred in obtaining the same, if any, shall be refunded to the Tenant. At the end of each lease year, upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a tax statement consisting of a copy of the bill, a computation of Tenant’s share, and the manner of calculation.

 

Landlord shall reconcile Operating Expenses within ninety (90) days after the end of each year with a detailed breakdown of the costs, a computation of Tenant’s share, and the manner of calculation. Tenant shall have the right to audit such statement with prior written request to Landlord. Tenant’s right shall expire forty-five (45) days following receipt of the reconciliation of operating costs for the previous year. If the audit reveals an overcharge, such amount shall be immediately repaid to Tenant.

 

Taxes ” shall mean all real estate taxes, personal property taxes, assessments, water and sewer charges and all municipal charges levied or assessed or imposed on the Project.

 

Base Year ” shall mean calendar year 2010.

 

Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the Project, including without limitation, (i) insurance premiums paid in connection with the Project; (ii) all utility charges for the Project; (iii) compensation and benefits for Landlord’s employees and agents, engaged in the operation and maintenance of the Project; (iv) worker’s compensation costs and payroll taxes for said employees and agents to be prorated when employee is not full time at the Project; (v) payments to independent contractors for maintenance, repairs, cleaning, management, legal, accounting and maintenance of the Project including utility systems; and (vi) generally all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its operation of the Project.

 

Tenant’s Share ” shall mean 0.08972%. Landlord may by notice in writing, from time to time, adjust Tenant’s Share to reflect the ratio of the actual rentable square feet of the Premises to the actual rentable square feet of the Project.

 

THIS LEASE IS A NET LEASE AND LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO PAY ANY CHARGE OR BEAR

 

5


   ANY EXPENSE WHATSOEVER AGAINST OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREIN NOR SHALL RENT PAYABLE HEREUNDER BE SUBJECT TO ANY REDUCTION OR OFFSET WHATSOEVER,, ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH CHARGE. IN ORDER THAT THE RENT SHALL BE ABSOLUTELY NET TO LANDLORD, TENANT COVENANTS AND AGREES TO PAY AS ADDITIONAL RENT TAXES, BETTERMENT ASSESSMENTS, INSURANCE COSTS, OPERATING EXPENSES AND UTILITY CHARGES WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES AS PROVIDED HEREIN.
11. UTILITIES   

The Tenant shall pay all bills for utilities furnished to the Premises, including, without limitation, electricity, water, sewer, telephone and other services and excluding only heat and air conditioning.

 

Landlord shall, within its control, maintain adequate connections with all utilities excluding phone and data. If utilities are interrupted and Landlord has control of such interruption, then Landlord shall attempt to remedy such interruption. If such interruption of utilities continues for Ten (10) consecutive days, and depending on the extent of such interruption at the Project, then Landlord may relocate Tenant until such time as utilities are restored.

 

Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of electric usage and the Premises will be separately metered at Landlord’s expense.

 

If Landlord and Tenant mutually agree in writing not to sub-meter or check meter the Premises, Tenant will be billed monthly for its electrical energy use at a rate of $1.50 per rentable square foot per year (the “ Utility Charge ”) to be paid as Additional Rent. Landlord shall have the right to adjust the Utility Charge from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

Landlord shall have no obligation to provide utilities or equipment other than the utilities and equipment within the Premises as of the Term Commencement Date. In the event Tenant requires additional utilities or equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof shall be the Tenant’s sole obligation, provided that such installation shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

If the Premises contain a server room or lab room (the Lab ”) with an existing supplemental HVAC unit, Tenant shall be responsible

 

6


  

for maintenance of such existing supplementary HVAC unit. If any server room or lab room should need supplementary HVAC services and Tenant desires to have such a unit installed, Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated HVAC contractor. Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance of said HVAC equipment. At the termination of the Lease or any following Amendment, the supplementary HVAC equipment shall remain with the Premises and will become the property of the Landlord.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, except as caused by Landlord’s willful or grossly negligent misconduct, (i) Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages or injuries sustained by Tenant or those claiming by, through or under Tenant, and (ii) Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of its obligations, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent, because of the interruption, discontinuance, quality or quantity of any utility used in or for the Premises, whether or not supplied by Landlord, and regardless of the reason or cause of the interruption or discontinuance.

12. USES OF LEASED PREMISES   

Tenant’s Premises shall only be used for general office purposes, provided that such use must comply with the Zoning Bylaw of the Town of Maynard and all other applicable Federal, State and

 

Municipal laws and Landlord’s rules and regulations, adopted from time to time.

 

Tenant is satisfied that the uses meet the municipal zoning ordinances and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all losses, claims or damages arising from Tenant’s failure to determine whether the proposed uses comply with the provisions of this Section.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS    Tenant acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted in the Premises or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper, unreasonably noisy or offensive, or contrary to any law or any municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the city or town in which the premises are situated. Said noncompliance shall be considered a breach of this Lease. Also, Tenant acknowledges that it is Tenant’s responsibility to comply with all existing and future laws related to Tenant’s use and operation of the Premises, which may change from time to time. However, Tenant shall not be required to make or pay for Landlord to make structural or capital alterations or repairs, unless the same are necessitated by the Tenants specific use.

 

7


  

Landlord represents that the use of “general office purposes” does not violate the forgoing prohibitions, so long as it is used for general office purposes and normal business operations.

 

We make no representations for Tenant’s business operations. Tenant shall pay for any and all costs associated with the compliance of the current or future laws.

14. FIRE INSURANCE    Tenant shall not permit any use of the Premises which will make void any insurance on the Project or on the contents of the Project or which shall be contrary to any law or regulation from time to time established by the New England Fire Insurance Rating Association, or any similar body succeeding to its powers. Tenant shall upon written demand reimburse Landlord, and all other tenants, for all extra insurance premiums resulting from Tenant’s use of the Premises.
15. MAINTENANCE   

A.     TENANT’S OBLIGATION

   Tenant agrees to maintain the Premises in good and working condition, damage by fire and other casualty and damage caused by Landlord and reasonable wear and tear excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace plate glass, acknowledging that the Premises are now in good order and the glass whole. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced, nor suffer any waste, nor leave the Premises unoccupied at any time, with the exception of non-working hours, and not install any signs at the Project.

B.     LANDLORD’S OBLIGATION

  

Landlord agrees to maintain the structure of the Building in the same condition as it is at the Term Commencement Date or as it may be put in during the Term of and pursuant to the terms of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty and damage caused by Tenant is excepted.

 

Tenant acknowledges that the Building is old and has been recently restored. As such, the structure may contain certain deficiencies that could lead to leaks and other such nuisances due to wind, driving rain and other weather related items. Tenant acknowledges that with reasonable notice the Landlord will respond and make efforts to repair such problems, as seasonal or daily weather may permit. Tenant also acknowledges they may not use any such problems, should they arise, as an excuse to break this Lease and will make reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist the Landlord.

 

8


  Landlord shall maintain, without limitation, in good order and repair (i) all building systems (including HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems), (ii) the common facilities, and (iii) the grounds and landscaping. Landlord shall remove the snow from the parking lot, driveways and entrances. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interruptions to Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises.
16. ALTERATIONS & ADDITIONS   Tenant shall not make alterations or additions to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but may be conditional, and Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine such conditions. Any and all alterations or additions must be performed by Landlord’s general contractor (the “ Alterations ”). All such allowed Alterations shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be in quality at least equal or better than the present construction. Tenant shall not permit any mechanics’ liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the Premises for labor and material furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of Tenant and shall cause any such lien to be released of record forthwith without cost to Landlord. Any Alterations made to the Premises shall become the property of the Landlord at the termination of occupancy as provided herein, and Tenant shall not be responsible for the removal or restoration of any Alterations.
17. ASSIGNMENT & SUBLETTING  

Tenant shall not assign or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, but maybe conditioned by Landlord or its Lender. Tenant shall tender to Landlord upon its request, a non refundable processing fee of $2,500.00 and Landlord shall have the right, at a minimum, to review financial statements, identity and business of any prospective assignee or subtenant before making a decision to grant consent.

 

Landlord shall never be deemed unreasonable in denying its consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or any portion of the Premises under the following circumstances:

 

A.     

   Landlord, after reviewing the proposed subtenant or assignee’s financial statements, shall determine in its sole discretion that the net worth or financial capability of such proposed subtenant or assignee is less than the net worth or financial capability of Tenant or adequate to fulfill the financial obligations of this Lease;

 

9


  B.   if such assignment or subletting would require the Premises to be used for a use that is dissimilar to Tenant’s use, or in Landlord’s determination would result in a use conflict or compete with a use granted to another tenant at the Project;
  C.   if there is a vacancy at the Project and if the terms and conditions of the proposed sublease or assignment are less favorable than those terms and conditions on which Landlord is then offering to lease such vacant space at the Project; or
  D.   if Tenant is in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) of its obligations under this Lease.
  Notwithstanding such consent, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the payment of all Base Rent and Additional Rent and for the full performance of the covenants and conditions of this Lease. For the purpose of this Lease, any transfer of an interest in Tenant shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, other than in connection with a bona fide equity financing of the company through Venture Capital. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in such notice. If Landlord approves a sublease and said sublease is for a total rental amount which on an annual basis is greater than the Base Rent and Additional Rent due from the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, forthwith upon Tenant’s receipt of each installment of such excess Base Rent and Additional Rent, during the term of any approved sublease, as Additional Rent hereunder, in addition to the Base Rent and Additional Rent and other payments due under this Lease, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the positive excess between the Base Rent and Additional Rent received by Tenant, less reasonable transaction costs, which shall include reasonable legal fees not to exceed $2,500.00 and brokerage commissions, under the sublease and the aggregate of Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, there shall be no restriction on Tenant’s right to assign or transfer this Lease to its parent or any subsidiary or affiliate, or to any party in connection with a merger or consolidation involving Tenant or a sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, provided that such successor has as high a net worth as Tenant on (a) the Term Commencement Date or (b) the date of the transfer of this Lease, whichever date the net worth is higher. If this standard is not met, Landlord shall have the right of recapture.

 

10


18. SUBORDINATION   This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage, now existing or at any time hereafter arising, a lien or liens on the property of which the leased premises are a part. Tenant shall, when requested, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments in the lender’s form as shall be necessary to show the subordination of this Lease to said mortgages, deeds of trust or other such instruments in the nature of a mortgage. Tenant’s failure to execute and return documents to Landlord within seventy-two (72) hours of receipt by Tenant or Tenant’s agent shall be deemed a breach of this Lease.
19. ACCESS  

Tenant will have access to its Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week and 52 weeks per year.

 

Landlord or agents of Landlord may show the Premises to others during normal business hours with advance notice to Tenant, and at any time before the expiration of the Term for the purpose related to the sale or refinancing of the Premises, excluding emergencies in which case Landlord may enter the Premises without any notice. Landlord may remove placards and signs not approved and affixed as herein provided, and make repairs and alterations, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interruptions to Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises.

 

Landlord may show the Premises to prospective Tenants at normal business hours during the last nine (9) months of the Term with advance notice to Tenant. Tenant shall provide Landlord or its agents alarm codes. Tenant’s refusal to provide Landlord or its agent’s access as stated above shall be deemed a breach of this Lease.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord or agents of Landlord may only access or show the Lab with advance notice to Tenant, during normal business hours, and only if accompanied by Tenant or agents of Tenant, excluding emergencies in which case Landlord may enter the Premises without any notice.

20. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY  

A.     

   Tenant agrees to defend (with counsel reasonably approved by Landlord), indemnify and save harmless the Landlord, the Landlord’s managing agent and any holder of a mortgage on all or any portion of the Premises from (i) any act, omission or negligence occurring on the Premises of the Tenant, or the Tenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, or employees,

 

11


     or arising from any accident, injury, or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, or (ii) any violation of applicable law by Tenant or those Tenant contractors, licensees, agents, servants, or employees, including, without limitation, any law, regulation or ordinance concerning trash, hazardous materials, or other pollutant occurring from and after the date that possession of the Premises is delivered to the Tenant and until the end of the Term hereof in or about the Premises, or (iii) any accident, injury or damage occurring outside the Premises, where such accident, damage or violation of applicable law results in injury from a willful or grossly negligent act or omission on the part of the Tenant or the Tenant’s agents or employees. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall survive termination of this Lease and include indemnity against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. Landlord agrees to pursue all of its rights under Tenant’s insurance policy before seeking indemnification from Tenant, provided that Tenant’s policy is on an occurrence basis policy with limits as required by Section 21. Landlord agrees that Tenant’s indemnity shall only apply to the extent Landlord does not recover such costs, expenses and liabilities under any such policy. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s insurance shall be the primary insurance policy and that said policy shall be exhausted in its totality before Landlord seeks its own rights to recover under any additional policy. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, or to those claiming by, through or under Tenant, for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying any adjoining space or any part of the Building, or for any loss or damage resulting to Tenant or to those claiming by, through or under Tenant, or its or their property, from the bursting, stopping or leaking of water, gas, sprinklers, sewer or steam pipes, unless such damage is caused by the gross negligence of Landlord.
21. TENANTS INSURANCE   Tenant shall maintain with respect to the Premises and the project, commercial general liability insurance in the amount of three million, five hundred dollars ($3,500,000) with property damage insurance in limits of one million dollars ($1,000,000) in responsible companies qualified to do business in Massachusetts and in good standing therein insuring the Tenant against injury to persons or damage to property as provided. Landlord shall be designated as an additional insured on any such policy. Tenant shall deposit with the Landlord certificates of such insurance at or prior to the Term Commencement Date and thereafter within thirty

 

12


  

(30) days prior to the expiration of any such policies. All such insurance certificates shall provide that such policies shall not be altered or canceled without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord.

 

During the term of the Lease, Tenant shall maintain all risk property and casualty insurance, including theft coverage, written at replacement cost value and with replacement cost endorsement, covering all of Tenant’s personal property in the Premises (including, without limitation, inventory, trade fixtures, floor coverings, furniture and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease) and all leasehold improvements installed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

If available, all insurance policies carried by either party covering the Building and/or the Premises will contain a clause or endorsement expressly waiving any right on the part of insurer to make any claim against the other party. The parties agree to use reasonable efforts to ensure that their policies will include such waiver clause or endorsement. Tenant waives all claims, causes of action and rights of recovery against Landlord for any loss or damage to persons, property or business which occurs on or about the Premises or the Building or the Project and results from any of the perils insured under any policy of insurance maintained by Tenant, regardless of cause. This waiver includes the negligence and intentional wrongdoing of Landlord, its agents, officers and employees, but is effective only to the extent of recovery, if any, under such policy. This waiver will be void to the extent that any such insurance is invalidated by reason of this waiver.

22. FIRE, CASUALTY, EMINENT DOMAIN   

Should a substantial portion of the Premises or of the Project be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty, or be taken by eminent domain, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease. When such fire, casualty or taking renders the Premises substantially unsuitable for their intended use, Tenant may elect to terminate this lease if:

 

(a) Landlord fails to deliver written notice within sixty (60) days of intention to restore Premises, or

 

(b) Landlord fails to restore the Premises to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use within one hundred eighty (180) days of (i) receipt of insurance proceeds in the case of fire or casualty or (ii) receipt of the award in the case of taking Landlord reserves and Tenant grants to Landlord, all rights which the Tenant may have for damages or injury to the leased premises for any taking by eminent domain, except for damage to the Tenant’s fixtures, property, or equipment.

 

13


23. DEFAULT & BANKRUPTCY   

In the event that:

 

(a) Tenant shall default in the payment of any installment of rent or other sum herein specified and such default shall not have been cured within five (5) days; or

 

(b) Tenant shall vacate or abandon all or any part of the Premises or fail to continuously occupy the Premises, such circumstances not having been cured within five (5) days; or

 

(c) Tenant shall materially default in the observance or performance of any other of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder, such default not having been cured within five 5 days of receiving written notice of such material default; or

 

(d) Tenant shall suffer a material adverse change in it’s business, as determined by Landlord; or

 

(e) Tenant shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or, if any assignment shall be made of Tenant’s property for the benefit of creditors, provided,

 

then Landlord shall have the right to proceed with summary process to remove Tenant from the Premises. In the event of default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the terms of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not legal proceedings are instituted. Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all loss of rent and other payments, which the Landlord may incur by reason of such termination during the balance of the Term of this Lease.

 

If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any conditions or covenants on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed hereunder or by virtue of any of the provisions in any article of this Lease other than Tenant’s rental payment obligations, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy such default for the account and at the expense of the Tenant. If the Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to, all attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest at the rate of two (2%) percent per month and costs, shall be paid to the Landlord by the Tenant as Additional Rent upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant of such costs and expenses.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease unless and until Landlord

 

14


   shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days, or such additional time as is required to correct any such default, after receipt of written notice from Tenant to Landlord specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation. If Tenant claims or asserts that Landlord is in default in the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall not be relieved of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance, declaratory judgment or injunction and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any money damages or to terminate this Lease and in no event shall Tenant claim or assert any claim for money damages in any action or by way of set-off, defense or counterclaim and Tenant hereby specifically waives the right to any money damages, to terminate this Lease or any other remedies available at law or in equity.
24. SURRENDER    Tenant shall, at the expiration or other termination of this Lease, remove all Tenant’s goods and effects from the Premises (including without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, all signs and lettering affixed or painted by Tenant, either inside or outside the Premises). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises and all keys, locks thereto, alarm codes and all alterations and additions made to or upon the Premises, in good condition, damage by fire or other casualty only excepted. In the event of the Tenant’s failure to remove any of Tenant’s property from the Premises, Landlord is hereby authorized, without liability to Tenant for loss or damage thereto, and at the sole risk of Tenant, to remove and store any of the property at Tenant’s expense, or to retain same under the Landlord’s control or to sell at public or private sale, without notice, any or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property.
25. GOVERNING LAW, ETC.    This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall take effect as a sealed instrument. All terms, covenants and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No alterations, amendments or waivers hereunder shall be valid or enforceable absent a written instrument signed by all parties hereto. No waiver of any provision hereunder on one occasion shall be deemed to be a waiver on future occasions. All obligations hereunder shall be obligations for each Tenant both jointly and severally. The parties hereto agree that this Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties and that it supersedes all prior agreements and negotiations. Tenant has not relied upon any representation not contained within this Lease and acknowledges that neither

 

15


   Landlord nor its agents have made any warranties or representations of any kind or nature other than those expressly set forth herein. This Lease shall not be binding unless and until, it is executed by Landlord and Tenant.
26. NON-INTERFERENCE    Tenant hereby acknowledges that after the execution date hereunder, Landlord or its affiliates may, from time to time, in connection with any space or parcel(s) (including without limitation any space or parcel(s) which abut the Premises), seek to obtain various approvals, variances, permits, authorizations and/or special permits and the like from the local municipality and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Tenant hereby agrees to cooperate with Landlord in all such efforts and agrees not to oppose or interfere with Landlord, its affiliates, agents, designees, appointees or assigns, in Landlord’s attempts to obtain any such approvals, variances, permits, authorizations and/or special permits and the like. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall be binding on Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders and employees and shall survive the termination of the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any interference shall be deemed a breach of this Lease and Landlord, at its sole discretion, may terminate this Lease.
27. BROKERAGE    Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that they have dealt with no brokers other than CB Richard Ellis-New England and T3 Advisors in this transaction. Each of the parties represents and warrants that there are no other claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the execution of this lease, and each of the parties agrees to indemnify the other against, hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim including without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith.
28. FORCE MAJEURE    If Landlord is delayed, hindered or prevented from the performance of an obligation because of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, the inability to procure materials, power failure, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or another reason not the fault of Landlord, then Landlord’s performance shall be excused for the period of delay.
29. INDEPENDENT COVENANTS    Landlord and Tenant agree that the obligations of Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay rent and additional rent, are independent and not mutually dependent covenants, and that the failure of Landlord to perform any obligation hereunder shall in no event justify or empower Tenant to withhold rent, additional rent or any other amount due to Landlord hereunder or to terminate the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the foregoing is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease.

 

16


30. REPRESENTATIONS    Landlord represents that (i) it has good title to the Premises and common areas in fee simple, (ii) it has full right and authority to execute the Lease, (iii) the Lease does not conflict with any other agreement to which Landlord is bound, and (iv) the Premises and common areas are/will be free from asbestos, underground fuel tanks, and any and all hazardous substances.

[Signatures to follow on next page.]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said parties hereunto set their hands and seals this     day of October, 2009

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
      By:   Wellesley Mills Corporation, its General Partner
By:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Sergio Brosio

Name:       Name:   Robert Buonato Sergio Brosio Duly Authorized Representative for Wellesley Mills Corporation
Title:   VP of Engineering      
By:  

 

     
Name:        
Title:        

 

18


RIDER

TO LEASE DATED             , 2009

TENANT: ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

LANDLORD: WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP

A. Rental Payments . All payments hereunder (including rent and additional rent) shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month. If rent or any other sum payable in this Section remains outstanding for a period of five (5) days, there will be a late charge for such payments, which charge shall be the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per year on any outstanding balance owed, or the maximum amount permitted by law. Failure to pay the late charge is a default under the terms of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges and waives any and all rights to offset or reduce payments due under this Lease,

B. Early Access . Tenant may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, have access to the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date provided that Tenant shall provide the insurance required by this Lease and does not interfere with existing use of the Premises and Landlord’s work at the Premises, if any. Tenant’s access shall be at Tenant’s sole risk.

C. Indemnification . Tenant further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims and damages for injury to person or damage to property, of any kind or nature, of any person or entity (including attorneys’ fees) which may arise in connection with the Tenant’s operation of its business on the Premises.

D. No Joint Venture . Nothing contained in this Lease will be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership of or between Tenant and Landlord as to create any other relationship between the parties other than as Tenant and Landlord and Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless Landlord from any and all damages resulting from such a construction of the relationship of the parties hereto.

E. Notices . Any notice or other communication in connection with this Lease shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

To Landlord:

WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

c/o Wellesley Management LLC

12 Clock Tower Place

Suite 200

Maynard, MA 01754 To Tenant:

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

3 Clock Tower Place

Suite 210

Maynard, MA 01754

Such notice shall be delivered in hand or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such address may be changed to any

 

19


other address within the United States by written notice given in the aforesaid manner by the party desiring to effect the change. Any notice given in the aforesaid manner shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when so hand delivered or deposited with the United States Postal Service.

F. Authority to Execute . Tenant and Landlord covenant that the signatory of this Lease on behalf of each party is duly authorized to execute this Lease. Tenant shall provide at execution of this Lease a corporate resolution in the form attached as Exhibit B authorizing the officers to bind the corporation or other legal document to provide such evidence.

G. Parking . Tenant may use the parking facility, if any, serving the Building as designated by Landlord from time to time. Parking spaces in the parking facility, if any, are on an unreserved, unassigned basis in areas designated by Landlord from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign and reserve parking spaces and areas for specific individuals and/or tenants. Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant’s parking to another location not on the Project.

H. Holding Over . In the event that Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant shall remain on the Premises after the termination of this Lease or any renewals, extensions or modifications thereof, Tenant shall forthwith be liable for and pay triple rent.

I. Signage . No signs, billboards, posters or advertising materials of any type or description shall be erected or kept by the Tenant on the interior common areas or the exterior of the building without the prior written consent and approval of the Landlord. Tenant shall be included in all interior Building standard sign programs at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

J. Additional Remedies on Default . Notwithstanding any termination of this Lease or any re-entry by Landlord, Tenant agrees to pay and be liable for amounts equal to the several installments of rent and any other charges herein reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not re-entered the Premises and whether the Premises be re-let or remain vacant in whole or in part or for a period less than the remainder of the Term, or for the whole thereof; but in the event the Premises be re-let in whole or in part, by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the amount of the rent received by Landlord in reletting after deduction of reasonable expenses in re-letting the Premises and in collecting the rent in connection therewith.

K. Estoppel Certificate . Upon not less than five (5) days prior written request, the Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been any modifications that the same are in full force and effect as modified and stating the modification), and the dates to which the rent hereunder and other charges have been paid and any other information reasonably requested. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this paragraph may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or lending source.

L. Confidentiality . Tenant agrees that the terms of this Lease shall remain confidential and that any breach of this clause shall constitute a breach of the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms contained herein are confidential to Landlord. Tenant agrees that it

 

20


will keep all information confidential and will not disclose the terms of the Lease, the information provided by Landlord with respect to operating costs, taxes, base rent, additional rent, etc. to other existing or prospective tenants except to those officers, accountants, lawyers of the Tenant. Any disclosure will be considered a breach of this Lease.

M. Cleaning . Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of cleaning the Premises, which shall be arranged by Tenant. Tenant must use Landlord’s designated cleaning service, which shall be paid for by Tenant.

N. Alterations . Except as set forth herein, all alterations and additions to the Premises shall be installed at Tenant’s expense only in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval may be withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. All work performed on the Premises shall be performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord or by Landlord’s general contractor. Prior to the commencement work, Tenant shall provide adequate security to Landlord to ensure that the work will be paid for by Tenant upon completion.

O. Relocation . Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant to other space, within the Project, provided such space shall be substantially similar and with the Tenant’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall give Tenant sixty (60) days written notice of such intention to relocate, but in no event shall Landlord relocate Tenant during the first year of the Lease. On the date of such relocation this Lease shall be amended by deleting the description of the Premises and substituting therefore the description of such space. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable costs of moving Tenant to such other space within the Project, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to expend more than rent due for three months under this Lease, and any costs associated with moving and setting up the Lab. In no event shall Tenant be reimbursed for costs incurred due to business interruption.

P. [Intentionally Removed.]

Q. Condominium . Landlord reserves the right at any time to convert the Project into a condominium in accordance with M.G.L. c. 183A. Tenant agrees to execute all necessary documentation to effectuate said conversion.

R. Financial Statements . Tenant agrees to deliver, upon request from Landlord: (1) statements of cash flows of the Tenant, (2) income statements of the Tenant, and (3) balance sheets of the Tenant, all such statements to be in reasonable detail, including all supporting schedules and comments, the statements and balance sheets to be reviewed or audited by an independent certified public accountant, and certified by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Tenant.

All information on such statements shall be held in confidence by Landlord.

S. No Accord and Satisfaction . No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the rent and additional rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such rent and additional rent due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any

 

21


letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed as accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

[Signatures to follow on next page.]

 

22


ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
      By:   Wellesley Mills Corporation, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Bhupen Shah

    By:  

/s/ Sergio Brosio

Name:    Bhupen Shah     Name:   Robert Buonato Sergio Brosio Duly Authorized Representative for Wellesley Mills Corporation
Title:   VP of Engineering      
By:  

 

     
Name:        
Title:        

 

23


EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A    FLOOR PLAN
EXHIBIT B    SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT C    [Intentionally Removed]
EXHIBIT D    RULES & REGULATIONS

 

24


EXHIBIT A

Floor Plan

(attached)

 

25


LOGO

 

26


EXHIBIT B

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

I, Christian Rasmussen , hereby certify that I am the duly elected and qualified President of Acacia , a Delaware corporation whose principal place of business is in Maynard, Massachusetts, and that the following vote was duly adopted by its Board of Directors:

“VOTED: That                     , President/CEO and                     , Treasurer of ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. are authorized and directed to execute and deliver a lease with Wellesley/Rosewood Maynard Mills Limited Partnership, in respect of the premises located at Clock Tower Place, Maynard, Massachusetts, upon the terms and conditions acceptable to President or Treasurer; and the execution of a lease by the President or Treasurer will be conclusive evidence of the fact that the Lease was acceptable.

I further certify that the foregoing vote is in full force and effect.

 

Dated: 10-27, 2009     Attest:  

/s/ Christian Rasmussen

    President  
    (SEAL)  

 

27


EXHIBIT C

[Intentionally Removed.]

 

28


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. Heating, lighting and plumbing: The Landlord shall be notified at once of any accidents to or defects in plumbing, electrical fixtures, or heating and cooling apparatus so that such accidents or defects may be attended to properly.

 

2. Tenant shall see that all doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked and must observe strict care and caution to ensure that all of its water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises.

 

3. Tenant shall not alter any lock or access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or any bolt on any door of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord. If Landlord shall give its consent, Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key or access code for any such lock.

 

4. The sidewalks, entrances, halls and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress to and egress from the Premises, and no articles or rubbish shall be left herein.

 

5. No plumbing fixture or appliance shall be used for any purpose other than that for which it is intended, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, ashes or other substances shall be thrown herein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant shall be repaired and replaced at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible for the same.

 

6. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot of area as prescribed by Landlord, subject to change from time to time, and allowed by law. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in settings sufficient, in Landlord’s sole judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and disturbance that may be transmitted to the Building’s structure. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. If any such safe, machinery, equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, Tenant agrees that any disassembly, packaging and handling of the same shall comply with applicable laws and regulations. The moving of any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and Tenant shall exonerate, indemnify and save Landlord harmless against and from any liability, loss, injury, damage, claim or suit resulting directly or indirectly from such moving, including without limitation, relocation costs and expenses of tenants in the Building, if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such relocation is necessary.

 

7. Lettering on doors, tablets and the Building directory shall be subject to the approval of the Landlord; no lettering shall be allowed on outside windows. Directories will be placed by Landlord, in conspicuous places in the Building. No other directories shall be permitted without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

29


8. No sign, poster, placard, name, advertisement, or notice, visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be inscribed, painted, affixed to glass or wall, installed or otherwise displayed by Tenant either on the Premises or any part of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

9. No wires for electric lights, messenger service or for any other purpose shall be put in the Premises without the consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not install radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or any other device on exterior walls or roof of the Building.

 

10. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, awnings, hangings, or decorations shall be attached to, hung, or placed in, or used in connection with any window or door of the building without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

11. No animals or birds of any kind shall be kept, allowed in or about the Building any time for any reason other than those granted by law.

 

12. Movement in or out of the Project of furniture or office equipment that requires use of hallways, stairways, or movement through the Project entrances or lobbies shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Wellesley Management at least 48 hours notice before the move date.

All freight, furniture, etc. must be received and delivered through entrances to the Building designated for such purpose unless otherwise authorized by the Landlord.

Moving Times are after 5 PM weekdays and 9 AM - 3 PM on Saturdays.

Tenant shall refer to the site plan for the proper loading dock and elevator to be used during its move. Wellesley Management will advise Tenant of the proper loading dock and elevator to be used for all deliveries coming to Tenant’s office.

 

13. Nothing shall be thrown from or taken in through the windows, nor shall anything be left outside the Building on the windowsills of the Premises, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

14. Tenant shall not loiter and/or congregate in the Building or on front of the Premises. No part of the Building, the Premises or grounds shall, at any time, be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

15. Subject to the Lease, the Landlord, its agents and employees shall have access at reasonable times to perform their duties in the maintenance and operation of the Project.

 

16. Tenant shall not use any method of heating other than that provided for in the Tenant’s Lease without the consent of the Landlord.

 

30


17. All HVAC systems will be operational seasonally, with the exclusion of labs and server rooms, on Business Days from 7:30 AM to 7:30 PM Monday through Friday and Saturday 9:00 AM to 1:00 PM. Additional service will be provided on an individual basis when requested by the Tenant with 24-hour notice to Landlord for Monday through Saturday use and 48 hour notice for Sunday and Holiday use, if Clock Tower Place is not open on that holiday, and any additional charges incurred thereby, will be assessed to Tenant. There will be a Seventy Five ($75.00) per unit per hour charge, with a four (4) hour minimum for weekend use, for said requested service. Tenant will be billed, as Additional Rent, for requested HVAC service and payment of such will be due with the next monthly rent installment. Landlord reserves the right not to allow additional services such as HVAC services.

 

18. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage caused to the Premises or Building or the Property or to any person herein as a result of any breach of any of the Rules and Regulations by the Tenant.

 

19. Neither Tenant nor any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go up on the roof of any building at the Project at any time.

 

20. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from Clock Tower Place any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the rules and regulations of Clock Tower Place.

 

21. During the continuance of any invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building by closing the doors, or otherwise, for the safety of tenants and protection of the Building and property in the Building.

 

22. Tenant’s agents, employees, servants, patrons, customers, invitees and visitors shall not solicit business in the Building’s parking facilities or common areas nor shall Tenant distribute any handbills or other advertising matter outside the Premises or in the parking areas.

 

23. Building security is a cooperative venture. Tenant must assume full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft and pilferage by keeping doors locked as well as securing other means of entry into the Premises.

 

24. Tenant shall make reasonable efforts to conserve electricity, water, and air conditioning.

 

25. Tenant shall obey all parking signs and marking on the pavement. Tenant shall not park in fire lanes, within ten feet of fire hydrants, in loading zones, and shall properly park within parking space lines. Tenant shall not park any type of vehicle, whether for business use or personal use, on any parking lot or parking facility on the Project overnight without the prior consent of Landlord. Any vehicle(s) parked overnight for any extended period of time, shall be subject to towing at the vehicle owner’s sole risk and expense.

 

26. Parking spaces in the parking lots and facilities are on an unreserved, unassigned basis in areas designated by the Landlord from time to time. Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign and reserve parking spaces and areas for specific individuals and/or tenants. Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant’s parking to another location not on the Project.

 

31


27. Tenant shall not employ any of Landlord’s employees or agents for any purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent from Landlord.

 

28. Tenant is required to use Landlord’s preferred vendors (cleaning, construction, and maintenance of base building systems) at all times, unless otherwise approved, in writing, by Landlord. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building including installations of electrical devices and attachments, and installations of any nature affecting the floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, or any other physical portion of the Building. Additional services can be arranged for the Tenant by the Landlord using Landlord’s preferred vendors for such services as catering, telecommunications, copy and printing services, and furniture suppliers at preferred pricing.

 

29. Clock Tower Place is a non-smoking environment. There shall be no smoking within the buildings. Tenant shall utilize the smoking areas provided throughout the park.

 

30. The Landlord reserves the right to make changes or any such other and further rules and regulations as, in its sole and absolute discretion, may from time to time be necessary.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bhupen Shah

Title:   VP of Engineering

 

32


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                                          , ss.

On                      , 2009, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared, Sergio Brosio for Robert Buonato and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:

 

¨    A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
¨    On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
¨    Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
¨    The following evidence of identification:   

 

  

 

 

 

Notary Public
Printed Name:  

 

My Commission Expires:                     

 

33


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Middlesex, ss.

On Oct 27 th , 2009, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared             (the “President”) of ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:

 

x    A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
¨    On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
¨    Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
¨       The following evidence of identification:  

 

  

 

 

/s/ Marie E. Dunham

Notary Public
Printed Name:   Marie E. Dunham
My Commission Expires:   6/12/12

 

34


November 24, 2009

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC,

3 Clock Tower Place

Suite 210

Maynard, MA 01754

This letter serves to memorialize the Term Commencement Date for the ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. Lease dated October 27, 2009, for the “Premises” Suite 210, in Building Three Clock Tower Place, as November 23, 2009 and the Term Expiration Date as February 28, 2013. The term is three (3) years, three (3) months and seven (7) days, the Rent Commencement date is March 1, 2010.

 

Best regards,

/s/ Melissa Kimball

Melissa Kimball
Managing Director
Addison Wellesley Real Estate Advisors
mkimball@wellesley.com
978-823-8240

 

/s/ Bhupen Shah

Signed and Accepted
Name:   Bhupen Shah
Title:   Vice President of Engineering


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is made this      day of November 2010 and is by and between WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Twelve Clock Tower Place, Suite 200, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation established under the laws of the State of Delaware and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, Massachusetts, (“Tenant”).

STATEMENT OF FACTS

Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “Lease”), with respect to certain office space located on the second floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, MA, known and numbered Suite 210, containing approximately 9,730 contiguous rentable square feet (the “Original Premises”). Term, Term Commencement Date, Term Expiration Date and Rent Commencement Date were memorialized in that certain memorialization letter dated November 24, 2009.

Tenant desires to exercise its option to expand into the approximately 4,890 contiguous rentable square feet on the second floor of Three Clock Tower Place (the “Expansion Premises”).

Landlord and Tenant desire to modify certain terms of the Lease. To the extent that any terms of the Lease contradict this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall supersede the terms of the Lease.

TERMS OF AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended and modified as follows:

1. Demise of Expansion Premises . Commencing on November 15, 2010 (the “Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date”) Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Expansion Premises. Tenant agrees to take occupancy on November 15, 2010.

2. Premises . Commencing on the New Premises Term Commencement Date as defined herein, delete the first paragraph of Section 2 of the Lease in its entirety and replace it with the following:

A portion of the building consisting of 14,620 contiguous rentable square feet (“RSF”) located on the Second Floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, Massachusetts, more particularly known as Suite 210, as shown on Exhibit A-l (the “Expanded Premises”), together with the right to use in common, with others entitled thereto, all common area of the building, including but not limited to the hallways, stairways, and elevators, necessary for access to said leased premises, and lavatories nearest thereto, if any. Except as set forth herein, the Premises are to be delivered in “AS-IS” condition as they are in on the date of this Amendment.

 

1


3. Term . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date as defined herein, delete Section 6 of the lease and replace it with the following:

Original Premises .

With respect to the Original Premises: (i) the term shall be three (3) years, three (3) months and seven (7) days (ii) the Term Commencement Date shall be October 27, 2009, (iii) the Term Expiration Date shall be February 28, 2013, and (iv) the Rent Commencement Date shall be March 1, 2010.

Expansion Premises .

With respect to the Expansion Premises: (i) the term shall be two (2) years, three (3) months and sixteen (16) days, (ii) the term shall commence on the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, (iii) the term shall be co-terminus with the Term Expiration Date of the Original Premises, and (iv) the Rent Commencement Date shall be February 1, 2011.

4. Rent . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date as defined herein, delete Section  8 of the lease in its entirety and replace it with the following:

Tenant shall pay, without any offset or reduction, except as set forth herein, base rent to Landlord at the rate of:

A Security Deposit in the amount of $37,159.17, equal to the last two (2) months rent, shall be paid to Landlord upon execution of the Lease Amendment, minus the $37,095.62 Security Deposit currently on account with Landlord. The balance in the amount of $63.55 shall be due upon execution of the Lease Amendment. The Security Deposit shall be held as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a default under this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, apply the Security Deposit to cure such default and Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to the sum of $37,159.17. Upon a transfer of the Property by the Landlord, Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the return of the Security Deposit.

5. Taxes and Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, amend Section 10 of the tease as follows:

“Tenant’s Share” shall mean 1.3481%

6. Furniture .

Tenant shall have the right to use the furniture in the Original Premises and in the Expansion Premises for the full Term of the Lease. Tenant shall return said furniture to Landlord upon expiration of the Lease in the same condition delivered to Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

2


7. Early Access .

Landlord will grant Tenant early access to the Premises during construction for the purposes of wiring for data and phones, and for any work necessary for the set up and activation of Security Systems, all the foregoing to be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, unless otherwise stated herein.

8. Brokers .

Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that neither has dealt with any brokers in this transaction. Each of the parties represents and warrants that there are no other claims for brokerage commissions or finders fees in connection with the execution of this First Lease Amendment, and each of the parties agrees to indemnify the other against and hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim, including without limitation, the cost of council fees in connection therewith.

Commencing on November 1, 2010 and continuing to February 28, 2011, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $13.75 per RSF per year on the 8,510 RSF portion of the Original Premises, or $117,012.50 annually, in equal monthly installments of $9,751.04, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

For the period commencing November 15, 2010 and continuing to January 31,2011, the Expansion Premises shall be Base Rent Free.

For the period commencing February 1, 2011 and continuing to February 28, 2011, Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be $3,404.69.

Commencing on March 1, 2011 and continuing to February 28, 2012, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $14.25 per RSF on the entire 14,620 RSF or $208,335.00 annually, in equal monthly installments of $17,361.25, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

Commencing on March 1, 2012 and continuing to February 28, 2013, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $15.25 per RSF on the entire $14,620 RSF or $222,955.00 annually, in equal monthly installments of $ $18,579.58, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

Tenant shall pay the February 2011 Base Rent for the Expansion Premises upon execution of the Amendment. All other payments hereunder (including Rent and Additional Rent) shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month.

If rent or any other sum payable in this Section remains outstanding for a period of five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of written notice that said amounts are past due, there will be a late charge for such payments, which charge shall be the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per year on any outstanding balance owed, or the maximum amount permitted by law. Failure to pay the late charge is a default under the terms of the Lease.

 

3


Tenant acknowledges any/all rights to offset or reduce payments due under this Lease.

9. Security Deposit . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, delete Section 9 in its entirety and replace it with the following:

10. Expansion Right .

Tenant shall have the option to lease additional space within 1 Clock Tower Place or 3 Clock Tower Place consisting of up to approximately 10,000 rentable square feet (the “Second Expansion Premises”) for a lease term of up to three years. The Base Rent for the Second Expansion Premises shall be $13.00 per rentable square foot per year for the initial term of that space.

11. Default .

If for any reason Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Amendment, the same shall be deemed a default under the Lease, entitling Landlord to exercise all of its rights and remedies there under.

12. Tenant Representations .

Tenant hereby represents and certifies that the Lease for the Premises as defined under the Lease is in full force and effect, that all obligations of Landlord under the Lease as of the date hereof have been performed by Landlord, and that, as of the date hereof, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there exists no default by Landlord under the Lease and Tenant has no defenses, rights of offset, credits, deductions in rent or claims against Landlord, or its successors or assigns, of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease.

13. Terms .

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the definition provided in the Lease.

14. Ratification .

The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that this Amendment shall prevail over any other provisions of the Lease which are inconsistent with this Amendment.

15. Counterparts and Authority .

This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person or persons executing this Amendment on its behalf has or have the authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the date first written above.

 

4


ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    

WELLESLEY ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By its sole General Partner Wellesley Mills Corporation

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Printed Name:  

 

    Name:   D. Scott DiGiancomo
Title:  

 

    Title:   Duly Authorized Agent

 

5


EXHIBIT A-2

FLOOR PLAN

(Attached)

 

6


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Second Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is made this 13 day of February, 2012 and is by and between WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Twelve Clock Tower Place, Suite 200, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a corporation established under the laws of the State of Delaware and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, Massachusetts, (“Tenant”).

STATEMENT OF FACTS

Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment To Lease dated November 29, 2010 with respect to certain office space located on the second floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, MA, known and numbered Suite 210, containing approximately 14,620 contiguous rentable square feet (the “Original Premises and Expansion Premises”).

Tenant desires to exercise its option to lease additional space. Tenant desires to expand into the approximately 4,858 contiguous rentable square feet on the second floor of Three Clock Tower Place (the “Second Expansion Premises”).

Landlord and Tenant desire to modify certain terms of the Lease. To the extent that any terms of the Lease contradict this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall supersede the terms of the Lease.

TERMS OF AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended and modified as follows:

1. Demise of the Second Expansion Premises . Commencing on February 15, 2012 (the “Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date”) Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Second Expansion Premises in “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease Amendment. Tenant agrees to take occupancy on February 15, 2012.

2. Premises . Commencing on the Second Premises Term Commencement Date, delete the first paragraph of Section 2 of the Lease in its entirety and replace it with the following:

A portion of the building consisting of 19,478 contiguous rentable square feet (“RSF”) located on the Second Floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, Massachusetts, consisting of 14,620 RSF and more particularly known as Suite 210 as shown on Exhibit A-2 , and 4,858 RSF and more particularly known as Suite 200 as shown on Exhibit A-3 , together with the right to use in common, with others entitled thereto, all common area of the building, including but not limited to the hallways, stairways, and elevators, necessary for access to said leased premises, and lavatories nearest thereto, if any. Except as set forth herein, the Premises are to be delivered in the same “as-is” condition they are in on the date of this Amendment.


3. Term . Commencing on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following paragraph at the end of Section 6:

Second Expansion Premises .

With respect to the Second Expansion Premises: (i) the term shall be one (1) year and fifteen (15) days, (ii) the term shall commence on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, (iii) the term shall be co-terminus with the Term Expiration Date of the Original Premises and Expansion Premises, and (iv) the Rent Commencement Date shall be February 15, 2012.

4. Rent . Commencing on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 8:

For the period commencing on February 15, 2012 and continuing to February 28, 2013, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Second Expansion Premises at the rate of $13.00 per RSF per year, $63,154.00 annually, in equal monthly installments of $5,262.83, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

Tenant shall pay the pro-rated February 2012 Base Rent for the Second Expansion Premises in the amount of $2,722.16 upon execution of the Amendment. All other payments hereunder (including Rent and Additional Rent) shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month.

5. Security Deposit for the Second Expansion Premises . Commencing on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by deleting Section 9 in its entirety and replace it with the following:

A Security Deposit in the amount of $37,159.17 is currently on account with the Landlord for the Original Premises and Expansion Premises.

A Security Deposit for the Second Expansion Premises in the amount of $10,525.66, equal to the last two (2) months rent, shall be paid to landlord upon execution of this Lease Amendment.

The Security Deposits shall be held as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a default under this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, apply the Security Deposit to cure such default and Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to the sum of $37,159.17 for the Original Premises and Expansion Premises, and to the sum of $10,525.66 for the Second Expansion Premises.

Upon a transfer of the Property by the Landlord, Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the return of the Security Deposits.

 

- 2 -


6. Taxes and Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, amend Section 10 of the Lease as follows:

“Tenant’s Share” shall mean 1.7961%.

7. Utilities . Amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 11:

Commencing on the Second Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant will be billed monthly for electrical energy use within the Second Expansion Premises at a rate of $1.50 per rentable square foot per year, to be paid as Additional Rent, pro-rated for any partial month.

8. Furniture .

Tenant shall have the right to use the furniture in the Original Premises and Expansion Premises, and in the Second Expansion Premises, for the full Term of the Lease. Tenant shall return said furniture to Landlord upon expiration of the Lease in the same condition delivered to Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted.

9. Early Access .

Landlord will grant Tenant early access to the Premises for the purposes of wiring for data and phones, and for any work necessary for the set up and activation of Security Systems, all the foregoing to be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, unless otherwise stated herein.

10. Brokers .

Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that neither has dealt with any brokers in this transaction. Each of the parties represents and warrants that there are no other claims for brokerage commissions or finders fees in connection with the execution of this First Lease Amendment, and each of the parties agrees to indemnify the other against and hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim, including without limitation, the cost of council fees in connection therewith.

11. Expansion Right .

Tenant shall have the option to lease additional space consisting of approximately 10,000 rentable square feet (the “Third Expansion Premises”). The Base Rent for the Third Expansion Premises shall be $13.00 per rentable square foot per year for the initial term of that space.

12. Default .

If for any reason Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Amendment, the same shall be deemed a default under the Lease, entitling Landlord to exercise all of its rights and remedies there under.

 

- 3 -


13. Tenant Representations .

Tenant hereby represents and certifies that the Lease for the Premises as defined under the Lease is in full force and effect, that all obligations of Landlord under the Lease as of the date hereof have been performed by Landlord, and that, as of the date hereof, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there exists no default by Landlord under the Lease and Tenant has no defenses, rights of offset, credits, deductions in rent or claims against Landlord, or its successors or assigns, of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease.

14. Terms .

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the definition provided in the Lease.

15. Ratification .

The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that this Amendment shall prevail over any other provisions of the Lease which are inconsistent with this Amendment.

16. Counterparts and Authority .

This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person or persons executing this Amendment on its behalf has or have the authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the date first written above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    

WELLESLEY ROSEWOOD MAYNARD

MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By its sole General Partner Wellesley Mills Corporation

     
     
     
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ D. Scott DiGiacomo

Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj     Name:   D. Scott DiGiacomo
Title:   President & CEO     Title:   Duly Authorized Agent

 

- 4 -


EXHIBIT A-3

FLOOR PLAN

(Attached)

 

- 5 -


LOGO

3-200

4,858 RSF

 

- 6 -


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Third Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is made this 21st day of November 2012 and is by and between WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Two Clock Tower Place, Suite 200, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation established under the laws of the State of Delaware and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, Massachusetts, (“Tenant”),

STATEMENT OF PACTS

Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment To Lease dated November 29, 2010, and that certain Second Amendment to Lease, dated February 13, 2012, with respect to certain office space located on the second floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, MA, known and numbered Suite 210, containing approximately 19,478 contiguous rentable square feet (the “Original Premises and Expansion Premises”).

Tenant desires to extend the term of the lease and relocate from its existing premises on the second floor of Three Clock Tower Place to the 28,249 square feet of space on the first floor of Three Clock Tower Place, the “Relocation Premises”.

Landlord and Tenant desire to modify certain terms of the Lease. To the extent that any terms of the Lease contradict this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall supersede the terms of the Lease.

TERMS OF AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended and modified as follows:

 

1. Demise of the Relocation Premises . Commencing on February 1, 2013 (the “Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date”) Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Relocation Premises in “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease Amendment, however Landlord shall, at its cost, complete all of the demising and installation pursuant to the scope and floor plan attached as Exhibit A-l and to General Specifications for Construction contained in Exhibit A-2.

Landlord will provide tenant with a turnkey build out based upon the attached plan and specifications in Exhibits A-l and A-2, In the event Landlord is not substantially complete with Landlord’s work by February 1st, 2013, The Term Commencement day shall be extended on a day for day basis until such time as the Relocation Premises is substantially complete and Tenant may occupy the space. In the event that Landlord has not completed Landlord’s work by February 15th 2013 there shall be a penalty of one day of free base rent

 

1


for each one day delay, until March 1 st , 2013. Then starting March 1, 2013 the penalty shall be two days of free rent for each day of delay. Tenant will also be allowed to remain in current suite until Relocation Premises is ready to occupy and will have two (2) weeks after Relocation Term Commencement Date to clear current suite of Tenant belongings. In the event Tenant vacates the Premises within this two week period, Tenant shall have no further obligation to pay rent on this space, In the event Tenant does not vacate the Original Premises within this period Tenant shall then continue to pay rent on the Original Premises under the Original Lease as if the Tenant had not vacated, commencing on the fifteenth (15th) day and continuing until Tenant has fully vacated.

Tenant shall continue to pay rent on the existing space under the existing structure until such time as the Relocation Space is substantially complete and Tenant can occupy the Space.

Landlord shall commence Landlord’s work as soon as possible after execution of this Amendment. In the event Landlord completes its work prior to February 1, 2013, Tenant shall have the right to utilize the Relocation Premises without charge. In any event Tenant shall have the right to conduct its installation work within the Relocation Premises, prior to the Relocation Term Commencement Date, provided that such work does not interfere with Landlord’s work, in landlord’s sole judgment and discretion.

 

2. Premises . Commencing on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, delete the first paragraph of Section 2 of the Lease in its entirety and replace it with the following:

A portion of the building consisting of 28,249 contiguous rentable square feet (“RSF”) located on the First Floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, Massachusetts, and more particularly known as Suite 130 as shown on Exhibit A-1 , together with the right to use in common with others entitled thereto, all common area of the building, including but not limited to the hallways, stairways, and elevators, necessary for access to said leased premises, and lavatories nearest thereto, if any. Except as set forth herein including the scope of work to be performed in Exhibits A-l and A-2, the Premises are to be delivered in the same “as-is” condition they are in on the date of this Amendment

Landlord shall designate two (2) reserved parking spaces in the lower level of the parking garage for Tenant’s exclusive use, at no additional charge. Use of such space is subject to the rules and regulations of the management company and the harmonious management of the garage, but in no case during the term will the Tenant be denied use of anything less than two (2) tenant designated reserved parking spaces.

 

3. Term . Commencing on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following paragraph at the end of Section 6:

Relocation Premises.

With respect to the Relocation Premises: (i) the term shall be four (4) years and four (4) months, (ii) the term shall commence on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, and (iii) the Rent Commencement Date shall be April 1, 2013.

 

2


4. Rent . Commencing on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 8:

For the period commencing on February 1, 2013 and continuing thru March 31, 2013, Tenant shall pay no Base Rent for the Relocation Premises. Commencing on April 1, 2013 and continuing through January 31, 2014, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for 23,815 RSF of Relocation Premises at the rate of $6.805per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $16,206.10, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on February 1, 2014 and continuing through - January 31, 2016, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entirety (consisting of 28,249 contiguous rentable square feet) of Relocation Premises at the rate of $15.47 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $36,417;67, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on February 1, 2016 and continuing through January 31, 2017, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for entirety of (consisting of 28,249 contiguous rentable square feet) Relocation Premises at the rate of $17.22 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $40,537.32, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on February 1, 2017 and continuing through April 30, 2017, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entirety of (consisting of 28,249 contiguous rentable square feet) Relocation Premises at the rate of $16.31 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $38,395.10, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on May 1, 2017 and continuing thru May 31, 2017, Tenant shall pay no Base Rent.

 

5. Security Deposit for the Relocation Premises . Commencing on the execution of the Third Amendment, amend the lease by deleting Section 9 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

A Security Deposit in the amount of $68,000.00 is due and payable to the Landlord for the Relocation Premises.

A Security Deposit for the Original and the Second Expansion Premises in the amount of $47,684.83, currently held by Landlord shall be applied to the Security Deposit Due for the Relocation Premises.

The Security Deposits shall be held as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. Upon the occurrence of a default under this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, apply the Security Deposit to cure such default and Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to the sum of $68,000.00 for the Relocation Premises.

Upon a transfer of the Property by the Landlord, Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the return of the Security Deposits.

 

6. Taxes and Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, amend Section 10 of the Lease as follows:

“Tenant’s Share” shall mean 2.6384%.

“Base Year” shall mean calendar 2013

 

3


7. Utilities . Amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 11:

Commencing on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant will be billed monthly for electrical energy use within the Relocation Premises, either thru the check meter within the Relocation Premises or at a rate of $1.50 per rentable square foot per year, to be paid as Additional Rent, pro-rated for any partial month.

 

8. Furniture .

Tenant shall have the right to use the furniture in the Relocation Premises, a list of such furniture attached as Exhibit B, to be finalized three (3) weeks prior to the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, for the full Term of the Lease. Tenant shall also have the right to relocate furniture, at its cost and expense, from the Original and Second Expansion Premises. A list of such furniture is attached as Exhibit B-l, to be finalized three (3) weeks prior to the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date. Tenant shall return said furniture to Landlord upon expiration of the Lease in the same condition delivered to Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall the right to utilize all existing and spare/excess cubicle panels and related hardware in the current Relocation Premises for its use during the term.

It is the understanding of the Landlord that the cubicles and offices within the Premises are wired for voice and data. Tenant shall verify same satisfactory for its use. Any changes additions to remedies to cubical wiring shall be tenants responsibility. Tenant will have the right to relocate its current switch to the new Premises. Tenant will be responsible for all wiring of its voice, data, etc. requirements for the Premises.

 

9. Signage .

Tenant shall be included in all building standard sign programs, including a building standard directional sign in the hall adjacent to the center stairwell in the building, at Landlord’s cost and expense.

 

10. Security System .

Tenant shall have access to their premises twenty-four (24) hours per day; seven (7) days per week. Tenant acknowledges that there may be continued improvements to the building after Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant may install its own security system. Costs associated with security to Tenant’s Premises shall be the responsibility of the Tenant. Landlord shall have key access to the Premises for emergency purposes only and contact information and emergency telephone for Tenant’s security company and local representative.

 

11. Early Access .

Landlord will grant Tenant early access to the Premises for the purposes of wiring for data and phones, and for any work necessary for the set up and activation of Security Systems, provided such work does not interfere with Landlord’s work, all the foregoing to be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, unless otherwise stated herein,

 

4


12. HVAC.

Add the following language to sixth (6th) Section 11 of the Original Lease, HVAC Section;

“All HVAC systems will be operational seasonally, with the exclusion of labs and server rooms, on Business Days from 7:30 AM to 7:30 PM Monday through Friday and Saturday 9:00 AM to 1:00 PM. Additional service will be provided on an individual basis when requested by the Tenant with 24-hour notice to Landlord for Monday through Saturday use and 48 hour notice for Sunday and Holiday use, if Clock Tower Place is not open on that holiday, and any additional charges incurred thereby will be assessed to Tenant. There will be a Seventy Five Dollar ($75.00) per unit per hour charge, with a four (4) hour minimum for weekend use, for said requested service. Tenant will be billed, as Additional Rent, for requested HVAC service and payment of such will be due with the next monthly rent installment. Landlord reserves the right not to allow additional services such as HVAC services.”

 

13. Brokers.

Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that neither has dealt with any brokers in this transaction other than Avison Young and Atlas Commercial Real Estate, who shall be paid a fee under separate agreement and timetable with Landlord. Each of the parties represents and warrants that there are no other claims for brokerage commissions or finders fees in connection with the execution of the Original lease or subsequent Amendments, and each of the parties agrees to indemnify the other against and hold the other harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim, including without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith.

 

14. Expansion Right.

Tenant shall have the on-going “Right of First Refusal” to lease additional space adjacent to the Relocation Premises within the First Floor of Three Clock Tower Place. Upon receipt by Landlord of a bona-fide offer to lease the adjacent space, Landlord shall notice Tenant of such offer. Tenant shall have Five (5) business days to either accept or reject the offer on the same terms and conditions as the third-party offer. In the event Tenant rejects said offer, Landlord shall have the right to lease the space to the third-party, without further claim of such space by Tenant.

 

15. Renewal Option.

Provided that Tenant is not in default of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of the Lease for One (1) additional Two (2) year period, with no less than twelve (12) months prior written notice. The rent for such renewal option period shall be the “market” rent for such space at the time of commencement of the renewal option term.

 

5


16. Permitted Uses.

Section 12 of the Original Lease shall be amended to include electronics R&D Lab and Manufacturing Lab as permitted uses.

 

17. General Maintenance,

Landlord shall be responsible for the failure of glass panels, within the Premises, unless such failure is the result of tenant’s negligence.

In the event there is a roof leak within the Lab space of the Relocation Premises, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord to remedy. In the event that Landlord does not respond within one (1) Hour of its receipt of such emergency notice. Tenant may remedy this emergency leak and bill Landlord for reasonable costs associated with such repair.

 

18. Default.

If for any reason Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Amendment, the same shall be deemed a default under the Lease, entitling Landlord to exercise all of its rights and remedies there under.

 

19. Tenant Representations.

Tenant hereby represents and certifies that the Lease for the Premises as defined under the Lease is in full force and effect, that all obligations of Landlord under the Lease as of the date hereof have been performed by Landlord, and that, as of the date hereof, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there exists no default by Landlord under the Lease and Tenant has no defenses, rights of offset, credits, deductions in rent or claims against Landlord, or its successors or assigns, of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease.

 

20. Terms.

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the definition provided in the Lease.

 

21. Ratification.

The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that this Amendment shall prevail over any other provisions of the Lease which are inconsistent with this Amendment.

 

22. Counterparts and Authority.

This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person or persons executing this Amendment on its behalf has or have the authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.

 

6


23. Replace Section 0, Relocation, page 25 of the original lease with the following language:

Relocation: Landlord agrees that it cannot notify tenant of a relocation during the first 14 months of their lease term. Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant to other space, within the Project, provided such space shall be substantially similar and with the Tenant’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall give Tenant One (1) years written notice of such intention to relocate. At such time of notification, Tenant shall reserve the right to terminate their lease with no additional obligations. On the date of such relocation this Lease shall be amended by deleting the description of the Premises and substituting therefore the description of such space. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable costs of moving Tenant to such other space within Project, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to expend more than rent due for the three months under this Lease, and any costs associated with moving and setting up the Lab. In no event shall tenant be reimbursed for costs incurred due to business interruption.

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the date first written above,

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    

WELLESLEY ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By its sole General Partner Wellesley Mills Corporation

By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ D. Scott DiGiacomo

Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj     Name:   D. Scott DiGiacomo
Title:   President & CEO     Title:   Duly Authorized Agent

 

7


EXHIBIT A-l

FLOOR PLAN AND SCOPE OF WORK

(Attached)

 

8


EXHIBIT F

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS

TENANT BUILD-OUT SPEC SHEET

Wellesley Building Company

Standard Office Tenant Build-Out

Wellesley / Rosewood Maynard Mills

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION SUBJECT TO SUBSTITUTIONS AND/OR MODIFICATIONS ARE AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF WELLESLEY BUILDING COMPANY AND/OR LANDLORD.

 

5750-0010      Appliances    Page    2
5750-0030      Counters and Cabinets    Page    3
5750-0040      Change Orders    Page    1
5750-0050      Cleaning and Disposal    Page    5
5750-0065      Construction Management    Page    fi
5750-0080      Demolition and Disposal    Page    7
5750-0100      Doors and Windows    Page    H
5750-0120      Drywall    Page    9
5750-0130      Electrical    Page    10&11
5750-0141      Elevator    Page    12
5750-0180      Fire Alarm    Page    13
5750-0200      Flooring    Page    14
5750-0260      Hardware    Page    15
5750-0270      HVAC    Page    If]
5750-0280      Insulation    Page    17
5750-0350      Millwork    Page    18
5750-0370      Paint    Page    19
5750-0420      Plumbing    Page    20
5750-0425      Punch-List    Page    21
5750-0460      Signage & Directories    Page    22
5750-0485      Sprinkler Systems    Page    23
5750-0140      Voice / Data / CATV    Page    24

 

1


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0010    Appliances:
Kitchen:    Not In Contract – Supplied by Tenant
Refrigerator -    Not In Contract – Supplied by Tenant
Dishwasher -    Not In Contract – Supplied by Tenant
Microwave -    Not In Contract – Supplied by Tenant

 

2


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0030      Cabinets & Counters:

General Notes: All stock shall be approved by Wellesley Building Company, in writing, prior to installation. Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with kitchen plan designed by kitchen installer. Kitchen installer may use architectural plans as a guideline for design, however, final plan and prices must be from the final kitchen design plan as approved by Wellesley Building Company and distributed to all kitchen cabinet vendors for final pricing. Inconsistencies between plans and specifications must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing. Subcontractors pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) to applicable Massachusetts building codes.

Kitchen Cabinets:      Existing to remain.

Kitchen Counters:      Existing to remain.

 

3


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0040      Change Orders:

All change orders to be agreed upon in writing, on approved change order request form, between Wellesley Building Company, Tenant, and Owner.

 

4


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0050      Cleaning & Disposal:

 

1. Provide dumpsters, and labor.

 

2. All nails/screws and scrap are to be placed in proper disposal areas out of the area of pedestrian traffic and trade working areas.

 

3. Provide walkway access to front of property, free and clear of all debris.

 

4. Provide walkway circulation space throughout the building and the suite.

 

5


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0065      Construction Management:

The responsibilities of the Wellesley Building Company Job Super include but are not limited to the following:

The Job Super is to be present during any and all inspections that occur at the site. Monitoring subcontractors’ coordination, pricing, scheduling, quality of labor, and materials.

 

6


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0800      Demolition & Disposal:

General Notes: Job Super and all subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the Subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation.

Demolition: All existing doors and frames are to be removed, stored, and salvaged for reuse. Within the selected demolition areas as per the demolition drawing, all existing walls throughout the suite, inclusive of metal studs, insulation, and drywall are to be removed completely and if deemed necessary, at the sole discretion of Wellesley Building Company, disposed of in the proper containers. Remove and store all electrical outlets and switch covers for reuse. All lights are to be taken down and stored for retrofitting.

 

7


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0100      Doors & Windows:

General Notes: Job Super and all subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the Subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation.

Windows: Add three (3) interior transoms, as noted on plan, at 6’-0” A.F.F. Transoms are to be 2’-0”H × 3’-0”W.

Interior Doors: All interior doors shall be 36” × 80” × 1.75” solid core, with press metal, knock down style frames. They shall have 3 hinges, a passage set, and a door stop. All bathroom doors to have a bathroom set. Reuse of existing doors is permitted as noted on the agreed upon floor plan.

All interior double doors shall be 72” × 80” × 1.75” solid core, to match existing, with press metal, knock down style frames.

Entry/Exit Doors: Existing entry/exit doors to remain.

 

8


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0120      Drywall:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Partitions within Single Premises: Partitions shall be constructed of metal studs as required by code with 5/8” inch sheetrock on each side to deck (unless otherwise noted, and ceiling height to be verified by Wellesley Builders in writing) finished for paint. All sheetrock to be screwed securely to metal studs as to prevent bowing or cracking. All exposed corners to have metal corner beads screwed tightly as required. Self-furring metal lathe on all curved surfaces. Joints taped, compounded, and sanded to smooth finish to receive primer.

Partition Walls Between Premises: Partitions shall be constructed of metal studs as required by code with a minimum of 1 layer of 5/8” inch sheet rock or to code on each side of the partition (to be verified by Wellesley Builders in writing prior to installation) with 3-1/2” batt insulation, finished for paint. All sheet rock to be screwed securely to metal studs as to prevent bowing or cracking. All exposed corners to have metal corner beads screwed tightly as required. Self-furring lathe on all curved surfaces. Joints taped, compounded, and sanded to smooth finish to receive primer.

 

9


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0130      Electrical:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and If discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss Inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company In writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall Include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job to code (unless specifically stated herein) and receive final approval from the Town’s electrical Inspector. Verify locations of all fixtures, switches, and outlets with Wellesley Building Company In writing prior to any drilling, cutting, or installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the price of all materials, including fixtures, necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) to code and receive final approval from the Town’s electrical Inspector.

Service: One (1) existing 400-Ampere panel and One (1) New 400-Ampere panel (must be verified with Wellesley Building Company in writing), individual service, location to be verified with Wellesley Building Company prior to installation. Provide interior and exterior temporary lighting as necessary for construction purposed per Wellesley’s direction. Include all fees and permits. Electrical sub-meter installed at location to be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing. Perform all necessary electrical installations including, but not limited to, wiring of all fight fixtures, mechanical Installation, appliances, outlets, switches, etc.

Interior Lighting: See Reflected Ceiling Plan.

Lab and Surrounding Area: Furnish and install 12” x 4’, 12” x 8’, and 12” x 12’ “ice cube tray” fixtures suspended by jack chains. Height of fixtures, number of fixtures, and location to be verified by Wellesley Building Company in writing. Wellesley Building Company will provide a lighting layout prior to installation. Modifications of said layout, to be approved, in writing, by Wellesley Building Company, Subcontractor responsible to assemble, install, secure, and wire all fixtures as necessary. Verify locations with Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to any drilling, cutting, or installation.

Interior Outlets / Switches:

Within the Lab & Server Room: Provide and install 670 Linear feet of reconditioned, 100Amp Bussduct in 10’ lengths with 4 power feeds, as well as all necessary outlets and plugs to meet Massachusetts building code.

General Suite: Each new space shall be wired with one light switch at front door for all common area space. All new offices shall have one switch per room or to code. All switches, outlets, and faceplates to be standard, color white.

Additional Outlets / Switches: Lab: Furnish and install 2- 60Amp, 3 phase, dedicated circuits for ovens at location noted on plan. Furnish and install: 50 Quad drop boxes – 120 VAC, 20A; 10, 125 VAC, 30A, 1 Phase; 5208 VAC, 60A, 3 Phase.

Furniture / Cubicle electrical connections: Any electrical connection requirements for furniture/cubicles shall be at the sole cost and responsibility of the tenant. Tenant shall pay the cost of any and all service upgrades.

 

10


General Specifications for Construction

 

Vents / Fans: Not In Scope.

 

11


General Specifications for Construction

 

Vents / Fans: Not In Scope.

Fire Alarm: To be hard wire per code.

Emergency Lighting / Exit Lighting: All emergency lighting / exit lighting to be installed to code.

HVAC: Hard wire all HVAC units completely to tenant’s panel.

Hot Water Tank: Not in Scope. Existing to remain.

Permits: Provide all necessary permits and inspection fees.

Cable Tray/Whalebone: Provide and install 690 linear feet of reconditioned “whalebone” cable tray to lab space. See layout.

Cable / Voice / Data: Tenant is responsible for all cable / voice / data wiring. Tenant’s subcontractor must coordinate with Wellesley Building Company. If installation of cable / voice / data is not completed prior to commencement of drywall installation, delay days and additional costs will be incurred by tenant. Verify all locations in writing with Wellesley Building Company prior to installation. A permit for all cable / voice / data wiring is sole responsibility of tenant’s vendor.

 

12


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0141      Elevator:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Elevator: Any tenant access requirements which involved integration with building systems or additional tenant systems shall be at the sole cost and responsibility of the tenant.

Any construction use of the elevator shall be coordinated with Wellesley Building Company in advance to assure proper protection of walls, doors, etc. If elevator needs to be utilized for an extended period of time, tenant or subcontractor must provide, in writing, notice to Wellesley Building Company stating the period of use and day at least 3 business days in advance. All use of elevator by contractors shall be done in a manner as to minimize impact on other tenants and operations within the building.

 

13


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0180      Fire Alarm:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Life Safety Devices: Add and relocate existing life safety devices as necessary to meet Massachusetts Building Code.

 

14


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0200      Flooring :

General Notes: Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) to code. Tenant to allow a minimum of 72 hours for the carpet to set.

Conference Rooms, Offices, and Common Areas: Existing carpet to remain within the “Yacoblan” space. Store all wall base from all demolished walls for reuse on newly constructed walls.

Carpet within the “Earthwatch” portion of the premises is to be new, building standard, commercial grade, 26-ounce with matching 4” carpet base. Carpet samples to be provided by Wellesley Building Company. All colors to be neutral and chosen by tenant and approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation.

Free edges of carpet shall have edge stripping of vinyl installed in a trip-safe manner.

Lab/Stock Room: To have 12” x 12” VCT flooring adhered to the floor substrate. All colors (up to 2) are to be neutral. All VCT areas are to have 4” Vinyl Cove Base. VCT floor will be delivered un-waxed . Purchase of wax and application are to be the sole responsibility of the Tenant.

Tenant requests the right to understand the price of ESD paint in their Lab area. Tenant would like to understand if this is a cost effective way to install the flooring.

Installation Requirements:

Carpet; Carpet Installer shall minimize seam locations and be responsible to verify and approve with Wellesley Building Company the carpet layout and seam locations prior to Installation. Carpet installer is to be responsible for any damage caused by installation. Floor Preparation and leveling: Substrate to be solid and free from defects.

 

15


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0260      Hardware:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Doorknobs: All doorknobs are to match existing. They can be reused from the demolition area at the sole discretion of Wellesley Building Company. Location to be verified with Wellesley Building Company prior to installation.

 

16


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0270      HVAC:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the Job (unless specifically slated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Venting: Not in Scope

Systems: Relocate existing 7.5TON Supplemental cooling unit from Building 3, Suite 210 to the newly constructed lab. Condenser to remain in existing location. Purchase and install new 10Ton Supplemental cooling unit, condenser to be located near the existing condenser.

The tonnage has been defined by Acacia, Wellesley Building Company, Wellesley Management, and Wellesley Rosewood Maynard Mills in no way guarantee that the tonnage is appropriate to cover the heat load of Acacia Communications lab requirements. Tenant requires five (5) days notice prior to relocation of HVAC unit.

Condenser: Existing 7.5 Ton unit condenser to remain in place, re-feed to new electric panel. New 10 Ton unit condenser to be located with the existing feed into electric panel.

Ducting: All supply ductwork from each of the supplemental units arranged to effectively deliver cold air to the lab space in its entirety, location at the sole discretion of the Mechanical subcontractor and to be verified by the Tenant and Wellesley Building Company prior to installation. Comfort cooling to remain in place. Supplies and returns to be added to each newly constructed office.

Electrical: Mechanical subcontractor to coordinate with electrician for all necessary connections. All controls necessary for electrician to connect to disconnect box, to be supplied by HVAC contractor. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical subcontractor to verify his scope of work with Wellesley Building Company prior to installation.

Plumbing: Mechanical subcontractor to coordinate with plumber for ail necessary drain, traps, and hookups prior to installation, including but not limited to condensate connections, and all water connections including connection for humidifiers, etc. to code. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical subcontractor to verify his scope of work with Wellesley Building Company prior to installation.

 

17


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0280      Insulation:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Codes.

Insulation: Provide and install R11 insulation to all new walls as per architectural plan.

 

18


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0350      Millwork:

General Notes: Job Super and all subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing.

Baseboard: Covered in Flooring Section of specifications. Section 5750-0200

Door & Window Trim: Not in Scope.

Cased Openings: Not in Scope.

Interior Doors: Covered in the Doors and Windows section of specifications. Section 5750-0100.

 

19


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0370      Paint:

General Notes: All paint to be Benjamin Moore medium to top grade. Painting subcontractor shall be responsible to fill in any nail holes and caulk all seams on interior trim, i.e. cased openings, speed base, etc. Wherever the number of coats may not be sufficient, painting contractor is required to assure full coverage with no holidays. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) to code.

Interior Walls: Interior paint to be flat latex on walls, one (1) coat primer, one (1) finish coat. All colors to match existing.

 

20


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0420      Plumbing:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Code and receive final approval from the Town Plumbing Inspector. Verify all locations of fixtures with Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to any drilling, cutting, or installation.

Service: All water supply piping to be copper. All waste and vent piping to be PVC.

HVAC: Coordinate with HVAC contractor.

Kitchen: Not in Scope.

Bathroom: Not in Scope.

Hot Water: Not in Scope.

Permits: Provide all necessary permits and inspection fees.

 

21


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0460      Signage & Directories:

Tenant signage shall be moved as necessary. Tenant suite Number to be number 130.

Any signage outside of the building standard banner, plaque, and directory and hall signage is the sole cost and responsibility of the Tenant. Tenant must supply artwork sample to Wellesley Building Company and Wellesley Management for approval prior to installation.

 

22


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750 0485      Sprinkler Systems:

General Notes: Job Super and all Subcontractors shall compare specifications with architectural plans and if discrepancy occurs, it is the subcontractor’s responsibility to confer with Wellesley Building Company to discuss inconsistencies between plans and specifications. Final decision must be approved by Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to installation. Subcontractor pricing shall include the cost of all materials necessary to complete the job (unless specifically stated herein) applicable to Massachusetts Building Code and receive final approval from the Town Plumbing Inspector. Verify all locations of fixtures with Wellesley Building Company in writing prior to any drilling, cutting, or installation.

Sprinklers: Relocate existing sprinkler heads and add heads as necessary.

 

23


General Specifications for Construction

 

5750-0140      Voice / Data / CATV:

Included in Electrical specifications section 5750-0130.

 

24


EXHIBIT A-2

FLOOR PLAN SUITE #

(Attached)

 

9


EXHIBIT B

FURNITURE REMAINING FOR TENANTS USE (3-130)

(Attached)

 

10


EXHIBIT B-l

FURNITURE TO BE RELOCATED BY TENANT FROM SUITE 3-200 to SUITE 3-130

(To Be Attached Prior To Relocation Term Commencement Date)

 

11


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Fourth Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is made this 10th day of October 2013 and is by and between WELLESLEY/ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Two Clock Tower Place, Suite 200, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation established under the laws of the State of Delaware and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, Massachusetts, (“Tenant”).

STATEMENT OF FACTS

Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment To Lease dated November 29, 2010, that certain Second Amendment to Lease, dated February 13, 2012, and Third Amendment to Lease dated November 21, 2012, with respect to certain office space located on the second floor and first floor of the building known as Three Clock Tower Place, Maynard, MA, known and numbered Suite130 containing approximately 28,249 contiguous rentable square feet (the “Original Premises and Expansion Premises and Relocation Premises”).

Tenant desires to exercise its Right of First Refusal (ROFR) on the space adjacent to the Relocation Premises of Three Clock Tower Place and add an additional, 7,145 rentable square feet (the “ROFR Premises”) to the 28,249 square feet of space on the first floor of Three Clock Tower Place, the “Relocation Premises” for a total of 35,394 rentable square feet.

Landlord and Tenant desire to modify certain terms of the Lease. With the exception of the terms of this Lease Amendment, to the extent that any terms of the Lease contradict this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall supersede the terms of the Lease and all former Amendments.

TERMS OF AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended and modified as follows:

 

1. Commencing on January 1, 2014 (the “ROFR Date”) Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the ROFR Premises in “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease Amendment. Landlord shall give Tenant a $20.00 per RSF, based upon the ROFR Premises RSF of 7,145. Tenants shall use this allowance towards the construction and improvement of the ROFR Premises. In the event that the ROFR space is built out and there is a remaining balance available Tenant may utilize this portion for additional renovations to its existing Premises building improvements. Should such improvements exceed the aforementioned allowance tenant shall fund such difference prior to construction commencement.

 

1


Landlord shall commence Landlord’s work as soon as possible after execution of this Amendment and delivery of the space plan and specification by Tenant to Landlord. In any event Tenant shall have the right to conduct its installation work within the ROFR Premises, prior to the ROFR Term Commencement Date, provided that such work does not interfere with Landlord’s work, in landlord’s sole judgment and discretion.

 

2. The ROFR Term.: the Term of the ROFR Premises shall be Five (5) Years and One (1) Month, commencing of the ROFR Premises Term Commencement Date

 

3. Term . Commencing on the ROFR Premises Term Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following paragraph at the end of Section 6:

Relocation Premises .

With respect to the ROFR Premises: (i) the term shall be Five (5) years, (ii) the term shall commence on the Relocation Premises Term Commencement Date, and (iii) the Rent Commencement Date shall be February 1, 2014.

 

4. Rent . Commencing on the ROFR Premises Rent Commencement Date, amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 8:

In addition to the base rent paid for the Relocation Premises Tenant shall pay rent of the ROFR Premises as follows;

For the period commencing on February 1, 2014 and continuing thru December 31, 2015, Tenant shall pay Base Rent of 5,000 RSF of the ROFR Premises at the rate of $15.75 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $6,562.50, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on January 1, 2015 and continuing through December 31, 2015, and through the balance of the ROFR Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entirety (consisting of 7,154 contiguous rentable square feet) of ROFR Premises at the rate of $16.25 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $9,675.52, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on January 1, 2016 and continuing through December 31, 2016, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for entirety of ROFR Premises at the rate of $16.75 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $9,973.23, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on January 1, 2017 and continuing through December 31, 2017, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entirety of ROFR Premises at the rate of $17.25 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $10.270.94, each payable in advance by the first day of each month. Commencing on January 1, 2018 and continuing thru January 31, 2019, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entirety of ROFR Premises at the rate of $17.75 per RSF per year, in equal monthly installments of $10,568.65, each payable in advance by the first day of each month.

Security Deposit for the Relocation Premises . Shall remain as stated in Third Amendment

 

2


6. Taxes and Operating Expenses for the ROFR Premises . Commencing on the ROFR Premises Term Commencement Date, is follows and shall be paid and calculated in the same manner as the Third amend to the lease:

“Tenant’s Share” shall mean .6675% for the ROFR Premises.

“Base Year” shall mean calendar 2014 for the ROFR Premises

 

7. Utilities . Amend the lease by adding the following at the end of Section 11:

Commencing on the ROFR Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant will be billed monthly for electrical energy use within the ROFR Premises, either thru the check meter within the Relocation Premises or at a rate of $1.50 per rentable square foot per year, to be paid as Additional Rent, pro-rated for any partial month.

 

8. Brokers .

Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that neither has dealt with any brokers in this transaction other than Avison Young and Atlas Commercial Real Estate, who shall be paid a fee under separate agreement and timetable with Landlord. Each of the parties represents and warrants that there are no other claims for brokerage commissions or finders fees in connection with the execution of the Original lease or subsequent Amendments, and each of the parties agrees to indemnify the other against and hold the other harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim, including without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith.

 

9. Expansion Right .

Tenant shall have the on-going “Right of First Refusal” to lease additional space adjacent to the ROFR Premises within the First Floor of Three Clock Tower Place. Upon receipt by Landlord of a bona-fide offer to lease the adjacent space, Landlord shall notice Tenant of such offer. Tenant shall have Five (5) business days to either accept or reject the offer on the same terms and conditions as the third-party offer. In the event Tenant rejects said offer, Landlord shall have the right to lease the space to the third-party, without further claim of such space by Tenant.

Furthermore, Tenant shall have the on-going “Right of First Refusal” to lease additional space within the first and second floors of 1 Clock Tower Place, subject to the expansion rights of existing tenants. Upon receipt by Landlord of a bona-fide offer to lease space on the first or second floors of 1 Clock Tower Place, Landlord shall notice Tenant of such offer. Tenant shall have Five (5) business days to either accept or reject the offer on the same terms and conditions as the third-party offer. In the event Tenant rejects said offer, Landlord shall have the right to lease the space to the third-party, without further claim of such space by Tenant.

 

3


10. Default .

If for any reason Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Amendment, the same shall be deemed a default under the Lease, entitling Landlord to exercise all of its rights and remedies there under.

 

11. Tenant Representations .

Tenant hereby represents and certifies that the Lease for the Premises as defined under the Lease is in full force and effect, that all obligations of Landlord under the Lease as of the date hereof have been performed by Landlord, and that, as of the date hereof, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there exists no default by Landlord under the Lease and Tenant has no defenses, rights of offset, credits, deductions in rent or claims against Landlord, or its successors or assigns, of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease.

 

12. Terms .

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the definition provided in the Lease.

 

13. Ratification .

The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that this Amendment shall prevail over any other provisions of the Lease which are inconsistent with this Amendment.

 

14. Counterparts and Authority .

This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person or persons executing this Amendment on its behalf has or have the authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE

 

4


EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the date first written above.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     WELLESLEY ROSEWOOD MAYNARD MILLS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
      By its sole General Partner Wellesley Mills Corporation
By:  

/s/ John F. Gavin for

    By:  

/s/ D. Scott DiGiacomo

Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj     Name:   D. Scott DiGiacomo
Title:   President & CEO     Title:   Duly Authorized Agent
  John F. Gavin, CFO      

 

5


EXHIBIT A-1

FLOOR PLAN

(Attached)

 

6


FIFTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE (the “ Amendment ”) is executed this 1 st day of June, 2015 and for all purposes under the Lease (defined below) is deemed effective as of January 1, 2015, by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (including its successors and assigns, “ Landlord ”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS , INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Landlord (successor-in-interest to Wellesley/Rosewood Maynard Mills Limited Partnership, referred to herein as the “ Prior Landlord ”) and Tenant are parties to that certain Commercial Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated November 29, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”), that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated February 13, 2012 (the “ Second Amendment ”), that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated November 21, 2012 (the “ Third Amendment ”) and that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated October 10, 2013 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”, and together with the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment, the “ Existing Lease ”). Pursuant to the Existing Lease, Tenant currently leases 35,394 rentable square feet consisting of (i) 28,249 rsf defined as the “Relocation Premises” in the Third Amendment and (ii) 7,145 rsf defined as the “ROFR Premises” in the Fourth Amendment (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”) all on the first (1 st ) floor of the building commonly known as Three Clock Tower Place (the “ Building ”) in the Clock Tower Place Office Park, Maynard, Massachusetts.

 

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Existing Lease, the term of the Relocation Premises is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2017 and the term of the ROFR Premises is scheduled to expire on January 31,2019.

 

C. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises to include Suite 100 on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building consisting of approximately 6,009 rentable square feet (as more particular shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “ Expansion Premises ”), and extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Relocation Premises to be coterminous with the ROFR Premises and Expansion Premises and that the Lease be appropriately amended, and Landlord is willing to do the same on the following terms and conditions.

 

D. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment of Lease, shall be referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Term .

 

  a. The Existing Lease is hereby amended to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Relocation Premises until January 31, 2019 .


  b. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (i) notwithstanding any provision of the Existing Lease to the contrary (including without limitation Section 7 of the Original Lease), Tenant has no option to extend the term of the Lease beyond January 31, 2019 other than as set forth in Section 15 of the Third Amendment and (ii) the determination of “market” rent set forth in Section 15 of the Third Amendment shall be as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

2. Expansion Premises .

a. Effective as of January 1, 2015, (i) the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises shall together constitute the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease and (ii) the rentable square footage of the Premises shall be deemed to be 41,403 square feet.

b. The Expansion Premises shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease currently in effect, except as expressly modified in this Amendment. The Expansion Premises are accepted by Tenant in their “as is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord, express or implied, with respect to such condition or configuration. By taking possession of the Expansion Premises, Tenant agrees that the Expansion Premises are in acceptable order and satisfactory condition.

c. Tenant shall perform any Leasehold Improvements desired by Tenant for its initial occupancy of the Expansion Premises in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, including without limitation Section 16 of the Original Lease and Paragraph N of the Rider to the Original Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no further improvement allowances remain due and payable from Landlord to Tenant under the Existing Lease.

 

3. Rent; Taxes and Expenses; Security Deposit .

 

  a. The Base Rent set forth in the Existing Lease shall be modified to provide that the monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be as set forth in the schedule below:

 

Period

   Base Rent
per RSF
     Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent  

January 1, 2015 -December 31, 2015

   $ 16.25       $ 97,646.25       $ 8,137.19   

January 1, 2016 -December 31, 2016

   $ 16.75       $ 100,650.75       $ 8,387.56   

January 1, 2017 -December 31, 2017

   $ 17.25       $ 103,655.25       $ 8,637.94   

January 1, 2018 -January 31, 2019

   $ 17.75       $ 106,659.75       $ 8,888.31   


  b. The Base Rent set forth in the Existing Lease shall be modified to provide that the monthly Base Rent for the Relocation Premises for the period June 1, 2017 - January 31,2019 shall be as set forth in the schedule below:

 

Period

   Base Rent
per RSF
     Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent  

January 1,2017 -December 31, 2017

   $ 17.25       $ 487,295.25       $ 40,607.94   

January 1,2018 -December 31, 2019

   $ 17.75       $ 501,419.75       $ 41,784.98   

 

  c. With respect to the Expansion Premises only, (i) the Base Year for both Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be Calendar Year 2014 and (ii) Tenant’s Share shall be 0.5541% (i.e. the 6,009 rsf of the Expansion Premises divided by the 1,084,484 rsf of the Project). The Base Years for Operating Expenses and Taxes with respect to the Relocation Premises and the ROFR Premises and Tenant’s Share with respect to the Relocation Premises and the ROFR Premises shall remain as set forth in the Existing Lease.

 

  d. The following shall be added to the end of the third paragraph of Section 10 of the Original Lease: “If such audit reveals an undercharge, such amount shall immediately be paid to Landlord. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the review shall not be on a “contingency fee” basis. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit.”

 

  e. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the third sentence of Section 9 of the Original Lease is of no further force or effect and there shall be no further reductions of the Security Deposit.

 

  f. Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord for electrical service to the Expansion Premises shall be as set forth in Section 7 of the Third Amendment.

 

4. Notice Address . Paragraph E of the Rider to the Original Lease is hereby modified by changing the address for any notices to the Landlord to the following:

AS Clock Tower Owner, LLC

c/o Saracen Management LLC

41 Seyon Street

Waltham, Massachusetts 02453

Attn: Lisa Arya

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s notice address pursuant to the Lease shall be the Premises, as the same may be modified or relocated within the Property from time to


time, and made to the attention of the General Counsel of Tenant. In addition to the delivery of notices as set forth in Paragraph E of the Rider to the Original Lease, notices under the Lease may be duly served if delivered to the specified address by nationally recognized overnight courier with delivery receipt and shall be deemed received on the earlier of actual receipt or rejection by addressee or the next business day after deposit with such overnight courier.

 

5. Cleaning of the Premises . Any provision of the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding (including without limitation Paragraph M of the Rider to the Original Lease), Landlord shall provide Building-standard janitorial services to the Premises on weekdays (exclusive of federal and state recognized holidays) and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for Landlord’s actual, out-of-pocket cost for such cleaning service to the Premises.

 

6. Furniture . Section 8 of the Third Amendment shall be modified by adding the following to the end thereof: “Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by Landlord in its sole discretion, to convey to Tenant some or all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment owned by Landlord and located in the Premises for consideration of $1.00 on or prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.”

 

7. Estoppel . Pursuant to Paragraph K of the Rider to the Original Lease, as of the date of execution of this Amendment, Tenant hereby represents, warrants and certifies to Landlord, and Landlord’s successors, assigns and mortgagees, the following:

 

  a. The Existing Lease has not been modified, changed, altered, amended or supplemented in any respect other than by this Fifth Amendment, and this Lease is the only lease or other agreement between Tenant and Landlord (including Prior Landlord) affecting the Premises;

 

  b. Tenant has no right to free rent, partial rent, rebate of rental payments or any other type of rental concession;

 

  c. The security deposit held by Landlord on the date hereof is $68,000;

 

  d. Tenant is current in its payment of all Base Rent, Taxes, Operating Expenses and other charges due to be paid under the Lease, with no Rent being due and payable through the date hereof; no Rent or other sum payable under the Lease is currently being paid by Tenant in arrears; and as of the date of execution of this Amendment no Rent or other sum payable under the Lease has been paid in advance;

 

  e. To Tenant’s knowledge, all of the obligations on the part of Landlord under the Lease have been carried out and completed in full, all allowances due from Landlord under the Lease have been paid in full, and Tenant has no claim or knowledge of any claim against the holder of Landlord’s interest on account of any default or failure of performance by Landlord (including Prior Landlord) under the Lease;


  f. Tenant has received no written notice of default of any of its obligations to be paid or performed under the Lease;

 

  g. To Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant is not entitled to any offset or deduction in Rent and has no claim or defense to the performance of any obligation to be performed by it under the Lease; and

 

  h. To Tenant’s knowledge, there are no regulatory actions or other claims pending or threatened against Tenant arising out of the presence of any substances or compounds prohibited or regulated under any federal, state or municipal laws pertaining to health or the environment in violation of applicable laws on the Premises or the Property, and Tenant has received no notice of any such violations and/or claims or actions.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

 

  a. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, any provision of the Existing Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant possesses no rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or similar expansion or vacant space notice rights pursuant to the Lease other than those rights expressly set forth in Section 9 of the Fourth Amendment.

 

  b. Section 17 of the Third Amendment shall be modified by adding the following to the end thereof: “Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in the event Landlord seeks to recover such costs under Landlord’s insurance.”

 

  c. Intentionally Omitted.

 

  d. Section 19 of the Original Lease shall be modified by adding the following to the end of the second paragraph thereof: “and Landlord may enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours (except in the event of a bona fide emergency, in which case such prior notice shall be given and the timing of access shall occur as is reasonable under the circumstances) to perform or facilitate the performance of repairs, updates, alterations or additions to the base building structure and systems serving the Premises and Building (including for the purpose of updating, checking, calibrating, adjusting and balancing controls and other parts of the Building’s systems) which are not reasonably accessible except from within the Premises”.

 

  e. This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein, and there are no additional oral or written representations or agreements regarding the matters set forth in this Agreement which are not set forth herein. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of Base Rent or Additional Rent, improvement allowances, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Existing Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.


  f. Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Existing Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  g. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Existing Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

 

  h. Landlord has delivered a copy of this Amendment to Tenant for Tenant’s review only and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. Landlord and Tenant shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered the same to the other party.

 

  i. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Existing Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

 

  j. Tenant and Landlord hereby represent to each other that Landlord and Tenant have dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment other than Avison Young and Atlas Commercial Real Estate LLC , and Tenant and Landlord agree to indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant or Landlord in connection with this Amendment.

 

  k. Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Fifth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER , LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Kurt W. Saraceno

Name:  

Kurt W. Saraceno

Title:  

Member

TENANT:  
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS , INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

Name:  

John Gavin

Title:  

CFO


Exhibit A

Expansion Premises


LOGO


Exhibits

Following Landlord’s receipt of a timely delivered written notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) that Tenant is exercising its option to renew the term as set forth in Section 15 of the Third Amendment (the “ Renewal Term ”), Landlord shall provide to Tenant Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market Rent (as hereinafter defined) for the Renewal Term ( Landlords Rent Quotation ”), which Landlord’s Rent Quotation shall be delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is the later of thirty (30)  days following Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice and the date that is one (1) year prior to the expiration of the current term of the Lease. If at the expiration of thirty (30)  days after the date when Landlord provides such quotation to Tenant (the “ Negotiation Period ”), Landlord and Tenant have not reached agreement on a determination of Base Rent for the Renewal Term and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such agreement, then Tenant shall have the right, for forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the Negotiation Period, to initiate a broker determination (the “ Broker Determination ”) of the Prevailing Market Rent for such Renewal Term, which Broker Determination shall be made in the manner set forth below. “ Prevailing Market Rent ” shall mean the anticipated rent for the Premises as of the commencement of the Renewal Term under market conditions then existing and taking into account all relevant factors. If Tenant timely shall have requested a Broker Determination with respect to the Renewal Term, then the Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rent as determined by the Broker Determination. If Tenant does not timely request a Broker Determination, the Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be the Landlord’s Rent Quotation.

Upon the first to occur of (x) the mutual agreement by Landlord and Tenant during the Negotiation Period of the Base Rent to be payable during the Renewal Term and execution of a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such mutual agreement or (y) the timely initiation of a Broker Determination by Tenant, then except as hereinafter provided, this Lease and the Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended for the Renewal Term, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Base Rent for the Renewal Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Exhibit B ; and in such event all references herein to the term of this Lease shall be construed as referring to the initial term of this Lease, as so extended, unless the context clearly otherwise requires. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any exercise of the Renewal Option by Tenant shall be void, in Landlord’s sole discretion, if an Event of Default is ongoing at either the time of the Exercise Notice or at the time commencement of the Extension Term.

If Tenant timely initiates the Broker Determination, then then the Prevailing Market Rent shall be determined by three (3)  appraisers as hereafter provided, each of whom shall have at least ten (10)  years’ experience in the office market where the Premises is located and each of whom is hereinafter referred to as “appraiser”. Tenant and Landlord shall each appoint one such appraiser (and shall provide such appraisers with their then most recent respective estimate of the Prevailing Market Rent) and the two appraisers so appointed shall appoint the third appraiser (the “ Neutral Appraiser ”). The cost and expenses of each appraiser appointed separately by Tenant and Landlord shall be borne by the party who appointed the appraiser. The cost and expenses of the third appraiser shall be shared equally by Tenant and Landlord. Landlord and Tenant shall appoint


their respective appraisers no later than fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period and shall designate the appraisers so appointed by notice to the other party. The two appraisers so appointed and designated shall appoint the Neutral Appraiser no later than twenty (20) days after the end of the Negotiation Period and shall designate such appraiser by notice to Landlord and Tenant. The Neutral Appraiser shall then choose either Landlord’s estimate of Prevailing Market Rent or Tenant’s estimate of Prevailing Market Rent as the Prevailing Market Rent of the space in question as of the commencement of the Renewal Term and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of its determination no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the Negotiation Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the Neutral Appraiser must choose either Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market Rent or Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market Rent, and the Neutral Appraiser shall have no authority to select any other amount as the Prevailing Market Rent. The Prevailing Market Rent determined in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit B shall be deemed binding and conclusive on Tenant and Landlord, subject to the terms hereinbefore provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party shall fail to appoint its appraiser within the period specified above (such party referred to hereinafter as the “failing party”), the other party may serve notice on the failing party requiring the failing party to appoint its appraiser within ten (10) days of the giving of such notice and if the failing party shall not respond by appointment of its appraiser within said (10) day period, then the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser whose choice of either Landlord’s or Tenant’s estimate of Prevailing Market Rent shall be binding and conclusive upon Tenant and Landlord.

All times set forth in this Exhibit B are of the essence.


SIXTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE (the “ Amendment ”) is executed this 1 st day of June, 2015 by and between AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its successors and assigns, “ Landlord ”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS , INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Landlord (successor-in-interest to Wellesley/Rosewood Maynard Mills Limited Partnership, referred to herein as the “ Prior Landlord ”) and Tenant are parties to that certain Commercial Lease dated October 27, 2009 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated November 29, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”), that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated February 13, 2012 (the “ Second Amendment ”), that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated November 21, 2012 (the “ Third Amendment ”) and that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated October 10, 2013 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”) and that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated June 1, 2015 (the “ Fifth Amendment ”, and together with the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment and Fourth Amendment, the “ Existing Lease ”). Pursuant to the Existing Lease, Tenant currently leases 41,403 rentable square feet consisting of (i) 28,249 rsf defined as the “Relocation Premises” in the Third Amendment, (ii) 7,145 rsf defined as the “ROFR Premises” in the Fourth Amendment and (hi) 6,009 rsf defined as the “Expansion Premises” in the Fifth Amendment (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”) all on the first (1 st ) floor of the building commonly known as Three Clock Tower Place (the “ Building ”) in the Clock Tower Place Office Park, Maynard, Massachusetts.

 

B. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises to include Suite 205 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building consisting of approximately 3,015 rentable square feet (as more particular shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “ Suite 205 Expansion Premises ”) and that the Lease be appropriately amended, and Landlord is willing to do the same on the following terms and conditions.

 

C. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Sixth Amendment of Lease, shall be referred to herein as the “ Lease .

NOW , THEREFORE ”, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Suite 205 Expansion Premises .

 

  a.

Effective as of the date hereof (the “ Suite 205 Commencement Date ”) and continuing through the Suite 205 Expansion Premises Lease Termination Date (as defined below), (i) the Existing Premises and the Suite 205 Expansion Premises shall together constitute the “Premises” for all purposes under the Lease and (ii) the rentable square footage of the Premises shall be deemed to be 44,418 square feet.


  Following the Suite 205 Expansion Premises Lease Termination Date, the Suite 205 Expansion Premises shall no longer be included in the “Premises” for any purposes under the Lease and the rentable square footage of the Premises shall be deemed to be 41,403 square feet.

 

  b. The Suite 205 Expansion Premises shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease currently in effect, except as expressly modified in this Amendment. The Suite 205 Expansion Premises are accepted by Tenant in their “as is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord, express or implied, with respect to such condition or configuration. By taking possession of the Suite 205 Expansion Premises, Tenant agrees that the Suite 205 Expansion Premises are in acceptable order and satisfactory condition.

 

2. Rent; Taxes and Expenses; Early Termination of Suite 205 Expansion Premises .

 

  a. The Base Rent set forth in the Existing Lease shall be modified to provide that the monthly Base Rent for the Suite 205 Expansion Premises shall be $4,082.81 (i.e. $16.25/rsf per annum):

 

  b. With respect to the Suite 205 Expansion Premises only, (i) the Base Year for both Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be Calendar Year 2015 and (ii) Tenant’s Share shall be 0.2780% (i.e. the 3,015 rsf of the Suite 205 Expansion Premises divided by the 1,084,484 rsf of the Project). The Base Years for Operating Expenses and Taxes with respect to the Relocation Premises, the ROFR Premises and the Expansion Premises and Tenant’s Share with respect to the Relocation Premises, the ROFR Premises and the Expansion Premises shall remain as set forth in the Existing Lease.

 

  c. Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord for electrical service to the Suite 205 Expansion Premises shall be as set forth in Section 7 of the Third Amendment.

 

  d. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Lease to the contrary, at any time on and after November 30, 2015, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate Tenant’s lease of the Suite 205 Expansion Premises by providing the other at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination. Upon the effective date of such termination (the “ Suite 205 Expansion Premises Lease Termination Date ”), Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Suite 205 Expansion Premises in the condition required under Section 24 of the Original Lease, and thereafter Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations under the Lease with respect to the Suite 205 Expansion Premises except such liabilities which would otherwise survive with respect to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease in general (including without limitation Section 20 of the Original Lease and Paragraph H to the Rider to the Original Lease).

 

3. Miscellaneous .

 

  a.

This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein, and there are no additional oral or written


  representations or agreements regarding the matters set forth in this Agreement which are not set forth herein. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of Base Rent or Additional Rent, improvement allowances, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Existing Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.

 

  b. Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Existing Lease shall remain unchanged and in foil force and effect.

 

  c. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Existing Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

 

  d. Landlord has delivered a copy of this Amendment to Tenant for Tenant’s review only and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. Landlord and Tenant shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered the same to the other party.

 

  e. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Existing Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

 

  f. Tenant and Landlord hereby represent to each other that Landlord and Tenant have dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment other than Saracen Management, LLC and Avison Young, and Tenant and Landlord agree to indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant or Landlord in connection with this Amendment.

 

  g. Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Sixth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
AS CLOCK TOWER OWNER , LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Kurt W. Saraceno

Name:  

Kurt W. Saraceno

Title:  

Member

TENANT
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS , INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

Name:  

John Gavin

Title:  

CFO


Exhibit A

Suite 205 Expansion Premises

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Office Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) is made and entered into as of the January 21, 2013, by and between HI-TECH PROPERTIES, I. LLC. (“Landlord”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (Tenant”)

I. Basic Lease Information.

A. “Building” shall mean the BUILDING 1, located at 1301 Hwy. 36, Hazlet, New Jersey 07730 and commonly known as Concord Center.

B. “Rentable Square Footage of the Building” is deemed to be 42,000 square feet.

C. “Premises” shall mean the area shown on Exhibit A to this Lease. The Premises are located on floor(s) first and known as Suite number 101. The “Rentable Square Footage of the Premises” is deemed to be 6,082 square feet. If the Premises include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises are correct and shall not be re-measured. Twenty four (24) parking spaces shall be available to the Tenant on a “first come, first serve basis,” during hours of normal business operation throughout the term of this Lease.

D. “Base Rent”:

Term: Five (5) Years and Three (3) Months.

 

     Annual Rate
Per Square Foot
     Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

Year: 1.

   $ 20.50 SF + T.E.       $ 103,900.80       $ 10,390.08   
     With 2.5% increase annually after year one.   

          2.

   $ 21.01 SF + T.E.       $ 127,782.82       $ 10,648.57   

          3.

   $ 21.54 SF + T.E.       $ 131,006.28       $ 10,917.19   

          4.

   $ 22.08 SF + T.E.       $ 123,099.68       $ 11,190.88   

          5.

   $ 22.63 SF + T.E.       $ 137,635.66       $ 11,469.64   

          6.

   $ 23.19 SF + T.E.       $ 35,260.38       $ 11,753.46   

Total Amount Per Term: $658,685.62

E. “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share”: 14.5%

F. “Base Year” for Taxes: 2013. “Base Year” for Expenses: 2013.

G. “Term” : A period of 63 months and zero days, plus Tenant has the option to renew the Lease and extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years pursuant to the rights contained herein reflecting the Landlord’s base lease terms.. Tenant shall provide no less then six (6) months prior written notice of its intention, to extend lease. The Term shall commence on 04/01/2013 (the “Commencement Date” ) if Tenant receives a Certificate of Occupancy by 04/01/2013, but in no case shall the Commencement Date be later than 04/15/2013 and, unless terminated early in accordance with this Lease, end on 06/30/2018 (the “Termination Date” ). If the Commencement Date starts on a mid month, then a mid month true up will be billed and a last month partial month true up will be billed to Tenant so that all other monthly payments during the term will be due on the first of the month to create full month payment periods. Rent shall be abated for the first two (2) months of the Term and one (1) month after month thirty nine (39) and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall commence two months after the Commencement Date (the “Rent Commencement Date” ).

H. Tenant allowance(s): Landlord shall contribute $80,000 toward the Tenant’s hard costs of constructing Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Exhibit D.

I. “Security Deposit”: Two (2) months’ rent (i.e., $20,780.00), reduced by 50%, to $10,360, on April 1, 2016. Initial security deposit is due upon execution of the lease.

J. “Guarantor(s): None

K. “Broker(s)”: CBRE

 

1


L. “Permitted Use”: All uses permitted by law, including, without limitation, office use, laboratory use, and electrical assembly.

M. “Notice Addresses”: (Tenant will provide.)

Tenant:

On and after the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the Premises. Prior to the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the following address:

Tenant:

Acacia Communications Inc.

Attn: John Gavin – CFO

3 Clock Tower Place – Suite 130

Maynard, Ma. 01754

 

Landlord:    With a Copy to:
HI-TECH PROPERTIES, I, LLC.    J. Peter Sokol, Esq.
Concord Center, Bldg. 1    McOmber & McOmber, P.C.
1301 Hwy. 36, Ste. 101    54 Shrewsbury Avenue
Hazlet, NJ 07730    Red Bank, NJ 07701

Rent (defined in Section IV.A) is payable to the Order of Hi-Tech Properties, I. LLC at the following address: Concord Center, Bldg 1, 1301 Hwy. 36, Ste. 101, Hazlet, NJ 07730.

N. “Business Day(s)” are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (“Holidays”). Landlord may designate additional Holidays, provided that the additional Holidays are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located.

O. “Landlord Work” means the work, if any, that Landlord is obligated to perform in the Premises pursuant to a separate work letter agreement (the “Work Letter”), if any, attached as Exhibit D. If a Work Letter is not attached to this Lease or if an attached Work Letter does not require Landlord to perform any work, the occurrence of the Commencement Date shall not be conditioned upon the performance of work by Landlord and, accordingly, Section III.A shall not be applicable to the determination of the Commencement Date.

P. “Law(s)” means all applicable statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity.

Q. “Normal Business Hours” for the Building are 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business Days and as stated in section I. N (Business Days). From time to time Tenant will may require building infrastructure services on Saturday, Sunday and Holidays and as such will need to give Landlord 24 hour notice that building infrastructure services are required for those days. The cost of those hourly services will be billed to Tenant as additional services fees at rates of $ 52.50 per hour requested by Tenant.

R. “Property” means the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the Building garage and other improvements serving the Building, if any, and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located.

 

2


II. Lease Grant.

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, together with the right in common with others to use any portions of the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others, such as sidewalks, unreserved parking areas, common corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, vending areas and lobby areas (the “Common Areas”).

III. Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.

A. The Landlord Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” on the date that all Landlord Work has been performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. However, if Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Landlord Work as a result of any Tenant Delay(s) (defined below), the Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay. “Tenant Delay” means any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, vendors or contractors that actually delays the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work, including, without limitation: (1) Tenant’s failure to furnish information or approvals within any time period specified in this Lease, including the failure to prepare or approve preliminary or final plans by any applicable due date; (2) Tenant’s selection of equipment or materials that have long lead times after first being informed by Landlord that the selection may result in a delay; (3) changes requested or made by Tenant to previously approved plans and specifications; (4) performance of work in the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) during the performance of the Landlord Work; or (5) if the performance of any portion of the Landlord Work depends on the prior or simultaneous performance of work by Tenant, a delay by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) in the completion of such work.

B. Subject to Landlord’s obligation, if any, to perform Landlord Work and Landlord’s obligations under Section IX.B., the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition and configuration. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition, and that there are no representations or warranties by Landlord regarding the condition of the Premises or the Building, except that all building systems, including water, plumbing, HVAC, and electrical are in good working order. Landlord will deliver the Premises to Tenant on the day the lease is executed by both parties (the “Delivery Date”) and Tenant shall have full access to the Premises to complete Tenant’s Leasehold Improvements. If Landlord is delayed delivering possession of the Premises or any other space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the space. If Landlord is required to Substantially Complete Landlord Work before the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date and Termination Date shall be determined by Section I.G.

C. If Tenant takes possession of the Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay Rent (defined in Section IV.A.) to Landlord for each day of possession before the Commencement Date. However, except for the cost of services requested by Tenant ( e.g ., freight elevator usage), Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any days of possession before the Commencement Date during which Tenant, with the approval of Landlord, is in possession of the Premises for the sole purpose of performing improvements or installing furniture, equipment or other personal property.

IV. Rent

A. Payments . As consideration for this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, the total amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term. “Additional Rent” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord. Additional Rent and Base Rent are sometimes collectively referred to as “Rent”. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent under applicable law. Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month after the Rent Commencement Date without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term after the Rent Commencement Date shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before first day of the month. All payments of Rent shall be by good and sufficient check or by other means (such as automatic debit or electronic transfer) acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any item or installment of Rent when due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to 5% of the past due Rent, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to a grace period of 5 days for the first 2 late payments of Rent in a given calendar year. If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess (defined in Section IV.B) or Expense Excess (defined in Section IV.B) for the month shall be prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. No

 

3


endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying a check or payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction, and either party may accept the check or payment without prejudice to that party’s right to recover the balance or pursue other available remedies. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

B. Expense Excess and Tax Excess : Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (defined in Section IV.C) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the “Expense Excess”) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (defined in Section IV.D) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the “Tax Excess”). If Expenses and/or Taxes in any calendar year decrease below the amount of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and/or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year shall be $0. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar year during the Term. On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of the Expense Excess and one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of the Tax Excess. If Landlord determines that its good faith estimate of the Expense Excess or of the Tax Excess was incorrect by a material amount, Landlord may provide Tenant with a revised estimate. After its receipt of the revised estimate, Tenant’s monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the Expense Excess or of the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous year’s estimate(s) until Landlord provides tenant with the new estimate. Upon delivery of the new estimate, an adjustment shall be made for any month for which Tenant paid monthly installments based on the previous year’s estimate(s). Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of any underpayment within 30 days after receipt of the new estimate. Any overpayment shall be refunded to Tenant within 30 days or credited against the next due future installment(s) of Additional Rent.

As soon as is practical following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax Excess for the prior calendar year. If the estimated Expense Excess and/or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Expense Excess and/or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for such prior year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within 30 days after its receipt of the statement of Expenses and/or Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year. If the estimated Expense Excess and/or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is more than the actual Expense Excess and/or actual Tax Excess, as the case may be, for such prior year, then Landlord shall refund the overpayment to Tenant within 30 days or credit against the next due future installment(s) of Additional Rent.

C. Expenses Defined . “Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing and managing the Building and the Property, including, but not limited to:

1. Labor costs, including wages, salaries, social security and employment taxes, medical and other types of insurance, uniforms, training and retirement and pension plans.

2. Management fees, the cost of equipping and maintaining a management office, accounting and bookkeeping services, legal fees not attributable to leasing or collection activity, and other administrative costs. Landlord, by itself or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform or provide any services under this Lease (including management services), provided that the cost of any such services shall not exceed the cost that would have been incurred had Landlord entered into an arms-length contract for such services with an unaffiliated entity of comparable skill and experience.

3. The cost of services, including amounts paid to service providers and the rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment.

4. Premiums and deductibles paid by Landlord for insurance, including workers compensation, fire and extended coverage, earthquake, general liability, rental loss, elevator, boiler and other insurance customarily carried from time to time by owners of comparable office buildings.

5. Electrical Costs (defined below) and charges for water, gas, steam and sewer, but excluding those charges for which Landlord is reimbursed by Tenants. “Electrical Costs” means: (a) charges paid by Landlord for electricity; (b) costs incurred in connection with an energy management program for the Property; and (c) if and to the extent permitted by Law, a fee for the services provided by Landlord in connection with the selection of utility companies and the negotiation and administration of contracts for electricity, provided that such fee shall not exceed

 

4


50% of any savings obtained by Landlord. Electrical Costs shall be adjusted as follows: (i) amounts received by Landlord as reimbursement for above Electrical Costs; (ii) the cost of electricity incurred to provide overtime HVAC to specific tenants (as reasonably estimated by Landlord) shall be deducted from Electrical Costs; and (iii) if Tenant is billed directly for the cost of building standard electricity to the Premises as a separate charge in addition to Base Rent, the cost of electricity to individual tenant spaces in the Building shall be deducted from Electrical Costs.

6. The amortized cost of capital improvements (as distinguished from replacement parts or components installed in the ordinary course of business) made to the Property which are: (a) performed primarily to reduce operating expense costs or otherwise improve the operating efficiency of the Property; or (b) required to comply with any Laws that are enacted, or first interpreted to apply to the Property, after the date of this Lease. The cost of such capital improvements shall be amortized by Landlord over the life of the initial lease term of sixty three (63) months and the amortized cost of capital improvements may, at Landlord’s option, include interest actually paid, but not to exceed interest that would be payable at a borrowing rate equal to the rate Landlord would reasonably be required to pay to finance the cost of the capital improvement from a commercial lending bank located in the region in which the Building is located. Any capital improvement the amortization of which is to be charged hereunder as an Expense shall be purchased by Landlord on an arm’s-length basis through a process involving at least three (3) independent third party competitive bids. In the event tenant terminates their lease at any time prior to the end of the lease term, then Tenant is responsible to pay to Landlord the portion of the capital improvements paid by Landlord times a fraction which is the number of months of early termination divided by 63. This means Tenant would pay the unamortized costs of Landlord improvements in the amount of $32,000.

If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Property together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Property and the other buildings or properties. Expenses shall not include: the cost of capital improvements (except as set forth above); depreciation; interest (except as provided above for the amortization of capital improvements); principal payments of mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord; the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions; lease concessions, including rental abatements and construction allowances, granted to specific tenants; costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building; fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes (defined in Section IV.D) or Expenses; organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; or any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Building under their respective leases. If the Building is not at least 95% occupied during any calendar year or if Landlord is not supplying services to at least 95% of the total Rentable Square Footage of the Building at any time during a calendar year, Expenses shall, at Landlord’s option, be determined as if the Building had been 95% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 95% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building during that calendar year. If Tenant pays for its Pro Rata Share of Expenses based on increases over a “Base Year,” Expenses for the Base Year shall be determined as if the Building had been 95% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 95% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building. The extrapolation of Expenses under this Section shall be performed by appropriately adjusting the cost of those components of Expenses that are impacted by changes in the occupancy of the Building.

D. Taxes Defined . “Taxes” shall mean: (1) all real estate taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or Property, including, but not limited to, assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (2) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; and (3) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (1) and (2), including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities. Without limitation, Taxes shall not include any income, capital levy, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax. If an assessment is payable in installments, Taxes for the year shall include the amount of the installment and any interest due and payable during that year. For all other real estate taxes, Taxes for that year shall, at Landlord’s election, include either the amount accrued, assessed or otherwise imposed for the year or the amount due and payable for that year, provided that Landlord’s election shall be applied consistently throughout the Term. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment. Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed. Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement from Landlord.

 

5


E. Audit Rights . Tenant may, within 90 days after receiving Landlord’s statement of Expenses, give Landlord written notice (“Review Notice”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Expenses and Taxes for that year’s statement of Expenses. For purposes of clarity, Tenant shall have the one time right each year of the term to review each year as long as proper notice as been provided as outlined above. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any records are maintained at a location other than the office of the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a licensed CPA firm. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit. Within 60 days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “Objection Notice”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s statement of Expenses for that year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the 60 day period. Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s statement of Expenses and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that year. If Tenant provides Landlord with a timely Objection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve any issues raised in Tenant’s Objection Notice. If Landlord and Tenant determine that Expenses or Taxes for the calendar year are less than reported, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit against the next installment of Rent in the amount of the overpayment by Tenant. Likewise, if Landlord and Tenant determine that Expenses or Taxes for the calendar year are greater than reported, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of any underpayment within 30 days.

The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of Expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due.

V. Compliance with Laws; Use.

The Premises shall be used only for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises for any purpose which is illegal or is inherently dangerous to persons or property, or which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, unreasonably disturbs any other tenants of the Building or interferes with the operation of the Building. Tenant shall comply with all Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant, within 10 days after receipt, shall provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding a violation or alleged violation of any laws. Tenant shall also cause its agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, customers, and subtenants to comply with all building rules and regulations or which Tenant is made aware. Landlord shall not knowingly discriminate against Tenant in Landlord’s enforcement of the rules and regulations.

VI. Security Deposit.

The Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law) as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Tenant’s liability for damages. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to satisfy past due Rent or to cure any uncured default by Tenant. If Landlord uses the Security Deposit, Tenant shall on demand restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 45 days after the later to occur of: (1) the determination of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess and Expense Excess for the final year of the Term; (2) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease; or (3) the Termination Date. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and, following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

VII. Services to be Furnished by Landlord.

A. Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant with the following services: (1) Water service for use in the lavatories on each floor on which the Premises are located; (2) Heat and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for comparable buildings or as required by governmental authority. Tenant, upon such advance notice as is reasonably required by Landlord, shall have the right to receive HVAC service during hours other than Normal Business Hours. Tenant shall pay Landlord the standard charge for the additional service as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time; (3) Maintenance and repair of the Property as described in Section IX.B; (4) Landlord does not provide

 

6


Janitorial services inside Tenants premises. If Tenant’s use, floor covering or other improvements require special services in excess of the standard services for the Building, Tenant shall pay the additional cost, attributable to the special services; (5) Elevator service; (6) Electricity to the Premises for general office use, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions in Article X; and (7) such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property.

Landlord’s failure to furnish, or any interruption or termination of, services due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of repairs, improvements or alterations, or the occurrence of any event or cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (a “Service Failure”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement, provided Landlord makes reasonable effort to restore such services as soon as possible. However, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, is made untenable for a period in excess of 3 consecutive Business Days as a result of the Service Failure, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the 4th consecutive Business Day of the Service Failure and ending on the day the service has been restored. If the entire Premises has not been rendered untenable by the Service Failure, the amount of abatement that Tenant is entitled to receive shall be prorated based upon the percentage of the Premises rendered untenable and not used by Tenant. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage, including the theft of Tenant’s Property (defined in Article XV), arising out of or in connection with the failure of any security services, personnel or equipment.

VIII. Leasehold Improvements.

All improvements to the Premises (collectively, “Leasehold Improvements”) shall be owned by Landlord and shall remain upon the Premises without compensation to Tenant. However, Landlord, by written notice to Tenant within 30 days prior to the Termination Date, may require Tenant to remove, at Tenant’s expense: (1) Cable (defined in Section IX.A.) installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; and (2) any Leasehold improvements that are performed by or for the benefit of Tenant and, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office improvements (collectively referred to as “Required Removables”). Without limitation, it is agreed that Required Removables include internal stairways, raised floors, personal baths and showers, vaults, rolling file systems and structural alterations and modifications of any type. The Required Removables designated by Landlords shall be removed by Tenant before the Termination Date, provided that upon prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant may remain in the Premises for up to five days after the Termination Date for the sole purpose of removing the Required Removables. Tenant’s possession of the Premises shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent on a per diem basis at the rate in effect for the last month of the Term. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to remove any Required Removables or perform related repairs in a timely manner, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may remove and dispose of the Required Removables and perform the required repairs. Tenant, within 30 days after receipt of an invoice, shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration (defined in Section IX.C), may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion of the Alteration will be designated as a Required Removable. Within ten days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the Alteration, if any, will be considered to be Required Removables. Tenant shall not be required to remove any cable or wiring installed in the Premises as part of Leasehold Improvements.

IX. Repairs and Alterations.

A. Tenant’s Repair Obligations . Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant’s repair obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (1) floor covering; (2) interior partitions; (3) doors; (4) the interior side of demising walls; (5) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (collectively, “Cable”) that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; maintain all electrical devices and light fixtures in good working order. (6) supplemental air conditioning units, private showers and kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, air distribution system and controls inside of premises, and similar facilities serving Tenant exclusively; and (7) Alterations performed by contractors retained by Tenant, including related HVAC balancing. All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and procedures described in Section IX.C. below. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than 15 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required if there is an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 15% of the cost of the repairs.

 

7


B. Landlord’s Repair Obligations . Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order, consistent with a Class “A” building, and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) structural elements of the Building; (2) mechanical (including HVAC equipment not within premises), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general; (3) Common Areas; (4) the roof of the Building; (5) exterior windows and doors of the Building; and (6) elevators serving the Building Landlord shall promptly make repairs (considering the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible.

C. Alterations . Tenant shall not make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or install any Cable in the Premises or other portions of the Building (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Cosmetic Alteration”): (1) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting; (2) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (3) will not affect the systems or structure of the Building; and (4) does not require work to be performed inside the walls or above the ceiling of the Premises. However, even though consent is not required, the performance of Cosmetic Alterations shall be subject to all the other provisions of this Section IX.C. Prior to starting work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications reasonably acceptable to Landlord; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to Building systems); copies of contracts; necessary permits and approvals; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord; and any security for performance that is reasonably required by Landlord. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality that is at least equal to the quality designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building. Landlord may designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of work in the Building and, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid disruption to the occupants of the Building, shall have the right to designate the time when Alterations may be performed. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice for sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for non-Cosmetic Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans (except for Cosmetic Alterations), completion affidavits, full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials. Tenant shall assure that the Alterations comply with all insurance requirements and Laws. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with applicable Laws or will be adequate for Tenant’s use. Tenant can request Landlord to perform work and improvements above Landlord’s obligations. Tenant shall pay the cost of all such improvements, alterations as additional rent, altogether with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 15% of the cost of the work.

X. Use of Electrical Services by Tenant.

A. Electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant by separate two (2) submetored panels servicing Tenant’s area with charges billed by the Landlord who shall pass through the electrical costs to Tenant with no additional mark up’s or service fees added to Tenants required payments. B. Tenant’s use of electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, use beyond Normal Business Hours or overall load, that which Landlord deems to be standard for the Building. 3  1 2 watts per SF for lighting, and 2  1 2 watts per SF for outlets. If Tenant requests permission to consume excess electrical service, Landlord may refuse to consent or may condition consent upon Conditions that Landlord reasonably elects (including, without limitation, the installation of utility service upgrades, meters, submeters, air handlers or cooling units), and the additional usage (to the extent permitted by Law), installation and maintenance costs shall be paid by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to separately meter electrical usage for the Premises and to measure electrical usage by survey or other commonly accepted methods Landlord agrees to not to unreasonably withhold consent if Tenant request additional electrical power.

XI. Entry by Landlord.

Landlord, its agents, contractors and representatives may enter the Premises to inspect or show the Premises, to clean and make repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises, and to conduct or facilitate repairs, alterations or additions to any portion of the Building, including other tenants’ premises, provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Except in emergencies or to provide janitorial and other Building services after Normal Business Hours, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of entry into the Premises, which may be given orally. If reasonably necessary for the protection and safety of Tenant and its employees, Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. However, except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the Premises if the work can reasonably be completed on weekends and after Normal Business Hours. Entry by Landlord shall not constitute constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

 

8


XII. Assignment and Subletting.

A. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section XII.E. below), Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if Landlord does not elect to exercise its termination rights under Section XII.B below. Without limitation, it is agreed that Landlord’s consent shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if: (1) the proposed transferee’s financial condition does not meet the criteria Landlord uses to select Building tenants having similar leasehold obligations (2) the proposed transferee’s business is not suitable for the Building considering the business of the other tenants and the Building’s prestige, or would result in a violation of another tenant’s rights; (3) the proposed transferee is a governmental agency or occupant of the Building; (4) Tenant is in default after the expiration of the notice and cure periods in this Lease; or (5) any portion of the Building or Premises would likely become subject to additional or different Laws as a consequence of the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive monetary damages based upon a claim that Landlord unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed Transfer and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action to enforce any such provision through specific performance or declaratory judgment. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Article shall, at Landlord’s option, be void. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfer(s) shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights to approve any subsequent Transfers. In no event shall any Transfer or Permitted Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

B. As part of its request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements for the proposed transferee, a complete copy of the proposed assignment, sublease and other contractual documents and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall, by written notice to Tenant within 30 days of its receipt of the required information and documentation, either: (1) consent to the Transfer by the execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord or reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing; or (2) exercise its right to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to assign or sublet. Any such termination shall be effective on the proposed effective date of the Transfer for which Tenant requested consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of $750.00 for Landlord’s review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer, provided if Landlord’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) exceed $750.00, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual reasonable costs and expenses in lieu of a fixed review fee.

C. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section XII.E. below), Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of all rent and other consideration which Tenant receives as a result of a Transfer that is in excess of the Rent payable to Landlord for the portion of the Premises and Term covered by the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s share of any excess within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of such excess consideration. Tenant may deduct from the excess all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant attributable to the Transfer (other than Landlord’s review fee), including brokerage fees, legal fees and construction costs. If Tenant is in Monetary Default (defined in Section XIX.A. below), Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of any payments received (less Landlord’s share of any excess).

D. Except as provided below with respect to a Permitted Transfer, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity, and if the entity which owns or controls a majority of the voting shares/rights at any time changes for any reason (including but not limited to a merger, consolidation or reorganization), such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer. The foregoing shall not apply so long as Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a recognized security exchange, or if at least 80% of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed.

E. Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied, (a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets or own or control a majority of the voting shares/rights of Tenant; (3) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the date prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization; (4) the Permitted Use does not materially change unless the intended Permitted Use is for retail purposes which is not allowed as a Permitted Use under this provision due to local zoning ordinances; and (5) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

 

9


XIII. Liens.

Tenant shall not permit mechanic’s or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for benefit of Tenant. If a lien is so placed, Tenant shall, within 10 days of notice from Landlord of the filing of the lien, fully discharge the lien by settling the claim which resulted in the lien or by bonding or insuring over the lien in the matter prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to discharge the lien, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may bond or insure over the lien or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord to bond or insure over the lien or discharge the lien, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

XIV. Indemnity and Waiver of Claims.

A. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties (defined below), Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagee(s) (defined in Article XXVI) and agents (“Landlord Related Parties”) harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in the Premises and arising out of any acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties (defined below) or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees.

B. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties (defined below), Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries partners, officers, directors, employees and agents (“Tenant Related Parties”) harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Related Parties and arising out of or in connection with the acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Landlord, the Landlord Related Parties or any of Landlord’s contractors.

C. Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant waives, all claims for loss or damage to Tenant’s business or loss, theft or damage to Tenant’s Property or the property of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant resulting from: (1) wind or weather; (2) the failure of any sprinkler, heating or air-conditioning equipment, any electric wiring or any gas, water or steam pipes; (3) the backing up of any sewer pipe or downspout; (4) the bursting, leaking or running of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe; (5) water, snow or ice upon or coming through the roof, skylight, stairs, doorways, windows, walks or any other place upon or near the Building; (6) any act or omission of any party other than Landlord or Landlord Related Parties; and (7) any causes not reasonably within the control of Landlord. Tenant shall insure itself against such losses under Article XV below.

D. The Tenant also agrees to and shall hold harmless and indemnify the Landlord from and for any and all payments, expenses, costs, attorney fees and from and for any and all claims and liability for losses or damage to property or injuries to persons occasioned wholly or in part by or resulting from any acts or omissions by the Tenant or the Tenant’s agents, employees, guests, licensees, invitees, subtenants, assignees or successors, or for any cause or reason whatsoever rising out of or by reason of the occupancy or business of the Tenant.

XV. Insurance.

Tenant shall carry and maintain the following insurance (“Tenant’s Insurance”), at its sole cost and expense: (1) Commercial General Liability Insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of $2,000,000.00; (2) All Risk Property/Business Interruption insurance, including flood and earthquake, written at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, furniture and other personal property within the Premises (“Tenant’s Property”); (3) Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by the state in which the Premises is located and in amounts as may be required by applicable statute; and (4) Employers Liability Coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. (5) Fire Legal Liability Insurance on tenant’s premise in an amount equal to $200 per SF being leased. Any company writing any of

 

10


Tenant’s Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall name Tenant as a named insured and Landlord (or any successor), and its respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord as the interest of such designees shall appear, as additional insureds. All policies of Tenant’s Insurance shall contain endorsements that the insurer(s) shall give Landlord and its designees at least 30 days’ advance written notice of any change, cancellation, termination or lapse of insurance. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenant’s Insurance prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises for any reason, and upon renewals at least 15 days prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage. So long as the same is available at commercially reasonable rates, Landlord shall maintain so called All Risk property insurance on the Building at replacement cost value, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. Except as specifically provided to the contrary, the limits of either party’s insurance shall not limit such party’s liability under this Lease.

XVI. Subrogation.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or causes of action against the other and their respective trustees, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, agents and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to Landlord or Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to Tenant’s Property, the Building, the Premises, any additions or improvements to the Building or Premises, or any contents thereof, including all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action arising out of the negligence of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties or the negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.

XVII. Casualty Damage.

A. If all or any part of the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing. During any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a fire or other casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Building shall be damaged so that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall be required (whether or not the Premises has been damaged); (2) Landlord is not permitted by Law to rebuild the Building in substantially the same form as existed before the fire or casualty; (3) the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than 2 years of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty; (4) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (5) a material uninsured loss to the Building occurs. Landlord may exercise its right to terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing within 90 days after the date of the casualty. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the Building and the Leasehold Improvements (excluding any Alterations that were performed by Tenant in violation of this Lease). However, in no event shall Landlord be required to spend more than the insurance proceeds received by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to Tenant’s Property or to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from the fire or other casualty or from the repair and restoration of the damage. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the provisions of any Law relating to the matters addressed in this Article, and agree that their respective rights for damage to or destruction of the Premises shall be those specifically provided in this Lease.

B. If all or any portion of the Premises shall be made untenantable by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness, cause an architect or general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and make the Premises tenantable again, using standard working methods (“Completion Estimate”). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 180 days from the date the any portion of the Premises became untenantable, then regardless of anything in Section XVII.A above to the contrary, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other of such election within 10 days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the fire or casualty was caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees.

XVIII. Condemnation.

Either party may terminate this Lease if the whole or any material part of the Premises shall be taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would leave the remainder of the Building unsuitable for use as an office building in a manner comparable to the

 

11


Building’s use prior to the Taking. In order to exercise its right to terminate the Lease, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, must provide written notice of termination to the other within 45 days after the terminating party first receives notice of the Taking. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date the physical taking of the Premises or the portion of the Building or Property occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, the Rentable Square Footage of the Building, the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall, if applicable, be appropriately adjusted. In addition, Rent for any portion of the Premises taken or condemned shall be abated during the unexpired Term of this Lease effective when the physical taking of the portion of the Premises occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord, any right to receive compensation or proceeds being expressly waived by Tenant. However, Tenant may file a separate claim at its sole cost and expense for Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the award which would otherwise be receivable by Landlord.

XIX. Events of Default.

Tenant shall be considered to be in default of this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the following events of default:

A. Tenant’s failure to pay when due all or any portion of the Rent, if the failure continues for five (5) days after written notice to Tenant (“Monetary Default”).

B. Tenant’s failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within 10 days after written notice to Tenant. However, if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within 10 days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 60 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as: (1) Tenant commences to cure the failure within 10 days, and (2) Tenant diligently pursues a course of action that will cure the failure and bring Tenant back into compliance with the Lease. However, if Tenant’s failure to comply creates a hazardous condition, the failure must be cured immediately upon notice to Tenant. In addition, if Landlord provides Tenant with notice of Tenant’s failure to comply with any particular term, provision or covenant of the Lease on 3 occasions during any 12 month period, Tenant’s subsequent violation of such term, provision or covenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be an incurable event of default by Tenant.

C. Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due.

D. The leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law.

E. In the case of any ground floor or retail Tenant, Tenant does not take possession of, or abandons or vacates all or any portion of the Premises.

F. Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord, including, without limitation, any lease or agreement for parking.

XX. Remedies.

A. Upon any default, Landlord shall have the right without notice or demand (except as provided in Article XIX) to pursue any of its rights and remedies at Law or in equity, including any one or more of the following remedies:

1. Terminate this Lease, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises, Landlord may, in compliance with applicable Law and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel and remove Tenant, Tenant’s Property and any party occupying all or any part of the Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount of all past due Rent and other losses and damages which Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenant’s default, whether by Landlord’s inability to relet the Premises on reasonably satisfactory terms or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Cost of Reletting (defined below) and any deficiency that may arise from reletting or the failure to relet the Premises. “Costs of Reletting” shall include all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in reletting or attempting to relet the Premises, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees, brokerage commissions, the cost of alterations and the value of other concessions or allowances reasonably granted to a new tenant.

2. Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and, in compliance with applicable Law, expel and remove Tenant, Tenant’s Property and any parties occupying all or any part of the Premises. Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) relet all or any part of the Premises, without notice to Tenant, for a term that may be greater or less than the balance of the Term and on such conditions (which may include concessions, free rent and alterations of the Premises) and for such uses and Landlord in its absolute discretion shall determine. Landlord may collect and receive all rents and other income from the reletting. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand all past due Rent, all Costs of Reletting and any deficiency arising from the reletting or failure to relet the Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for the failure to relet all or any part of the Premises or for the failure to collect any Rent. The re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises shall not be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of termination is given to Tenant.

 

12


3. In lieu of calculating damages under Sections XX.A.1 or XX.A.2 above, Landlord may elect to receive as damages the sum of (a) all rent accrued through the date of termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, and (b) an amount equal to the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at the Prime Rate (defined in Section XX.B. below) then in effect, minus the then present fair rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, similarly discounted, after deducting all anticipated Costs of Reletting. Tenant’s liability for under Sections XX.A.1 and XX.A.2 above for Rent and the costs of reletting shall not exceed the sum of subclauses (a) and (b) above. The foregoing shall not be construed as a limitation on Tenant’s liability for other defaults or damages.

B. Unless expressly provided in this Lease, the repossession or re-entering of all or any part of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations under the Lease. No right or remedy of Landlord shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy. Each right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy now or subsequently available to Landlord at Law or in equity. If Landlord declares Tenant to be in default, Landlord shall be entitled to receive interest on any unpaid item of Rent at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 4%. For purposes hereof, the “Prime Rate” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the state in which the Building is located. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more remedies shall not constitute a waiver of any default.

XXI. Limitation of Liability.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) TO TENANT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) (DEFINED IN ARTICLE XXXVI BELOW) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES (DEFINED IN ARTICLE XXVI BELOW) ON THE PROPERTY, BUILDING OR PREMISES, NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT.

XXII. No Waiver.

Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel. Either party’s failure to enforce its rights for a default shall not constitute a waiver of its rights regarding any subsequent default. Receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s keys to the Premises shall not constitute an acceptance or surrender of the Premises.

XXIII. Quiet Enjoyment.

Tenant shall, and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This covenant and all other covenants of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building, and shall not be a personal covenant of Landlord or the Landlord Relates Parties.

XXIV.

XXV. Holding Over.

Except for any permitted occupancy by Tenant under Article VIII, if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises at the expiration of earlier termination of this Lease, occupancy of the Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the greater of: (1) the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover; or (2) the fair market gross rental for the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the expiration or early termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant, or to perform improvements for a new tenant, as a result of Tenant’s holdover and Tenant fails to vacate the Premises within 15 days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s inability to deliver possession, or perform improvements, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages., that Landlord suffers from the holdover.

 

13


XXVI. Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate.

Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “Mortgage”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “Mortgagee”. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee. In lieu of having the Mortgage be superior to this Lease, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. If requested by a successor-in-interest to all or a part of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to the successor-in-interest. Landlord and Tenant shall each, within 10 days after receipt of a written request from the other, execute ad deliver an estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested by the other (including a Mortgagee or prospective purchaser). The estoppel certificate shall include a statement certifying that this Lease us unmodified (except as identified in the estoppel certificate) and in full force and effect, describing the dates to which Rent and other charges have been paid, representing that, to such party’s actual knowledge, there is no default (or stating the nature of the alleged default) and indicating other matters-with respect to the Lease that may reasonably be requested.

XXVII. Attorneys’ Fees.

If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant or condition of this Lease, or if either party intervenes in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

XVIII. Notice.

If a demand, request, approval, consent or notice (collectively referred to as a “notice”) shall or may be given to either party by the other, the notice shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Article 1, except that if Tenant has vacated the Premises (or if the Notice Address for Tenant is other than the Premises, and Tenant has vacated such address) without providing Landlord a new Notice Address, Landlord may serve notice in any manner described in this Article or in any other manner permitted by Law. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received or given on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or the other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a new Notice Address, three (3) days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner described in this Article.

XXIX. Excepted Rights.

This Lease does not grant any rights to light or air over or about the Building. Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself the use of: (1) roofs, (2) telephone, electrical and janitorial closets, (3) equipment rooms, Building risers or similar areas that are used by Landlord for the provision of Building services, (4) rights to the land and improvements below the floor of the Premises, (5) the improvements and air rights above the Premises, (6) the improvements and air rights outside the demising walls of the Premises, and (7) the areas within the Premises used for the installation of utility lines and other installations serving occupants of the Building. Landlord has the right to change the Building’s name or address. Landlord also has the right to make such other changes to the Property and Building as Landlord deems appropriate, provided the changes do not materially affect Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use. Landlord shall also have the right (but not the obligation) to temporarily close the Building if Landlord reasonably determines that there is an imminent danger of significant damage to the Building or of personal injury to Landlord’s employees or the occupants of the Building. The circumstances under which Landlord may temporarily close the Building shall include, without limitation, electrical interruptions, hurricanes and civil disturbances. A closure of the Building under such circumstances shall not constitute a constructive eviction nor entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.

XXX. Surrender of Premises.

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property (defined in Article XX) from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall also be required to remove the Required Removables in accordance with Article VIII. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property within 2 days after the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and

 

14


expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred for Tenant’s Property. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage, as the case may be, within 30 days after written notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned, and title to Tenant’s Property shall be deemed to be immediately vested in Landlord.

XXXI. Miscellaneous.

A. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the state in which the Building is located and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of the state and federal courts located in such state. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The headings and titles to the Articles and Sections of this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of any part of the Lease.

B. Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum without Landlord’s prior written consent.

C. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any proceeding based upon a breach of this Lease.

D. Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant, the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, civil, disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party (“Force Majeure”). However, events of Force Majeure shall not extend any period of time for the payment of Rent or other sums payable by either party or any period of time for the written exercise of an option or right by either party.

E. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and/or Property referred to herein, and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord-for the performance of such obligations.

F. Tenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.

G. Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that: (1) each individual executing, attesting and/or delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant; (2) this Lease is binding upon Tenant; and (3) Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the state of its organization and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located. If there is more than one Tenant, or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities. Notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with and to all of them.

H. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise of any expansion, renewal or extension rights granted to Tenant. This Lease shall create only the relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties, and not a partnership, joint venture or any other relationship. This Lease and the covenants and conditions in this Lease shall inure only to the benefit of and be binding only upon Landlord and Tenant and their permitted successors and assigns.

I. The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the expiration or early termination of this Lease. Without limiting the scope of the prior sentence, it is agreed that the parties’ respective obligations under Sections IV.A., IV.B., IV.E., VII, XIV, XX, XXV and XXX shall survive the expiration or early terminations of this Lease.

J. Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant’s review only, and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. This Lease shall not be effective against any party hereto until an original copy of this Lease has been signed by such party.

K. All understandings and agreements previously made between the parties are superseded by this Lease, and neither party is relying upon any warranty, statement or representation not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

15


L. Tenant, within 15 days after request, shall provide Landlord with its most recent financial statement and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request in order to create a “business profile” of Tenant and determine Tenant’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Lease. Landlord, however, shall not require Tenant to provide such information unless Landlord is requested to produce the information in connection with a proposed financing or sale of the Building. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall enter into a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement covering any confidential information that is disclosed by Tenant.

M. Landlord represents and warrants that (i) the Rentable Square Footage of the Building set forth in Section I above is reasonably accurate and determined in accordance with standard industry practices, (ii) the Rentable Square Footage of the Building set forth in Section I above is the same number of square feet used for all leases of space in the Building, and (iii) the sum of the prorata shares for all tenant spaces in the Building does not exceed 100%.

N. Right of First Refusal. Tenant shall have a continuing right of first refusal to lease space in the Building that is contiguous to the Premises (the “Offer Space”), on the following terms:

(i) Prior to offering the Offer Space for lease to third parties, Landlord shall first advise Tenant in writing (the “Offer Notice”) of the rental rate and any other material terms upon which Landlord is prepared to lease the Offer Space (“Offered Terms”). Offered Terms are either rental rates and terms that are contained in a bona fide non binding term sheet that has been executed by Landlord and a prospective third party or are lease rates and terms in the final stages of the offer process to third party prospective tenant for which the Landlord would accept and be prepared to execute a non binding Term Sheet for the Offered Space.

(ii) Tenant shall accept or reject the offer to lease the Offer Space made in the Offer Notice within ten (10) business days after the date of delivery of the Offer Notice. Tenant’s failure to accept the offer within the 10-day period shall be an election to reject the offer).

(iii) In the event Tenant timely accepts the offer set forth in the Offer Notice, Tenant and Landlord shall within fifteen (15) thereafter enter into an amendment to this Lease to include the Offer Space in the Premises and to make appropriate adjustment to the Rent payable hereunder and to Tenant’s Prorata Share.

(iv) In the event Landlord has not by expiration of the Marketing Period executed a lease with a party complying with the provisions of clause (iv) above, then Tenant’s right of first offer under this Section XXXI.N shall again apply to the Offer Space.

O. Tenant Termination Right. Tenant may terminate this Lease effective on the last day of the thirty-ninth month after the Commencement Date by giving Landlord 6 months written notice of Tenant’s election to terminate. In the event Tenant elects to terminate pursuant to this Section XXXI.O, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) all Rent due up to the effective date of the termination, plus (ii) an amount equal to the remaining unamortized portion of the Broker Commission Landlord paid in connection with this Lease, (iii) an amount equal to the remaining unamortized portion of the Tenant allowance described in Section I.H above, and (iv) an amount equal to the Rent payments due in the four (4) months following the effective date of the termination.

XXXII. Entire Agreement.

This Lease and the following exhibits and attachments constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and other documents: Exhibit A (Outline and Location of of Premises), Exhibit B (Rules and Regulations), Exhibit C ( Janitorial Services Specifications), Exhibit D (Work Letter Agreement, if required), Exhibit E ( Parking Permits), Exhibit F (Rules and Regulations for Entry System), Exhibit G (Over Night Parking Restrictions )

 

16


Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

HI-TECH PROPERTIES, I. LLC

(“LANDLORD”)

 

By:   /s/ Jan Tretina 2/20/13
  Landlord

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(“TENANT”)

By:   /s/ John F. Gavin, CFO for Raj Shanmugaraj
  President

STATE OF NEW JERSEY)

COUNTY OF MONMOUTH ) ss.:

I CERTIFY that on the 20 th day of Feb., 2013, personally came before me an s/he acknowledged under oath, to my satisfaction, that s/he is the manager of HI-TECH PROPERTIES, I. LLC, a limited liability company, that s/he is the person named in and who executed the within instrument, that s/he signed and delivered this document as the voluntary act and deed of the said limited liability company.

 

  /s/ Patricia Piney
  Notary Public

STATE OF NEW JERSEY)

COUNTY OF MONMOUTH) ss.:

On this      day of              , 2013, before me a Notary Public duly authorized in and for the County in the State aforesaid to take acknowledgments personally appeared                      known to me to be                      of                      . one of the parties described in the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that such officer, being authorized so to do, s/he executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of said corporation by subscribing the name of such corporation by himself/herself as such officer and caused the corporate seal of said corporation to be affixed thereto, as a free and voluntary act, and as the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and official seal this      day of              , 2013.

 

   
  Notary Public

 

17


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated as of February 18, 2013, by and between Hi-Tech Properties, I. L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Acacia Communications, Inc. (“Tenant”) for Suite # 101, on the first floor in the Building 1, located at Concord Center, Building 1, Suite #101, 1301 Hwy. 36, Hazlet, New Jersey 07730.

SHOW

FINAL

FLOOR

PLAN

 

18


EXHIBIT B

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the Building, the parking garage (if any), the Property and the appurtenances. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as defined in the Lease.

Tenant shall comply with any written regulations, together with revisions or additions thereto, developed and given to Tenant periodically by Landlord.

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. No rubbish, litter, trash or material shall be placed, emptied, or thrown in those areas. At no time shall tenant permit Tenant’s employees to loiter in Common Areas or elsewhere about the Building or Property. Eating and drinking coffee and other beverages in the common areas of the building is not permitted.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed in the fixtures or appliances. Damage resulting to fixtures or appliances by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid for by Tenant, and Landlord shall not be responsible for the damage.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or other parts of the Building, except those of such color, size, style and in such places as are first approved in writing by Landlord. All tenant identification and suite numbers at the existing signage locations of the Building and Premises shall be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and expense, using the standard graphics for the Building. Except in connection with the hanging of lightweight pictures and wall decorations, no nails, hooks or screws shall be inserted into any part of the Premises or Building except by the Building maintenance personnel.

4. Landlord may provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an alphabetical directory board or other directory device listing tenants, and no other directly shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

5. Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door in the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent and Landlord shall have the right to retain at all times and to use keys to all locks within and into the Premises. Two(2) entry cards to the building, one (1) front entrance key (for emergency locking only) and one (1) key to the premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or early termination of this Lease. See also Regulation #26 and attached Exhibit “F”.

6. All contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians performing work in the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be required to comply with Landlord’s standard rules, regulations, policies and procedures, which may be revised from time to time.

7. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of merchandise or materials requiring the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas, shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval by providing a detailed listing of the activity and paying a fifteen ($15.00) dollar fee for each move or delivery at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance so that the Landlord may install protective blankets in the elevator. If approved by Landlord, the activity shall be under the supervision of Tenant representative and performed in the manner required by Landlord. Tenant shall assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from the activity. If equipment, property or personnel of Landlord including the marble flooring or carpeting or of any other party is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with the activity, Tenant shall be solely liable for any resulting damage or loss and the cost of any such repair shall be collectible as additional rent.

8. Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight, size or location of heavy equipment or articles in and about the Premises. Damage to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of property of Tenant shall be repaired at Tenant’s sole expense. No crated parcels or pallets are permitted inside of the building. All deliveries must be done with rubber wheeled carriers, and for deliveries of heavy objects floor must be protected by masonite or similar type of materials. Opening and disposing of crated materials must be done off site, or inside of delivery vehicle.

 

19


9. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

10. Tenant shall not: (1) make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building, or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them; (2) solicit business or distribute, or cause to be distributed, in any portion of the Building, handbills, promotional materials or other advertising; or (3) conduct or permit other activities in the Building and surrounding grounds, that might, in Landlord’s sole opinion, constitute a nuisance.

11. No animals, except those assisting handicapped persons, shall be brought into the Building or kept in or about the Premises.

12. No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises, Building or about the Property. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law which may now or later be in effect. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant, and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal.

13. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which might injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall not use, or permit any part of the Premises to be used, for lodging, sleeping , conduct mechanical or manufacturing operations, cook or prepare food, or for any illegal purpose. Tenant shall not use the Building for manufacturing, assembly, or for the storage of goods, wares or merchandise, except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes and except in such portions of the Premises as may be specifically designated by Landlord for such storage. For purposes of clarity, in Tenant’s premise, tenant will be using the lab area for electronic assembly, test and manufacture of electronic sub assemblies that are used in telecommunications and data communications applications.

14. Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts or which would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, or interfere with Landlord’s or any other tenant’s or occupant’s business or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building (“Labor Disruption”). Tenant shall take the actions necessary to resolve the Labor Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor Disruption, until Landlord gives its written consent for the work to resume. Tenant shall have no claim for damages against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties, nor shall the date of the commencement of the Term be extended as a result of the above actions.

15. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord. Tenant shall not furnish cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of electronic or gas heating devices, without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other telecommunication facilities available to service the Building.

16. Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated a coin or token operated vending machine or similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement devices and machines for sale of beverages, foods, candy, cigarettes and other goods) except for machines for the exclusive use of Tenant’s employees, and then only if the operation does not violate the lease of any other tenant in the Building.

17. Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside the Building or on the walkways outside the Building, except in areas designated by Landlord.

18. Landlord may from time to time adopt systems and procedures for the security and safety of the Building, its occupants, entry, use and contents. Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlord’s systems and procedures. (See attached Rules and Regulations for the security/entry system at the building).

19. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building or any other publicity by Tenant that in Landlord’s sole opinion may impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability. Upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such publicity immediately.

 

20


20. Tenant shall not canvass, solicit or peddle in or about the Building or the Property.

21. Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees shall smoke or permit smoking in the Building. Smoking shall be permitted only where designated by Landlord. Landlord has designated the Building as a non-smoking building.

22. Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for the Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable, that window coverings are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

23. Deliveries to and from the Premises shall be made only at the times, in the areas and through the entrances and exits designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not make deliveries to or from the Premises in a manner that might interfere with the use by any other tenant of its premises or of the Common Areas, any pedestrian use, or any use which is inconsistent with good business practice.

24. The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 p.m., and cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to prevent unreasonable hardship to the cleaning service.

25. Collectible as additional rent, the Tenant shall be required to pay, as invoiced, for its HVAC use during the weekends, after 6:00 p.m. and before 8:00 a.m. during weekdays and during the holidays as more particularly described in the Lease at a present cost $38.56 per hour plus future increases.

26. As generally described in the attached, the Tenant shall gain 24/7 access to the Building through the use of entry cards. The Tenant shall only permit the Tenant and its employees the use of the entry cards unless the Landlord agrees in writing to others’ use. Additional entry cards may be purchased for fifteen ($15.00) dollars apiece and are subject to the same rules and regulations. Entry card is not transferable, and must be returned to the Landlord, if the person to whom the card is issued is no longer employed by Tenant. The sum of $75 will be levied against Tenant for each lost or non returned entry card.

27. In the event the Tenant has any requests for maintenance or complaints about the maintenance of the building and premises for which the Landlord is responsible as provided for in the Lease, then the Landlord shall be notified in writing by the Tenant by providing a description of the maintenance request. Oral or telephone requests shall not be honored by the Landlord .

28. The Tenant is financially and practically responsible for its use of electricity in the Premises.

29. The Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean and orderly fashion and is required by this Lease to retain the services of a responsible janitorial service to clean the Premises. (The Landlord shall be responsible for the common area of the building and the outside of the building.) In the event the Tenant does not maintain the premises in a clean and orderly fashion to the satisfaction of the Landlord, the Landlord shall have the right to enter and to clean the Tenant’s space at the Tenant’s expense which expense shall be payable by the Tenant within thirty (30) days of the service plus fifteen (15%) percent of the cost for the Landlord’s overhead which expense shall be collectible as additional rent.

30. Although the base Lease rent does presently include common area and site maintenance, real estate taxes as of this date as of the signing of the Lease and the Lease specified utilities (including the heating and air conditioning Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m. except for, weekends, New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day). The Tenant is responsible for its pro-rated share of tax increases from the base year and operating expense increases from the base year as more, particularly set forth in the Lease Agreement.

 

21


31. Use of the parking facility shall be subject to such rules and regulations as may be promulgated periodically by Landlord. Tenant shall provide to Landlord the license number of automobiles to be parked in the parking facility pursuant to the rights granted hereunder. Landlord may provide parking permits to Tenant to identify automobiles parked in such parking facility. In such event, any automobiles parked in areas reserved for Tenants in the Building which are not properly identified as automobiles belonging to Tenant, or employees or agents thereof, may be removed by Landlord without notice to Tenant. The cost of any such removal shall be borne by Tenant. In the event of any repeated violations of the rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect to the parking facility, Landlord shall have the right to revoke Tenant’s parking privileges granted hereunder without terminating this Lease. Any such revocation shall be evidenced by delivery of written notice to Tenant.

32. Tenant will designate point of contact person with decision making power to liason with Landlord’s office as not to burden Landlord with third party communication. Landlord shall be notified in writing by the Tenant by providing a description of the maintenance request. Oral or telephone requests shall not be honored by the Landlord.

33. Tenant is responsible for obtaining its own Municipal Business Permit, Tenant Certificate of Continued Occupancy (other than Building C.O.), or any other requirement imposed upon Tenant by local or any other governmental authority.

 

22


EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS

Suite #101 is offered as is.

 

    Tenant to perform his own interior built-out, with Landlord contributing $80,000.00 toward the hard construction cost of such a work as incurred by Tenant. Landlord shall pay such amount upon presentation by Tenant of documentation reasonably establishing that Tenant has incurred construction costs.

 

    All construction plans to be approved by Landlord prior to submitting to town for permits and approvals.

 

    Tenant is authorized to use CBRE, Michael Laffey as Tenant project construction management.

 

    Tenant to provide Landlord with a construction budget and a cost allocations for review and approval.

 

    Any and all HVAC related work and alterations to be done by designated building contractor Encon Mechanical.

 

    All Tenant build-out work is subject-to Lease Provisions, as specifically outlined in Section IX. C. “Alterations.”

 

23


ADDENDUM TO MASTER LEASE

Dated January 21, 2013

This Addendum to the Office Lease Agreement is made as of March 12, 2014 between HI Tech Properties, I. LLC. and Acacia Communications, Inc. for the Leasing of Suite 104 on the Second Floor in Building 1.

In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease Agreement and the terms and provisions of this Addendum, the terms and provisions of this Addendum shall govern and be binding.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Premises : Suite 104 measure 6,409 RSF and is located on the Second Floor in Building 1.

 

2. Lease Term : Four (4) Years and three (3) months.

 

3. Lease Commencement : 05/01/2014 with Lease ending on 07/30/2018

 

4. Base Rent :

 

     Annual Rate
Per Square Foot
     Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly Base Rent  

Year 1.

   $ 23.00 SF+T.E.       $ 147,407.00       $ 12,283.91   

Year 2.

   $ 23.69 SF+T.E.       $ 151,829.21       $ 12,654.43   

Year 3.

   $ 24.40 SF+T.E.       $ 156,379.60       $ 13,031.63   

Year 4.

   $ 25.13 SF+T.E.       $ 161,058.17       $ 13,421.51   

3 Months

   $ 25.88 SF+T.E.       $ 41,466.21       $ 13,822.07   

Total amount per term

      $ 658,140.19      

 

5. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share : 15.26%

 

6. Base Year for Taxes and Expenses : 2014

 

7. Security Deposit : One (1) Month $12,283.31

 

8. Landlord’s Work : Suite is furnished, newly remodeled and is offered as is. Tenant is responsible for keeping suite furniture in as new condition.

 

9. Early Termination : Tenant may terminate this Lease Agreement thirty-nine (39) months after the commencement date, by giving Landlord 6 months prior written notice of Tenant’s election to terminate.


Tenant shall pay to Landlord: all unamortized portion of Broker’s commission, any unamortized costs that Landlord may expend in association with this Lease, four (4) months of the rent payments past the date of termination.

 

10. Use of HVAC after Business Hours : $38.56 per hour

 

11. Space use : Office space

 

12. Building hours : 8 AM - 6 PM, Monday - Friday.

From May to September, the Tenant Building access will change from 8 AM to 7 PM

 

13. Early access : The Tenant shall have a early access to suite prior to commencement date for the IT work and cabling. Tenant shall provide the Insurance to Landlord prior to beginning of work.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date set forth opposite their respective signatures set forth below.

 

HI TECH PROPERTIES, I. LLC.

      

Dated: 3/13/14

     By:  

/s/ Jan Tretina, St.

       Jan Tretina

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

      

Dated: 3/13/2014

     By:  

/s/ John Gavin

       John Gavin

 

- 2 -


LEASE

THIS LEASE is entered into by Landlord and Tenant as described in the following Basic Lease Information on the Date of execution.

Landlord and Tenant agree;

ARTICLE 1.00        BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

In addition to the terms which are defined elsewhere in this Lease, the following defined terms are an integral part of this Lease:

 

(a)    DATE:

   January 1, 2012

(b)    TENANT:

   Acacia Communications, Inc.

(c)    TENANT’S ADDRESS:

  

a)      Prior to the Commencement Date:

  Three Clock Tower Place

  Maynard MA 01754

 

b)      After the Commencement Date:

  1715 Highway 35 Suite 207

  Middletown, NJ 07748

(d)    LANDLORD:

   One Arin Park, LLC

(e)    LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:

  

853 Hwy 35, P.O. Box 278

Middletown, NJ 07748

Attn: Joseph Azzolina, Jr.

with a copy at the same time to:   

Michael V. Benedetto, Esq.

Ansell, Grimm & Aaron

1500 Lawrence Avenue

Ocean Township, NJ 07712

(f)     BUILDING ADDRESS:

  

1715 Highway 35

Middletown, NJ 07748

 

  (g) COMMENCEMENT DATE: Anticipated to be February 1, 2012 . Provided, however, such date is subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 3.00.

 

  (h) EXPIRATION DATE: If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the date which is two (2) years from the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date shall occur, otherwise the last day of the month immediately preceding the two (2) year anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

  (i) TERM: Two (2) Years (24 months) . Provided Tenant is not in default of this Lease beyond any applicable cure or grace period, Tenant may cancel the lease after 18 months with 3-month prior written notice to Landlord and payment of the unamortized portion of Landlord’s leasing and renovation expenses.

 

1


  (j) BASE MONTHLY RENT: During the term of the Lease, the Base Monthly Rent shall be $3,025.00 / month. Such Base Monthly Rent is based on annualized rent equal to $36,300.00 [$16.50 per rentable square foot (2,200 square feet)].

 

  (k) RENT: The Base Monthly Rent plus the applicable common area maintenance charges (additional rent) and any other charges or amounts to be paid to Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

 

  (l) LATE CHARGES: In the event that Tenant does not make any payment of the Base Monthly Rent or additional rent within five (5) days after payment is due as provided in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to the Landlord a late charge equal to five (5%) percent of the overdue rent payment, which late charge shall be paid with the overdue payment.

 

  (m) RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: Neither the Base Monthly Rent nor the additional rent shall be due from Tenant until the Commencement Date.

 

  (o) PRO RATA SHARE: Tenant’s pro rata share shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the floor area of the Demised Premises and the denominator of which shall be the total gross leasable floor space in the Building (35,739 square feet). The parties hereby stipulate that the pro rata share shall be 6.245%  per cent (2,200 /35,739).

 

  (p) SECURITY DEPOSIT: Two month’s rent equaling $6,050.00 based upon the rental due upon execution of this Lease.

 

  (q) DEMISED PREMISES: That certain area consisting of the space generally referred to as Suite 207 in the building located at 1715 Highway 35, consisting of approximately 2,200 square feet.

 

  (r) COMMON AREAS: Those areas consisting of parking areas, walkways, landscaped areas, roadways, entrances, stairs and all other areas and facilities now or hereafter at the Building and intended for common use. Tenant’s right to use the parking areas are limited to the use of up to, but no more than, (8 parking spaces (based on approximately four (4) per 1,000 rentable square feet.

 

  (s) USE: For general office space, research and development and other uses as permitted by applicable zoning regulations and for no other purposes.

ARTICLE 2.00        AGREEMENT

Landlord leases the Demised Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Demised Premises from Landlord, according to the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 3.00        TERM, DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

3.01 General. The duration of this Lease will be the Term. The Term will commence on the Commencement Date, and will expire on the Expiration Date.

 

2


3.02 Delivery of Possession. The date of delivery of possession shall be the Commencement Date.

3.03 Commencement Date. The Commencement Date is anticipated to be in Article 1.00 of this Lease. If the Demised Premises are not ready for Tenant’s possession on the date of this Lease, then this Lease shall not be affected thereby but, in such case, the Commencement Date shall be deemed postponed until the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant. If the event Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Demised Premises within fourteen(1) days of the date of this Lease, either party may terminate this Lease without further liability on the part of Landlord or Tenant except for Landlord to return to Tenant any monies paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder. In the event Tenant wishes to terminate, Tenant shall serve written notice upon Landlord and Landlord shall thereafter have ten(10) business days within which to deliver the Demised Premises and, in such case, Tenant’s termination shall be nullified and of no force or effect. It is expressly agreed that cancellation of this Lease shall be Tenant’s exclusive remedy in the event Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 4.00        BASE MONTHLY RENT

Throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant will pay Base Monthly Rent to Landlord as rent for the Demised Premises, except as otherwise provided in this Lease. Base Monthly Rent will be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Term. If the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Monthly Rent will be appropriately prorated by Landlord for such month and paid on or before the Commencement Date. Base Monthly Rent will be paid to Landlord, without notice or demand, and without deduction or offset, except as otherwise set forth herein, in lawful money of the United States of America at Landlord’s Address, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. The first month’s payment of Base Monthly Rent shall be paid by Tenant upon execution of this Lease. Landlord shall credit the Tenant two (2) months free rent as an allowance for Tenant’s improvements as per Tenant’s Work Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit C . The Tenant shall receive its rent credit the second and third month after the Commencement Date (February 2012 and March 2012).

ARTICLE 5.00        ADDITIONAL RENTS

5.01 ADDITIONAL TERMS. As used in, and for the purposes of, this Article the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “taxes” shall mean real estate taxes and assessments, special or otherwise, levied upon or with respect to the Building and the Land (Land shall mean the land as set forth on the tax bill for Block 607, Lots 9-15. or upon the Base Monthly Rent or additional rent, imposed by Federal, State or local governments (but shall not include income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes or taxes based on receipts of rentals, unless the same shall be in substitution for, in lieu of or in addition to a real estate tax or assessment) and any personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and appurtenances in, upon or used in connection with the Building and Land for the operation thereof, provide that if, because of any change in the method of taxation of real estate, any other or additional tax or assessment is

 

3


imposed upon Landlord or upon or with respect to the Land and/or Building or the rents or income therefrom, as or in substitution for or in lieu of or in addition to any tax or assessment which would otherwise be a real estate tax, or personal property tax of the type referred to above, such other tax or assessment shall also be deemed a real estate tax.

(b) “operating expenses” shall mean and include those expenses incurred in respect to the operation, maintenance, management and safekeeping of the Land and Building, including, but not limited to, capital expenditures made by Landlord, to the extent same are amortized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in accordance with accepted principles of sound management and accounting practices as applied to the operation, maintenance and safekeeping of office buildings. Such expenses shall not include (1) expenses for painting, redecorating or other work which Landlord, at its expense, performs for any other tenant in leased areas of the Building other than painting, redecorating or other work which is standard for or periodically performed in the Building; (2) expenses for repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other insured casualty; (3) lease commissions, advertising expenses and expenses for leasing and renovating space for tenants; (4) legal expenses in enforcing the terms of any lease; (5) interest and amortization payments on any mortgage or mortgages, and rental under any ground or underlying lease or leases; (6) wages, salaries or other compensation paid to any person not directly involved in the operation, maintenance or safekeeping of the Building; (7) expenses for restoration of the Building required as a result of a condemnation; (8) taxes; (9) electricity paid for by any tenant of the Building; and (10) any amounts resulting from the Landlord’s negligence.

(c) “base expenses” shall mean the operating expenses for the year 2012.

(d) “base year” for taxes shall be calendar year 2012 . (e) “lease year” shall mean each calendar year in which occurs any part of the term subsequent to the base year.

(e) “tax year” shall mean each calendar year in which occurs any part of the term.

5.02 As soon as practicable after each lease year, Landlord will furnish Tenant a statement which shall show a comparison of the operating expenses for the preceding lease year to the base expenses. On the first day for the payment of Base Monthly Rent hereunder following the furnishing of such comparative statement, (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum (the “Operating Expense Increase”) equal to the operating expenses for the preceding calendar year less the base expenses multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Operating Expense Increase multiplied by the number of months then elapsed commencing with the first day of the current lease year and, in advance, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Operating Expense Increase in respect of the then current month; and (iii) thereafter, until a different comparative statement shall be submitted to Tenant as above provided, the monthly installments of Base Monthly Rent payable under this Lease shall be increased by an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Operating Expense Increase.

5.03 As soon as practicable after the base year, Landlord will furnish Tenant a statement which shall show a comparison of the taxes for the then current tax year over the base year. The increase, if any, of taxes for the then current tax year over the tax base, when multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, is herein referred to as the “tax increase”. On the first day for the payment of Base Monthly Rent hereunder following the furnishing of such comparative statement,

 

4


(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to the tax increase for the preceding calendar year less the tax base multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share; (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the tax increase multiplied by the number of months elapsed commencing with the first day of the then current tax year and, in advance, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the tax increase in respect of the then current month; and (iii) thereafter, until a different comparative statement shall be submitted to Tenant as above provided, the monthly installments of Base Monthly Rent payable under this Lease be increased by an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the tax increase.

5.04 If prior to the receipt by Tenant of a comparative statement from Landlord pursuant to Section 5.02 or Section 5.03 above, Tenant has paid any Operating Expense Increase or tax increase with respect to the lease year for which that comparative statement was submitted, then appropriate credits and/or adjustments shall be made to reflect the expenses which Tenant may have previously paid in whole or in part or may then be paying.

5.05 In the event Landlord shall obtain a refund for any taxes or operating expenses after payment by Tenant of any tax increase or Operating Expense Increase relative thereto, Landlord shall give Tenant an appropriate credit or reimbursement which shall reflect any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining the refund.

5.06 If Tenant shall dispute in writing any specific item or items included by Landlord in any statement furnished by Landlord to Tenant and such dispute is not amicably settled between Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after statement therefor has been rendered, either party may, during the thirty (30) days (upon written notice to the other party accompanied by a copy of its letter of submission setting forth the items of dispute) refer such disputed item or items to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and the decision rendered in such arbitration shall be conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. The expenses involved in such determination shall be borne by the party against whom a decision is rendered unless otherwise determined in such arbitration. Landlord shall have the right, for a period of twelve (12) months after the rendering of any statements (or for a longer period, if reasonably required in order to ascertain the facts) to send corrected statements to Tenant, and any rent required thereby shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter. If Tenant shall not so dispute any item or items of any statement or corrected statement within thirty (30) days after such statement or corrected statement has been rendered, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such statement or corrected statement.

5.07 Landlord shall keep, for a period of sixty (60) days after statements are rendered as provided in this Article 5.00, records in reasonable detail of the items covered by such statements and shall permit Tenant, upon the giving of reasonable prior notice, to examine and audit such records to verify such statements, at reasonable times during business hours.

5.08 Tenant will promptly pay when due all personal property taxes on Tenant’s personal property in the Demised Premises and any other taxes payable by Tenant, the non-payment of which might give rise to a lien on the Demised Premises or Tenant’s interest in the Demised Premises. If Tenant wishes to contest same, Tenant must first post a bond to protect Landlord’s interest in the Property.

 

5


ARTICLE 6.00        INSURANCE

6.01 Landlord’s Insurance.

(a) At all times during the term of this Lease, Landlord will carry and maintain (a) fire and extended coverage insurance covering the Building, the Building’s equipment and common area improvements; (b) commercial general liability insurance and (c) property damage insurance on the Building and improvements to the Land in such amounts as are reasonably appropriate. Additionally, Landlord may carry such additional insurance as Landlord deems reasonable, appropriate or prudent. All such insurance will specifically include, without limitation, contractual liability coverage for the performance by Landlord of the indemnity agreements set forth in Article 21.00 of this Lease.

(b) If for any reason it shall be impossible to obtain fire and other hazard insurance on the Building and improvements on the Demised Premises, in an amount and in the form and in insurance companies acceptable to Landlord, Landlord may, if Landlord so elects at any time thereafter, terminate this Lease and the Term hereof, upon giving to Tenant fifteen (15) days noticed in writing of Landlord’s intention so to do, and upon the giving of such notice, this Lease and the Term thereof shall terminate. If by reason of the use to which the Demised Premises are put by Tenant or character of or the manner in which Tenant’s business is carried on, the insurance rates for fire and other hazards shall be increased, Tenant shall upon demand, pay to Landlord, as rent, the amounts by which the premiums for such insurance are increased. Such payment shall be paid with the next installment of rent but in no case later than one month after such demand, whichever occurs sooner.

6.02 Tenant’s Insurance. At all times during the term of this Lease, Tenant will carry and maintain, at Tenant’s expense, the following insurance, in the amounts specified below or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably request, with insurance companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord:

(a) Comprehensive general liability insurance with limits of liability of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury, personal injury or death to one or more persons and damage to property by water or otherwise. All such insurance will specifically include, without limitation, contractual liability coverage for the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Article 21.00 of this Lease.

(b) All Risk or Special Form property insurance covering all of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, appliances, furniture, furnishings and personal property, from time to time in, on, or upon the Demised Premises, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation from time to time during the term of this Lease, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended peril. All policy proceeds will be used for the repair or replacement of the property damaged or destroyed; however, if this Lease ceases under the provisions of Article 18.00, Tenant will be entitled to any proceeds resulting from damage to Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, appliances, furniture and personal property, and Landlord will be entitled to all other proceeds.

 

6


(c) Workmen’s compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under the workmen’s compensation laws of the state in which the Demised Premises are located.

(d) Business interruption insurance payable for a period of twelve (12) months commencing with the date of any loss.

(e) If there is a boiler or air conditioning equipment installed by Tenant in, on, adjoining, above or beneath the Demised Premises, broad form pressure vessel insurance in the amount of $100,000.00.

(f) Such other insurance as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, deem reasonable, appropriate or prudent.

6.03 Forms of the Policies. All policies of liability insurance which Tenant is obligated to maintain according to this Lease (other than any policy of workmen’s compensation insurance) will name Landlord and such other persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time as “Additional Insured” and certificate holders. The Certificate of Insurance will be delivered to Landlord prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises and from time to time at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of each such policy. All such policies maintained by Tenant will provide that they may not be terminated or amended except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. All public liability, property damage liability and casualty policies maintained by Tenant will be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to the coverage that Landlord may carry. Insurance required to be maintained by Tenant by this Article 6.00 may be subject to a deductible not to exceed $5,000.00.

6.04 Adequacy of Coverage. Landlord, its agents and employees make no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 6.00 are adequate to protect Tenant. If Tenant believes that any of such insurance coverage is inadequate, Tenant will obtain, at Tenant’s sole expense, such additional insurance coverage as Tenant deems adequate.

6.05 Excess Insurance Payments. If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or violation of this Lease, the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Building or any other insurance carried by Landlord is increased to an amount higher than it otherwise would have been, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the increased cost of Landlord’s insurance premiums. Such reimbursement will be rent payable upon the first day of the month following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement showing payment by Landlord for such increased insurance premiums. In any action or proceeding in which Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make up” of rates for the Building or Demised Premises issued by the body making fire insurance rates for the Demised Premises will be presumptive evidence of the facts stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate then applicable to the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 7.00        USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE

7.01 Use. The Demised Premises will be used as and for the use defined in Article 1.00(s) and for no other purpose. Tenant will not: do or permit to be done in or about the Demised

 

7


Premises, anything which is prohibited by or will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation which is now in force or which may be enacted or promulgated after the date of the execution of this Lease; do or permit anything to be done in or about the Demised Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants of the Building, or injure or annoy them; use or allow the Demised Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose; cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on, or about the Demised Premises or commit or allow to be committed any waste in, on, or about the Demised Premises. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Pre-Approved Alterations (as defined in Section 14.00) to be made by Tennant do not conflict with the restrictions on use of this Section 7.00 or any other provision, requirement or restriction of this Lease.

ARTICLE 8.00        REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

8.01 General. Tenant, at its expense, will comply with all applicable governmental laws, orders and regulations, and with any direction of any public office or officers, according to law, which will impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the Demised Premises, or their use or occupancy, including the obligation to obtain a Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant will not be responsible to comply with any applicable law, order or regulation imposed by the government for items associated with the common area, base building or exterior of the Building, unless resulting from Tenant’s specific use of the Demised Premises or as a result of Tenant’s acts or omissions. Landlord will be responsible to comply with all regulations for the common areas of the building and all systems servicing the general building.

8.02 Industrial Site Recovery Act.

(a) Tenant represents and warrants that it is not an “Industrial Establishment” as that term is defined in the Industrial Site Recovery Act, N.J.S.A. 13:1k-6 et seq. , as same may be amended from time to time (the “Act”). Tenant shall not do or suffer anything that will cause it to become an Industrial Establishment under the Act during the Term of this Lease. Landlord may from time to time require Tenant at Tenant’s sole expense to provide proof satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant is not an Industrial Establishment. In the event that Tenant now is or hereafter becomes an Industrial Establishment, Tenant shall comply with all conditions as set forth below.

(b) Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, fulfill, observe and comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Act and all rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives issued or promulgated pursuant to or in connection with said Act by the Department of Environmental Protection (“DEP”), or any subdivision or bureau thereof or any other governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority or body having jurisdiction thereof. (The Act and all said rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ISRA”).

(c) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as limiting Tenant’s obligation to otherwise comply with ISRA.

(d) Tenant agrees that each and every provision of this Section 8.02 shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of this Lease. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that the Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for the provisions of this Section 8.02 and the survival of these representations.

 

8


(e) Tenant represents and warrants that it is not, and will not become, an industrial establishment as the term is defined in the aforementioned statute and that from the date of the execution of this Lease forward Tenant will be bound by all of the provisions of Article 8.02(a), (b), (c) and (d).

8.03 Spill Act.

(a) Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, observe, comply and fulfill all of the terms and provisions of the Spill Compensation and Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Act”) and all rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives issued or promulgated pursuant to or in connection with said Act by DEP, any subdivision or bureau thereof or governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body having jurisdiction thereof. (Said Act and all said rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives are hereinafter in this Section 8.03 collectively referred to as the “Spill Act”.)

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, the Tenant agrees:

 

  (i) that it shall not do, omit to do or suffer the commission or omission of any act which is prohibited by or may result in any liability under the Spill Act including without limitation the discharge of petroleum products or other hazardous substances (as said terms are defined in the Spill Act); and

 

  (ii) whenever the Spill Act requires the “owner or operator” to do any act, Tenant shall do such act and fulfill all such obligations at its sole cost and expense, it being the intention of the parties hereto that Landlord shall be free to all expense and obligations arising from or in connection with compliance with the Spill Act, for any incidences arising after Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have such responsibility with respect to the conduct of its business and its acts and the business and acts of its agents, servants, employees, invitees and independent contractors. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability to Landlord for compliance under this act with respect to any matter arising out of any condition or matter in, on or affecting the Demised Premises prior to the Commencement Date, whether such matter arises out of any act of Landlord and any prior owner or operator of the Demised Premises or arising otherwise out of any act or omission of Landlord or any other third party unrelated to Tenant or Tenant’s business.

(d) Landlord represents and warrants that, as of the commencement date there shall be no toxic or hazardous substances or materials in or on the Demised Premises and there shall be no condition on the premises that constitutes a violation under the Spill Act or requires any remedial action under the Spill Act or any other environmental law, rule or regulation.

 

9


(e) Tenant agrees that each and every provision of this Section 8.03 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease. The parties hereto expressly agree and acknowledge that the Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for the provisions of this Section 8.03 and the aforesaid survival thereof.

8.04 Other Environmental Laws. Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, conduct its business operation in a manner which will comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements relating to air, ground and water pollution and protection and/or preservation of the environment. Tenant further agrees that as of the Commencement Date, it shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rule, regulations and requirements relating to air, ground and water pollution and protection and/or preservation of the environment.

8.05 Certain Insurance Risks. Tenant will not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Demised Premises which would (a) jeopardize or be in conflict with fire insurance policies covering the Demised Premises, or (b) increase the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Demised Premises to an amount higher than it otherwise would be for general retail use of the Demised Premises, or (c) subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on or upon the Demised Premises; however, this Section 8.05 will not prevent Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the purposes stated in Article 7.00.

ARTICLE 9.00        ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

9.01 General. Tenant, for itself, successors and assigns, covenants that it may only assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease, sublease, or permit the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises to be used or occupied by others, with the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

Any assignment or sublease in violation of this Section 9.01 will be void. Except as permitted above, if this Lease is assigned, or if the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises are subleased or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to rent. No assignment, sublease, occupancy or collection will be deemed (a) a waiver of the provisions of this Section 9.01; or (b) the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant; or (c) a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant contained in this Lease. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or sublease will not be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent in writing to any further assignment or sublease. No permitted subtenant will assign or encumber its sublease or further sublease all or any portion of its subleased space, or otherwise permit the subleased space or any part of its subleased space to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance.

ARTICLE 10.00        RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant and its employees, agents, licensees and visitors will at all times observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord with respect to the

 

10


Building. The existing rules and regulations are listed on the attached Exhibit A. Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt, amend, delete or modify or adopt reasonable new rules and regulations for the use, safety, cleanliness and care of the Building. Rules and regulations will be effective upon notice to Tenant from Landlord. In the event of any breach of any rules or regulations or any amendments or additions to such rules and regulations, Landlord will have all remedies which this Lease provides for default by Tenant, and will, in addition, have any remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enjoin any breach of such rules and regulations. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for violation of such rules and regulations by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees or any other person. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and the rules and regulations, the provisions of this Lease will govern.

ARTICLE 11.00        COMMON AREAS

As used in this Lease, the term “Common Areas” means, the parking areas, walkways, landscaped areas, roadways, and all other areas and facilities now or hereafter at the Building and intended for common use.

Without advance notice to Tenant (except with respect to matters covered by subsection (a) below) and without any liability to Tenant in any respect, Landlord will have the right to:

(a) establish and enforce reasonable rules and regulations concerning the maintenance, management, use and operation of the Common Areas;

(b) close off any of the Common Areas to whatever extent required in the opinion of Landlord and its counsel to prevent a dedication of any of the Common Areas or the accrual of any rights by any person or the public to the Common Areas, provided such closure does not deprive Tenant of the substantial benefit and enjoyment of the Demised Premises.

(c) temporarily close any of the Common Areas for maintenance, alteration or improvement purposes, provided that such closure does not substantially interfere with Tenant’s ability to conduct its business;

(d) select, appoint or contract with any person for the purpose of operating and maintaining the Common Areas, subject to such terms and at such rates as Landlord deems reasonable and proper;

(e) change the size, use, shape or nature of any such Common Areas, provided such change does not deprive Tenant of the substantial benefit and enjoyment of the Demised Premises. So long as Tenant is not thus deprived of the substantial use and benefit of the Demised Premises, Landlord will also have the right at any time to change the arrangement or location of, or both, or to regulate or eliminate the use of parking spaces or other public conveniences at the Building, without incurring any liability to Tenant or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent and such action will not constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant; and

(f) erect one or more additional buildings on the Common Areas, expand the existing Building to cover a portion of the Common Areas, convert Common Areas to a portion of the Building, convert any portion of the Building (excluding the Demised Premises) to Common

 

11


Areas. Upon erection of any additional buildings or change in Common Areas, the portion of the property upon which buildings or structures have been erected will no longer be deemed to be a part of the Common Areas. Provided, however, that Landlord receives the requisite municipal and/or other governmental approval for the erection of said building and the providing of the corresponding parking in relation thereto.

ARTICLE 12.00        LANDLORD’S SERVICES

12.01 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance. Subject to Article 13.00, Landlord will maintain, repair and restore, the Common Areas, the foundation and structural supports of the Building and the roof of the Building, the heating, cooling, gas, water, sewer and electric lines of the Building except for damage occasioned by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, or by the failure of Tenant to perform or comply with any terms, conditions or covenants in this Lease, which damage will be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. As a condition precedent to all obligations of Landlord to repair and restore under this Section 12.01, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing of the need for such repairs or restoration.

12.02 Landlord’s Services. Landlord will furnish the following Common Area services: (a) snow removal; (b) exterior landscaping; (c) exterior lighting; (d) parking lot striping, re-striping, maintenance and repair, and (e) maintenance, repair and replacement of Common Area improvements and Building services. The cost of each of the foregoing shall be included in operating expenses for purposes of determining additional rent. Landlord shall also provide water, sewer, gas and electric service to the Common Area and electric service to the Demised Premises. Landlord will supply and maintain the heating and air-conditioning equipment needed to adequately provide heating and cooling service for the Demised Premises during normal business hours.

Landlord will not be in default under this Lease or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor will the rental reserved in this Lease be abated by reason of (1) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of such services, (2) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such services when such failure or delay is caused by accident or any condition beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or by the making of necessary repairs or improvements to the Demised Premises or to the Building, or (3) the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restrictions on use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy serving the Demised Premises or the Building. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to remedy diligently any interruption in the furnishing of such services for which landlord is responsible.

Landlord shall, prior to the Commencement Date, make such alterations and improvements to the Demised Premises and Building as are listed on Exhibit B hereto.

12.03 Tenant’s Costs. Landlord shall, at its expense, make available to the Demised Premises all facilities (including pipes, conduits and cables ready for hookup) for water, electricity, sewerage and other utility available for use in the Demised Premises. Tenant shall pay directly to the utility company or governmental agency or authority, as the case may be, for water, electricity and other public utilities supplied or furnished to the Demised Premises from and after

 

12


the Commencement Date and during the term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such of the foregoing utilities are not separately metered for the Demised Premises, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of charges for jointly metered utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord will supply and maintain the heating and air-conditioning equipment needed to adequately provide heating and cooling service for the Demised Premises during normal business hours.

Furthermore, Landlord reserves the right to install separate meters for gas, in which event Tenant shall pay for the cost of such gas directly to the utility company providing such service.

12.04 Limitation on Liability. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant or any other person, for direct or consequential damage or otherwise, for any failure to supply any heat, air conditioning, lighting, surges or interruptions of electricity, or other service Landlord has agreed to supply during any period when Landlord uses reasonable diligence to supply such services. Landlord reserves the right temporarily to discontinue such services, or any of them, at such times as may be necessary by reason of accident; repairs, alterations or improvements; strikes; lockouts; riots; acts of God; governmental preemption in connection with a national or local emergency; any rule, order or regulation of any governmental agency; conditions of supply and demand which make any product unavailable; Landlord’s compliance with any mandatory governmental energy conservation or environmental protection program, or any voluntary governmental energy conservation program at the request of or with consent or acquiescence of Tenant; or any other happening beyond the control of Landlord. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for direct or consequential damages resulting from the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In the event of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s sole opinion, Landlord will have the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by such means as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, locking doors and closing parking areas and other common areas. Landlord will not be liable for damages to person or property or for injury to, or interruption of, business for any discontinuance permitted under this Article 12.00, nor will such discontinuance in any way be construed as an eviction of Tenant or cause an abatement of rent or operate to release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

ARTICLE 13.00        TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

Tenant will be responsible for any and all items installed or brought into the Demised Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall, at its expense, keep the interior of the Demised Premises in a clean and orderly condition free of accumulation of dirt, rubbish, debris, and shall make all interior repairs to the Demised Premises which Landlord is not obligated to make pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; provided, however, that if the necessity for any of the repairs which tenant is hereby required to make shall result from the act, fault, or negligence of Landlord, or its agents, servants, employees, licensees or invitees, or Landlord’s default under the provisions of this Lease it shall be the responsibility of Landlord to make the same at Landlord’s expense. Tenant shall repair any cracked or broken glass (excluding the exterior glass, unless caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct) on the Demised Premises as quickly as possible. Tenant shall keep all interior windows and glass clean, and tenant shall keep the demised premises neat and clean. Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for its own telephone, computer or other systems installed for Tenant.

 

13


Tenant shall keep all trash and debris in watertight, covered containers and place same only in the area designated by Landlord for pickup. Tenant shall not use more electricity than wiring or feeders of the Demised Premises can safely carry.

ARTICLE 14.00        ALTERATIONS

Except for Pre-Approved Alterations, Tenant will not make or suffer to be made any major alterations, additions or improvements to or of the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises, or attach any fixtures or equipment to the Demised Premises, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent. All such alterations, additions and improvements consented to by Landlord will be performed by contractors and subject to conditions specified by Landlord (which may include Landlords approval of Tenants contractors, requiring the posting of a mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien bond, Insurance naming Landlord as “Additional Insured”). Subject to Tenant’s rights in Article 16.00, all alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Demised Premises either by Tenant or Landlord, will immediately become Landlord’s property and at the end of the Term will remain on the Demised Premises without compensation to Tenant. Other than Pre-Approved Alterations, by notice given to Tenant no less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any or all alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements which are made in or upon the Demised Premises after the initial improvements to the Demised Premises unless specified to the contrary they shall be removed by Tenant. In that event, Tenant will remove such alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements at Tenant’s sole cost and will restore the Demised Premises to the condition in which they were before such alterations, additions, fixtures, improvements and additions were made, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

For the purposes of this Lease, Pre-Approved Alterations shall mean those alternations described in the Tenant’s Work Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit C . Such Pre-Approved Alterations are hereby approved by the written consent of the Landlord and shall not require removal at the expiration of this Lease.

ARTICLE 15.00        MECHANIC’S LIENS

Tenant will pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for work done by Tenant or caused to be done by Tenant in or to the Demised Premises, and for all materials furnished for or in connection with such work. Tenant will indemnify Landlord against, and hold Landlord, the Demised Premises and the Building free, clear and harmless of and from, all mechanics’ liens and claims of liens, and all other liabilities, liens, claims and demands on account of such work by or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien, at any time, is filed against the Demised Premises, or any part of the Building, Tenant will cause such lien to be discharged of record within ten (10) days after the filing of such lien.

 

14


ARTICLE 16.00        END OF TERM

At the end of this Lease, Tenant will promptly quit and surrender the Demised Premises broom-clean, in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If Tenant is not then in default, Tenant may remove from the Demised Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, movable furniture and other personal property placed in the Demised Premises by Tenant, whether or not such trade fixtures or equipment are fastened to the Building; Tenant will not remove any trade fixtures or equipment without Landlord’s written consent if such fixtures or equipment are used in the operation of the Building or improvements or the removal of such fixtures or equipment will result in impairing the structural strength of the Building or improvements. Whether or not Tenant is in default, Tenant will remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, equipment and furniture as Landlord has requested in accordance with Article 14.00. Tenant will fully repair any damage occasioned by the removal of any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions and improvements. All trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, inventory, effects, alterations, additions and improvements not so removed will be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant or any other person and without obligation to account for them; and Tenant will pay Landlord for all expenses incurred in connection with such property, including, but not limited to, the cost of repairing any damage to the Building or Demised Premises caused by the removal of such property. Tenant’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant will survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 17.00        EMINENT DOMAIN

If all of the Demised Premises are taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain (or conveyed by Landlord in lieu of such exercise) this Lease will terminate on a date (the “termination date”) which is the earlier of the date upon which the condemning authority takes possession of the Demised Premises or the date on which title to the Demised Premises is vested in the condemning authority. If more than thirty three and a third percent (33 1/3%) of the Demised Premises is so taken, or such portion is taken to render the Demised Premises unsuitable for the intended use by Tenant, either party will have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party given within twenty (20) days after the termination date. In the event of any such taking, the entire award will be paid to Landlord and Tenant will have no right or claim to any part of such award; however, Tenant will have the right to assert a claim against the condemning authority in a separate action and so long as Landlord’s award is not reduced by such claim, for (a) Tenant’s moving expenses; and (b) leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant.

ARTICLE 18.00        DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

If the Demised Premises are damaged by fire or other insured casualty, Landlord will give Tenant notice of the time which will be needed to repair such damage, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, and the election (if any) which Landlord has made according to this Article 18.00. Such notice will be given within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt from its insurance company of an appraisal report. The date that the notice is sent by Landlord to Tenant shall be known as the “Notice Date”.

 

15


(a) If the Demised Premises are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent which may be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days as determined by Landlord, Landlord will repair the damage within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Notice Date. In that event this Lease will continue in full force and effect except that Rent will be abated on a pro rata basis from the date of the fire or other insured casualty until the date of the completion of such repairs (the “Repair Period”) based on the portion of the Demised Premises of whose use Tenant is deprived during the Repair Period, provided that Landlord receives the proceeds of any rent insurance carried by Tenant, as required in Article 6.00.

(b) If the Demised Premises are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent which may not be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of repair then (i) Landlord may cancel this Lease as of the date of such damage by written notice given to Tenant on or before the Notice Date, or (ii) Tenant may cancel this Lease as of the date of such damage by written notice given to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery of a notice that the repairs cannot be made within such two hundred seventy (270) day period. If neither Landlord nor Tenant so elects to cancel this Lease, Landlord will repair the Demised Premises and Rent will be abated on a pro rata basis during the Repair Period based on the portion of the Demised Premises of whose use Tenant is deprived during the Repair Period, provided that Landlord receives the proceeds of any rent insurance carried by Tenant, as required in Article 6.00.

(d) If the Demised Premises are damaged by any uninsured casualty, Landlord will have the option to repair such damage or terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by written notice to Tenant on or before the Notice Date. If any such damage by fire or other casualty is the result of the willful conduct or gross negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, there will be no abatement of Rent as otherwise provided for in this Article 18.00.

ARTICLE 19.00        SUBORDINATION

19.01 General. This Lease and Tenant’s rights under this Lease are subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance, together with any renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements of such encumbrance, now or after the Commencement Date, affecting or placed, charged or enforced against all or any portion of the Demised Premises, or any interest of Landlord in it, or Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the leasehold estate created by this Lease (except to the extent any such instrument will expressly provide that this Lease is superior to such instrument). This provision will be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination will be required in order to affect it. Nevertheless, Tenant will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, at any time and from time to time, upon demand by Landlord, such documents as may be requested by Landlord, or any mortgagee, to confirm or effect any such subordination. If Tenant fails or refuses to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such document within ten (10) days after written demand, Landlord, its successors and assigns will be entitled to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such documents for and on behalf of Tenant as attorney-in-fact for Tenant. Tenant by this Section 19.01 constitutes and irrevocably appoints Landlord, its successors and assigns as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents described in this Section 19.01 for and on behalf of Tenant, as provided in this Section 19.01.

 

16


19.02 Attornment. Tenant agrees that in the event that any holder of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other encumbrance encumbering any part of the Building succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, Tenant will attorn to such successor.

ARTICLE 20.00        ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord, its agents, employees, and contractors may enter the Demised Premises at any time in response to an emergency and at reasonable hours to (a) inspect the same, (b) exhibit the same to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants during the last six (6) months of this Lease, (c) determine whether Tenant is complying with all its obligations in this Lease, (d) post notices of non-responsibility or similar notices, or (e) make repairs required of Landlord under the terms of this Lease; however, all such work will be done as promptly as reasonably possible and so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably possible. If no emergency exists, any entry (whether or not detailed above) will be upon 24 hours advance notice to Tenant by Landlord. Tenant by this Article 20.00 waives any claim against Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors for damages for: any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Demised Premises, or any other loss occasioned by such entry if such entry is made in compliance with this Article 20.00. Tenant, by the execution of this Lease, acknowledges that Landlord may use whatever means it deems advisable in light of the particular emergency to gain access to the Demised Premises. Landlord will have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open doors in and to the Demised Premises in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Demised Premises obtained by Landlord by any means permitted under this Article 20.00 will not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Demised Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Demised Premises, or any portion of the Demised Premises, nor will any such entry entitle Tenant to damages or an abatement of Base Monthly Rent, Additional Rent, or other charges which this Lease requires Tenant to pay.

ARTICLE 21.00        INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER AND RELEASE

21.01 Tenant Indemnification. Tenant will neither hold nor attempt to hold Landlord or its employees or agents liable for, and Tenant will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its employees and agents from and against, any and all demands, claims, causes of action, fines, penalties, damages (including consequential damages), liabilities, judgments, and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with or arising from:

(a) the use or occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Demised Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant;

(b) any activity, work or thing, done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Demised Premises;

(c) any breach, violation or nonperformance, by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees or visitors of Tenant, or any such person of any term, covenant or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance or governmental requirement of any kind; and

 

17


(d) any injury or damage to the person, property or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors or any other person entering upon the Demised Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; except for any injury or damage to persons or property on the Demised Premises which is proximately caused by or results proximately from the negligence or deliberate act of Landlord or its employees or other tenants or their agents, employees or business invitees.

If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or its employees by reason of any such claim for which Tenant has indemnified Landlord, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, will defend the same at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

21.02 Landlord Indemnification.

Landlord will neither hold nor attempt to hold Tenant or its employees or agents liable for, and Landlord will indemnify and hold harmless, its employees and agents from and against, any and all demands, claims, causes of action, fines, penalties, damages (including consequential damages), liabilities, judgments, and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with or arising from:

(a) the use of the Common Area;

(b) any activity, work or thing, done, permitted or suffered by Landlord in or about the Common Area;

(c) any breach, violation or nonperformance, by Landlord or any person claiming under Landlord, or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees or visitors of Landlord, or any such person of any term, covenant or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance or governmental requirement of any kind; and

(d) any injury or damage to the person, property or business of Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors or any other person entering upon the Common Area under the express or implied invitation of Landlord; except for any injury or damage to persons or property on the Common Area which is proximately caused by or results proximately from the negligence or deliberate act of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees.

If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant or its employees by reason of any such claim for which Landlord has indemnified Tenant, Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, will defend the same at Landlord’s expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

21.03 Waiver and Release. Tenant and Landlord, (each individually, a “Waiving Party”) as a material part of the consideration to the opposite Waiving Party for this Lease, by this Section 21.02 waives and releases all claims against the opposite Waiving Party, its employees and agents with respect to all matters for which the opposite Waiving Party has disclaimed liability pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Except for any damage or injury to person or property on the Demised Premises which is proximately caused by or results proximately from the negligence or deliberate act of either Waiving Party or its employees, the opposite Waving Party covenants and agrees that the Waving Party and its employees will not at any time or to any extent whatsoever be liable, responsible or in any way accountable for any loss, injury, death or damage

 

18


(including consequential damages) to persons, property or the opposite Waiving Party’s business occasioned by theft, act of God; public enemy; injunction; riot; strike; insurrection; war; court order; requisition; order of governmental body or authority; fire; explosion; falling objects; steam, water, rain or snow; leak or flow of water (including fluid from the elevator system); rain or snow from or into part of the Building or from the roof, street, subsurface or from any other place, or by dampness, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures of the Building; or from construction, repair or alteration of any other premises in the Building’s, the Demised Premises or from any acts or omissions of any other tenant, occupant, or visitor of the Building; or from any cause beyond the Waiving Party’s control.

ARTICLE 22.00        SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant has this day deposited with Landlord the sum set forth in Article 1.00(p) of this Lease as security for the payment of the rent hereunder and the full and faithful performance by Tenant of the covenants and conditions on the part of Tenant to be performed. Said sum shall be returned to Tenant, without interest, after the expiration of the Term hereof, provided that Tenant has fully and faithfully performed all such covenants and conditions and is not in arrears in rent. During the Term hereof, Landlord may, if Landlord so elects, have recourse to such security, to make good any default by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall, on demand promptly restore said security to its original amount. Liability to repay said security to Tenant shall run with the reversion and title to said Demised Premises, whether any change in ownership thereof be by voluntary alienation or as the result of judicial sale, foreclosure or other proceedings, or the exercise of a right of taking or entry by any mortgagee. Landlord shall assign or transfer and security, for the benefit of Tenant, to any subsequent owner or holder of the reversion or title to said Demised Premises, in which case the assignee shall become liable for the repayment thereof as herein provided, and the assignor shall be deemed to be released by the Tenant from all liability to return such security. This provision shall be applicable to every alienation or change in title and shall in no wise be deemed to permit the Landlord to retain the security after termination of Landlord’s ownership of the reversion or title.

Tenant shall not mortgage, encumber or assign said security without the written consent of the Landlord.

ARTICLE 23.00        QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that so long as Tenant pays the Rent and observes and performs all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Demised Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant’s possession will not be disturbed by anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord.

ARTICLE 24.00        EFFECT OF SALE

A sale, conveyance or assignment of the Demised Premises will operate to release Landlord from liability from and after the effective date of such sale, conveyance or assignment upon all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except those

 

19


liabilities which arose prior to such effective date, and, after the effective date of such sale, conveyance or assignment, Tenant will look solely to Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease. This Lease will not be affected by any such sale, conveyance or assignment, and Tenant will attorn to Landlord’s successor in interest to this Lease.

ARTICLE 25.00        DEFAULT

25.01 Events of Default. The following events are referred to collectively as “Events of Default,” or individually as an “Event of Default:”

(a) Tenant defaults in the due and punctual payment of Rent, and such default continues for twenty (20) days after same is due;

(b) Tenant vacates or abandons the Demised Premises;

(c) This Lease or the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against Tenant, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment at the instance of any creditor or claimant against Tenant, and the attachment is not discharged or disposed of within thirty (30) days after its levy;

(d) Tenant files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer or otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the dissolution of Tenant are instituted against Tenant, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of Tenant, and such proceeding is not dismissed or such receivership or trusteeship vacated within sixty (60) days after such institution or appointment;

(f) Tenant breaches any of the other agreements, terms, covenants or conditions which this Lease requires Tenant to perform, and such breach continues for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant; or if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such thirty (30) day period and Tenant fails to commence and proceed diligently to cure such breach within a reasonable time period.

25.02 Landlord’s Remedies. If any one or more Events of Default set forth in Section 25.01 occur then Landlord has the right, at its election:

(a) to give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on the earliest date permitted by law or on any later date specified in such notice, but, in any case, Tenant shall have at least ten (10) days from the receipt of the written notice, in which case Tenant’s right to possession of the Demised Premises will cease and this Lease will be terminated, except as to Tenant’s liability, as if the expiration of the term fixed in such notice were the end of the Term; or

(b) after ten (10) days of Tenant receiving written notice, to reenter and take possession of the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises, repossess the same, expel tenant and those claiming through, or under Tenant, and remove the effects of both or either, using such

 

20


force for such purposes as may be necessary, without being liable for prosecution, without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies for arrears of Base Monthly Rent or other amounts payable under this Lease or as a result of any preceding breach of covenants or conditions; or

(c) after ten (10) days of tenant receiving written notice, to cure any Event of Default and to charge Tenant for the cost of effecting such cure, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and interest on the amount so advanced.

Should Landlord elect to reenter as provided in subsection (b), or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided by law, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, relet the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises in Landlord’s or Tenant’s name, but for the account of Tenant, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such conditions and upon such other terms (which may include concessions of free rent and alteration and repair of the Demised Premises) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine, and Landlord may collect and receive the rent. Landlord will in no way be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Demised Premises or any part of the Demised Premises, or for any failure to collect any rent due upon such reletting. No such reentry or taking possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord will be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states. Landlord reserves the right following any such reentry or reletting to exercise its right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant such written notice, in which event this Lease will terminate as specified in such notice.

25.03 Certain Damages. In the event that Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as permitted in subsection (a) of Section 25.02, but on the contrary elects to take possession as provided in subsection (b) of Section 25.02, Tenant will pay to Landlord: (a) Base Monthly Rent and other sums as provided in this Lease, which would be payable under this Lease if such repossession had not occurred, less (b) the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of the Demised Premises after deducting all Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with such reletting, including without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses of employees, reasonable alteration and repair costs and expenses of preparation for such reletting. If, in connection with any reletting, the new lease term extends beyond the existing Term, or the premises covered by such new lease include other premises not part of the Demised Premises, a fair apportionment of the rent received from such reletting and the expenses incurred in connection with such reletting as provided in this Section will be made in determining the net proceeds from such reletting, and any rent concessions will be equally apportioned over the term of the new lease. Tenant will pay such rent and other sums to Landlord monthly on the day on which the Base Monthly Rent would have been payable under this Lease if possession had not been retaken, and Landlord will be entitled to receive such rent and other sums from Tenant on each such day.

25.04 Continuing Liability After Termination. If this Lease is terminated on account of the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant will remain liable to Landlord for damages in an amount equal to Base Monthly Rent and other amounts which would have been owing by Tenant for the balance of the Term, had this Lease not been terminated, less the net proceeds received by Landlord for the balance of the Term, if any, of any reletting of the Demised Premises by Landlord

 

21


subsequent to such termination, after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, but without limitation, the expenses enumerated in Section 25.03. Landlord will be entitled to collect such damages from Tenant monthly on the day on which Base Monthly Rent and other amounts would have been payable under this Lease if this Lease had not been terminated, and Landlord will be entitled to receive such Base Monthly Rent and other amounts from Tenant on each such day.

25.05 Cumulative Remedies. Any suit or suits for the recovery of the amounts and damages set forth in Sections 25.03 and 25.04 may be brought by Landlord, from time to time, at Landlord’s election, and nothing in this Lease will be deemed to require Landlord to await the date upon which this Lease or the Term would have expired had there occurred no Event of Default. Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease is cumulative and is in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or after the date of this Lease existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or after the date of this Lease existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise will not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or after the date of this Lease existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All costs incurred by Landlord in collecting any amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date any such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, will also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant.

ARTICLE 26.00        RESERVED

ARTICLE 27.00        SIGNS

Tenant shall not place or erect any signs on the Demised Premises, without Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be reasonably withheld. Tenant shall obtain all municipal approvals prior to placing or erecting any signs on the Demised Premises. Tenant shall be obligated for any and all expenses associated with obtaining any necessary municipal approval for the sign. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to erect on signs on the exterior of the Demised Premises or the Building.

Tenant will be granted lobby signage and way finding as well as signage on the door outside the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 28.00        TAX APPEALS

Landlord shall be the only entity who can approve the filing of a real estate tax appeal. Landlord shall have no obligation to pursue a tax appeal. In the event Landlord feels that a tax appeal is warranted, Landlord shall have the right to prosecute said appeal and all costs and legal fees relating to same will be borne by the tenants in proportion to their demised premises.

ARTICLE 29.00        MISCELLANEOUS

29.01 No Offer. This Lease is submitted to Tenant on the understanding that it will not be considered an offer and will not bind Landlord in any way until (a) Tenant has duly executed and delivered duplicate originals to Landlord and (b) Landlord has executed and delivered one of such originals to Tenant.

 

22


29.02 Joint and Several Liability. If Tenant is composed of more than one signatory to this Lease, each signatory will be jointly and severally liable with each other signatory for payment and performance according to this Lease.

29.03 No Construction Against Drafting Party. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that each of them and their counsel have had an opportunity to review this Lease and that this Lease will not be construed against Landlord merely because Landlord has prepared it.

29.04 No Recordation. Tenant’s recordation of this Lease or any memorandum or short form of it will be void and an Event of Default under this Lease.

29.05 No Waiver. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any agreement, condition or provision contained in this Lease will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other agreement, condition or provision contained in this Lease, nor will any custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the administration of the terms of this Lease be construed to waive or to lessen the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by either in strict accordance with the terms of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any agreement, condition or provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the Particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

29.06 Limitation on Recourse. Tenant specifically agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgments from Landlord. The Partners will not be personally liable for any such judgments. The provisions contained in the preceding sentences are not intended to, and will not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or relief in any suit or action in connection with enforcement or collection of amounts which may become owing or payable under or on account of insurance maintained by Landlord.

29.07 Holding Over. Tenant will have no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term. If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part of the Demised Premises after the expiration of the Term, with the express or implied consent of Landlord: (a) such tenancy will be deemed to be a periodic tenancy from month-to-month only; (b) such tenancy will not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease for any further term; and (c) such tenancy may be terminated by Landlord upon the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days prior written notice or (ii) the earliest date permitted by law as long as tenant has a minimum of twenty (20) days written notice. In such event, Base Monthly Rent for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover will be 125% of the Base Monthly Rental in effect during the last month of the prior Term, and thereafter 200% of the Base Monthly Rental in effect during the last month of the prior Term. Such month-to-month tenancy will be subject to every other term, condition, and covenant contained in this Lease.

 

23


29.08 Notices. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted under this Lease must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered and signed for by the recipient or upon receipt by the party to whom it was sent by certified mail or other receipted mail. Either Landlord or Tenant may add additional addresses or change its address for purposes of receipt of any such communication by giving ten (10) days prior written notice of such change to the other party in the manner prescribed in this Section 26.12.

29.09 Severability. If any provision of this Lease proves to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease will not be affected by such finding, and in lieu of each provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, a provision will be added as a part of this Lease as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

29.10 Authority. The parties executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant and Landlord represent that such party is authorized to do so by requisite action of the board of directors, or partners, as the case may be, and agree upon request to deliver to the other a resolution or similar document to that effect.

29.11 Brokers. The parties represent and warrant to each other that there was no broker instrumental in consummating this Lease, except Commercial Property Advisors, LLC, Cushman and Wakefield and Richard Barry Joyce & Partners for Tenant and that no conversations or negotiations were had with any broker or any other person concerning the rental of the Demised Premises. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless against a breach by it of the foregoing representation.

29.12 Governing Law. This Lease will be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of New Jersey.

29.13 Force Majeure. Landlord will have no liability to Tenant, nor will Tenant have any right to terminate this Lease or abate Rent or assert a claim of partial or total actual or constructive eviction, because of Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations in the Lease if the failure is due to reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, strikes or other labor difficulties; inability to obtain necessary governmental permits and approvals (including building permits or certificates of occupancy); unavailability or scarcity of materials; war; riot; civil insurrection; accidents; acts of God; and governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency. If Landlord fails to perform its obligations because of any reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (including those enumerated above), the period for Tenant’s performance will be extended day for day for the duration of the cause of Landlord’s failure.

29.14 Late Payments. Any payment of Rent, including Base Monthly Rent, which is not received within five (5) days after it is due will be subject to a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid payment. This amount is in compensation of Landlord’s additional cost of processing late payments. In addition, any Rent which is not paid when due, including Base Monthly Rent, will accrue interest at a late rate charge of fourteen (14%) percent per annum (but in no event in an amount in excess of the maximum rate allowed by applicable law) from the date on which it was due until the date on which it is paid in full with accrued interest.

 

24


29.15 Lease Submission. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Demised Premises or any other space within the Building and shall vest no right in either party. This Lease shall become effective as a Lease only upon execution and legal delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant. This Lease may be executed in more than one counterpart, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original document.

29.16 Binding Effect. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease will bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns.

29.17 Certification. At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10 days prior notice by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, or to anyone Landlord shall designate, statement of Tenant (or if Tenant is a corporation, an appropriate officer of Tenant) in writing certifying (i)Tenant has accepted the Demised Premises, has made no advancement for or on behalf of the Landlord for which it has the right to deduct from or offset against future rentals as of the date of certification and the dates to which Rent has been paid in advance, if any (ii) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (iii) Tenant has not discharged or used and does not discharge or use any hazardous or toxic substance or waste at the Demised Premises or the Building; (iv)whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signor of such certificate, Landlord is in default in performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default which the signer may have knowledge; and (v) as to any other matters as may reasonably be so requested; it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any lessor under any ground or underlying lease or any lessee or mortgagee, or any prospective purchaser, lessee, mortgagee or assignee of any mortgage of the Building and/or the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part or of Landlord’s interest therein.

29.18 Entire Agreement. This Lease, contains the entire agreement of the parties and may only be amended by subsequent written agreement. No promise and or representations, except as contained in this Lease have been made to Tenant respecting the condition of the Demised Premises or the manner of operating the Building.

Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     ONE ARIN PARK
    Landlord

 

    BY:  

/s/ Joseph Azzolina, Jr.

    Name:   Joseph Azzolina, Jr.
    Title:   Manager
    Dated:   1/30/12

 

25


    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

    BY:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj
    Title:   President & CEO
    Dated:   1/23/12

 

26


EXHIBIT A

The following rules and regulations shall apply to the Demised Premises, the Building, the parking areas associated therewith, and the appurtenances thereto:

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments.

4. Landlord shall provide all door locks in each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant a reasonable number of keys to such tenant’s leased premises, at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make a duplicate thereof.

5. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be conducted under Landlord’s supervision at such times and in such a manner as Landlord may reasonably require. Each tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant.

6. Landlord may prescribe weight limitations and determine the locations for safes and other heavy equipment or items, which shall in all cases be placed in the Building so as to distribute weight in a manner acceptable to Landlord which may include the use of such supporting devices as Landlord may require. All damages to the Building caused by the installation or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant.

7. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No birds or animals shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

 

27


8. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel.

9. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall not make or permit any vibration or improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

11. No machinery of any kind (other than normal office and warehouse equipment) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance.

12. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

13. No vending or dispensing machines of any kind may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of Landlord.

14. Tenant shall not conduct any activity on or about the Premises or Building which will draw pickets, demonstrators, or the like.

15. All vehicles are to be currently licensed, in good operating condition, parked for business purposes having to do with Tenant’s business operated in the Demised Premises, parked within designated parking spaces, one vehicle to each space. No vehicle shall be parked as a “billboard” vehicle in the parking lot. Any vehicle parked improperly may be towed away. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors and customers who do not operate or park their vehicles as required shall subject the vehicle to being towed at the expense of the owner or driver. Landlord may place a “boot” on the vehicle to immobilize it and may levy a charge of $50.00 to remove the “boot.” Tenant shall indemnify, hold and save harmless Landlord of any liability arising from the towing or booting of any vehicles belonging to a Tenant Party.

16. No tenant may enter into phone rooms, electrical rooms, mechanical rooms, or other service areas of the Building unless accompanied by Landlord or the Building manager.

 

28


Exhibit B

LANDLORD’S WORK

Prior to the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord will paint the Demised Premises and common hallway and clean the carpeting within the Demised Premises and in the common hallway. All work performed by Landlord to be done in a professional and workmanlike manner.

All HVAC and electrical will be in good working order upon delivery to Tenant.

 

29


Exhibit C

See Attached.

 

30


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of November 19, 2012 between ONE ARIN PARK, LLC, having an address of 853 Highway 35, Middletown, New Jersey 07753 (hereinafter “Landlord”) and Acacia Communications, Inc., having an address of 1715 State Highway 35 North, Middletown, New Jersey 07748 (hereinafter “Tenant”):

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the parties hereto executed a Lease dated January 1, 2012 for certain real estate located in an office building located at 1715 Highway 35 North, in the Township of Middletown, County of Monmouth, State of New Jersey.

WHEREAS, in accordance with the terms of the aforesaid Lease, Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 2,200 rentable square feet (Suite 207); and

WHEREAS, the Tenant now wishes to lease an additional unit (Suite 102) consisting of approximately 915 square feet (the “Additional Unit”) in pursuant to the terms set forth below; and

WHEREAS, the Landlord is desirous of leasing unto Tenant aforesaid Additional Unit, as well as modifying the Lease in certain other respects.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the sum of one ($1.00) dollar the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Additional Unit . The Lease is hereby amended to provide that Tenant has leased from Landlord the Additional Unit in accordance with the terms of this First Amendment. The additional Unit consists of the space which is identified as Suite 102. Upon execution of this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the Additional Unit consists of approximately 915 rentable square feet.

2. Term . The lease term for the Additional Unit shall commence on December 1, 2012 and shall expire on December 31, 2014. Tenant may terminate the Additional Space upon 30 days written notice to the Landlord in accordance with the original lease terms.

3. Rental . Base Rent for the Additional Unit shall be $1,258.13 per month for beginning November 19, 2012 and ending December 31, 2014.

4. Common Area Maintenance, Taxes, Insurance and Percentage Rent . Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of common area maintenance, taxes, insurance and percentage rent for the Additional Space in accordance with the treatment of same as set forth in the original Lease dated January 1, 2012.

5. Ratification . Except as expressly altered, amended or modified herein, the parties hereto agree, ratify and affirm the terms of the original Lease. Any conflicts between the original Lease and the First Amendment shall be resolved in favor of this First Amendment.

 

1


6. Tenant improvements : Tenant shall be permitted to make improvements to the premises interior as required and approved by Landlord in writing. Tenant shall be permitted to remove the door and or wall to the common area hallway to allow access for its fixtures and equipment and install pressure piping and communication wiring leading from its existing equipment located in suite 207 to suite 102. The improvements and installations must be submitted on an architectural plan and tenant must obtain the landlords written approval in accordance with the original lease terms.

7. Landlord improvements : Landlord shall provide standard commercial carpeting or other commercial flooring as selected from a choice of floor samples. If the tenant requires an upgrade, then the additional cost shall be at the tenants expense. The tenant shall make these improvements and the landlord shall credit the cost with a maximum amount of $1,600.00 to be credited to tenant in the future monthly rents as determined by Landlord.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Lease Modification Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

WITNESS:     ONE ARIN PARK, LLC

/s/ Suzanne Klinger

    by:  

/s/ Joseph Azzolina, Jr.

      Joseph Azzolina, Jr.
      Manager
    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

    by:  

/s/ John Gavin

     

John Gavin

      VP CFO

 

2

Exhibit 10.15

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 9, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“ Bank ”), and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Letters of Credit Sublimit .

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (A) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.


(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in Dollars) or 110% (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guaranteed by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve ”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

2.1.3 Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “ FX Forward Contract ”) on a specified date (the “ Settlement Date ”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reserve ”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum

 

- 2 -


of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reduction Amount ”). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank for any amounts not paid by Borrower in connection with FX Forward Contracts will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.1.4 Cash Management Services Sublimit . Borrower may use the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances, minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.1.5 Growth Capital Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank agrees to make up to three (3) advances (each a “ Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “ Growth Capital Advances ”) available to Borrower in an amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Advance Amount. Each Growth Capital Advance must be in an amount equal to at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00). After repayment, no Growth Capital Advance may be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Growth Capital Advance at any time without premium or penalty.

(b) Interest Period . Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date for the applicable Growth Capital Advance occurs, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of each Growth Capital Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).

(c) Repayment . Commencing on April 2, 2012 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii). All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Growth Capital Advances and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Growth Capital Advances, are due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

 

- 3 -


2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(ii) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to three percentage points (3.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but which are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Computation; 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however , that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Interest Payment Date . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date.

 

- 4 -


2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Revolving Line Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500.00) on the Effective Date (the “ Revolving Line Commitment Fee ”);

(b) Growth Capital Line Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($7,500.00) on the Effective Date (the “ Growth Capital Line Commitment Fee ”);

(c) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied towards the Revolving Line Commitment Fee and/or the Growth Capital Line Commitment Fee;

(d) Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank; and

(e) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.5 Payments . All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(c) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a long-form good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

- 5 -


(d) Secretary’s Corporate Borrowing Certificate;

(e) Certificates of Foreign Qualification of Borrower (as applicable), certified by the applicable secretary of state as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(g) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(h) a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for 3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754, by the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(i) a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(j) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(k) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s reasonable discretion, there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

 

- 6 -


3.3 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4), Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

(b) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Eastern time three (3) Business Days before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form, must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee. If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Growth Capital Advance, Bank shall disburse such Growth Capital Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected

 

- 7 -


security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing as Registered Organizations in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

- 8 -


The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

- 9 -


5.3 Accounts Receivable . For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the date or for the period indicated therein, subject to customary year end adjustments. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except as would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

- 10 -


5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid when due and payable or duly filed all valid extensions in connection therewith all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s” knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

- 11 -


  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance . Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Bank:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the “ Borrowing Base Reports ”);

(b) Borrowing Base Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(e) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”); provided however that Bank will waive the requirements of this Section 6.2(e) if the Board determines, in its reasonable discretion, not to pursue an audit during any given fiscal year, and Bank will accept in place of the Audited Financial Statements unaudited financial statements as prepared by Borrower;

(f) Other Statements . Within ten (10) days of delivery, copies of all material statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(g) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents

 

- 12 -


required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(h) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or more;

(i) Board-Approved Projections . As soon as available, but no later than the first Business Day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Board approval occurred, but at least annually, and contemporaneously with any updates or changes thereto, Board-approved financial projections as to the following fiscal year, in a form of presentation reasonably acceptable to Bank; and

(j) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry, stage of development and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in customary amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank and shall provide that the insurer must give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured, and all such policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5

 

- 13 -


or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating, depository, and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property in a manner consistent with prudent business practices; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property of which Borrower becomes aware; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

- 14 -


6.9 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank may reasonably request to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses, joint ventures, strategic alliances, collaborative transactions, partnerships or similar transactions for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in senior management; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

- 15 -


7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock, and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from

 

- 16 -


participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, or 6.7(b) or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

- 17 -


8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

- 18 -


(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to 105% (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in Dollars) or 110% (if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

- 19 -


9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with applicable law and reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the

 

- 20 -


Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral (except for any loss or damage caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct); (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

Acacia Communications, Inc.

3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 210

Maynard, Massachusetts 01754

Attn: Raj Shanmugaraj

Fax:                                         

Email: Raj.Shanmugaraj @acacia-inc.com

If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attn:    Mr. Dan Allred

Fax:     (617) 969-439

Email:  DAllred@svb.com

 

- 21 -


with a copy to:   

Riemer & Braunstein LLP

Three Center Plaza

Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Attn:    David A. Ephraim, Esquire

Fax:     (617) 880-3456

Email:  DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Massachusetts law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Boston, Massachusetts; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

 

- 22 -


12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

- 23 -


12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”), provided that such Bank Entities agree to be bound by the terms of this Section 12.9; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Right of Set Off . Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Bank pursuant to this Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a Bank subsidiary) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

- 24 -


12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Audited Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(e) hereof.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

- 25 -


Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Board ” is Borrower’s board of directors.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (b) the lesser of (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Purchase Orders, provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Borrowing Base Report ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

Cash Management Services ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

- 26 -


Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

- 27 -


Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Growth Capital Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Danish Subsidiary ” means Acacia Communications Europe APS.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                     , maintained with Bank.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) March 31, 2012 or (b) an Event of Default.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

- 28 -


(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States (except for Eligible Foreign Accounts);

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless (i) Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) Bank approves in writing, on a case by case basis in its sole and absolute discretion;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

- 29 -


(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos, or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage (except for Specified Accounts), unless Bank approves in writing on a case by case basis in its sole and absolute discretion; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” are Accounts which are otherwise Eligible Accounts but for the fact that the Account Debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and that Bank approves in writing on a case by case basis in its sole and absolute discretion. As used herein, Eligible Foreign Accounts shall include the Specified Accounts

Eligible Purchase Orders ” are binding, non-contingent and non-cancelable purchase orders issued within the previous ninety (90) days, for the delivery of goods by Borrower or the provision of services by Borrower, and which, but for the fact that an invoice has not been sent, are otherwise “Eligible Accounts.” Upon the issuance of an invoice in respect of such a purchase order, such applicable purchase order shall not be deemed to be an “Eligible Purchase Order”.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

- 30 -


First Milestone Event ” is receipt by Bank of evidence, satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion, that Borrower has entered into a binding contract with Xtera to fulfill an order for one hundred (100) units, pursuant to which Borrower has received commitment fees in an amount of at least Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

FX Forward Contract ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

FX Reduction Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

FX Reserve ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Deposit ” is defined in Section 2.4(c).

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

- 31 -


Growth Capital Advance ” or “ Growth Capital Advances ” is defined in Section 2.15(a) hereof.

Growth Capital Advance Amount ” is an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate, available as follows:

(i) from the Effective Date through the Draw Period, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), in the aggregate;

(ii) upon the occurrence of the First Milestone Event through the Draw Period, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower); and

(iii) upon the occurrence of the Second Milestone Event (but regardless of whether the First Milestone Event has occurred) through the Draw Period, Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower).

Growth Capital Line Commitment Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is March 1, 2015.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

 

- 32 -


(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Letter of Credit Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

MassDev Note ” is defined in the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” hereof.

MassDev Security Agreement ” is defined in the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” hereof.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations. In determining whether a “Material Adverse Change” has occurred under clause (b) or (c) above, Bank’s primary, though not sole, consideration will be whether Borrower has or will have sufficient cash resources to repay the Obligations as and when due. Bank recognizes that, as a pre-profit company, Borrower’s cash resources will decline over time, and Borrower will periodically

 

- 33 -


require additional infusions of equity capital. The clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Bank’s good faith judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable is the most significant criterion Bank shall consider in making any such determination.

Maturity Date ” means either the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Growth Capital Maturity Date, as applicable.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Payment Date ” is the first Business Day of each month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

 

- 34 -


(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(h) Indebtedness in favor of Massachusetts Development Finance Agency pursuant to that certain Security Agreement between Borrower and Massachusetts Development Finance Agency dated as of February 25, 2011 (the “ MassDev Security Agreement ”) and that certain Promissory Note between Borrower and Massachusetts Development Finance Agency dated as of February 25, 2011 (the “ MassDev Note ”), up to the maximum principal amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments by Borrower in its Danish Subsidiary not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(d) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard and Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of the investment therein, and (iv) money market accounts;

(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

- 35 -


(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(h) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(e) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business.; and

(f) Liens in favor of Massachusetts Development Finance Agency pursuant to the MassDev Security Agreement and the MassDev Note.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

- 36 -


Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

Revolving Line Commitment Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 8, 2012.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Milestone Event ” means confirmation by Bank that Borrower has shipped pre-production units which shall be production quality and have passed a formal release process to include one thousand (1,000) hours of product testing.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

Specified Accounts ” are Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Tellabs, ZTE, Xtera, Juniper, and Adva.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of

 

- 37 -


such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

- 38 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Bradley Holt

Name:  

Bradley Holt

Title:  

Relationship Manager

 

1


EXHIBIT A - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and

all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Agreement, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT B - LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON E ASTERN T IME

 

Fax To:    Date:                     

 

L OAN P AYMENT :   
   ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
From Account #                                                                                      To Account #                                                                          
                                               (Deposit Account #)                                                       (Loan Account #)
Principal $                                                                                                and/or Interest $                                                                      
Authorized Signature:                                                                             Phone Number:                                                                       
Print Name/Title:                                                                               

 

L OAN A DVANCE :   
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
From Account #                                                                                    To Account #                                                                          
                                                       (Loan Account #)                                                 (Deposit Account #)
Amount of Advance $                                                                      

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                          Phone Number:                                                                      

Print Name/Title:                                                                         

 

  

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

 

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Eastern Time

Beneficiary Name:                                                                              Amount of Wire: $                                                                  
Beneficiary Name:                                                                              Account Number:                                                                    
City and State:                                                                                
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                                    Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                  
  

(For International Wire Only)

Intermediary Bank:                                                                              Transit (ABA) #:                                                                     
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                          
Special Instructions:                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                          2nd Signature (if required):                                                    
Print Name/Title:                                                                                 Print Name/Title:                                                                    
Telephone #:                                                                                        Telephone #:                                                                           

 

1


EXHIBIT C - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: Acacia Communications, Inc.

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $5,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1.

   Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                         $                

2.

   Additions (please explain on next page)    $     

3.

   Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts    $     

4.

   NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE    $     

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5.

   90 Days Past Invoice Date    $     

6.

   Credit Balances over 90 Days    $     

7.

   Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (cross-age or current affected)    $     

8.

   Foreign Account Debtor Accounts (except for Eligible Foreign Accounts)    $     

9.

   Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts    $     

10.

   Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts    $     

11.

   U.S. Government Accounts    $     

12.

   Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts    $     

13.

   Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings    $     

14.

   Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress/Milestone Billings    $     

15.

   Accounts for Retainage Billings    $     

16.

   Trust / Bonded Accounts    $     

17.

   Bill and Hold Accounts    $     

18.

   Unbilled Accounts    $     

19.

   Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)    $     

20.

   Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)    $     

21.

   Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos    $     

22.

   Product Returns/Exchanges    $     

23.

   Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts    $     

24.

   Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on next page)    $     

25.

   Concentration Limits 25% (except for Specified Accounts)    $     

26.

   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS    $     

27.

   Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)    $     

28.

   ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)    $     

ELIGIBLE PURCHASE ORDERS

  

29.

   Eligible Purchase Orders    $     

30.

   ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF PURCHASE ORDERS (the lesser of (i) $1,000,000 and (ii) 50% of #29)    $     

BALANCES

  

31.

   Maximum Loan Amount    $     

32.

   Total Funds Available (Lesser of #31 or (#28 plus #30))    $     

33.

   Present balance owing on Line of Credit    $     

34.

   Outstanding under Sublimits    $     

35.

   RESERVE POSITION (#32 minus #33 and #34)    $     

[Continued on following page.]

 

1


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:
By:  

 

  Authorized Signer
Date:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date  

 

Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes                No    
 

 

2


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Acacia Communications, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No    
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No    
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Board-approved Projections    First Business Day of month following Board approval; at least annually    Yes    No    

 

1


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above. (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Date:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date  

 

Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes            No    
 

 

2


FIRST LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This First Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of March 13, 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“Bank”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the text appearing in each of (i) Section 2.1.2 (entitled “Letters of Credit Sublimit”), (ii) Section 2.1.3 (entitled “Foreign Exchange Sublimit”), and (iii) Section 2.1.4 (entitled “Cash Management Services Sublimit”) in their entirety and inserting in lieu of each of the foregoing “Intentionally Omitted”.

 

  2 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 2.1.5(a) (Growth Capital Advances) thereof:

“Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank agrees to make up to three (3) advances (each a “ Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “Growth Capital Advances ”) available to Borrower in an amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Advance Amount.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank agrees to make up to two (2) advances (each a “ Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “ Growth Capital Advances ”) available to Borrower in an amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Advance Amount.”


  3 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the text appearing in Section 2.1.5(c) (Repayment) thereof:

“Commencing on April 2, 2012 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“Commencing on July 2, 2012 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).”

 

  4 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as Section 2.2 (Overadvances) thereof:

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.”

 

  5 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following appearing as Section 2.3(a)(i) (Interest Rate) thereof:

“(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.”


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) prior to the 2012 Effective Date, one and one half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, and (b) on and after the 2012 Effective Date, two percentage points (2.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.”

 

  6 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as Section 2.4(d) (Letter of Credit Fee) thereof:

“(d) Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank; and”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(d) Intentionally Omitted .; and”

 

  7 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as Section 3.4(a) (Procedures for Borrowing) thereof:

“(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4), Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or


telephone by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.”

 

  8 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following text to appear at the end of Section 4.1 (Grant of Security Interest) thereof:

“Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that expressly have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement). In the event (a) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (b) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (i) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars and (ii) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.”

 

  9 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following provision to appear as Section 6.10 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records) thereof:

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy


Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense. Borrower acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that the Initial Audit shall occur within ninety (90) days of the 2012 Effective Date.”

 

  10 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following text at the end of Section 12.8 (Survival) thereof:

“Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements.”

 

  11 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

““ Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (b) the lesser of (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Purchase Orders, provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.”

““ Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Growth Capital Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.”

““ Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) March 31, 2012 or (b) an Event of Default.”

““ FX Forward Contract ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.”


““ Growth Capital Advance Amount ” is an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate, available as follows:

(i) from the Effective Date through the Draw Period, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), in the aggregate;

(ii) upon the occurrence of the First Milestone Event through the Draw Period, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower); and

(iii) upon the occurrence of the Second Milestone Event (but regardless of whether the First Milestone Event has occurred) through the Draw Period, Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower).”

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is March 1, 2015.””

““ Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.”

““ Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.”

““ Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).”

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).”


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

““ Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (b) the lesser of (i) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Purchase Orders and fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Inventory, provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.”

““ Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.”

““ Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2012 or (b) an Event of Default.”

““ FX Forward Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.”

““ Growth Capital Advance Amount ” is an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, available as follows:

(i) from the Effective Date throughout the Draw Period, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), in the aggregate; and

(ii) upon the occurrence of the Second Milestone Event throughout the Draw Period, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower).”

““ Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is June 1, 2015.”

““ Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement.”

““ Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.”


““ Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).”

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00).”

 

  12 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new definitions to appear alphabetically in Section 13.1 thereof:

““ 2012 Effective Date ” is March 13, 2012.”

““ Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).”

““ Bank Services Agreement ” is defined in the definition entitled “Bank Services” appearing alphabetically in this Section 13.1.”

““ Eligible Inventory ” means, at any time, the aggregate of Borrower’s Inventory that (a) consists of finished goods and raw materials located in the United States in good, new, and salable condition, which are not comprised of slow moving, obsolete, work in progress or demo inventory; (b) meets all applicable governmental standards; (c) has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (d) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (e) is located at Borrower’s principal place of business (or any location permitted under Section 5.2 and subject to a landlord’s consent or bailee waiver, as applicable, in form and substance acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion); (f) is destined for locations in the United States of purchasers organized in the United States; and (g) is otherwise acceptable to Bank in all respects.”


““ Initial Audit ” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.”

 

  13 The Borrowing Base Certificate appearing as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Borrowing Base Certificate attached as Schedule 1 hereto.

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a modification fee equal to Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate dated as of June 9, 2011 between Borrower and Bank, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate has not changed, as of the date hereof.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.


10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Dan Allred

Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:  

Dan Allred

Title:  

President and CEO

    Title:  

Sr. Relationship Manager


Schedule 1

EXHIBIT C - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: Acacia Communications, Inc.

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $6,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE   
1.    Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                         $                
2.    Additions (please explain on next page)    $     
3.    Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts    $     
4.    NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE    $     
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)   
5.    90 Days Past Invoice Date    $     
6.    Credit Balances over 90 Days    $     
7.    Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (cross-age or current affected)    $     
8.    Foreign Account Debtor Accounts (except for Eligible Foreign Accounts)    $     
9.    Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts    $     
10.    Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts    $     
11.    U.S. Government Accounts    $     
12.    Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts    $     
13.    Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings    $     
14.    Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress/Milestone Billings    $     
15.    Accounts for Retainage Billings    $     
16.    Trust / Bonded Accounts    $     
17.    Bill and Hold Accounts    $     
18.    Unbilled Accounts    $     
19.    Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)    $     
20.    Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)    $     
21.    Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos    $     
22.    Product Returns/Exchanges    $     
23.    Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts    $     
24.    Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on next page)    $     
25.    Concentration Limits 25% (except for Specified Accounts)    $     
26.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS    $     
27.    Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)    $     
28.    ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)    $     
29.    ELIGIBLE PURCHASE ORDERS    $     
30.    ELIGIBLE INVENTORY    $     
31.   

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF PURCHASE ORDERS AND INVENTORY (50% OF #29 AND #30, NOT TO EXCEED $2,000,000)

   $     
BALANCES   
32.    Maximum Loan Amount    $     
33.    Total Funds Available (Lesser of #32 or (#28 plus #31))    $     
34.    Present balance owing on Line of Credit    $     
35.    RESERVE POSITION (#32 minus #33 and #34)    $     

[Continued on following page.]


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:
By:  

 

  Authorized Signer
Date:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date  

 

Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes            No     
 


SECOND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Second Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of June 8, 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“Bank”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 8, 2012.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is July 8, 2012.”

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a modification fee equal to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate dated as of June 9, 2011 between Borrower and Bank, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate has not changed, as of the date hereof; provided, however, that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed updated to reflect Borrower’s lease of real property


located at 1715 Route 35 N, Suite 207 Middletown, NJ 07748, including the maintenance of books, records, equipment and inventory at such location and the transaction of business and qualification to transact business in the State of New Jersey.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 

- 2 -


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Glen R. Mello

Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:  

Glen R. Mello

Title:  

President and CEO

    Title:  

DTL

 

- 3 -


THIRD LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Third Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of July 10, 2012, but is effective as of July 8, 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“Bank”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of June 8, 2012, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is July 8, 2012.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is August 7, 2012.”

4. FEES . Borrower shall reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate dated as of June 9, 2011 between Borrower and Bank, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate has not changed, as of the date hereof.


6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 

- 2 -


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Dan Allred

Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:  

Dan Allred

Title:  

President and CEO

    Title:  

Senior Relationship Manager

 

- 3 -


FOURTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Fourth Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of September 20, 2012, but is effective as of August 7, 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“Bank”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of June 8, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of July 10, 2012, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 2.1.5(a) (Availability) thereof:

“Borrower may prepay any Growth Capital Advance at any time without premium or penalty.”

 

  2. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 2.1.5(c) (Repayment) thereof:

“Commencing on July 2, 2012 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).”


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“Commencing on April 1, 2013 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).”

 

  3. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as Section 6.2(d) (Monthly Compliance Certificate) thereof:

“(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenant set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;”

 

  4. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 6.10 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records) thereof:

“Borrower acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that the Initial Audit shall occur within ninety (90) days of the 2012 Effective Date.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“Borrower acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that the Initial Audit shall occur within ninety (90) days of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.”

 

  5. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new provision, appearing as Section 6.11 (Financial Covenant) thereof:

6.11 Financial Covenant . Maintain at all times, once a Growth Capital Advance is requested, to be tested as of the last day of each month, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Tangible Net Worth of at least Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00).”

 

2


  6. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as Section 8.2(a) (Covenant Default) thereof:

“(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, or 6.7(b) or violates any covenant in Section 7; or”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7(b), or 6.11, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or”

 

  7. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following text to appear as subsection (d) of the definition entitled “Material Adverse Change” appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

“or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.”

 

  8. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following provision appearing as subsection (v) of the definition entitled “Eligible Accounts” appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

“(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage (except for Specified Accounts), unless Bank approves in writing on a case by case basis in its sole and absolute discretion; and”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage (except for Specified Accounts, for which such percentage is fifty percent (50%)), unless Bank approves in writing on a case by case basis in its sole and absolute discretion; and”

 

3


  9. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (b) the lesser of (i) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Purchase Orders and fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Inventory, provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.”

““ Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2012 or (b) an Event of Default.”

““ Growth Capital Advance Amount ” is an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, available as follows:

(i) from the Effective Date throughout the Draw Period, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), in the aggregate; and

(ii) upon the occurrence of the Second Milestone Event throughout the Draw Period, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate (inclusive of the original principal amount of any Growth Capital Advances made by Bank to Borrower).”

““ Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is June 1, 2015.”

““ Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).”

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00).”

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is August 7, 2012.”

““ Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.”

 

4


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (b) the lesser of (i) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) and (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Purchase Orders and fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Inventory, in each case as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (c) only for times that Borrower has achieved the AQR Threshold, the lesser of (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Purchase Orders and fifty percent (50.0%) of Eligible Inventory, in each case as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.”

““ Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) March 31, 2013 or (b) an Event of Default.”

““ Growth Capital Advance Amount ” is an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate.”

““ Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is March 1, 2016.”

““ Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).”

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00).”

““ Revolving Line Maturity Dat e ” is August 6, 2013.”

““ Warrant ” is that (a) certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, and (b) certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.”

 

5


  10. The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new definitions to appear alphabetically in Section 13.1 thereof:

““ Adjusted Quick Ratio ” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue.”

““ AQR Threshold ” means that Borrower has achieved as of the last day of the immediately preceding month, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.”

““ Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.”

““ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” is September 20, 2012.”

““ Quick Assets ” is, on any date, Borrower’s consolidated, unrestricted cash maintained with Bank plus net billed accounts receivable, determined according to GAAP.”

““ Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, stockholder equity of Borrower, minus intangible assets, plus (c) Subordinated Debt.”

 

  11. The Borrowing Base Certificate appearing as Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Borrowing Base Certificate attached as Schedule 1 hereto.

 

  12. The Compliance Certificate appearing as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Compliance Certificate attached as Schedule 2 hereto.

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank (a) a Revolving Line commitment fee equal to Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00), and (b) a Growth Capital Advance commitment fee equal to Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00), which fees shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate dated as of June 9, 2011 between Borrower and Bank, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate has not changed, as of the date hereof.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

6


7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 

7


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmogaraj

    By:  

/s/ Glen R. Mello

Name:  

Raj Shanmogaraj

    Name:  

Glen R. Mello

Title:  

President & CEO

    Title:  

DTL


Schedule 1

EXHIBIT C - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: Acacia Communications, Inc.

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $8,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1.

  

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                     

   $                

2.

  

Additions (please explain on next page)

   $     

3.

  

Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts

   $     

4.

  

NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $     

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5.

  

90 Days Past Invoice Date

   $     

6.

  

Credit Balances over 90 Days

   $     

7.

  

Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (cross-age or current affected)

   $     

8.

  

Foreign Account Debtor Accounts (except for Eligible Foreign Accounts and the Specified Accounts)

   $     

9.

  

Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts

   $     

10.

  

Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

   $     

11.

  

U.S. Government Accounts

   $     

12.

  

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

   $     

13.

  

Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings

   $     

14.

  

Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress/Milestone Billings

   $     

15.

  

Accounts for Retainage Billings

   $     

16.

  

Trust / Bonded Accounts

   $     

17.

  

Bill and Hold Accounts

   $     

18.

  

Unbilled Accounts

   $     

19.

  

Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)

   $     

20.

  

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)

   $     

21.

  

Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos

   $     

22.

  

Product Returns/Exchanges

   $     

23.

  

Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts

   $     

24.

  

Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on next page)

   $     

25.

  

Concentration Limits 25% (except for Specified Accounts)

   $     

26.

  

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

   $     

27.

  

Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)

   $     

28.

  

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)

   $     

29.

  

ELIGIBLE PURCHASE ORDERS

   $     

30.

  

ELIGIBLE INVENTORY

  

31.

  

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF PURCHASE ORDERS (50% of #29 and #30, not to exceed $2,000,000)

   $     

32.

  

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF PURCHASE ORDERS (50% of #29 and #30, not to exceed $1,000,000) ( subject to the AQR Threshold )

   $     

BALANCES

  

33.

  

Maximum Loan Amount

   $     

34.

  

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #33 or (#28 plus #31 plus #32))

   $     

35.

  

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

   $     

36.

  

RESERVE POSITION (#34 minus #35)

   $     

[Continued on following page.]


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:
By:  

 

  Authorized Signer
Date:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes                No    
 


Schedule 2

EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Acacia Communications, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No    
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No    
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Board-approved Projections    First Business Day of month following Board approval; at least annually    Yes    No    


Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies

Maintain at all times (tested monthly)

        

Tangible Net Worth

   $ 7,500,000.00       $                    Yes    No    

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above. (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Date:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date  

 

Verified:  

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:  

 

Compliance Status:   Yes            No    
 


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.11)

Required: $7,500,000.00

 

A.

  

Stockholder equity of Borrower

   $                

B.

  

Aggregate value of intangible assets

   $                

C.

  

Subordinated Debt

   $                

H.

  

Tangible Net Worth (line A minus line B minus, plus Line C)

   $                

Is line H equal to or greater than $7,500,000.00?

 

         No, not in compliance            Yes, in compliance


FIFTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Fifth Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of September 12, 2013, but is effective as of August 6, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“Bank”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of June 8, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as further amended by that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of July 10, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 20, 2012, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 2.2 (Overadvances) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

2.2 Intentionally Omitted.

 

  2 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following appearing as Section 2.3(a)(i) (Interest Rate; Advances) thereof:

“(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) prior to the 2012 Effective Date, one and one half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, and (b) on and after the 2012 Effective Date, two percentage points (2.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.”


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (a) prior to the 2012 Effective Date, one and one half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, (b) on and after the 2012 Effective Date through and including the Payment Date immediately prior to the 2013 Effective Date, two percentage points (2.0%) above the Prime Rate, and (c) on the first Payment Date following the 2013 Effective Date and at all times thereafter, one half of one percentage point (0.5%) above the Prime Rate, which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.”

 

  3 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 5.3 (Accounts Receivable) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

5.3 Intentionally Omitted.

 

  4 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 6.2(a) (Borrowing Base Reports) and Section 6.2(b) (Borrowing Base Certificate) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Intentionally Omitted .”

“(b) Intentionally Omitted .”

 

  5 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following appearing as Section 6.6(a) (Operating Accounts) thereof:

“(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating, depository, and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Maintain its primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating, depository, and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, which accounts shall be in the name of Borrower and shall represent at least seventy-five percent (75.0%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.”

 

- 2 -


  6 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following appearing as Section 6.11 (Financial Covenant) thereof:

6.11 Financial Covenant . Maintain at all times, once a Growth Capital Advance is requested, to be tested as of the last day of each month, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Tangible Net Worth of at least Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00).”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

6.11 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Minimum EBITDA . Commencing with the month ending July 31, 2013, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, through and including the month ending February 28, 2014, minimum EBITDA, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); and

(b) Minimum Net Income . Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2014, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, minimum Net Income, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).”

 

  7 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is August 6, 2013.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Availability Amount ” is the Revolving Line minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is August 5, 2015.”

 

  8 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new terms and their respective definitions to appear alphabetically in Section 13.1 thereof:

““ 2013 Effective Date ” is August 6, 2013.”

 

- 3 -


““ EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense.”

““ Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).”

““ Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.”

 

  9 The Compliance Certificate appearing as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit 1 hereto.

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully-earned non-refundable commitment fee equal to Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and payable as follows: (a) Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) is payable on the 2013 Effective Date, and (b) Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) is payable on the earliest to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the 2013 Effective Date, (ii) an Event of Default, or (iii) the early termination of the Revolving Line. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. UPDATED PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower has delivered an updated Perfection Certificate in connection with this Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 12, 2013 (the “ Updated Perfection Certificate ”), which Updated Perfection Certificate shall supersede in all respects that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of June 9, 2011. Borrower agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to “Perfection Certificate” shall hereinafter be deemed to be a reference to the Updated Perfection Certificate.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

- 4 -


7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

- 5 -


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Brendan P. Quinn

Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:  

Brendan P. Quinn

Title:  

President and CEO

    Title:  

Vice President

 

- 6 -


Exhibit 1

EXHIBIT D - COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Acacia Communications, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No    
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No    
Board-approved Projections    First Business Day of month following Board approval, but at least annually    Yes    No    

 

August 2013   - 7 -  


Financial Covenant

   Required     Actual      Complies  

Maintain at all times (tested monthly on a consolidated basis):

       

Minimum EBITDA

          $                      Yes    No       

Minimum Net Income

        **    $                      Yes    No       

 

* As set forth in Section 6.11(a) of the Agreement.
** As set forth in Section 6.11(b) of the Agreement.

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No    

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
By:  

 

    Received by:  

 

Name:

 

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:

 

 

     
      Date:  

 

      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:                        Yes         No

 

August 2013   - 8 -  


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Minimum EBITDA (Section 6.11(a))

 

Required:    Commencing with the month ending July 31, 2013, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, through and including the month ending February 28, 2014, minimum EBITDA, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00)
Actual:   

 

A.

  

Net Income (as defined in the Loan Agreement)

   $                

B.

  

Interest Expense (as defined in the Loan Agreement)

   $                

C.

  

To the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income:

   $                
  

1.    Depreciation expense

   $                
  

2.    Amortization expense

   $                

D.

  

Income tax expense

   $                

E.

  

EBITDA (sum of lines A, B, C.l, C.2, and D)

   $                

 

         No, not in compliance             Yes, in compliance

 

II. Minimum Net Income (Section 6.11 (b))

 

Required:    Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2014, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, minimum Net Income, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
Actual:    $             

 

         No, not in compliance             Yes, in compliance

 

August 2013   - 9 -  


SIXTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Sixth Loan Modification Agreement (this “ Loan Modification Agreement ”) is entered into as of September 18, 2014, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“ Bank ”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC ., a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“ Borrower ”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of June 8, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as further amended by that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of July 10, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as further amended by that certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 20, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 12, 2013, but effective as of August 6, 2013, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “ Security Documents ”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “ Existing Loan Documents ”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 Notwithstanding Section 6.2(e) of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall be required to deliver to Bank audited consolidated Financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion for Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, on or before July 31 2014.


  2 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following appearing as Section 6.11 (Financial Covenant) thereof:

6.11 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Minimum EBITDA . Commencing with the month ending July 31, 2013, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, through and including the month ending February 28, 2014, minimum EBITDA, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); and

(b) Minimum Net Income . Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2014, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, minimum Net Income, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

6.11 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Minimum EBITDA . Minimum EBITDA, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis as of the last day of each month of at least the following:

 

Month ending

   Minimum
EBITDA
 

July 31, 2013 through February 28, 2014

   $ 1,000,000.00   

April 30, 2014 through June 30, 2014

   $ 1,000,000.00   

July 31, 2014

   ($ 500,000.00

August 31, 2014

   $ 500,000.00   

September 30, 2014 and as of the last day of each month thereafter

   $ 1,000,000.00   

(b) Minimum Net Income . For the month ending March 31, 2014, minimum Net Income, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00); and

(c) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Commencing with the month ending June 30, 2014, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.”

 

- 2 -


  3 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00).”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00).”

 

  4 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new term and its definition to appear alphabetically in Section 13.1 thereof:

““ Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.”

 

  5 The Compliance Certificate appearing as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

  B. Waivers.

 

  1 Bank hereby waives Borrower’s existing defaults under the Loan Agreement by virtue of Borrower’s failure to comply with (a) Section 6.2(c) (Monthly Financial Statements) and Section 6.2(d) (Monthly Compliance Certificate) thereof for the months ending October 31, 2013, November 30, 2013, December 31, 2013, January 31, 2014 and February 28, 2014, (b) the Minimum EBITDA financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11(a) thereof as of the month ending December 31, 2013, and (c) the Minimum Net Income financial covenant set forth in Section 6.11(b) thereof as of the month ending March 31, 2014 (the “ Existing Defaults ”). Bank’s waiver of the Existing Defaults shall apply only to the foregoing specific periods. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that except as specifically provided herein, nothing in this Section or anywhere in this Loan Modification Agreement shall be deemed or otherwise construed as a waiver by Bank of any of its rights and remedies pursuant to the Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise.

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully-earned non-refundable amendment fee equal to Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) on the date hereof, which, for the avoidance of doubt, is due and payable to Bank in addition to the fee of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) which

 

- 3 -


is due and payable on the earliest to occur of (a) August 6, 2014, (b) an Event of Default, or (c) the early termination of the Revolving Line. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of September 12, 2013 delivered by Borrower to Bank (the “ Perfection Certificate ”), and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate have not changed, as of the date hereof.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

- 4 -


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

    By:  

/s/ Nick Currie

Name:  

John Gavin

    Name:  

Nick Currie

Title:  

CFO

    Title:  

Vice President

 

- 5 -


Exhibit 1

EXHIBIT D - COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:    ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Acacia Communications, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No    
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No    
Board-approved Projections    First Business Day of month following Board approval, but at least annually    Yes    No    

 

September 2014   - 6 -  


Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies

Maintain at all times (tested monthly on a consolidated basis):

        

Minimum EBITDA

             $                    Yes    No    

Minimum AQR

     1.25:1.0       $     :1.0       Yes    No    

 

* As set forth in Section 6.11(a) of the Agreement.

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No    

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
By:  

 

    Received by:  

 

Name:

 

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:

 

 

     
      Date:  

 

      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:                        Yes         No

 

- 7 -


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Minimum EBITDA (Section 6.11(a))

 

Required: Minimum EBITDA, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis as of the last day of each month of at least the following:

 

Month ending

   Minimum EBITDA  

July 31, 2013 through February 28, 2014

   $ 1,000,000.00   

April 30, 2014 through June 30, 2014

   $ 1,000,000.00   

July 31, 2014

   ($ 500,000.00

August 31, 2014

   $ 500,000.00   

September 30, 2014 and as of the last day of each month thereafter

   $ 1,000,000.00   

Actual:

 

A.

  

Net Income (as defined in the Loan Agreement)

   $                

B.

  

Interest Expense (as defined in the Loan Agreement)

   $                

C.

  

To the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income:

   $     
  

1.    Depreciation expense

   $     
  

2.    Amortization expense

   $     

D.

  

Income tax expense

   $     

E.

  

EBITDA (sum of lines A, B, C.l, C.2, and D)

   $     

Is line E equal to or greater than the required level for the specific period?

 

         No, not in compliance             Yes, in compliance

 

- 8 -


II. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.11(c))

 

Required: Commencing with the month ending June 30, 2014, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, an Adjusted Quick ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.

  

Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidate, unrestricted cash maintained with Bank

   $                

B.

  

Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidated net billed accounts receivable, determined according to GAAP

   $     

C.

  

Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)

   $     

D.

  

Aggregate value of all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank

   $     

E.

  

Aggregate value of obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, not otherwise reflected in line D above, that mature within one (1) year

   $     

F.

  

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)

   $     

G.

  

Aggregate value of current portion of all amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue

   $     

H.

  

Line F minus G

   $     

I.

  

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

  

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.25:1.00?

 

         No, not in compliance             Yes, in compliance

 

- 9 -


SEVENTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Seventh Loan Modification Agreement (this “ Loan Modification Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 5, 2015, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“ Bank ”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“ Borrower ”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2011, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 13, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of June 8, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as further amended by that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of July 10, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, as further amended by that certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 20, 2012, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 12, 2013, but effective as of August 6, 2013, as further amended by that certain Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 18, 2014, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “ Security Documents ”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “ Existing Loan Documents ”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in 13.1 thereof:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is August 5, 2015”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is November 5, 2015”

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully-earned non-refundable modification fee equal to Three Thousand Six Hundred Ninety Eight Dollars and Sixty Three Cents ($3,698.63) which fee shall be due and payable as of the Seventh Loan Modification date.


5. RATIFICATION OF’ PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of September 12, 2013 delivered by Borrower to Batik (the “ Perfection Certificate ”), and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate have not changed, as of the date hereof.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

- 2 -


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

    By:  

/s/ Nick Currie

Name:  

John Gavin

    Name:  

Nick Currie

Title:  

CFO

    Title:  

Vice President

 

- 3 -


PRO FORMA INVOICE FOR LOAN CHARGES

BORROWER: ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

A.   LOAN OFFICER:    Nick Currie
B.   DATE:    August 11, 2015
C.   Modification Fee:    $3,698.63
TOTAL FEES DUE    $3,698.63
{    }    A check for the total amount is attached.
{X}    Debit DDA # 3300676311 for the total amount.

 

BORROWER:
/s/ John Gavin   8/11/2015

 

Authorized Signer   (Date)
SILICON VALLEY BANK:
/s/ Nick Currie  

 

Loan Officer Signature   (Date)

 

- 4 -


Exhibit K

EIGHTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Eighth Loan Modification Agreement (this “ Loan Modification Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 4, 2015, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“ Bank ”) and ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC ., a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754 (“ Borrower ”).

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 9, 2011, evidenced by, among other documents, that certain Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of June 9, 2011, as amended by that certain First Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of March 13, 2012, as amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of June 8, 2012, as amended by that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of July 10, 2012, as amended by that certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of September 20, 2012, as amended by that certain Fifth Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of September 12, 2013, as amended by that certain Sixth Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of September 18, 2014, and as further amended by that certain Seventh Loan Modification Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of August 5, 2015 (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “ Security Documents ”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “ Existing Loan Documents ”.

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

  A. Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

  1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in 13.1 thereof:

“             “ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is November 5, 2015.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“             “ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is January 4, 2016.”

4. FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully-earned non-refundable modification fee equal to Two Thousand Four Hundred Sixty Five Dollars and Seventy Five Cents ($2,465.75) which fee shall be due and payable as of the date hereof.

5. RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of September 12, 2013 delivered by Borrower to Bank (the “ Perfection Certificate ”), and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate have not changed, as of the date hereof.

6. CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.


7. RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

8. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

9. CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

10. COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]


This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.     SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Nick Currie

Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

    Name:  

Nick Currie

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

    Title:  

Vice President

Exhibit 10.16

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omission.

STRATEGIC PARTNERING AGREEMENT

This Strategic Partnering Agreement ( Agreement ), effective as of 8 March 2011 ( Effective Date ), is between Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with an address at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, MA 01754 ( Acacia ), and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a place of business at 5755 Peachtree Industrial Boulevard, Norcross, Georgia 30092 USA ( ADVA or Customer )

WHEREAS , the parties desire to cooperate, under the terms and conditions set forth herein, in connection with Acacia completing the design and development of the Product, delivering Prototypes for Customer’s trial use and evaluation and supplying Customer’s requirements for the Product.

NOW, THEREFORE , In consideration of the premises and mutual covenants of the parties made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS .

Strategic Partner means an entity, which has rights and privileges similar to those granted to ADVA in this Agreement. Acacia agrees to limit the total number of Strategic Partners that have early access to the AC100 100G coherent optical module to a total of [**] including ADVA/Juniper.

Confidential Information means all financial, business and technical information of the disclosing party or any of its affiliates, suppliers, customers and employees (including information about research, development, operations, marketing, transactions, discoveries, inventions, technologies, products, methods, processes, materials, algorithms, firmware, specifications, designs, drawings, data, strategies, plans, roadmaps, know-how and ideas, whether tangible or intangible) that is disclosed by or for a party in relation to this Agreement, and that is marked or otherwise identified as proprietary or confidential at the time of disclosure or that by its nature would be understood by a reasonable person to be proprietary or confidential, and all copies, abstracts, summaries, analyses and derivatives thereof.

Customer Application means any product, system or other application in which ADVA (or its customer) includes or uses in any product.

Product means Acacia’s AC100 100G coherent optical module including both hardware and software and having features and functionality as described in this Agreement.

Prototype means any prototype, engineering sample or other pre-production version of the Product.

Product Specification or Acacia Final Product Specification means the mutually agreed technical specification for the final developed Product (the current version of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ) Upon written mutual agreement the Specification may be revised to include additional detailed requirements.

 

Page 1


Delivery ” shall be according to EXW (INCOTERMS 2000) unless otherwise agreed and shall be in accordance with the instructions of ADVA and is deemed to occur once the Products have been received at the designated delivery address.

Delivery Date ” means the date of receipt of the Products by ADVA at the agreed delivery address.

Development Program Schedule ” means Exhibit C attached hereto.

Early Sample See Exhibit E - ADVA Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples for a full definition of this type product.

Engineering Sample or Engineering Sample Prototypes See Exhibit E - ADVA Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples for a full definition of this type product.

GA Product ” indicates a generally available product and is used as a designation for a product which is fully released for general use and purchase. See Exhibit E - ADVA Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples and Exhibit A - Acacia Final Product Specification for a full definition of this type product.

ADVA Acceptance Criteria means the agreed performance criteria which must be met in order for ADVA to accept Early Samples and Engineering Sample Prototypes. This criteria is defined in Exhibit E - ADVA Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples .

Lead Time means the time between the date of issuance of the Purchase Order by ADVA and the Delivery Date.

Software ” means any computer software programs in machine readable format, including but not limited to software code made available by Acacia to ADVA as part of the Products.

RMA ” stands for Returned Material Authorization.

Reject Rate ” means the ratio of total number of RMA units to total number of units delivered to ADVA within that same time period. In the case where both Acacia and ADVA agree there was “no problem found” or that the reject was not caused by Acacia design deficiencies or manufacturing or handling deficiencies then the unit will not be classified as a reject for the purposes of calculating a reject rate statistic.

Epidemic Failure means a Reject Rate of [**]% or above. The Reject Rate calculation shall use a moving time window based on a period of [**] month intervals. An Epidemic Failure is declared if the Reject Rate associated with the same root cause found during any [**] month period divided by number of total units delivered to ADVA during that same [**] month interval exceeds the Epidemic Failure Reject Rate as specified in this agreement.

 

2. DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM .

 

2.1

Performance Acacia agrees to undertake and use best efforts to perform the development services ( Development Services ) in accordance with the either the Acacia Final Product

 

Page 2


  Specification or the ADVA Acceptance Tests for Acacia 100G Module Samples whichever is applicable, descriptions and/or schedules specified in the Development Program Schedule (which is attached hereto as Exhibit C ) . ADVA agrees to purchase Software emulator evaluation board, Early sample and Engineering sample prototypes as detailed in Exhibit C for performance of the Development Services, in the amounts and at the times specified in the Development Program Schedule. Each party will promptly inform the other of any event that may delay the timely development or delivery of the Development Services or Prototypes.

 

2.2 Milestone Dates . Exhibit C shows all major milestones for the development program. Some milestones do not contain external deliveries to ADVA and as such they are provided to ADVA for information. Throughout the development program Acacia shall communicate to ADVA all changes to milestone schedule dates in Exhibit C . For project milestones containing a key deliverable product or service Acacia understands the importance to maintain the originally agreed schedule dates. If Acacia must extend any key deliverable milestone schedule date (as indicated by “Key Deliverable Milestone #” column and “Schedule Date” column of Exhibit C by more than [**] calendar days then ADVA may, at its discretion, terminate this Partnering Agreement. Alternately, upon Acacia extending any deliverable milestone date ADVA may impose a [**]% price reduction per calendar day up to [**]% of the purchase price in the form of credits applied to future purchases for the late deliverable beginning on the [**] day after the original milestone date.

 

2.3 Milestone Acceptance . Upon delivery of each payable milestone listed in Exhibit C , ADVA shall have a [**] calendar day acceptance period to test and approve the deliverable. If the deliverable does not meet the previously agreed ADVA Acceptance Criteria then ADVA must notify Acacia in writing. If ADVA does not provide written notification to Acacia within [**] calendar days then the deliverable may be deemed accepted by ADVA.

 

2.4 Milestone Payments . Once each deliverable milestone is accepted by ADVA then ADVA shall pay Acacia the agreed amount within [**] days of written ADVA acceptance. Payment terms for generally available products may be different and are determined by the mutually agreed terms and conditions contained within this document.

 

2.5 Design Infeasibility . Declaring infeasibility by either party will immediately invoke the Termination section of this Agreement. Infeasibility may be declared by either Acacia or ADVA by giving written notice to the other party under the following cases: 1) ADVA may declare infeasibility if Acacia has not provided a fully specification compliant deliverable or not provided a fully specification compliant service to ADVA within [**] days after receiving written notice of such failure delivered by ADVA after the originally scheduled milestone schedule date. The aforementioned specification is captured in “ Exhibit E - Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples ” and evolves starting with Early Sample then Engineering Sample prototype. For GA Products the Final Product Specification shall apply. 2) Acacia may declare infeasibility at any time during the Development Program if it is not possible for Acacia despite using best efforts to meet the mutually agreed ADVA Acceptance Criteria or Acacia Final Product Specification whichever is applicable.

 

Page 3


2.6 Prototype Warranty Other than the afore mentioned acceptance period all Prototypes delivered to ADVA by Acacia shall have no warranty,

 

2.7 Services Warranty . Acacia warrants that the Development Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner. Any warranty claim under this Section 2.7 must be made in writing within [**] days after acceptance of the nonconforming Development Service. Acacia’s sole obligation and Customer’s exclusive remedy in respect thereof is to re-perform the nonconforming Development Service or, if a defect or a deficiency of the Development Service cannot be cured within a - unless mutually agreed otherwise - [**] day period, at either party’s sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement and refund to ADVA all payments associated with this specific Development Service.

 

2.8 Access . At mutually agreeable times, Acacia will provide reasonable access to ADVA for use of Acacia’s development test platforms at Acacia’s facility. Acacia will keep ADVA reasonably informed about Product plans and roadmaps, and changes to the Product Specification. In addition to any technical review specified in the Development Program Schedule, Acacia will provide ADVA with reasonable access to its personnel who are performing the Development Services. Such access shall be at mutually convenient times and places, and may include teleconferences, email and face-to-face meetings.

 

2.9 Assistance . ADVA agrees that successful performance of the Development Services will require the ongoing attention, assistance and cooperation of Customer. Accordingly, ADVA will furnish Acacia with (a) technical feedback and suggestions related to the Product Specification and Products, Product evaluation results and other information related to ADVA Applications and (b) cooperation, technical assistance, resources and support, as contemplated in the Development Program Schedule and as otherwise reasonably necessary or appropriate to design, develop and test the Prototypes or to perform the other Development Services.

 

2.10 Changes . At any time during the development program ADVA may propose changes to the Development Services or Acacia Final Product Specification by giving written notice to Acacia, describing the proposed change in reasonable detail. Acacia will accept them by giving written notice if technically feasible and discuss same in good faith with ADVA subject to mutual agreement on associated cost and schedule impacts. No such change will be effective without mutual agreement, as evidenced in a writing executed by both parties,

 

2.11 Coordination . Each party will appoint and identify an individual who will be responsible for coordinating and facilitating communication between Acacia and ADVA regarding all technical and business matters, and who will possess sufficient authority to approve all changes under this Agreement.

 

2.12 Marketing Support . Upon Customer’s reasonable request from time to time. Acacia will assist ADVA in responding to carrier RFIs and RFPs, attend meetings (related to technical aspects of the Product) with Customer’s prospective customers and represent Customer’s interests at OIF and other standard-setting bodies.

 

Page 4


2.13 Other Services . From time to time, ADVA may request and Acacia may agree to provide certain installation, custom development, consulting, training or other professional services. The terms and conditions of such arrangement, if any, shall be only as set forth in a separate writing that is mutually agreeable to and executed by both parties.

 

2.14 Security . ADVA hereby agrees that Acacia retains a security interest and right of possession in Products until full payment is received. ADVA hereby authorizes Acacia to file a copy of the applicable invoice or this Agreement as a financing statement, and agrees to execute any other documents (including UCC statements) and otherwise assist Acacia in perfecting and recording its security interest.

 

2.15 [**] .

 

2.16 Resale Prices . Nothing contained In this Agreement shall be deemed to limit in any way ADVA’s right to determine the price at which the Products may be resold by ADVA.

 

2.17 Head Start Rights for Technology and Products Acacia shall not sell or otherwise transfer AC 100 Samples to a non- Strategic Partner competitor of ADVA for a period of [**] months after first submitting Samples to ADVA.

 

3. PRODUCT SUPPORT .

 

3.1 ADVA . ADVA will provide commercially reasonable training, technical support and field services for the Products to its end user customers. ADVA will open and track all problem reports, and perform all initial problem analysis, diagnosis and replication of problems. Before contacting Acacia for support, ADVA will use all commercially reasonable efforts to isolate any problem to the Products.

 

3.2 Acacia . Acacia will use all commercially reasonable efforts to provide ADVA (but not its customers) with technical support services for the Products in accordance with its standard practices (as in effect, from time to time). ADVA agrees that Acacia will have the right to charge in accordance with its then current policies for any support or repair service (labor rate will be $[**]/hour for repair services and $[**]/hour for engineering services depending on resources required) for (a) Products for which the warranty has expired, (b) problems, errors or inquiries related to systems, hardware or software other than the Product and (c) on-site services performed at Customer’s request and without a need.

 

Page 5


4. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PURCHASES .

 

4.1 Scope . From the Effective Date this Agreement shall govern the non-exclusive purchase and sale of Products and the license of certain associated Software provided by Acacia to ADVA or any of its majority owned or controlled affiliates and subsidiaries ( ADVA Affiliates ), but only to ADVA Affiliates that agree in writing (delivered to Acacia) to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if they were ADVA. Any default or breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement by any ADVA Affiliate shall be deemed to be a default or breach by ADVA and ADVA hereby agrees to be fully liable for the acts and omissions of ADVA Affiliates.

Acacia further agrees to provide Products to ADVA’s contract manufacturers at least under the same terms and conditions (including prices as stated in Exhibit D ) as agreed between Acacia and ADVA in this Agreement, but solely for resale by such contract manufacturers to ADVA.

 

4.2 Prices and Payment.

 

  4.2.1 Prices . Prices for the Product are set out in Exhibit D and are deemed to include packaging charges and any additional charges according to the agreed Incoterms, but shall be exclusive of Value Added Tax (“VAT”). Acacia shall invoice the applicable VAT for payment by ADVA.

 

  4.2.2 Price Reviews . The prices stated in Exhibit D shall remain fixed for the [**] periods stated therein, notwithstanding that the Parties may agree to Product price reductions or increases during such a period.

 

  4.2.2.1 The Parties shall meet every [**] months or, upon ADVA’s request to discuss price reductions, giving due consideration to changes in market conditions, currency fluctuations and/or costs in components, raw materials or manufacturing, new technology, labor, or interest rate changes. Where price reductions have been agreed, the prices stated in Exhibit D shall be immediately amended accordingly and shall apply to all Purchase Orders made after the [**] day of the month following conclusion of the price review.

 

  4.2.2.2 If Acacia intends to increase any Product prices, Acacia shall notify ADVA in writing at least [**] months prior to the end of the period stated in Exhibit D and shall provide the reasons for the intended price increase such as raw materials and manufacturing costs, exchange rate fluctuations, new technology, labor, interest rate changes and market changes. The Parties shall agree the price within [**] months and such prices shall apply to all Purchase Orders of that Product made after the [**] day of the month following conclusion of the price review.

 

  4.2.3

Payment Terms . Until December 31, 2012 Acacia will invoice ADVA the purchase price for the Products as set out in Exhibit D within [**] days after shipment of the Products. All payments are due within [**] days after the Delivery

 

Page 6


  Date of a complete Delivery in accordance with a Purchase Order or [**] days after date of the invoice, whichever is later, however if payment is made within [**] days after the date of the invoice, a [**] percent ([**]%) cash discount shall apply to the total amount payable under the invoice. Invoices shall be remitted to the billing address on the Purchase Order and must include relevant Purchase Order and part number. After December 31, 2012 Acacia will invoice ADVA the purchase price for the Products as set out in Exhibit D within [**] days after shipment of the Products. All payments are due within [**] days after the Delivery Date of a complete Delivery in accordance with a Purchase Order or [**] days after date of the invoice, whichever is later, however if payment is made within [**] days after the date of the invoice, a [**] percent ([**]%) cash discount shall apply to the total amount payable under the invoice. Invoices shall be remitted to the billing address on the Purchase Order and must include relevant Purchase Order and part number.

 

4.3 Orders.

 

  4.3.1 Volume Commitment . If it is commercially beneficial to ADVA, ADVA will make best effort to purchase greater than [**]% of ADVA’s 100G Coherent MSA requirements for calendar years 2011, 2012 and 2013.

 

  4.3.2 Purchase Orders . Purchase Orders for Products shall be submitted to Acacia in writing and may be sent via post, fax, email or other electronic communication. Each Purchase Order shall include: (i) date of issuance, (ii) Purchase Order number, (iii) identification of Products ordered including part number and description, (iv) quantity of Products to be delivered, (v) price/discounts of Products ordered, (vi) requested Delivery Date, (vii) Delivery Address, (viii) procurement agreement reference number and any specific delivery instructions such as freight carrier to be used.

 

  4.3.3 Applicable Terms . The Parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern all Purchase Orders submitted by ADVA under this Agreement and will prevail over any and all other different or additional terms and conditions of any kind proposed by ADVA or Acacia, e.g. in the Purchase Order or in Acacia’s quotation, acknowledgement, acceptance of purchase order or similar document, unless both Parties sign a document that expressly states a deviation to this Agreement. Any such other terms and conditions provided by ADVA or Acacia shall not apply, even if the other party fails to expressly reject such terms and conditions or if Acacia delivers or ADVA accepts ordered products without objection.

 

  4.3.4 Acceptance of Purchase Order . Acacia shall within [**] working days of receipt thereof, accept and acknowledge in writing all Purchase Orders submitted by ADVA. In the event Acacia is not able to meet the requested Delivery Date and quantities, Acacia will notify ADVA immediately after receipt of ADVA’s Purchase Order stating the anticipated length of the delay, the cause of the delay, measures proposed or taken to prevent or minimize the delay and the timetable for implementing such measures. If such notification is not received within [**] working days, such Purchase Order is deemed rejected.

 

Page 7


  4.3.5 Reschedules and Cancellation . ADVA may reschedule, (but not cancel) the agreed Delivery Dates a maximum amount of [**] times, upon [**] weeks notice, for up to [**] weeks after the original Delivery Date, without incurring any liability whatsoever.

 

  4.3.5.1 ADVA shall be entitled to cancel Purchase Orders wholly or partially up to [**] weeks prior to the original Delivery Date without charge for orders based on ADVA’s forecasted requirements. Purchase Orders cancelled within [**] weeks of the original Delivery Date will incur a cancellation charge equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the purchase price of the Products ordered, (Orders cannot be canceled within [**] weeks of the original Delivery Date.) in the event the Reject Rates are above [**] percent ([**]%) during any [**] month period, ADVA shall be entitled to reschedule or cancel Purchase Orders without incurring any liability whatsoever.

 

  4.3.6 Order Increases . Upon written request from ADVA, Acacia shall use its best efforts to: (i) deliver on the requested Delivery Date the number of items ordered by ADVA in excess of that set forth in ADVA’s forecast; and (ii) deliver the Products in less than the expected Lead Time if so requested by ADVA. Acacia guarantees that ADVA shall be entitled to: Increase a Purchase Order by up to [**]% to be delivered in less than [**] weeks; or increase a Purchase Order by up to [**]% to be delivered in less than [**] weeks; or increase a Purchase Order by [**]% or more to be delivered in [**] weeks.

 

  4.3.7 Safety Stock . Once ADVA exceeds a $[**] revenue for the preceding [**] months Acacia will absorb the safety stock costs and undertake to hold a safety stock equivalent to at least [**] forecast (based on average of [**] rolling forecast) of finished Products. Prior to this ADVA has the option to request that Acacia hold a safety stock equivalent to at least [**] forecast (based on average of [**] rolling forecast) of finished Products with a [**]% of purchase price charge. An alternate safety stock agreement may be negotiated outside this agreement when mutual agreed and signed by both parties.

 

  4.3.8 Production Allocation . In the event the supply of a particular Product or Part is constrained, Acacia will allocate a percentage of the available supply to ADVA equal to ADVA’s average order/supply percentage for that Product as compared to all other Acacia’s customers, within the immediately preceding [**] days (e.g. if ADVA’s orders for the constrained Product during the preceding [**] days averaged to [**] percent ([**]%) of the total amount supplied generally by Acacia to all it’s customers, ADVA would receive an [**] percent ([**]%) allocation of the available supply for the next [**] days). Where a Product is an NPI (New Products Introduction) product and there is no reasonable [**] day order history, ADVA will receive an allocation of the available supply evenly distributed between the current Strategic Partners (e.g. if there are [**] strategic partners each would get a minimum of [**]% of the allocated product).

 

Page 8


  4.3.9 Forecasts . ADVA shall provide Acacia with a non-binding [**] rolling forecast of its requirements of Products for the following [**] period, provided Acacia will offer ADVA significantly shorter Product Lead Times for forecasted quantities as set forth in Section 4.3.6. Within [**] of receiving ADVA’s forecast, Acacia shall acknowledge the receipt of the forecast and confirm to ADVA in writing that it can deliver all forecasted Products. If Acacia foresees any problems (i.e. manufacturing capacity, material availability etc.) to meet the forecasted requirements, Acacia must advise ADVA before the end of the [**] period.

 

  4.3.10 Continuing Availability, Product Support and Spares . For a period of at least [**] years following the end of this Agreement, Acacia shall continue to make support and parts for then current Products available to be ordered by ADVA in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If, during the term of this Agreement, Acacia discontinues a Product, Acacia will provide at least [**] months’ prior written notice of discontinuation of that Product to ADVA via email to PCN-Team@advaoptical.com . During this [**] month period Acacia shall accept any Purchase Order for that Product with a Delivery Date requested by ADVA of up to [**] months after ADVA has received Acacia’s notice to discontinue that Product. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of at least [**] years following the end of this Agreement or discontinuance of a Product, Acacia shall make a direct service support facility available for ADVA to contact during its normal working hours regarding, without limitation, root cause analyses and error correction, and Acacia shall make spare parts available to ADVA irrespective of the warranty period set out in Section 5.2 below.

 

4.4 Delivery.

 

  4.4.1 Delivery . All Products shall be delivered EXW (Ex Works, Incoterms 2000) to the Delivery Address and in accordance with the applicable Purchase Order. Upon Delivery, title and all risk of loss or damage to Products, shall pass to ADVA; provided, all documentation accompanying any Product and all Software are licensed (solely for use with the applicable Product), not sold, and title thereto shall not transfer to ADVA.

 

  4.4.1.1 Acacia shall comply with the delivery instructions contained in the Purchase Order, unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing. Each Delivery shall be according the requirements stated in “Acacias’ Product Packaging and Despatch: General Requirements for ADVA AG, ADVA Ltd, ADVA Inc.”

 

  4.4.1.2 The dispatch data (flight number, airway bill number) of all Deliveries shall be provided to ADVA (to the contact person mentioned on the Purchase Order) by fax or email within [**] hours of dispatch.

 

Page 9


  4.4.1.3 ADVA may, at its option, return, freight collect, all units received more than [**] days in advance or in excess of the quantity specified on its Purchase Order, or may, at its option, retain such units with payment therefore deferred until it would otherwise be due.

 

  4.4.1.4 Acacia’s delivery performance against first confirmed Delivery Date shall exceed [**]% and against last requested Delivery Date shall exceed [**]%.

 

  4.4.2 Lead Times . Lead Times for forecasted Products shall be a maximum of [**] weeks and the Lead Times for non-forecasted Products shall be a maximum of [**] weeks. If Acacia is unable to meet Lead Times, then Acacia shall notify ADVA immediately at least [**] weeks in advance of any Delivery Date. Acacia agrees to work with ADVA on significant lead time reductions for orders that ADVA declare as critical. Acacia commits to work with ADVA on supply chain improvements e.g. by implementation of different logistics concepts such as VMI-Vendor Managed Inventory/SCS-Supplier managed consignment stock, Kan-Ban, just-in-time delivery etc. The contractual framework for such setups will be handled in a separate document, effective only if, when and as set forth in a mutually acceptable written agreement that is executed and delivered by both parties.

 

  4.4.3 Late Delivery . Acacia acknowledges that time for Delivery of Products is of the essence. In the event Acacia fails to meet the Delivery Date, ADVA may, at its option, (i) accept the revised Delivery Date, or if the revised Delivery Date is more than [**] days behind the schedule, (ii) reschedule or (iii) cancel the Purchase Order without liability within [**] hours of Acacia’s notice of the delay notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 4.3.5 (Reschedules and Cancellation) and Section 9.2 (Termination for Cause). Acacia shall pay a late delivery charge equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the order value of the delayed goods per calendar day, up to a maximum of [**] percent ([**]%), starting on the [**] calendar day after the first acknowledged or to requested Delivery Date, whichever is later in the form of credits against the current order or to be applied to future purchases at ADVA’s discretion.

 

  4.4.4 Provisioning of test data . Upon request, Acacia shall collect and provide test data for each supplied Part. All test data must include (i) Supplier Name, (ii) ADVA Part Number,_ (iii) PO Number, and (iv) Delivery Date.

 

  4.4.5

Receiving Inspection . ADVA is entitled to carry out a receiving inspection of the Products delivered within reasonable time (but not more than [**] days) after Delivery. The purpose of the receiving inspection is to establish that the Products comply with the Purchase Order. Receiving inspection shall be deemed to have been successfully performed in case no deviations from the order are recorded. If ADVA discovers non-conformities from the requirements stated in the Purchase Order in question, ADVA shall immediately report the non-conformities to Acacia in writing and ADVA shall not have the obligation to pay the Products until Acacia’s delivery is in conformance with the Purchase Order. The fact that ADVA

 

Page 10


  or its representative has not during the receiving inspection brought any defect to the attention of Acacia or its representative shall not relieve Acacia from its obligations under this Agreement including warranties.

 

4.5 Quality.

 

  4.5.1 Quality Assurance . Acacia acknowledges and accepts that commitment to quality is a primary requirement of ADVA. Acacia agrees to ensure continued quality improvement of Products provided under this Agreement. Acacia also agrees to develop corrective action plans for any quality system deficiencies that may be detected by ADVA. ADVA will maintain quality assurance systems for the control of material quality, processing, assembly, testing, packaging and delivery of Products in accordance with its usual policies and practices. Acacia agrees that the delivered Products meet the agreed Product Specifications and standards, mechanical drawings, manufacturing documentation and cosmetic specification.

The workmanship standard to be used in building Product is IPC-A-610 latest Rev. Class 2, as published by the Institute for Interconnecting and Packaging Electronic Circuits. Parties will conclude a separate quality assurance agreement on the Product.

 

  4.5.2 Engineering Changes . Acacia shall propose ADVA as soon as possible any planned changes to the Product or Parts. Any change that Acacia proposes to any Product or Part, including any firmware or software incorporated or embedded therein (except for immaterial changes to software code), and the documentation related thereto that has or may have a material adverse impact upon (i) reliability or (ii) Product Specifications or (iii) form, fitness or function requires the prior approval of ADVA. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Acacia shall notify ADVA of such proposed change in due time prior to the release of the affected Product via email to PCN-Team@advaoptical.com , except for those changes where an extremely unsatisfactory condition requires immediate action, in which case Acacia shall promptly advise ADVA of the change. Acacia shall at the time of notification, provide ADVA with (i) a Product change number, (ii) a description of such change, (iii) the reason of such change, (iv) a description of the impact of such change upon reliability, Product Specifications, form, fit or function, (v) the proposed price impact, if any, (vi) the proposed effective date and (vii) proposed identification of this changed Product for such change and its recommended implementation schedule, (viii) a last time buy window of [**] months from the time of notification with a Delivery Date requested by ADVA of up to [**] months after ADVA has received Acacia’s notice to change that Product.

 

  4.5.3 Quality Target I if not agreed otherwise in a separate quality assurance agreement, Products shall have a Reject Rate of less than [**] percent ([**]%) during any rolling [**] month period. In the event the Reject Rates are above [**] percent ([**]%) and if more than [**] parts are being rejected during any such twelve (12) month period then Acacia commits to provide ADVA upon request a corrective action/root cause analysis within [**] days.

 

Page 11


4.6 Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure.

 

  4.6.1 RMA Procedure . If any failure to conform to such Product Specification (“Defect”) is suspected in any Products, ADVA after obtaining a RMA form and number from Acacia, shall return, at Acacia’s cost, the Product containing the Defect. Acacia shall issue ADVA an RMA number within [**] working days of ADVA’s request to return defective Product. Acacia shall analyze the failures and within [**] working days of receipt of defective Product shall provide ADVA with the root cause analysis report and the corrective action to be followed, making use, when appropriate, of technical information provided by ADVA relating to the circumstances surrounding the failure.

 

  4.6.1.1 For product within the warranty period within [**] calendar days of receipt of non functional Product, Acacia shall, at ADVA’s option, either repair or replace the non functional Product with a new (unused and less than [**] months old) replacement of the identical Product and return to ADVA in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. All repaired and replaced Products shall be warranted for the longer of [**] months or the remaining of the warranty period of the Product that was repaired or replaced. In the event Acacia does not fulfill the obligations of this Section 4.6.1.1, Acacia shall at ADVA’s option either credit ADVA the purchase price of such Product or issue a debit note for the purchase price of such Product.

 

  4.6.1.2 In the event Acacia has a Reject Rate for any Product that is [**] percent ([**]%) or above for any [**] month rolling period Acacia shall mitigate the product costs to ADVA for the high Reject Rate.

 

  4.6.2 Determining Defects . For the purposes of Section 4.6.1, if it is questionable whether or not a Defect exists in a Product and/or whether or not a determined Defect is successfully cured and the Parties are not able to resolve this question within a period of [**] working days, ADVA will provide Acacia the names and vitae of [**] independent sworn third party experts. From the list of mutually agreed names of qualified experts submitted to Acacia by ADVA Acacia shall have the right to select one expert to provide a final and binding determination on that question. If a defect is determined to exist then Acacia pays for the product repair or replacement and the cost of the product experts. If no defect is found then ADVA shall pay repair costs and product expert costs.

 

  4.6.3 Epidemic Failures . In addition to the product warranty and for a period of [**] months from the date of Delivery of the Product to ADVA, Acacia warrants the Products against Epidemic Failure. In the event of an Epidemic Failure, Acacia shall fully indemnify ADVA for reasonable inspection, testing and labor costs incurred in recovering and returning Products with Epidemic Failure and installing repaired or replacement Products notwithstanding that ADVA may instead direct Acacia to hold reshipment of repaired or replacement Products until completion of failure analysis by Acacia or ADVA.

 

  4.6.4 Repairs and Replacements . Acacia shall have the risk of loss or damage to defective and repaired or replacement Products while in Acacia’s possession and reshipment to the ADVA specific delivery address DDP (Incoterms 2000), provided, however, that in the case of Products found to be in breach prior to acceptance by ADVA the risk of damage shall at all times remain with Acacia except for damage caused by an act or omission of ADVA.

 

Page 12


5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

 

5.1 Warranty of Title . Acacia warrants and represents to ADVA that upon the Delivery by Acacia to ADVA of the Products, (i) ADVA shall apart from the regulation in Section 2.14 of this Agreement acquire good and clear title to the Products, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (ii) Acacia has the full corporate power to enter into this Agreement, to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and to grant ADVA all necessary rights and licenses under this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, Acacia represents that it has not received any notice or claim from a third party alleging that the Product or any part of a Product, infringes the proprietary rights of any third party.

 

5.2 Product Warranty . Acacia warrants Products will be new (unused and less than [**]months old), free from any defects in material and workmanship and will conform to the Product Specifications. The warranty period for all Products shall be [**] months for Hardware and [**] months for Software from the date of receipt at the Delivery Address. Acacia warrants that during the warranty period Software conforms to the Product Specifications and the applicable Software documentation. Any warranty claim under this Section 5.2 must be made during the applicable [**] year period. Acacia’s sole obligation and ADVA’s exclusive remedy in respect thereof is to repair or replace any Product that is defective or, at Acacia’s sole discretion, to accept return of such Product and credit the actual price paid to ADVA’s account.

 

5.3 Exclusions . These warranties shall not apply to any Product that was (a) used, handled, transported, operated, maintained or stored improperly, or in any manner not in accord with Acacia’s instructions or recommendations or industry standard practices or (b) repaired, altered or modified other than by Acacia or its authorized agents.

 

5.4 Disclaimers . EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN, ALL DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AND PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. ACACIA DOES NOT WARRANT THAT PRODUCTS OR SERVICES WILL BE COMPATIBLE WITH ANY CUSTOMER APPLICATION OR OTHERWISE MEET CUSTOMER’S REQUIREMENTS. ACACIA HEREBY DISCLAIMS (FOR ITSELF AND ITS SUPPLIERS) ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE. ADVA ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SELECTION OF THE PRODUCT AND ALL RESULTS OBTAINED FROM ITS USE OF THE PRODUCTS IN ADVA APPLICATIONS AND THAT ADVA HAS RELIED SOLELY ON ITS OWN TECHNICAL AND COMMERCIAL EXPERTISE, EXPERIENCE AND ANALYSES IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Page 13


6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY .

 

6.1 Rights in Intellectual Properly . No title or other ownership rights to intellectual property in any Products or any copies thereof shall pass to ADVA under this Agreement or any performance hereunder. As between the parties, Acacia shall own and retain all rights, title and interests (including without limitation, all patent rights, copyright rights, trade secret rights and other intellectual property and proprietary rights) embodied in the results of the Development Services, Products, Product Specification and other Acacia Confidential Information.

 

6.2 Product Software License Grant . ADVA shall have a non-exclusive, perpetual license to use, adapt, copy, and distribute internationally Acacia’s Software and any firmware used solely with or embedded in the Product, In executable form only solely as used with or embedded in Product furnished to ADVA by Acacia under this Agreement in order to enable ADVA’s customers to use Acacia’s Software and firmware used solely with or embedded in the Product or in any form for ADVA’s internal testing, error correction or back up purposes. ADVA will not itself, nor permit any of its licensees to, reverse compile or disassemble the Software, nor will ADVA reproduce the Software for the purpose of furnishing it to others or for any other purpose not expressly permitted under this Agreement.

 

6.3 Restrictions . Except as specifically permitted in this Agreement, ADVA shall not directly or indirectly: (a) use any of Acacia’s Confidential Information to create any product or Product Specification that is similar to the Product or Product Specification; (b) disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer or use any other means to attempt to discover any underlying ideas, algorithms or organization of the Products; or (c) permit any third party to do so. ADVA shall not (and shall not permit any third party to) alter, obscure or remove any patent notice, trademark or other proprietary or legal notice contained on any Product, packaging or documentation.

 

6.4 General Learning . ADVA agrees that Acacia is free to reuse all generalized knowledge, experience, know-how and technologies (including ideas, concepts, processes and techniques) related to the Products or acquired during performance of the Development Services (including without limitation, that which it could have acquired performing the same or similar services for another ADVA), and that Acacia is free to practice, use and exploit all suggestions ADVA makes regarding the Product (including in respect of any correction, improvement or enhancement).

 

7. CONFIDENTIALITY .

 

7.1

Obligations . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of [**] years thereafter, the Parties shall not directly or indirectly, use the other Party’s Confidential Information for their own benefit or for the benefit of a third party, and shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party, other than the Parties’ employees or authorized

 

Page 14


  contractors solely on a “need to know” basis, without the prior written consent of the other Party. The Parties shall use reasonable care to safeguard the other’s Confidential Information against unauthorized access, use and disclosure. Each Party shall be responsible for any breach of confidentiality by its employees and contractors. Promptly after any termination of this Agreement (or at the disclosing Party’s request at any other time), the receiving Party shall return all of the other’s tangible Confidential Information, permanently erase all Confidential Information from any storage media and destroy all information, records and materials developed therefrom. Each Party may disclose only the general nature, but not the specific terms, of this Agreement without the prior consent of the other party; provided, either Party may provide a copy of this Agreement or otherwise disclose its terms in connection with any legal or regulatory requirement, financing transaction or due diligence inquiry.

 

7.2 Exceptions . Confidential Information will not include information that: (i) is in or enters the public domain without breach of this Agreement or fault of the receiving Party, (ii) the receiving Party lawfully receives from a third party without restriction on disclosure and without breach of any nondisclosure obligation, (iii) the receiving Party develops independently without any use of the Confidential Information, which it can prove with written evidence and (iv) any information legally required to be disclosed and subject to prior information to the disclosing party.

 

8. INDEMNITY .

 

8.1 Intellectual Property Indemnity . Acacia shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless ADVA from all third party claims of infringement against ADVA alleging that any Product infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret. In such event. Acacia, at its option and expense, shall (i) reimburse ADVA for any costs incurred at Acacia’s written request relating to such claim; and (ii) pay damages and costs assessed by final judgment against ADVA and attributable to such claim (including reasonable attorney fees). In addition, if the Product becomes or, in Acacia’s opinion, is likely to become the subject of any injunction preventing its manufacture, sale or use as contemplated herein, Acacia shall either (i) procure for ADVA the right to continue using such Product, or (ii) replace or modify any such Product provided or to be provided to be free of the infringement provided that such replacement or modified Product materially conforms with Product Specifications. If Acacia is unable to achieve either of the options set forth above despite its reasonable best efforts, it may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to ADVA and shall require return of such Product freight collect to Acacia and promptly refund to ADVA the purchase price, amortized on a straight-line basis over a five (5) year period from Delivery. The foregoing states the entire liability of Acacia, and ADVA’s exclusive remedy, with respect to any actual or alleged violation of intellectual property rights by any Product, any part thereof or by its use or operation.

 

8.2 Third Party Indemnity . Acacia will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend ADVA from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable legal and other professional fees) payable to third parties to the extent based upon any product liability claim caused by any Product that fails to conform to the warranty in Section 5.2 or other third party claim arising from Acacia’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Page 15


8.3 Exceptions . Acacia shall have no liability or obligation hereunder with respect to any claim attributable to (a) any use of a Product not strictly in accord with this Agreement, or in an application or environment or on a platform or with devices for which it was not designed or contemplated, (b) alterations, combinations or enhancements of the Product not created by or for Acacia, (c) ADVA’s continuing allegedly infringing activity after being notified thereof or its continuing use of any version of the Product after being provided modifications that would have avoided the claim, (d) Products that comply in whole or in part with ADVA’s designs, Product Specifications, instructions or technical information or (e) any intellectual property right in which ADVA or any of its affiliates has an interest.

 

8.4 ADVA Indemnity . ADVA agrees to (a) defend Acacia against any demand, suit, action or other claim by a third party that is related to any Customer Application, any representation, warranty or other statement concerning the Products made by or for ADVA (except those which conform to the Product Specification), Customer’s violation of any applicable law or regulation, Customer’s negligence, misconduct or breach of this Agreement or actions excluded under Section 8.3, and (b) indemnify Acacia for settlement amounts or damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) awarded and arising out of such claim.

 

8.5 Conditions . The indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder are conditioned on (a) the Party seeking indemnification providing prompt written notice thereof and reasonable cooperation, information, and assistance in connection therewith and (b) the Indemnifying Party having sole control and authority to defend, settle or compromise such claim. The indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for any settlement it does not approve in writing. The indemnifying shall not settle any such claim, without the indemnified Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld), if such settlement would limit the indemnified Party’s exercise of its rights under this Agreement or would require the indemnified Party to pay any compensation or to assume any obligations. The indemnified Party reserves the right to retain counsel, at its own expense, to participate in the defense and settlement of any such claim.

 

9. TERM AND TERMINATION .

 

9.1 Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue in effect for an initial term of five (5) years ( Initial Term ). Unless terminated earlier as permitted herein, this Agreement will be extended automatically for additional terms of one (1) year at the end of the Initial Term and each renewal term. However, either party may elect not to renew this Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the other party at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then current term.

 

Page 16


9.2 Termination . Either party may terminate this Agreement

 

  (a) if either party declares the development project to be infeasible in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Agreement.

 

  (b) If the other party breaches a material provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within [**] days ([**] days in the case of any non-payment) after receiving written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party, or

 

  (c) immediately upon written notice, if the other party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed to take charge of any or all of the other party’s property, or the other party seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding or such a proceeding is instituted against the other party and is not dismissed within 90 days, or the other party becomes insolvent or, without a successor, dissolves, liquidates or otherwise fails to operate in the ordinary course.

 

9.3 Orders After Termination . Acceptance of ADVA’s orders after termination shall not constitute a renewal of this Agreement or waiver of the right of Acacia to treat this Agreement as terminated.

 

9.4 Effects of Termination .

 

  9.4.1 If either party terminates this Agreement for reasons of infeasibility as defined in Section 2.5, ADVA shall have no further debts or obligations regarding this Agreement, other than amounts already due.

 

  9.4.2 If Acacia terminates this Agreement due to material breach by ADVA then ADVA shall be liable for payment of all previously accepted milestones and shall negotiate payment in good faith with Acacia on the costs related to future milestone deliverables, and ADVA shall remain liable for all payments for Products delivered prior to the effective date of termination.

 

  9.4.3 Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reasons all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease including payment for any deliverables not already accepted by ADVA according to the Milestone Acceptance provisions of this Agreement. In any case the following shall survive: (a) payment obligations only for generally available products (does not apply to products still under development); (b) all remedies for breach of this Agreement; and (c) the provisions of Sections 4.6 (RMA Procedure), 5 (Representations and Warranties), 6 (Intellectual Property), 7 (Confidentiality), 8 (Indemnity), 10 (Limitations of Liability), 11 (Miscellaneous) and this Section 9. Additionally, Acacia shall continue to provide warranty support as set forth above and any agreed maintenance support as required In 4.3.10 (Continued Availability, Product Support and Sparing).

 

9.5

No Further Liability . Each party agrees that the rights of termination hereunder are absolute and it has no right to a continued relationship with the other after termination (except as expressly stated herein). Neither party shall incur any liability whatsoever for

 

Page 17


  any damage, loss or expense of any kind suffered or incurred by the other (or for any compensation to the other) arising from or incident to any termination of this Agreement by such party that complies with the terms of the Agreement whether or not such party is aware of any such damage, loss or expense.

 

9.6 Return of Materials Upon Termination . On or before [**] days after the termination of this Agreement, the Parties shall deliver up all Confidential Information in its possession belonging to that other Party and, upon request, confirm delivery or complete destruction thereof in writing to the other party.

 

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit either Party’s liability for damage caused by intentional misconduct, for death or personal injury, and for breaches of its confidentiality obligations.

Neither Party shall have any liability for any incidental, special, indirect or consequential damages.

Each Party’s maximum aggregate liability arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the charges paid by ADVA to Acacia in the preceding calendar year or one million US Dollars (USD$ 1,000,000) whichever is the greater.

THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN, AND ARE INTENDED TO APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

11.1 Amendments/Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, in English and shall be personally delivered or sent by a reputable overnight mail service (e.g. Federal Express), or by first class mail (certified or registered), or by facsimile confirmed by first class mail (registered or certified), to the person designated below:

 

ADVA AG Optical Networking    Acacia Communications, Inc.
Att: Legal Department    Att:
Fraunhoferstrasse 9a   
82152 Martinsried/Munich,    Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210
GERMANY    Maynard, MA 01754, USA
Fax: +49-89-890665 199    Fax: +1-978-938-4899

Notices will be deemed effective upon receipt.

 

Page 18


11.2 Disclosure . Except as provided herein, Acacia shall not, without ADVA’s prior written consent, engage in publicity related to this Agreement, or make public use of any identification in any circumstances related to this Agreement, to ADVA or ADVA’s products. “Identification” means any semblance of any trade name, trademark, service mark, insignia, symbol, logo, or any other designation or drawing of ADVA. Acacia shall remove or obliterate any identification prior to any use or disposition of any Product rejected or not purchased by ADVA.

 

11.3 Compliance with Laws . Acacia warrants that Products supplied under this Agreement comply with all applicable federal, state, local laws, ordinances and regulations which are now or become in force, including but not limited to the Restriction of the Use of certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS” Directive 2002/95/EC) and Waste Electrical and Electronics Equipment (“WEEE” Directive 2002/96/EC). In addition, Acacia acknowledges and accepts that Corporate Social Responsibility and sourcing with human dignity is an elementary part of doing business with ADVA. Therefore Acacia warrants to comply with International Ethical Standards which are based upon the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights (http://www.un.org/Overview/rights.html), the International Labour Law Organisation Convention and the guidelines established by the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (http://www.cips.org/).

 

11.4 Force Majeure . Neither Party to this Agreement shall be held responsible for the performance of any obligations under this Agreement provided such performance is hindered or prevented by any circumstances of Force Majeure which are beyond its reasonable control, such as riot, strike, lock-out, flood, or other natural catastrophes or national or local Government regulations and provided the Party frustrated notifies the other Party without delay in writing at the beginning and end of any such circumstances. The Party frustrated shall use every endeavour to minimize the hindrance or prevention of such fulfillment. Upon the ending of such circumstance, the frustrated Party shall without delay resume the fulfillment of its obligations including any obligations, the performance of which was interrupted thereby.

 

11.5 Import and Export . The Parties acknowledge that any Products, Software and technical information (including, but not limited to, services and training) provided under this Agreement may be subject to United States, German or other export laws and regulations and any use or transfer of such Products, Software and technical information must be authorized under those laws and regulations. The Parties agree that they will not use, distribute, transfer, or transmit the Products, Software or technical information (even if incorporated Into other products) except in compliance with such export regulations. Acacia shall cooperate with ADVA and provide reasonable supporting information under its control that is necessary or useful for ADVA to comply with such regulations to export the Products.

 

Page 19


11.6 Relationship of Parties . The Parties are Independent contractors under this Agreement and the Parties do not intend to create any partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency, employer/employee, fiduciary, master/servant relationship, or other special relationship. Neither Party shall act in a manner that expresses or implies a relationship other than that of independent contractor, nor bind the other Party.

 

11.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Unless otherwise expressly provided, no provisions of this Agreement are intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity other than ADVA and Acacia any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

11.8 Waiver and Modification . Failure by either Party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of future enforcement of that or any other provision. Any waiver, amendment or other modification of any provision of this Agreement will be effective only if in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

11.9 Severability . If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be unenforceable, that provision of this Agreement will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to affect the intent of the Parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

11.10 Entire Agreement . All Exhibits referenced herein are hereby incorporated by such reference and made a part of this Agreement. This Agreement together with its Exhibits constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements, written or oral, regarding such subject matter. No modifications or amendments shall be made to this Agreement unless in writing and signed by authorized representatives of the Parties.

 

11.11 Publicity . Within [**] days after the Effective Date, the parties (jointly or separately, as the parties may decide) shall issue a press release approved by both parties (such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld) concerning the arrangements in this Agreement. ADVA authorizes Acacia to include ADVA’s name in customer listings that may be published as part of Acacia’s marketing efforts. From time to time upon Acacia’s request, ADVA agrees to provide Acacia with reasonable cooperation and assistance in connection with such efforts (such as, for example, by acting as a reference, issuing press releases and writing customer testimonials and case studies, with statements attributed to a named employee of Customer),

 

11.12 Force Majeure . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Acacia’s obligation to supply Products to ADVA is subject to availability and Acacia’s other obligations. Acacia shall not be liable for damages caused by any delay or failure to deliver resulting from conditions beyond its reasonable control (including without limitation, manufacturing yield failures or unavailability resulting from an inability to (a) obtain needed materials, equipment or supplies at commercially reasonable prices or (b) produce sufficient Products to meet the demands of all its customers).

 

Page 20


11.13 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, USA, without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. In the event of any conflict between US and foreign laws, regulations and rules, US laws, regulations and rules shall govern. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. The sole jurisdiction and venue for actions related to this Agreement will be the state or federal courts located in New York, and both parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any such action. In any action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover from the other party its costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such action or proceeding and enforcing any judgment or order obtained. Courts located at defendant’s general place of business as stated at the beginning of this Agreement shall have exclusive jurisdiction for any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

11.14 Compliance With Laws . ADVA shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations (including export control laws, restrictions and regulations of any US or foreign agency or authority). ADVA will not and will not allow, directly or indirectly, the use, transmission, export, re-export or other transfer of any product, technology or information it obtains or learns pursuant to this Agreement (or any direct product thereof) in violation of any such law, restriction or regulation. ADVA shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary license or approval and otherwise complying with the latest US export regulations.

 

11.15 Remedies . Except as specifically provided otherwise, each right and remedy in this Agreement is in addition to any other right or remedy, at law or in equity. Each party agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of Section 6 or 7, the non-breaching party will suffer irreparable damage for which it will have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable remedies to prevent or restrain such breach or threatened breach, without the necessity of posting any bond.

 

11.16 Assignment . This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned, in whole or in part, by either party without the other party’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld. However, without consent, ADVA or Acacia may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or to any successor to all or substantially all of its business which concerns this Agreement (whether by sale of assets or equity, merger, consolidation or otherwise), This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, representatives and permitted assigns of the parties,

 

Page 21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Intending to be legally bound, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Agreement as a sealed instrument, as of the Effective Date.

 

ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS INC.     ADVA OPTICAL NETWORKING N.A., INC.
By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

    By:  

/s/ Christoph Glingener

Name:   Raj Shanmugaraj     Name:   Christoph Glingener
Title:   CEO and President     Title:   CTO
      By:  

/s/ Scott Garett For Bernd Stucke

      Name:   Bernd Stucke
      Title:   Director Global Strategic Procurement

 

Page 22


Exhibit A - Acacia Final Product Specification

Advanced Optical Specification

100G DWDM Module based on coherent detection

and advanced digital signal processing

 

Title    Advanced Specs for 100G DWDM module
Authors    Benny Mikkelsen
Revision number    1.0
Date    October 26, 2010
Document Number    075-0010-00

 

1. Table of Contents

 

1.   TABLE OF CONTENTS      23   
2.   REVISION HISTORY      23   
3.   OVERVIEW      24   
4.   SPECIFICATIONS      24   
  4.1   Optical interface specifications      24   
    4.1.1   General specifications      24   
    4.1.2   Transmitter specifications      26   
    4.1.3   Receiver specifications      26   
  4.2   Environmental and thermal specifications      28   
  4.3   Safety and regulatory specifications      29   
  4.4   Reliability specifications      30   

 

2. Revision History

 

Revision

  

Date

  

Author

  

Changes

0.1    Nov 19, 2009    Benny Mikkelsen   
0.2    Dec 15, 2009    Benny Mikkelsen    Minor updates
0.3    Jan 08, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Mechanical drawings added
0.4    June 04, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Minor updates
0.5    July 12, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Minor updates
0.6    Aug 18, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Updated mechanical drawing and C-band X
0.7    Aug 23, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Updated TX and RX power range
0.8    Sept 7, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Several updates including multi channel spec, filter tolerance, PRBS insertion clarification
0.9    Oct 14, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Updated PMD specs
1.0    Oct 26, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Updated output power. Deleted HW interface specs (see separate Acacia document)

 

Page 23


3. Overview

This document describes the Advanced Product Specifications for Acacia’s 100G DWDM module based on coherent detection and advanced electronic link equalization. The module is intended to be used on system integrators host boards to support transmission over DWDM links in Long-haul, Regional and Metro networks,

 

4. Specifications

All specifications given in this document are End-of-Life numbers and are valid over case temperature from -5°C to +70 °C.

 

4.1 Optical interface specifications

 

4.1.1 General specifications

 

Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        

 

Page 24


Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of two pages were omitted. [**]

 

Page 25


4.1.2 Transmitter specifications

 

Ref.

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]

 

4.1.3 Receiver specifications

 

Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]     [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]     [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]

 

Page 26


Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page was omitted. [**]

 

Page 27


4.2 Environmental and thermal specifications

 

Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]     [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]       [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]     [**]   [**]   [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]       [**]   [**]

 

Page 28


4.3 Safety and regulatory specifications

 

Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        
[**]    [**]    [**]        

 

Page 29


4.4 Reliability specifications

 

Ref

  

Parameter

  

Condition/comments

 

Typical

 

Min

 

Max

 

Unit

[**]    [**]    [**]   [**]       [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]        

 

Page 30


Exhibit B - 100G Software emulator evaluation board

Description

Acacia’s 100G Software Emulation/Hardware Evaluation platform is a multipurpose tool provided to support R&D teams during development and test of 100G line cards.

LOGO

AC100-EB Overview

The AC100-EB is a two slot ATCA line card that can be used either in an ATCA chassis or stand alone on a lab bench.

Primary capabilities are:

Software emulation

Test platform for AC100 module for both optical and electrical testing

Support for OTL 4.10 interconnect to JDSU 100G tester via CFP break out board

Software emulator

In the early stage of system development customers can use the Software emulator platform to begin preliminary Software development. By implementing

the MDIO slave interface we enable software developers to design to the MDIO interface before actual Hardware is available. The emulator will support basic functionality listed below:

Read/write of module registers

Firmware download

Emulation for non-MDIO control pins/state transitions (PRG_CNTL[1..3], TX_DIS, MOD_LOPWR, MOD_RSTn)

Hardware evaluation board

The evaluation board is a standalone platform that provides the capability to verify and characterize the 100G module. The MDIO signals are available through the front panel of the ATCA line card which enables direct access to the MDIO hardware pins of the module. Host side high speed data access to and from the module can be tested through a CFP style break out module. This break out module is designed to interoperate with JDSU’s 100G test equipment.

LOGO

100G Evaluation Platform includes:

Power supplies

FPGA/Micro to provide a bridging functionality

Ethernet support

168-pin Hirose header

CFP style breakout board to provide access to high speed data lanes to and from the module

SMA access to various reference clocks

 

 

Page 31


Exhibit C - 100G Coherent Optical Module

Development Program Schedule

 

Key Deliverable
Milestone #

  

Development Project Milestones and Deliverables

  

Schedule Date

  

Unit Price

  

Total

   Preliminary thermal & mechanical models    [**]      
   Advanced product specification    [**]      
   Block processing test platform (Acacia labs)    [**]      
   ASIC initial floor plan    [**]      
   1000k fiber + PMD emulator test system    [**]      
   Mechanical models    [**]      
   Initial ASIC netlist    [**]      
   Sign Agreement (estimate)    [**]      
   Early prototype of SW emulator board (ADVA order placement)    [**]    [**]    [**]
1    Mechanical samples delivered (30 days after signing)    [**]      
   Final ASIC netlist    [**]      
   Module hardware design completed    [**]      
   SW emulator evaluation board kit complete (1 (unit)* Delivered to ADVA    [**]      
   Agree to acceptance criteria for early, engineering, and pre-production samples    [**]      
   ASIC tape out    [**]      
2    Early samples of module (2 units), earlier if possible    [**]    [**]    [**]
   Preliminary product specification    [**]      
3    Engineering samples of module (7-12 units)**    [**]    [**]    [**]
   Test and Cal stations to CM    [**]      
   Pre-production samples (completed DVT and submitted to Telcordia qualification) ordered no later than 3/15/2010    [**]    [**]    [**]
4    Final Product specification    [**]      
   GA of production samples    [**]      
           

 

SUMMARY    Total prototypes and evaluation board    [**]
           

 

 

* Additional software emulator evaluation board price = $[**]
** Additional engineering samples (5 units) are available as long as Acacia is notified by [**] or ordered based on [**] lead time with forecast.

 

Page 32


Exhibit D - 100G Coherent Optical Module Strategic Partner Price Matrix

 

K$

  

Prototypes

  

Strategic Partner Production Pricing

         

0-99

  

100-499

  

500-999

  

>1000

2011    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
2012       [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
2013       [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
2014       [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

 

Page 33


Exhibit E - ADVA Acceptance Test Criteria for 100G Module Samples

Adva Acceptance Tests for Acacia’s

100G Module Samples

 

  Title    Adva Acceptance Tests for Acacia’s 100G Module Samples
  Authors    Benny Mikkelsen
  Revision number    0.4.1
  Date    December 08, 2010
  Document Number    050-0020-01

Revision History

 

Revision

  

Date

  

Author

  

Changes

0.1    Feb. 25, 2010    Benny Mikkelsen    Initial Draft
0.2    Feb 28, 2010    M Givehchi    Additional information added
0.3    March 1, 2010    Ruo Li    Additional information added
0.4    Dec 3, 2010    Mike Crowley    General Revisions
0.4.1    Jan 11, 2011    Mike Crowley    Incorporate Adva Specific Requirements

Overview

This document describes acceptance tests for the different types of 100G MSA module samples that Acacia is making available to Strategic Partners during product development: Mechanical Samples, Early Samples and Engineering Samples, as defined below:

Mechanical sample: Mechanical Samples are non-functional mechanical-only samples that are provided to Strategic Partners to evaluate mechanical considerations like size and fit on customer host cards. Please note that mechanical samples do not house the actual PCB(s), but the 168 pin Hirose connector is present to confirm mechanical fit.

Early Sample: Early Samples have undergone cursory functional testing in Acacia’s test lab. They are provided to Strategic Partners early in the product development phase to enable system bring-up at ambient room temperature with adequate airflow, and to provide early engineering feedback to Acacia. Complete functional testing and qualification has not been performed on Early Samples.

Engineering Sample: Engineering Samples have completed functional testing. The Engineering Samples are functioning in line with the Preliminary Product Specifications, but may contain errata.

 

Page 34


General Availability of Acacia’s 100G MSA module is achieved when the module has passed all regulatory and safety testing in accordance with the Product Specification.

Samples from Acacia can be tested using Acacia’s 100G evaluation board or with the customer’s host board. First we outline the proposed tests for Mechanical Samples and next the Early Samples. Finally, we describe the proposed acceptance tests for Engineering Samples.

Mechanical Samples

As stated in Chapter 0, Mechanical Samples are non-functional mechanical-only samples that are provided to Strategic Partners to evaluate mechanical considerations like size and fit on customer host cards. The Mechanical Sample shall meet the specification outlined in Section 4.4 of the Advanced Product Specifications. The following acceptance tests performed by the costumer are proposed:

Mechanical Dimensions

Check Length, Width and Height of the module.

Mounting Holes

Check dimensions, alignment and host card fit of mounting holes.

168 Pin Connector

Check attachment to the 168 pin Hirose connector.

Location of Fiber Boots

Check fiber exit boots for host card clearance and fiber routing.

Fiber Pigtails

Check fiber pigtail characteristics.

Optical Connectors

Check optical connector characteristics.

Early Samples

As stated in Chapter 0, Early Samples have undergone cursory functional tests in Acacia’s test lab. They are provided to Strategic Partners early in the product development phase to enable system bring-up at ambient room temperature with adequate airflow, and to provide early engineering feedback to Acacia. Complete functional testing and qualification has not been performed on the Early Samples.

 

Page 35


Since full functional tests have not been completed, Acacia cannot assure that Early Samples meet all specifications defined in Acacia’s Advanced Product Specification. For this reason there are no strict acceptance tests for Early Samples. However, Acacia assures Early Samples are functional and will transmit and receive data. A set of proposed tests for Early Samples are given below:

Mechanical Design

Mechanical Dimensions

Record mechanical dimensions.

Module to Host Card Mating and Assembly

Check host card mating and attachment to assure compatibility.

Heat Sink Dimensions and Host Card Fit

Check heat sink fit with host card.

Optical Fibers and Interconnect

Check optical fiber exit and routing for host card placement.

Power

Power Consumption

Record module power consumption at room temperature.

Firmware

Firmware should meet minimum requirement for the normal operation of the module.

Firmware/Hardware Revision

Check firmware and hardware revision information.

Module Upgrade

Check module firmware upgrade function.

MDIO Communication

Basic MDIO communication should function properly for the early sample.

Basic Read and Write Operation

 

Page 36


Check the ability to read and write to module’s diagnostics registers.

OIF Compliant Registers (Generic Registers)

Check the ability to read and write to OIF module registers.

Acacia Specific Registers

Check the ability to read and write to Acacia specific module registers.

a. Set up and control registers are functional (On, Off, PRBS insert, Frequency Tune).

b. Restarts return registers back to the factory state,

Module Electrical Interfaces

Most of the module’s electrical Interfaces can be verified for early samples, such as:

Electrical Signals

Check low speed electrical signals.

MDIO Bus

Check MDIO bus operation.

Resets

Check function of resets.

Check PRBS Insertion and Detection

Check PRBS insertion and detection functionality.

Transmitter Tests

Tx Output Power

Record Tx output power at room temperature.

Acacia will test the module for Tx Power over temperature without the ASIC and will make results of these tests available to Adva.

Tx Wavelength

Check Tx tuning to 50GHz ITU grid,

 

Page 37


Acacia will test the module for Tx Tuning over temperature without the ASIC and will make results of these tests available to Adva.

Receiver Tests

Back to Back OSNR vs. BER over OTU4 Interface

Record Back to Back OSNR vs, BER at room temperature.

PMD/CD Tolerance

 

  a) Record tolerance to change in SOP.

 

  b) Record PMD tolerance.

 

  c) Record dispersion tolerance.

Documentation / Support Provided by Acacia

 

  a) A description showing all register default values.

 

  b) Test report for all parameters tested prior to shipment.

 

  c) Module firmware updates provided when available.

 

  d) SW Emulation / HW Evaluation Platform firmware updates provided when available.

Engineering Samples

As stated in Chapter 0, Engineering Samples have completed functional testing. Engineering Samples arc functioning in line with the Preliminary Product Specifications, but may contain errata. Engineering Samples can be tested using Acacia’s 100G evaluation board or on customer host boards. Preliminary Product Specifications will be issued after Acacia has completed functional testing of the Engineering Samples. The following items are proposed acceptance tests to be performed by Acacia’s costumers:

Transmitter Test:

Tx Output Power

[**]

Tx Wavelength

[**]

Setup Time

[**]

Transmitter Quality

 

Page 38


[**]

Back to Back OSNR Threshold over OTU4 Interface

[**]

OSNR Sensitivity

[**]

PMD Tolerance

[**]

PDL Tolerance

[**]

Tolerance to Change in SOP

[**]

Dispersion Tolerance

[**]

Transient Tolerance

[**]

Setup Time

[**]

Clock Recovery Threshold

[**]

Input Power Reporting

[**]

FEC Statistics Reports

[**]

PRBS Insertion and Detection

 

Page 39


[**]

Mechanical Dimensions

[**]

Module to Host Card Mating and Assembly

[**]

Heat Sink Assembly

[**]

Optical Fibers and Interconnect

[**]

Labels and other Visual Requirements

[**]

+ 12V Supply

[**]

Supply Ripple Measurements

[**]

Power Consumption

[**]

Firmware/Hardware Revision

[**]

Module Upgrade

[**]

Basic Read and Write Operation

[**]

OIF Compliant Registers (Generic Registers)

 

Page 40


[**]

Acacia Specific Registers

[**]

[**]

Electrical Signals

[**]

MDIO Bus

[**]

Status/Control Pins

[**]

Resets

[**]

Transmit Interface

[**]

Receive Interface

[**]

 

Page 41


General Availability (G.A.)

The G.A. module should meet all Acacia Final Product Specifications. The test and acceptance procedures can follow Acacia’s internal module DVT test and verification plan. This document will be provided to customers as a separate document with detailed test plans.

 

Page 42


Amendment No. 1

To

Strategic Partnering Agreement

This amendment entered into as of the 1st day of July 2013 (the “Amendment”), amends the Strategic Partnering Agreement, effective as of 8 March 2011 (“Agreement”), by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, MA 01754, USA (“Acacia”) and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., with a place of business at 5755 Peachtree Industrial Boulevard, Norcross, GA 30096, USA (“ADVA”), collectively the Parties.

WHEREAS , the parties have entered into the Agreement and desire to amend the Agreement as specified below;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Amendment

 

1.1 Section 1 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following subsection:

“Affiliates” means any company which is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by a Party hereto as to fifty percent (50 %) or more of the issued share capital and/or voting rights or which owns or controls directly or indirectly a Party hereto by fifty percent (50 %) or more of the issued share capital and/or voting rights. Insofar, the terms Acacia and ADVA under this Agreement shall apply to and cover their respective Affiliates as well.

 

1.2 Subsection 4.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

4.1 Scope . From the Effective Date this Agreement shall govern the non-exclusive purchase and sale of Products between the Parties and the license of certain associated Software provided by Acacia to ADVA. Any default or breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement by any of the Parties’ respective Affiliates shall be deemed to be a default of the respective Party and the Parties agree to be fully liable for the acts and omissions of their Affiliates.

Acacia further agrees to provide Products to ADVA’s contract manufacturers under the same terms and conditions, including prices, as agreed between Acacia and ADVA in this Agreement, but solely for resale by such contract manufacturers to ADVA.

 

Amendment No. 1 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 1 of 4


1.3 Subsection 4.3.4 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

4.3.4 Acceptance of Purchase Order . Acacia shall accept and acknowledge in writing all Purchase Orders submitted by ADVA within [**] business days after receipt thereof. If such notification is not received by ADVA within this time the Purchase Orders are deemed accepted. Acacia may only reject a Purchase Order within this period if it is not in conformance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement or if Acacia submits a sufficiently documented supply chain interruption resulting in Lead Time increases that also affect other customers of Acacia for the same or similar components or products.

In the event Acacia is not able to meet the Delivery Date or quantities stated on the Purchase Order, Acacia shall notify ADVA within the [**] business days period of the cause of the delay, measures proposed or taken to prevent or minimize the delay as well as the timetable for implementing such measures, and provide a new Delivery Date which shall not exceed the contractually agreed Lead Time plus another [**] days, unless there is a documented supply chain disruption or force majeure condition in which case, if not otherwise mutually agreed between the Parties in writing, the new Delivery Date shall not exceed the contractually agreed Lead Time plus another [**] days after the supply chain disruption or force majeure condition has ended.

 

1.4 Section 4 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding the following subsection:

4.3.11 Last Time Buy .

 

  (a) Upon notification by Acacia to not renew the Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, ADVA shall have the right to, within [**] months from the last day on which Acacia may submit such notification prior to the then current term (“Last Time Buy Order Period”), place Last Time Buy Purchase Orders (“Last Time Buy Orders”) with Acacia for Products at the then existing contract prices, lead times, and other delivery obligations. Acacia will accept such Last Time Buy Orders. ADVA may place Last Time Buy Orders if at the time of placing the order a documented supply chain disruption or force majeure event exists with the understanding that the delivery will be limited or delayed due to such conditions pursuant to section 4.3.4.

 

  (b) ADVA shall place Last Time Buy Orders with a Delivery Date not to exceed [**] months from the ending date of the Last Time Buy Order Period. If during the Last Time Buy Order Period a documented supply chain disruption or force majeure condition occurs the Last Time Buy Order Period shall be extended by the time during which the disruption or condition prevents the delivery of ordered Products.

 

  (c)

In the event Acacia does not fulfill accepted or deemed accepted Last Time Buy Orders, then Acacia shall transfer to ADVA those portions of Acacia’s Intellectual Property for Products which ADVA has procured from Acacia, up to and including the date where Last Time Buy Orders were not fulfilled, as long as ADVA becomes and then remains a beneficiary of the escrow agreement between Acacia and Iron Mountain. The escrow deposit materials contained in the escrow agreement shall provide all information and rights necessary to manufacture or have manufactured the Products to ensure that ADVA gets continued supply of the Products during the [**] month Last Time Buy Order Period plus the additional [**] month delivery

 

Amendment No. 1 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 2 of 4


  period as defined in section 4.3.11 or until Acacia is willing and able to resume manufacturing Products for ADVA, which shall be determined at ADVA’s reasonable and good faith discretion and in accordance with Acacia’s prior supply obligations under this Agreement. In connection with such transfer of Acacia’s Intellectual Property, Acacia shall and hereby grants ADVA a limited, non-exclusive license to such Intellectual Property for the sole purpose of enabling ADVA to make or have made the Products. Such license will contain no rights to make derivative products. The transfer of the Intellectual Property for the above specified period shall be guaranteed by the escrow agreement between Acacia and Iron Mountain. The Parties undertake to jointly work on the implementation of the beneficiary sign on and to provide the details of the escrow deposit materials and the Acacia processes to provide required deposited materials updates.

At its own costs, ADVA may, as beneficiary to the escrow agreement, request a level 2 escrow verification service from the escrow agent, Iron Mountain, which validates whether the relevant Products can be recreated from the documentation and files supplied in the escrow deposit, and provides the results and a complete list of the archived deposit materials to ADVA in order to allow ADVA to verify the archive for completeness and usability. Acacia shall remediate any discrepancies discovered by escrow agent or ADVA within [**] days after having been notified thereof and confirm in writing to ADVA at the end of this period that the discrepancies have been remediated.

 

  (d) For clarification purposes, the rights set forth in section 4.3.11 are independent from and in addition to the rights in section 4.3.10. Further, the events set forth in section 4.3.11 (a) shall not constitute a cancellation of open Purchase Orders nor shall they relieve Acacia from its obligation to immediately deliver to ADVA any Products owed under any Purchase Order made by ADVA, or in transit, prior to the receipt of the notification.

 

  (e) For all Product units subject to Last Time Buy Orders the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall be deemed fully applicable and enforceable, as if the Agreement were still in place, in spite of the Products being ordered or delivered after the expiration or termination of the Agreement.

 

1.5 Subsection 9.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

9.1 Term . This Agreement shall commence on the initial Effective Date of March 8, 2011 and continue in effect for an Initial Term of five (5) years (“Initial Term”). Unless terminated earlier as permitted herein, this Agreement will be extended automatically by additional terms of one (1) year at the end of the Initial Term and each renewal term. However, either party may elect not to renew this Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the other party at least six (6) months prior to the end of the then current term. The parties shall meet within one (1) month of the written notice if a party intends not to renew the term, so that detailed planning for Last Time Buy Orders can be coordinated according to 4.3.11 requirements.

 

Amendment No. 1 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 3 of 4


1.6 Subsection 9.4.3 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

9.4.3 Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reasons all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease including payment for any deliverables not already accepted by ADVA according to the Milestone Acceptance provisions of this Agreement. In any case the following shall survive: (a) payment obligations only for generally available products (does not apply to products still under development); (b) all remedies for breach of this Agreement; and (c) the provisions of Section 4.3.11 (Last Time Buy) unless ADVA is in material breach of this Agreement, 4.6 (RMA Procedure), 5 (Representations and Warranties), 6 (Intellectual Property), 7 (Confidentiality), 8 (Indemnity), 10 (Limitations of Liability), 11 (Miscellaneous) and this Section 9. Additionally, Acacia shall continue to provide warranty support as set forth above and any agreed maintenance support as required in 4.3.10 (Continued Availability, Product Support and Sparing).

 

2. Miscellaneous

 

2.1 Definitions. Each initially capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning ascribed to it such term in the Agreement.

 

2.2 Full Force of the Agreement. Except as expressly modified or amended by the terms of this Amendment, the Agreement and all provisions contained therein are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and shall henceforth, apply to this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers.

 

ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc.     Acacia Communications, Inc.
Date:  

7/25/2013

    Date:  

7/23/2013

Signature:  

/s/ Scott Grindstaff

    Signature:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

By:  

Scott Grindstaff

    By:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

Title:  

Sr. Mgr. Strategic Procurement

    Title:  

President & CEO

Signature:  

/s/ Michael Wei

     
By:  

Michael Wei

     
Title:  

VP Global Strategic Procurement

     

 

Amendment No. 1 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 4 of 4


Amendment No.2

To

Strategic Partnering Agreement

This amendment’ entered into as of the 1st day of August 2013 (the “Amendment”), amends the Strategic Partnering Agreement, effective as of 8 March 2011 (“Agreement”), by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, MA 01754, USA (“Acacia”) and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., with a place of business at 5755 Peachtree Industrial Boulevard, Norcross, GA 30096, USA (“ADVA”), collectively the Parties.

WHEREAS , the Parties have entered into the Agreement and desire to amend the Agreement for the following versions of Acacia’s AC100 100G coherent optical! module: the 100G Coherent CFP, the 100G Coherent AC100LH MSA, and the 100G Coherent AC100LH MSA-SiPH (AC100LH with Silicon Photonics based PIC), as specified below;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Scope

 

1.1 General . This Amendment shall only apply to development, purchase, and sale of the following versions of Acacia’s 100G coherent optical modules: the 100G Coherent CFP, the 100G Coherent AC100LH MSA a product already developed and integrated into ADVA products and having conditional purchase commitments as part of this Amendment, and the 100G Coherent AC100LH MSA-SiPH (AC100LH with Silicon Photonics based PIC), any and all of which are hereafter referred to as the “Product Versions”.

 

1.2 Activities . All Purchase Orders and other commercial activities resulting from this Amendment shall be governed by the Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2. Terms for Product Versions

 

2.1 Time-to-Market Timeline . The Parties will collaborate to ensure a successful integration of the Product Versions into ADVA’s system according to the agreed time-to-market timeline shown below:

 

LOGO

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 1 of 10


2.2 Acacia Deliverables. Acacia agrees to

 

  (a) Work with ADVA to ensure optimized performance in ADVA’s applications and, specifically, to solve any thermal issues. Should any Product Version enhancements be required the Parties will mutually agree on the actions required and such enhancements should have no impact on the agreed prices in this Amendment.

 

  (b) Deliver various simulations, mechanical, thermal, electrical, and make best efforts to supply software models in data formats which are useful to ADVA.

 

  (c) Provide ADVA access to test data resulting from Design Verification Testing (DVT).

 

  (d) Provide ADVA access to qualification test data resulting from GR468 Telcordia qualification.

 

  (e) Host regular engineering updates for reviewing progress against agreed to milestones.

 

  (f) [**].

 

  (g) Assist ADVA to respond to carrier RFIs/RFP’s.

 

  (h) Share Acacia product roadmap plans.

[**]

These deliverables combined with special technical support and services are provided to Strategic Partners well ahead of other customers to enable a [**] month time to market advantage.

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 2 of 10


2.3 ADVA Deliverables. ADVA agrees to

 

  (a) Review advanced product specifications and provide timely technical feedback to ensure Acacia’s Product Versions meet ADVA’s system requirements.

 

  (b) Evaluate Hot Samples and Engineering Samples (“Pre-Production Units”), providing test results in a timely manner.

 

  (c) Use best efforts to provide non-binding Product Versions volume production forecasts in support of Acacia’s capacity planning.

 

  (d) Commit to order [**] Pre-Production Units comprised of [**] Hot Sample units to satisfy design FW/HW testing compliant with Acacia’s Advanced Product Specification at room temperature and [**] Engineering Sample units compliant with Acacia’s Preliminary Product Specification. ADVA has the discretion to take delivery of the [**] Engineering Samples under waiver if the sample units do not meet Acacia’s Preliminary Product Specification, or RMA the product back to Acacia for repair/replacement.

 

  (e) Commit to purchase [**]% of all 100G Coherent ports for 2013 and 2014. The purchase share commitment is increased to [**]% of ADVA’s 100G Coherent CFP requirements for year 2014 only.

 

  (f) In the event ADVA has to engage a customer requiring interoperability (and interoperability is the only factor limiting the sale) with a device that is not interoperable with Acacia, ADVA will give timely notice to Acacia and provide Acacia the opportunity to become interoperable or Acacia may forego the opportunity. The maximum time allowed for Acacia to offer an interoperable solution shall be determined by ADVA based on time-to-market considerations. ADVA shall also determine if an Acacia’s proposed solution is deemed interoperable.

 

  (g) [**].

 

2.4 Termination and Schedule Changes . This Amendment may be terminated by either Party without penalty prior to a mutual agreement on product performance specifications and the subsequent placement of Purchase Orders by ADVA. Once Pre-Production Units Purchase Orders are placed by ADVA, changes to, or termination of this Amendment shall be done via a thirty (30) day written notice to the other Party and shall be according to one of the following cases:

 

  (a) Failure to meet product specification - In the unlikely event that Acacia can’t deliver Product Versions to the agreed upon specification, either Preliminary Product Specification or Final Production Specification, within 16 weeks past the respective committed Schedule dates in Exhibit B, Acacia agrees to allow ADVA to terminate the Amendment upon ADVA’s written termination request. Acacia will credit ADVA for undamaged Pre-Production Units shipped upon their return and review under the RMA process. Any purchase obligations will be canceled when the Amendment is terminated.

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 3 of 10


  (b) Schedule changes by Acacia - Should Acacia 100G Coherent CFP or AC100LH SiPH be delayed from the Schedule Dates listed in Exhibit-B, Acacia shall notify ADVA in writing. ADVA shall have the discretion to pursue one of the following options based on the impact of the delay:

 

  i. Cancel the portion of the Amendment for the 100G Coherent CFP if Acacia is more than [**] late delivering Engineering Samples or GA production grade units; Acacia will credit ADVA for undamaged Pre-Production Units shipped upon their return and review under the RMA process.

 

  ii. Cancel the portion of the Amendment for the 100G Coherent MSA-SiPH including purchase share commitments for AC100LH if Acacia is more than [**] late delivering Engineering Samples or GA production grade units; Acacia will credit ADVA for undamaged Pre-Production Units shipped upon their return and review under the RMA process.

 

  iii. Assign the following consequences to the delayed Product Version and continue the Amendment:

 

  1. 100G Coherent CFP - if Acacia’s delivery dates for Engineering Samples (ES) or GA Production Sample Availability Date are more than 6 weeks late from the Schedule Dates listed in Exhibit-B, ADVA may reduce the purchase share commitment, for the term of this Amendment, on the 100G Coherent CFP accordingly:

 

    >[**] delayed from ES or GA Date - Reduce purchase share commitment from [**]% to [**]%;

 

    >[**] delayed from ES or GA Date - Reduce purchase share commitment from [**]% to [**]%;

 

    >[**] delayed from ES or GA Date - Reduce purchase share commitment from [**]% to [**]%.

 

  2. AC100 LH SIPH - if Acacia’s delivery of General Availability (GA) units is delayed

 

    beyond [**], the Q3CY14 AC100LH price shall be reduced to $[**] USD each;

 

    beyond [**], the Q3CY14 AC100LH price shall be $[**] USD each;

 

    [**] if GA on or before [**].

 

  3. In addition to the above price reductions, section 2.4.(b)(iii)(2), ADVA may reduce its purchase share commitment for the AC100LH w/SiPH and the AC100LH from [**]% to [**]% if GA is not declared by Acacia on or before [**].

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 4 of 10


  (c) Termination by ADVA - After ADVA’s placement of Purchase Orders for Pre-Production Units, should ADVA terminate this Amendment without cause Acacia may deliver the [**] Pre-Production Units and accept payment from ADVA according to the agreed payment terms in the Agreement. Alternately ADVA and Acacia may agree on a cash payment to Acacia equal to [**]% of the undelivered Purchase Order(s) amount up to [**] Pre-Production Units and further delivery of Products to ADVA is not required.

 

  (d) Termination by Acacia - In the case Acacia wants to terminate this Amendment then ADVA may cancel all undelivered Pre-Production units without payment or penalty. Acacia shall credit the full purchase price for any Pre-Production Products already delivered to ADVA, following receipt and review of the Products under an RMA.

 

3. Miscellaneous

 

3.1 Definitions . Each initially capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning ascribed to it such term in the Agreement.

 

3.2 Full Force of the Agreement . Except as expressly modified or amended by the terms of this Amendment, the Agreement and all provisions contained therein are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and shall henceforth, apply to this Amendment.

 

3.3 Exhibits . This Amendment is supplemented by the following exhibits which which shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Amendment:

 

    Exhibit A - High level Product specifications for 100G Coherent CFP

 

    Exhibit B - Milestone-based Product development schedule for the 100G Coherent CFP

 

    Exhibit C - Strategic Partner Price Matrix for 100G Coherent CFP

 

    Exhibit D - Strategic Partner Price Matrix for 100G AC100LH and AC100LH SiPH

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 5 of 10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc.     Acacia Communications, Inc.
Date:  

8/9/2013

    Date:  

8/5/2013

Signature:  

/s/ Ryan Schmidt

    Signature:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

By:  

Ryan Schmidt

    By:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

Title:  

VP R&D WDM

    Title:  

President & CEO

Date:  

9 th  August 2013

     
Signature:  

/s/ Christoph Glingener

     
By:  

Christoph Clingener

     
Title:  

CTO

     

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 6 of 10


Exhibit A – 100G Coherent CFP target specifications

 

100G Coherent CFP

Parameter

 

Specification

Data Rate   [**]
Modulation Format   [**]
Client interface   [**]
Form Factor   [**]
Power Consumption   [**]
Reach   [**]
Transmitter   [**]
Channel Spacing   [**]
Output Power   [**]
Receiver Sensitivity   [**]
OSNR Sensitivity   [**]
PMD Tolerance   [**]
CD Tolerance   [**]
Latency   [**]

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 7 of 10


Exhibit B – 100G Milestone Schedule

 

100G Coherent CFP Program Milestones

  

Schedule Date

  

NRE (k$)

Thermal models (FloTHERM)    [**]    N/A
Advanced Product Specifications    [**]    N/A
Deliver Hot Samples (HS)    [**]    N/A
Preliminary Product Specification    [**]    N/A
Deliver Engineering Samples (ES)    [**]    N/A
Final Product Specification    [**]    N/A
GA production samples available    [**]    N/A
   [**]    $0K

 

AC100LH w/SIPH Program Milestones

  

Schedule Date

Advanced Product Specifications    [**]
Deliver Hot Samples (HS)    [**]
Preliminary Product Specification    [**]
Deliver Engineering Samples (ES)    [**]
Final Product Specification    [**]
GA production samples available    [**]

Note: Schedule based on PIC qualification and ADVA/Acacia mutually agree on specification

[**].

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 8 of 10


Exhibit C – 100G Coherent CFP Strategic Partner Budgetary Pricing

 

100G Coherent CFP – Strategic Partner Pricing

         

[**]

Product

       

Pre-prod.

  

1H CY

  

2H CY

AC100-M       [**]    [**]    [**]

Notes:

   Pre-production = anything shipped prior to GA
   Price is based on ship date

 

100G Coherent CFP ramp plan

Delivery Date    [**]    [**]    [**]
Product status    [**]    [**]    [**]
Specification    [**]    [**]    [**]
Quantity    [**]    [**]    [**]
Price    [**]    [**]    [**]
Warrant    [**]    [**]    [**]

Note: Lead time for GA product is [**], Pre-GA is [**]

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 9 of 10


Exhibit D – 100G Coherent AC100LH Strategic Partner Budgetary Pricing

 

100G Coherent L HMSA – Strategic Partner Pricing

    

2H-2013

  

1H-2014

  

2H-2014

    

Q3CY13

  

Q4CY13*

  

Q1CY14

  

Q2CY14

  
AC100-LH    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
AC100-LH SIP          [**]    [**]    [**]

Notes:

 

    [**] price is approved for all new orders placed after [**]

 

    SiP or SIPH indicates Silicon Photonics integrated optical circuit for transmit and receive optics.

 

    100G Coherent AC100LH w/SiPH, Pre-Production Units will be shipped at $[**]

 

Amendment No. 2 to Strategic Partnering Agreement    Page 10 of 10


Amendment No.3

To

Strategic Partnering Agreement

This amendment, entered into as of the 7th day of March 2014 (the “Amendment”) amends the Strategic Partnering Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., with a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, MA 01754, USA (“Acacia”) and ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc., with a place of business at 5755 Peachtree Industrial Boulevard, Norcross, GA 30096, USA (“ADVA”), collectively the Parties.

WHEREAS , the Parties have entered into the Agreement and desire to amend the Agreement for the following versions of Acacia’s [**], marketed by Acacia as “Denair, as specified below;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Scope

 

1.1 General . This Amendment applies to the development, purchase, and sale of the [**] into [**].

 

1.2 Activities . Ail Purchase Orders and other commercial activities resulting from this Amendment shall be governed by the Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2. Definitions and Terms

 

2.1 Definitions

 

  (a) “Advanced Product Specification” - Acacia’s committed specification regarding base line performance for the final production release of the [**].

 

  (b) “Preliminary Product Specification” - [**] product specification which possibly includes improvements or new features to the Advanced Product Specification at the time of tape out when the design is complete and sent to the foundry for fabrication. For purposes of this Amendment the product performance improvements and/or new features must not reduce or otherwise impede product performance as defined in the mutually agreed Advanced Product Specification unless agreed in writing by ADVA

 

  (c) “Final Product Specification” - A mutually agreed detailed [**] product specification for the production released version of [**]. The Final Product Specification is warranted. For purposes of this Amendment the product performance improvements and/or new features must not reduce or otherwise impede product performance as defined in the mutually agreed Advanced Product Specification unless agreed in writing by ADVA.

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 1 of 7


  (d) “Pre-Production Unit” - Engineering samples of Acacia [**] which are compliant to the Preliminary Product Specification but having not been fully qualified according to industry standard methods as defined in the Preliminary or Final Product Specifications.

 

  (e) “Production Unit” - [**] having a design which has successfully passed all specified qualification tests and declared by Acacia to be fully released to production, warranted, and compliant to the Final Product Specification. Production Units are also commonly referred as “GA Units”.

 

  (f) AC400-T Module - Acacia optical transceiver product based on the [**]. This module is fully integrated with optics, control, and communications circuitry. For purposes of this Amendment it may be purchased by ADVA to establish baseline performance capabilities of the [**].

 

2.2 Time-to-Market Timeline . The Parties will collaborate to ensure a successful integration of the [**] into ADVA’s system according to the agreed time-to-market timeline shown below:

 

LOGO

 

2.3 Acacia Deliverables . Acacia agrees to:

 

  (a) Consider certain ADVA requirements to be designed into the product (nonexclusive) so long as they do not add excessive risk, schedule and cost to the program.

 

  (b) Provide [**], if requested by ADVA, as well as the associated evaluation board (EVB) at mutually agreed prices.

 

  (c) Provide Advanced, Preliminary and Final Product Specifications.

 

  (d) Provide Pre-Production Units of [**] as specified in 2.4.

 

  (e) Provide design consultation and reference designs for [**] solution.

 

  (f) Provide Acacia’s standard API (Application Programming Interface) software and associated technical support for the [**] for purposes of configuring the device to integrate in ADVA’s system.

 

  (g) Deliver, as needed, various simulations and [**] test results regarding: mechanical, thermal, electrical, and optical performance.

 

  (h) Provide ADVA access to qualification test data resulting from [**] component qualification tests.

 

  (i) Host regular engineering updates with ADVA for reviewing progress against agreed milestones.

[**]

The Acacia deliverables, combined with special technical support and services, are provided to ADVA and other “Strategic Partners” well ahead of other customers.

 

2.4 ADVA Deliverables . ADVA agrees to:

 

  (a) Use the Acacia [**] in [**] of Adva’s [**] customer applications in [**] and [**] at the agreed upon price.

 

  (b) Good faith [**] to negotiate with Acacia by [**] a future Strategic Partnering Amendment for Acacia’s [**] for inclusion into ADVA’s design for the [**]. Failure to reach such agreement regarding the [**] shall not result in changes to this Amendment #3.

 

  (c) ADVA will purchase and take delivery of [**] samples at unit price USD [**].

 

  (d) ADVA will purchase and take delivery of [**], fully qualified, released to production [**] at unit price [**].

 

  (e) ADVA has the option to purchase [**] (including a [**]) at price [**].

 

  (f) Once qualified, ADVA will add the new [**] part number to the current Strategic Partnering Agreement’s list of approved products.

 

2.5 Termination and schedule delays, . Approval of this Amendment by both Parties signifies that the Advanced Product Specification in Exhibit-A is mutually agreed in writing. Changes to, or termination of, this Amendment shall be done via a thirty (30) day written notice to the other Party and shall be according to one of the following cases:

 

  (a)

Termination for cause: Acacia’s failure to meet product specification . In the unlikely event that within eight (8) weeks past the respective committed scheduled product Delivery Dates shown in Exhibit-B: (i) Acacia can’t deliver [**] to

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 2 of 7


  the agreed upon specification, be it either Pre-Production Unit samples in compliance to the Advanced or Preliminary Product Specifications or Production Units in compliance to the Final Production Specification, or (ii) Acacia’s Preliminary or Final Product Specifications are not supporting the performance and/or features as described in the mutually agreed Advanced Product Specification and ADVA has does not accept the Acacia proposed changes to these Specifications, then in either such case Acacia agrees to allow ADVA to terminate the Amendment without penalty. Any remaining purchase obligations including undelivered [**] samples or Production Units may, at ADVA’s sole discretion, be canceled free of penalty upon termination of this Amendment.

 

  (b) Termination for cause; Acacia’s schedule delays . As soon as Acacia knows or reasonably believes the [**] Production Unit Release Date (GA), [**] Tapeout, or [**] Sample Delivery to ADVA milestones be delayed by more than eight (8) weeks from the Schedule date listed in Exhibit-B, Acacia shall notify ADVA in writing. ADVA shall have the discretion to pursue one of the following options based on the impact of the delay.

 

  i. Cancel this Amendment via written notification and, at its sole discretion, immediately cancel any remaining purchase obligations as required by this Amendment and/or open Purchase Orders for the [**], free of penalty, including undelivered [**] samples.

 

  ii. Choose to not cancel this Amendment, but instead mutually agree with Acacia on lower production prices for the 2015 and 2016 calendar years as partial compensation for delaying ADVA’s time to market with the 2x200G Flexponder Line Card.

 

  (c) Termination by ADVA without cause . If ADVA terminates this Amendment without cause then Acacia may deliver all mandatory ADVA purchases listed in 2.4 c, d, e, f and g of this Amendment and accept payment from ADVA according to the agreed payment terms in the Agreement. Alternately, ADVA and Acacia may agree on a cash payment to Acacia equal to fifty percent (50%) of the agreed price for undelivered mandatory purchase items in 2.4 and further delivery of Products to ADVA is not required.

 

  (d) Termination by Acacia without cause . If Acacia terminates this Amendment without cause then ADVA may cancel all undelivered [**] units, be they Pre-Production or Production Units, without payment or penalty. Furthermore, Acacia shall credit to ADVA the full purchase price for any Pre-Production or Production Units of [**]s and associated evaluation boards (EVBs) having been already delivered to and paid by ADVA.

 

3. Miscellaneous

 

3.1 Definitions . Each initially capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning ascribed to it such term in the Agreement.

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 3 of 7


3.2 Full Force of the Agreement . Except as expressly modified or amended by the terms of this Amendment, the Agreement and ail provisions contained therein are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and shall henceforth, apply to this Amendment.

 

3.3 Exhibits . This Amendment is supplemented by the following exhibits which shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Amendment:

 

    Exhibit A - Denali [**] Advanced Product Specification

 

    Exhibit B - Denali [**] Milestone Schedule

 

    Exhibit C - Denali [**] Strategic Partner Pricing

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ADVA Optical Networking North America, Inc.     Acacia Communications, Inc.
Date:  

3/5/2014

    Date:  

3/5/2014

Signature:  

/s/ Ryan Schmidt

    Signature:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

By:  

Ryan Schmidt

    By:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

Title:  

VP R&D WDM

    Title:  

President & CEO

Date:  

9 th  August 2013

     
Signature:  

/s/ Christoph Glingener

     
By:  

Christoph Clingener

     
Title:  

CTO

     

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 4 of 7


Exhibit A – Denali [**] Advanced Product Specification

 

       

Denali [**] Specification

       

Parameter

  

Value

[**]        [**]
       [**]
       [**]
       [**]
       [**]
       [**]
[**]       
    [**]   
    [**]   
[**]       
    [**]   
    [**]   
[**]       
[**]       
    [**]   
    [**]   
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       
    [**]   
    [**]   
[**]       
    [**]   
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       
[**]       

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 5 of 7


Exhibit B – Denali [**] Milestone Schedule

 

Program Milestones

  

Date

  

Notes

SIS/API Advanced Spec #1    [**]   
Advanced ASIC Specification - Preliminary Pinout/ Floor Plan, Clocking, Power Supplies, uP & Management Interface    [**]    [**]
ASIC_ [**] Reference Design    [**]    [**]
SIS/API Advanced Spec #2    [**]   
Prelimninar ASIC Specification - Final Ball Map, Power Supply / Clocking, Pin Descriptions    [**]    [**]
Delphi Model    [**]   
Ibis-AMI    [**]   
5 Denali ASIC Samples    [**]    [**]
1 Denali ASIC Eval Board if Purchased    [**]   
[**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 6 of 7


Exhibit C - Denali [**] Strategic Partner Pricing

 

    

Denali-ASIC Pricing

    
Period       [**]    [**]    [**]
Pre-production    [**]         
2015 Price       [**]    [**]    [**]
2016 Price       [**]    [**]    [**]

Notes:

   Prototypes = combination of Hot Samples and Engineering Samples
   Pre-production = units shipped prior to GA

Notes:

1. Prices listed are “not to exceed” prices and may be discussed or altered at any time by mutual agreement between the Parties.

 

Contract #             Amendment #3 to ADVA-Acacia Strategic Partnering Agreement

Page 7 of 7

Exhibit 10.17

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

Agreement No:    

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

(Applicable for Purchasing from Overseas Suppliers)

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 1 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

 

1.

 

Buyer and Other Definitions

     4   

2.

 

Acceptance and Terms and Conditions:

     4   

3.

 

Purchase Order

     4   

4.

 

Shipping Information

     5   

5.

 

Terms of Payment

     5   

6.

 

Terms of Delivery

     6   

7.

 

Lead Time

     6   

8.

 

PO Reschedule and Cancel

     6   

9.

 

Tender/Bid

     6   

10.

 

Pricing

     7   

11.

 

Forecast and Inventory

     8   

12.

 

Delivery

     8   

13.

 

Inspection, Acceptance and Rejection

     9   

14.

 

Quality Control and Quality Issues Handling

     10   

15.

 

Spate Parts and Service

     12   

16.

 

NPI (New Product Introduction)

     12   

17.

 

License Grant (Not applicable for hardware purchase only)

     12   

18.

 

Software Updates and Upgrades (Not applicable for hardware purchase only)

     13   

19.

 

Important Information Exchange

     13   

20.

 

Trademarks

     13   

21.

 

Warranties

     13   

22.

 

Publication

     15   

23.

 

Records and Audits

     15   

24.

 

Default and Indemnifications

     15   

25.

 

Product/Process Change Notice (“PCN”)

     17   

26.

 

Product Recall

     18   

27.

 

Non-Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights

     19   

28.

 

Intellectual Property Rights

     20   

29.

 

Non-Assignment

     20   

30.

 

Confidentiality

     20   

31.

 

Force Majeure

     21   

32.

 

Disputes Resolution

     21   

33.

 

Applicable Laws

     22   

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 2 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

34.

 

Effective Period, Modification and Termination

     22   

35.

 

Entire Agreement

     24   

36.

 

Limitation of Liability

     24   

37.

 

Terms of [**]

     25   

38.

 

Appendixes

     25   

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 3 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

This “General Conditions of Purchase” (also referred to as, the “Agreement”) is made as of October     , 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd. , with its registered address at Plant No. 1, Da Mei Sha, Yan Tian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China (hereafter “Buyer”) and Acacia Communications, Inc., with its registered address at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, MA 01754, USA (hereafter “Supplier”).

 

1. Buyer and Other Definitions

In the General Conditions of Purchase, Buyer is defined as ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd.

 

2. Acceptance and Terms and Conditions:

This “GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE”, including any exhibit contained herein, along with the Framework Contract or Purchase Contract and Purchase Order (PO) as stipulated in Section 9 Tender/Bid, shall be deemed collectively as a Contract. Written acceptance of the PO or commencement of performance of the work specified in the PO shall be deemed acceptance of the Contract. This “GENERAL CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE” does not, expressly or impliedly, constitute an acceptance by Buyer of any Supplier’s offer to sell, quotation, or proposal, nor any intent or indication by Buyer to be bound by any such offer, quotation or proposal. Buyer is not committed to purchase any products, equipment and/or services (the “Product(s)”) except for such Products and in such quantity as may be specified in PO. ANY AMENDMENT hereto SHALL BE signed by representatives duly authorized BY BOTH PARTIES IN WRITING.

 

3. Purchase Order

(a) The detailed purchase items are stipulated in the PO. The items include, but are not limited to: PO number, Buyer’s Part/Number (P/N), Supplier’s P/N, Product name, specification, quantity, price, delivery time. Supplier shall sign and stamp the received PO to confirm acceptance, and send it back to Buyer within [**] working days after the PO is received and then Buyer will stamp the PO. The PO will become effective after Buyer has stamped it. Supplier shall not reject any PO which complies with the terms and conditions in this document. Each party agrees that the delivery of the PO by facsimile shall have the same force and effect as delivery of original PO with signatures and that each party may use such facsimile signatures as evidence. In such case, the Supplier shall deliver the accepted PO with original signature to the Buyer after facsimile.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 4 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(b) In the event Supplier fails to accept or reject the PO within the agreed upon time frame or gives no response on Buyer’s documental inquiry within [**] days period on more than [**] occasions during any consecutive [**] months period, Buyer reserves the right to terminate the Contract.

 

4. Shipping Information

The shipping information is as follows:

 

  (a) Ship-to address: [**]

 

  (b) Bill-to address: [**]

 

5. Terms of Payment

The terms of payment will be T/T [**] days after Buyer’s Delivery Inspection. (after month close). In the event Supplier has not received payment as agreed, Supplier will notify Buyer to make prompt payment. One original and two copies of invoices are required by Buyer for each shipment. The invoices shall be made by Supplier itself and attached to the delivered goods. The information showed on the invoice shall include, without limitation: Supplier name, PO number, Buyer P/N, Supplier P/N, Products name, quantity, unit price, total amount, currency and receiving bank account. All amounts due hereunder shall be paid in US dollars at Supplier’s address (or, at its option, to an account specified by Supplier).

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 5 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

6. Terms of Delivery

[**]

The terms shall be subject to the “International Rules for the Interpretation of Trade Terms” (INCOTERMS2000) provided by International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) unless otherwise stipulated herein.

 

7. Lead Time

Buyer shall place PO in advance according to the lead time agreed upon mutually between the parties. Supplier shall try to reduce lead time as much as possible. In the event Buyer places PO of which regular lead time is not enough due to urgent demand, Supplier shall do its best to meet Buyer’s demand. If the delivery cannot be available with Supplier’s effort, Supplier will show the earliest delivery date on the PO when it is accepted.

 

8. PO Reschedule and Cancel

Buyer can reschedule or cancel the unimplemented PO outside the PO reschedule and cancel windows [**]. Reschedule window is a period of time before the confirmed delivery date for a specific PO, within which the Buyer cannot reschedule the PO. Cancel window is a period of time before the confirmed delivery date for a specific PO, within which the Buyer cannot cancel the PO.

The lead time, reschedule and cancel windows might be different in respect of different product family offered by Supplier, a detailed table which stipulates the specific lead time, reschedule and cancel windows of different product family will be attached as Appendix 1 of this “General Conditions of Purchase”.

 

9. Tender/Bid

(a) According to forecast quantity in a period, Buyer allocates supply share by means of competitive bidding. The evaluating factors include but not limited to Supplier’s Product price, historical quality record, and delivery and service performance.

(b) Considering the bidding results, and/or upon agreement by negotiation, Buyer and Supplier may sign a framework contract (“Framework Contract”) or purchase contract (“Purchase Contract”). The Framework Contract or Purchase Contract shall be based on this “General

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 6 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

Conditions of Purchase”. The parts list, forecast quantity, and price will be stipulated in the Framework Contract or Purchase Contract. Each specified PO Buyer places to Supplier will be governed by the Framework Contract or Purchase Contract and the General Conditions of Purchase except otherwise specified in this Contract or agreed upon by both parties in writing.

(c) Once Supplier gets bidding share, Supplier shall implement it and non-fulfillment is not allowed.

 

10. Pricing

(a) Supplier offers Products to Buyer according to price in PO. The price stipulated in PO is the only basis for which the Buyer pays Supplier, and is not amendable unilaterally. Both parties agree to keep the PO price confidential according to the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement currently in effect.

(b) Quotation must be offered by the persons authorized by Supplier in the way acceptable to Buyer. The prices quoted shall constitute the entire consideration to Supplier for the Products and their boxing, crating and other packaging. Shipping terms will be included with the quotation and no other charge shall be made therefore. The quotation Supplier offers to Buyer should be based on honesty.

(c) [**].

(d) If actual quantity of goods purchased by Buyer grows far beyond the quantity of goods forecast by Buyer, Buyer has the right to ask Supplier to adjust the price to a more favored level.

(e) Supplier agrees if Supplier reduces its price to bid during the bidding organized by Buyer, when the bidding project is closed, the price of the material in Supplier’s all unfulfilled POs under which the Supplier has not delivered the Products to the designated address shall be updated to the lower price bid by the Supplier. The updating will be done automatically by Buyer’s IT system. After price updating, both parties shall perform the POs with the updated price.

(f) The Price mentioned above is applicable for all the Purchase Orders issued by the Buyer with respect to the Products covered under this Agreement during the term. Buyer shall have the right to review with the Supplier, the Unit Prices/Prices and arrive at freshly mutually agreed Unit Price/Prices for any Subsequent Purchase Order(s). However such right to review the

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 7 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

Prices shall only be with Buyer and Buyer if so desirous may issue Subsequent Purchase Orders at the Price already being agreed for which the Supplier agrees not to raise any objections with respect to said level of pricing.

 

11. Forecast and Inventory

(a) Buyer provides Supplier with a [**] weeks’ rolling forecast which is updated [**]. The forecast information Buyer provides to Supplier is only for reference usage and shall in no event be construed as an obligation of purchase.

(b) Supplier shall be well prepared for each forecasted delivery item, and maintain buffer inventory for long lead time parts to ensure meeting Buyer’s normal and urgent demand.

(c) In the event Buyer requires Supplier to set up VMI (Vendor Managed Inventory) or JMI (Joint Managed Inventory), Supplier shall do its best to meet Buyer’s requirement.

 

12. Delivery

(a) Time is of the essence under this Contract. Except for Buyer’s written consent, the delivery time cannot be delayed. Delivery in advance shall be no more than [**] days prior to the delivery date, relating to every specific PO, stated in Buyer’s e-business website.

(b) Supplier agrees to prepare all documents and materials regarding law, regulation, import/export license, and other administration needed for shipping Products to the delivery place stipulated in Section 6. When make each shipment, Supplier should login Buyer’s e-business website to feedback shipment information. For avoidance of doubt, as the Products may need to [**], the Supplier is required to deliver the Products [**] at the place stated in Section 6. The Supplier should obtain any necessary export license or other documentation prior to the delivery of Products and inform the Buyer of such information. The Buyer should provide necessary assistance for the Supplier’s application.

(c) If Supplier for any reason anticipates that deliveries will not be made as required, it shall immediately give Buyer written notice setting forth the details and plan for corrective action. Such data shall be informational only and shall not be construed as a waiver by Buyer of any delivery schedule or of any such rights or remedies. If delay or inability to perform arises from interruption of supply or scarcity of raw materials or parts used by Supplier, Buyer’s orders shall be given priority in production scheduling to the same extent as Supplier’s other strategic partners.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 8 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(d) Once Products have passed Buyer’s Delivery Inspection, which will be promptly confirmed and publicized on the Buyer’s website, ownership and risk of Products shall be transferred to Buyer.

(e) All Products shall be packed by Supplier in suitable containers with sufficient protection together with proper and necessary marks during shipment and storage. The package shall be reasonably suitable to prevent Products from damages caused by moisture, vibration or contamination. The marks shall include but not limited to shipping mark, Indicative Mark, Warning Mark. Supplier will be liable for any damages to the Products prior to delivery due to insufficient packaging or improper marks by Supplier.

(f) Supplier is required to print Buyer’s barcode labels from Buyer’s e-business website and stick them to the minimum packages of delivered goods. Information on Supplier’s container labels will include, without limitation: Supplier name, Supplier P/N, Buyer P/N, PO number, production lot number, quantity, weight, carton number. Products delivered shall be attached with packing list and three copies of invoices.

 

13. Inspection, Acceptance and Rejection

(a) All Products covered by this Contract shall be received subject to Buyer’s right of inspection, count, testing (which shall be completed within [**] working days after delivery, “Delivery Inspection”), and rejection in accordance with Section 13(c). Supplier shall provide and maintain inspection/quality and process control systems reasonably acceptable to Buyer for production of the Products. Records of all inspections by Supplier shall be kept complete and available to Buyer during the performance of this Contract or for such longer period as may be required by law. Buyer may inspect Products at Supplier’s plant and any other place of manufacture at any time without waiving its right subsequently to reject or revoke acceptance of such Products for any defects.

(b) Delivering Products to Buyer doesn’t mean Buyer’s final acceptance. The Products are just in a stage of delivery inspection according to respective specifications and criteria. Payment for Products delivered hereunder shall not constitute acceptance thereof, and all

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 9 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

payments against documents shall be made with a reservation of rights by Buyer for defects in Products or documents, including, without limitation, defects apparent on the face thereof. Failure of Buyer to inspect shall not relieve Supplier from any of its responsibilities hereunder. Buyer, at its expense, shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, facilities and assistance reasonably necessary to ensure the safety and convenience of any such inspections.

(c) When the Products do not pass delivery inspection, Buyer shall inform Supplier the delivery inspection result within [**] working days following the Products receiving date. For avoidance of doubt, passing the delivery inspection including the LAR (Lots Accepted Rate) inspection only means the Buyer’s acceptance on the package and quantity of Products, and does not constitute the Buyer’s acceptance on the quality of Products and will not relieve Supplier of any inability for defects.

For the product that Supplier provides to Buyer in batch, LAR shall be no less than [**]%.

 

LAR =   

Number of qualified batches in IQC during each statistic period

   Number of delivery batches during each static period

IQC: Incoming Quality Control.

If any of the Products are found at any time, whether during or after examination, to be defective in design, materials or workmanship or otherwise to be not in conformity with the requirements of this Contract, including any applicable specifications, samples, drawings, designs, plans or instructions, Buyer, in addition to such other rights as it may have under this Contract, at law and/or in equity, at its option may: (a) reject the whole batch and Supplier shall be liable for recovery and replacement of Products within [**] working hours; (b) require Supplier to inspect Products and remove and replace nonconforming Products with Products conforming to this Contract. Buyer may at its option inspect, sort, remove, correct and replace such Products and Supplier shall pay the actual cost thereof. If any Products are rejected, Buyer will deduct from the current invoice of Supplier the cost of rejected Products.

 

14. Quality Control and Quality Issues Handling

(a) In the event quality problems of Products are found, whether in production or application, Supplier shall respond within [**] working hours, feedback the action plan within [**] working hours and provide failure analysis report within [**] working days. Supplier will

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 10 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

replenish the material firstly and make efforts not to impact Buyer’s production and application. Then Supplier shall conduct failure analysis on defect samples and provide Buyer the failure analysis report and corrective action report.

(b) Supplier shall provide and maintain an inspection/quality control system reasonably acceptable to Buyer covering the Products and shall tender to Buyer for acceptance only Products that have been inspected in accordance with the inspection system and have been checked by Supplier to be in conformity with Order requirements.

(c) Supplier shall combine the quality target required by Buyer with the aims of ISO9000 quality management system, implement internal control and evaluate the rationality and perform ability of the quality target annually, and upon request, feedback the evaluation result to Buyer.

(d) When necessary, Buyer may audit Supplier’s quality assurance system on Supplier’s premises, and Buyer shall comply with all security, safety and confidentiality requirements applicable to such facility. Supplier shall furnish, without additional charge, all reasonable facilities and assistance for the auditing personnel to perform their duties safely and conveniently.

(e) Supplier shall permit and obtain from its sub-suppliers the right for Buyer or its agents to enter Supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises at reasonable times to determine Supplier’s adherence to this Contract, and Buyer shall comply with all security, safety and confidentiality requirements applicable to such facility. This provision shall include the right to inspect and test all Products, tooling and workmanship. However, the failure of the Buyer to test or inspect will neither relieve Supplier of any liability for defects, nor create any liability on the part of Buyer for non-inspection.

(f) Buyer’s testing of any kind of Products, whether for performance or reliability, shall not negate, diminish or relieve Supplier’s obligation or responsibility existing at law or under this Contract.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 11 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

15. Spare Parts and Service

Supplier shall guarantee that all spare parts, module or goods required for the Products will be produced or available in the market for a minimum period of [**] years from the date of passing the inspection.

Supplier shall provide Buyer the technical service and support, which include, without limitation: samples, Products technical document, quality certification, training, technical consulting, necessary develop tools and software. In the event Buyer requests the technical service and support, Supplier shall respond within [**] working hours.

 

16. NPI (New Product Introduction)

(a) Sample: Before providing sample, Supplier shall ensure that every index is in accordance with the specification (including the local and international industry standard or the specification from Buyer), except special indication by Buyer with written record. The specification and test report including sample’s dimension, index, performance and reliability shall be provided with the sample.

(b) Pilot Run: After the sample having been approved with the sample approval report, Supplier shall do the trial-production for pilot to evaluate the working procedure capability. After eligibility is confirmed, the trial-production sample shall be provided to Buyer for confirming. The specification and test report including sample’s dimension, index, performance and reliability shall be provided with the trial-produce sample.

(c) Batch Approve: Supplier warrants that the batch production will be held until the sample and trial-production product have been approved by Buyer. The quality of the batch product shall not be lower than that of the sample.

 

17. License Grant (Not applicable for hardware purchase only)

Subject to the terms and conditions in the Contract, Supplier hereby grants Buyer a non-exclusive, worldwide, non-transferable license to:

 

  (i) Use and copy Internally licensed software solely in order to perform this Contract;

 

  (ii) Use, make, import, offer for sale, sublicense, sell or otherwise commercially distribute such license software world-wide to Buyer’s customers;

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 12 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

Other than the specific license granted herein, Licensee has no rights, by license or otherwise, to use, copy, sublicense, duplicate and/or distribute the licensed software, in whole or in part.

 

18. Software Updates and Upgrades (Not applicable for hardware purchase only)

(a) Software Maintenance Updates. Supplier shall provide Buyer [**] software maintenance updates (i.e. bug fixes) during the warranty period. Supplier shall supply Buyer software maintenance updates in electronic format suitable for dissemination by Buyer via the internet and CD ROM. During the warranty period, whenever a software maintenance update requires the use of a software upgrade, Supplier, at its option, will provide Buyer either with the patch allowing such software maintenance update or with the software upgrade [**].

(b) Software Upgrade Releases. New software upgrade releases for the Supplier’s Products will be offered to Buyer [**] during the warranty period and at prices negotiated and agreed upon in good faith between the Parties after expiration of the warranty period.

 

19. Important Information Exchange

Both Supplier and Buyer will notify each other in writing immediately when event occurs which may impact significantly the implementation of the Contract hereunder. Both parties shall make efforts to reduce any losses to each other.

 

20. Trademarks

The names and trademarks of each party and its affiliates shall remain the sole and exclusive property of that party or its affiliates and shall not be used by the other party for any purpose whatsoever unless authorized expressly by the owning party.

 

21. Warranties

Supplier warrants that:

(a) All Products will be free of any claim of any nature by any third party and that Supplier will convey unencumbered and clear title to Buyer;

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 13 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(b) All documents and information provided to Buyer relating to Products delivered hereunder are real and correct;

(c) All Products sold to Buyer will be new, merchantable, fit and sufficient for Buyer’s particular purpose and will contain new parts and components and be free from all defects, whether latent or patent, in design, workmanship and materials, and shall comply with all applicable national, state and local laws, rules and regulations to which it is, or becomes subject, that are specifically identified in the PO.

(d) All Products delivered hereunder will comply with related standards of safety, and related standards of environment protection, including but not limited to, not containing and not manufactured using ozone depleting substances as defined by the Montreal Protocol and as required by the RoHS Directive. “RoHS Directive” means Directive 2002/95/EC on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, O.J. (L 19) (Jan. 27, 2003), as amended, and applicable European Union Member State implementing legislation and regulation, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

(e) Supplier further warrants that all Products will strictly conform to the Specification, for a period of [**] months from Delivery Inspection by Buyer. Any goods repaired or replaced or service re-performed under this provision shall be warranted for a period of another [**] after re-delivery.

(f) The above warranties shall be deemed to cover the Products which are procured by Supplier from its sub-suppliers. To the maximum extent permitted, Supplier hereby extends to Buyer any and all warranties received from Supplier’s sub-suppliers and agrees to enforce such warranties on Buyer’s behalf. All of Supplier’s warranties shall run collectively and separately to Buyer, its successors, and permitted assigns, customers and users of Products sold by Buyer.

(g) The foregoing warranties shall survive Buyer’s inspection, acceptance, sale and use of the Products. The warranties contained in this section shall be in addition to, and shall not be construed as restricting or limiting any warranties or remedies of Buyer which are provided by contract or law.

(h) These warranties shall not apply to any Product that was (a) used, handled, transported, operated, maintained or stored improperly provided that the product failure arises

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 14 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

exclusively due to such verifiable improper use, handling, transportation, operation, maintenance or storage, or in any manner not in accord with Supplier’s written instructions or industry standard practices or (b) repaired, altered or modified other than by Supplier or its authorized agents.

(i) EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 21, ALL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SUPPLIER HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE.

 

22. Publication

Without Buyer’s prior written consent, Supplier shall not advertise, promote, or publish the fact that Buyer has contracted to purchase Products from Supplier, not disclose information relating to this Contract and not use the name of Buyer or any of Buyer’s customers in advertising or any other publications.

 

23. Records and Audits

Buyer has the right at any reasonable time and upon reasonable notice to verify any data Supplier has submitted under this Contract, including requesting financial information of Supplier, its sub-suppliers and its affiliates.

 

24. Default and Indemnifications

(a) The Buyer reserves the right, without inability, to take any or all of the following actions if for any reason Supplier does not comply with substantially its delivery obligations: (i) Terminate the unfilled relevant items on PO without any payment; (ii) Terminate the unfilled relevant items on PO, purchase replacements for the unfilled relevant items on the PO elsewhere and Supplier will be liable for actual and reasonable additional procurement costs that Buyer incurs; (iii) Require Supplier to specify faster freight, and/or to do whatever is necessary to avoid the delay, and to pay any and all transportation charges, concessions to Buyer’s customers, liquidated damages, and any other costs and expenses incurred by Buyer; (iv) Charge 0.1% of the total amount of each Purchase Order as liquidated damages for each day delayed;(v) Claim for other losses and damages that cannot be covered by the liquidated damages and take other actions that is lawful, fair and in accordance with this Contract.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 15 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(b) In the event Products fail to meet the Specification, or the defect rate is higher than the respective criteria, or is not in accordance with the warranty, Buyer reserves the right to choose a remedy measure (repairing Products, replacing Products or refunding payments). Supplier should send the repaired or replaced Products to Buyer in time and be responsible for the charges needed. If Supplier cannot repair or replace the Products promptly, Buyer reserves the right to dispose of the Products or return them, and Supplier should refund the Buyer the contract amount of such Products and indemnify Buyer for actual and reasonable costs and charge of disposal and return. Supplier is liable to take back the rejected Products from Buyer’s warehouse, and Buyer shall render reasonable access, cooperation and assistance.

(c) In the event Supplier’s Products fail to pass Buyer’s inspection and Supplier can not replenish the needed quantity in time, Buyer may make a waive decision and ask for a price discount from Supplier.

(d) In the event Supplier’s Products cause economic loss to Buyer and is confirmed as quality problem that Supplier’s Products can not meet the Specification, Buyer reserves right to claim for damages for bodily injury and damages to real property and tangible personal property due to quality problem.

(e) In the event loss has been brought or will be brought to Buyer because of Supplier’s failure to execute the warranty specified in item 21 of this “General Conditions of Purchase”, Buyer reserves the right to claim for compensation from Supplier in relation to non-conforming Products, and terminate the Contract and any unimplemented PO.

(f) Should Supplier breach any section of this Contract, including any delay in shipping resulted from the fault or negligence of Supplier, Buyer shall have the right immediately to terminate this Contract without further obligation or liability and shall have all remedies available to it under this Contract, at law, or in equity. If Buyer fixes an additional period for Supplier to cure such breach, Buyer may exercise the right above after the expiration of the period if that breach remains uncured.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 16 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(g) The Buyer is entitled to take any or all of the above remedies according to real situation. The foregoing right should not limit Buyer’s other legal remedy under contract and/or applicable law, subject to all terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

25. Product/Process Change Notice (“PCN”)

(a) Supplier shall notify Buyer through Buyer’s PCN platform [**] of any and all proposed changes in design, material, procedure, specification, test method, plant location, packing and shipping for Product, With Buyer’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) the changes may be implemented and it shall be noted on the bill of delivery for the [**] times.

PCN notice shall include but not limit to: PCN number, release date; Specific reason for changes in detail; Explanation for changes and its affect in detail; Date of take effect; P/N list of being affected material; Supplier’s data and report for changes; Demands for customers’ feedback; Data for providing the changed sample; The last date of receiving an order, the last date of shipment, and the attached items in the last PO; Complaint or feedback method for customer.

PCN including the changes in material, its relative data and information should keep in accordance with the following PCN procedure:

1) Discontinue the manufacture and/or sale of any Product: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] months in advance.

2) Update of version or model: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] months in advance.

3) Changes in production plant: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] months in advance.

4) Changes in main process or procedure: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] in advance.

5) Changes in main equipment or facility: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] in advance.

6) Supplier shall give notice about the reproduction at least [**] in advance if the equipment or facility is out of use for more than [**] months.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 17 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

7) Changes in main raw material or accessories: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] in advance.

8) Changes in design or parameter: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] in advance.

9) Changes in appearance (including outlook, size, tolerance, color, logo, surface material, packing, etc.), Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] in advance.

10) Changes in RoHS or environment protection: Supplier shall give the notice about the information at least [**] months in advance.

11) Changes occasionally: The notice about the information shall be given before delivery at latest.

12) Other Changes for inform: The notice about the information shall be given before delivery at latest.

The Supplier shall comply with the PCN procedure timely and strictly. In case any damages arising, which related to the product quality and/or delivery and/or service of Buyer, is due to the Supplier’s non-performance and/or improper performance of its obligation under this section, the Supplier should compensate such damages to the Buyer. For avoidance of doubt, Buyer is entitled to claim for its damages due to Supplier’s changes occasionally or other changes for inform as mentioned above in this section 25.

 

26. Product Recall

If any Product are determined by Supplier, Buyer or any governmental agency or court to contain a defect or a quality or performance deficiency, or not be in compliance with any standard or requirement so as to make it advisable that such Product be reworked or recalled, Supplier or Buyer will promptly communicate relevant facts to each other and shall undertake to develop and implement a mutually agreeable corrective action, provided that Buyer shall cooperate with and assist Supplier in any necessary filings and corrective action, and provided that nothing contained in this section shall preclude Buyer from taking such action as may be required of it under any such law or regulation. Where applicable, Supplier shall pay all reasonable expenses associated with determining whether a recall or rework is necessary. Supplier shall perform all necessary repairs

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 18 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

or modifications at its sole expense, except to any extent Supplier and Buyer agree to the performance of such repairs by Buyer upon mutually acceptable terms. The parties recognize that it is possible that other Supplier-manufactured products might contain the same defect or noncompliance condition as do Products manufactured for Buyer. Each party shall consult the other party before making any statements to the public or a governmental agency relating to potential safety hazards affecting Products, except where such consultation would prevent timely notification required by law.

 

27. Non-Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights

Supplier warrants that Products do not infringe any patent, copyright or other intellectual property tight of any third party. Supplier shall hold Buyer harmless against and handle, defend or settle any claim, demand, suit or proceeding brought against Buyer or Buyer’s customers that is based on an allegation that any article, apparatus, material, component or part thereof constituting Products, as well as any article, device or process resulting from the intended use thereof or any process or method furnished by Supplier for making or using Products, constitutes an infringement of any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right, and Supplier shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein or all costs incurred and payment due in settlement thereof, including but not limited to any royalties due for the continuing purchase of, or use of Products from Supplier. Notwithstanding the above, if any article, apparatus, material, component or part thereof, or any device or process necessarily resulting from the use thereof or process or method for using Products, is held in such suit or proceeding to constitute infringement or misappropriation and the manufacture, sale or use of the article, apparatus, material, component, part, device, process or method is enjoined, Supplier shall, at its own expense and at Buyer’s option: (i) obtain for Buyer the rights to continue using or selling the article, apparatus, material, component, part, device, process or method; (ii) if the form, fit, function or performance thereof will not be materially adversely affected, replace it with a non-infringing article, apparatus, material, component, part, device, process or method ; (iii) if the form, fit, function or performance thereof will not be materially adversely affected, modify it so it becomes non-infringing; or (iv) remove the article, apparatus or material or component and refund the purchase price and the transportation and installation costs thereof. The foregoing shall be in addition to and shall not be construed as restricting or limiting, any of the foregoing remedies of Buyer. All authors have waived all their rights to the Products and Services’ integrity and to be associated with them as authors.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 19 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

28. Intellectual Property Rights

As between the parties, Supplier shall own and retain all tights, title and interests (including without limitation, all patent rights, copyright rights, trade secret rights and other intellectual property and proprietary rights) embodied in the Products, Specification and other Supplier Confidential Information except to the extent expressly licensed to Buyer in accordance with Contract or any other written agreement between both Parties. Buyer agrees not to take any action inconsistent with such ownership subject to all terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

29. Non-Assignment

Supplier shall not assign this Contract, or any interest, right or obligation created hereby or any payment due or to become due hereunder without Buyer’s written consent (not be unreasonably delayed or withheld), except no consent will be required for any assignment due to sale of assets or equity, merger, consolidation or otherwise and (a) Supplier notifies Buyer in writing promptly after such assignment and (b) once assigned the successor/acquiring company agrees to honor this agreement and all obligations. Buyer may require that the successor/acquiring company needs to re-qualify as an approved vendor with Buyer, qualification not to be unreasonably delayed conditioned or withheld (and if the successor/acquiring company is not so approved, then Buyer may terminate under Section 34(d)(iii)).

Any attempt to make any other assignment by Supplier without Buyer’s written consent shall be null and void. If Supplier or Buyer ceases to conduct its operations in the normal course of business (including inability to meet its obligations as they come due), or if any proceeding under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws is brought by or against Supplier or Buyer, or a receiver for Supplier or Buyer is appointed or applied for or an assignment for the benefit of creditors is made by Supplier or Buyer, then upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, the other party may terminate this Contract where allowed by law.

 

30. Confidentiality

Any information furnished to Supplier by Buyer orally or in writing and whether marked or not with a restrictive label, shall be held in strict confidence by Supplier and not disclosed by Supplier, and be protected in the same fashion as Supplier would protect its own proprietary information, and be used only to the extent necessary to perform the PO. The confidentiality terms

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 20 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

in details are stipulated in the Non-Disclosure Agreement (“NDA”) which is signed by both parties and attached as Appendix 2. The existence, terms and related discussion of this Contract should be deemed as Confidential Information. The Buyer may disclose Confidential Information to its employees, contractors, consultants, vendors and contract manufacturers, and also to the Supplier’s local agent and/or authorized service provider as listed in Appendix 3, for the sole purpose of performing this Contract. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (including Appendix 2), either Party may provide a copy of this Contract or otherwise disclose its terms in connection with any financing transaction or due diligence inquiry, or if ordered by a government or court having jurisdiction over it.

 

31. Force Majeure

Where the performance hereof is delayed, hindered by or is absolutely impossible under the terms and conditions herein on account of Force Majeure”), including earthquakes, typhoon, flood, fires, war and other unexpected, irresistible or unavoidable forces in respect of their consequence or results, the party in contingency shall inform the other party of such contingency by fax or telegram immediately and within [**] days present the other party valid documents signed by the notarial agency of the locale, or a certificate of the accident issued by the government authorities or chamber of commerce at the place of such accident as evidence thereof, stating the details of the incident and proving it is impossible to perform whole or part of this Contract or that extension of time of performance hereof is necessary. In case that this Contract is not able to be performed because of Force Majeure, the liabilities shall be exempted in part or wholly in light of the effects of Force Majeure. If the said Force Majeure lasts for [**] consecutive days, either of the parties to the Contract shall have the right to terminate the Contract upon written notice to the other party, without incurring any inability under the said Contract.

 

32. Disputes Resolution

(a) Any dispute arising from, or in connection with the Contract shall be first settled through friendly negotiation by both Parties. In case no settlement to disputes can be reached through amicable negotiation by both Parties within a [**] day period beginning from the date when the request for settlement of dispute is sent to the other Party, it shall be submitted to Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) for arbitration by three arbitrators under its rules in force at the time of application for arbitration. The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 21 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

All proceedings shall be conducted, and the evidence shall be translated into English where applicable. The arbitral award is final and binding upon both Parties. The arbitration fees shall be borne by the losing Party except otherwise awarded by the arbitration commission.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, this arbitration proceeding and the arbitrator’s award shall be maintained in confidence by the Parties so as to protect the relevant valuable information or intellectual property rights.

(c) Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration, both Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Contract except for those matters under arbitration.

 

33. Applicable Laws

The Contract, including without limitation its conclusion, validity, construction, performance and settlement of the disputes, shall be governed by the law of [**], without giving effect to the principles of conflict of law. [**].

 

34. Effective Period, Modification and Termination

(a) This “General Conditions of Purchase” is effective for an initial period of one (1) years commencing on the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this “General Conditions of Purchase” will continue to renew for successive one (1) year terms until either party terminates it upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice.

(b) Any modification of the terms and conditions of this “General Conditions of Purchase” shall be proposed by either party before the expiration due date by given [**] days written notice to the other. After agreed upon, the modification shall be made and take effect thereafter.

(c) This Contract may be terminated at any time prior to the expiration date by a mutual written Contract of the Parties.

(d) At any time prior to the expiration date, the Buyer may terminate this Contract through notice to the Supplier in writing if:

 

  (i) The Supplier breaches this Contract, and such breach is not cured within [**] days after written notice from the Buyer of such breach; or

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 22 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

  (ii) The Supplier becomes bankrupt, or is the subject of proceedings for liquidation or dissolution, or ceases to carry on business or becomes unable to pay its debts as they come due; or a third party legally confiscates or takes over the Supplier s title or assets, or a receiver is designated to take control of the Supplier’s assets; or

 

  (iii) The Supplier assigns without Buyer’s consent in connection with a process of merger, consolidation, reorganization or transferring substantial assets and business to any individual or entity and, after such transactions, the assignee or successor is not approved by ZTE as re-qualifying vendor (such re-qualification not to be unreasonably delayed conditioned or withheld) or

 

  (iv) The conditions or consequences of Force Majeure which have a material adverse effect on the Supplier’s ability to perform continue for a period in excess of [**] days and the Parties have not agreed on an equitable solution; or

 

  (v) Supplier is in breach of Section 37 Terms of Exclusiveness.

(e) At any time prior to the expiration date, the Supplier may terminate this Contract through notice to the Buyer in writing if:

 

  (i) The Buyer breaches any material provision of this Contract, and such breach is not cured within [**] days after written notice from the Supplier of such breach; or

 

  (ii) The Buyer becomes bankrupt, or is the subject of proceedings for liquidation or dissolution, or ceases to carry on business or becomes unable to pay its debts as they come due; or a third party legally confiscates or takes over the Buyer’s title or assets without Buyer’s consent, or a receiver is designated to take control of the Buyer’s assets; or

 

  (iii) The conditions or consequences of Force Majeure which have a material adverse effect on the Buyer’s ability to perform continue for a period in excess of [**] days and the Parties have not agreed on an equitable solution.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 23 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

(f) Notwithstanding the above, Section 20 (Trademarks), 21 (Warranties), 24 (Default and Indemnifications), 26 (Product Recall), 27 (Non-Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights), 30 (Confidentiality), 32 (Disputes Resolution), 33 (Applicable Laws), 34 (Effective Period, Modification and Termination), 36 (Limitation of Liability), and any other provision of this Contract and/or the obligation to its nature which shall survive, shall survive after termination of this Contract.

 

35. Entire Agreement

(a) This “General Conditions of Purchase” will take effect after having signed by authorized representatives of each party. This “General Conditions of Purchase” is in two (2) copies, each party hold one and each of the copy shall be deemed an original and has the same effectiveness.

(b) This General Conditions of Purchase, Nondisclosure Agreement entered into by the parties, and anything referred and incorporated herein, including all terms and conditions on the Framework Contract/Purchase Contract and PO and NDA, set forth the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, understandings, promises and representations made by one party to the other concerning the subject matter, written or oral. The headings of the sections of this General Conditions of Purchase are just for convenience and are not to be used in interpreting. The order of precedence for resolution of conflicts is: 1) PO; 2) Framework Contract or Purchase Contract; 3) General Conditions of Purchase. Any amendment shall be agreed by both parties in writing. This Contract is in English only, which language shall be controlling in all respects. No version of this Contract in another language shall be binding or of any effect.

 

36. Limitation of Liability

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SUPPLIER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), FOR AGGREGATE DAMAGES, IN EXCESS OF EITHER 1) THE VALUE OF THE PURCHASE ORDERS PLACED BY BUYER IN THE TWELVE(12) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS TILL A CLAIM IS MADE AGAINST BUYER OR; 2) FIVE (5) MILLION US

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 24 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

DOLLARS, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER FOR CALENDAR YEARS 2010, 2011 AND 2012, AND 1) THE VALUE OF THE PURCHASE ORDERS PLACED BY BUYER IN THE TWELVE(12) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS TILL A CLAIM IS MADE AGAINST BUYER OR; 2) FIFTEEN (15) MILLION US DOLLARS, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER FOR CALENDAR YEARS AFTER 2012 EVEN IF SUPPLIERS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL NOT APPLY WITH RESPECT TO: (I) A BREACH OF THIS CONTRACT BY GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT; (II) LIABILITY ARISING FROM ARTICLE 27, RELATING TO INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT; (III) A BREACH OF ARTICLE 30, RELATING TO CONFIDENTIALITY; (IV) A BREACH OF ARTICLE 37 RELATING TO TERMS OF EXCLUSIVENESS; AND (V) DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY. THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN.

 

37. Terms of [**]

By way of this Contract [**]. Supplier [**] ZTE. [**].

Supplier acknowledges and agrees that its complete and full fulfillment of the provisions set forth in the paragraph above constitutes the precondition and foundation for Buyer’s will to enter into this Contract. Breaches of this section will cause immeasurable damage to Buyer. In case of any violation of the provisions set forth in the paragraph above by Supplier, Buyer shall have the right to take any and all remedies it deems necessary to recover its loss, which will be without prejudice to any of its rights under this Contract to claim any cost, loss, damages hereunder.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the provisions of this Section 37 shall terminate and be of no further effect upon the earlier of (a) January 1, 2014 and (b) any expiration or termination of this Contract.

 

38. Appendixes

Appendixes to this General Conditions of Purchase include:

Appendix 1: Lead Time, Reschedule and Cancel windows Table

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 25 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

Appendix 3: List of Authorized Agent and/or Service Provider

Appendix 4: Product Specification

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 26 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Contract as of the Effective Date first set forth above

 

Buyer     Supplier
ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co., Ltd.     Acacia Communications, Inc.
By:     By:

/s/

   

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:     Name:  

Raj Shanmugaraj

 

    (Typed Name)
(Typed Name)      
Title:     Title:  

President/CEO

 

     
Date:     Date:   10/26/10
2010.12.3      

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 27 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 1: Lead Time, Reschedule and Cancel windows Table

 

 

APPENDIX 1:

LEAD TIME, RESCHEDULE AND CANCEL WINDOWS TABLE

 

        

Product Category

    
    

Type

      

Products 2011

Lead Time    Standard      [**]
       
Reschedule Window    Standard      Multiple reschedules allowed for any Purchase Order, Buyer may extend (by up to [**] days) the delivery date(s) under an accepted PO, by giving written notice to Supplier at least [**] days prior to the initial delivery date for that PO.
       
Cancel Window    Standard      None
       

The first [**] units purchased and delivered to ZTE are guaranteed under the Development Agreement negotiated with ZTE Corporation (the “Development Agreement”). The first [**] units are to be delivered over the period from 2011 to [**]. These purchase orders will be non cancelable. The reschedule terms will be reschedule window [**] days prior to original delivery date reschedule-able up to [**] days after original delivery date. This delivery can be rescheduled multiple times but deliveries will not extend beyond [**] days after the original schedule delivery date. Reschedule terms after the first [**] units will be [**] notice for cancelation and [**] notice for reschedule. Lead time is quoted as follows:

[**]

Note: [**].

Except as expressly provided above, Buyer may not cancel, reschedule or otherwise modify any order after acceptance, without Supplier’s prior written consent.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 28 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

APPENDIX 2: NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into this day of October 2010 (“Effective Date”), by and between

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd, a Chinese corporation, having its principal place of business at Plant No. 1. Da Mei Sha, Yan Tian District, , Shenzhen, P.R. China (hereinafter “Kangxun”),

And

Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 210, Maynard, MA 01754, USA (hereinafter “Acacia”),

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Kangxun and Acaica , both have as their purpose an interest in exploring a possible business relationship, and in order for the parties to explore this relationship, it may be necessary for the parties to disclose certain of their proprietary and other information to each other, which information each of the parties regards as confidential.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. (a) All of the confidential information (hereinafter “Confidential Information”), including, without limitation , all information relating to business plans, financial or technical matters, trade secrets, designs, know-how, inventions, test results, operations and any other information received or acquired by one party (or its affiliates or their representatives, the “Receiving Party”) from or on behalf of the other (“Disclosing Party”) in the course of exploring the possible business relationships shall be in written or other tangible form and marked “CONFIDENTIAL” in conspicuous position. Information from ZTE Corporation which complied with above mentioned requirements shall be deemed as Confidential Information from Kangxun, and information disclosed by or for Acacia to ZTE Corporation shall be treated by Kangxun as Acacia’s Confidential Information for the purposes of this Agreement. If the Confidential Information is initially disclosed orally, the Disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to cause that it shall be reduced to written or other tangible form by the Disclosing Party (including the date of the oral disclosure and name of the Disclosing Party) and presented or mailed to the Receiving Party within [**] days from the first oral disclosure.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 29 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

(b) The Confidential Information shall remain the property of the Disclosing Party.

(c) All information disclosed which is not marked “CONFIDENTIAL”, or is not reduced to written form and marked “CONFIDENTIAL” if initially disclosed in intangible form (orally, visually, by demonstration or inspection) shall be considered to be non-confidential, and shall not be subject to the obligations imposed by this Agreement. All Confidential Information disclosed under this Agreement shall be limited to the subject matter mentioned in the Recital. The existence and terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be treated as Confidential Information.

2. The Receiving Party shall:

(a) Hold the Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose it to third parties, except in the limited cases referred to in paragraph “6”; and

(b) Use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information from unauthorized access, use and disclosure; and

(b) Not use the Confidential Information for any purpose other than exploring or examining the possibility of a business relationship between the parties.

3. Either party hereto shall have the right, at any time, to terminate in writing the discussions and exchange of information in connection with the exploration of the possibilities of a business relationship between the parties without any further obligations or liabilities to the other party, other than the obligations of confidentiality hereunder, or any right or obligation relating to the Confidential Information hereunder.

4. (a) The obligations of the above paragraph “2” shall not apply to any information which:

(i) Is generally available to the public through no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party (or any of its affiliates or their representatives); or

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 30 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

(ii) Was already rightfully in the possession of the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis, prior to receipt from the Disclosing Party; or

(iii) Is received independently and on a non-confidential basis from a third party who is free to disclose such information to the Receiving Party without conflict with any of its legal or contractual obligation; or

(iv) Is subsequently developed independently by the Receiving Party without breaching of its obligation hereunder; or

(v) Has been or is made public by the Disclosing Party, such as commercial use or sale or publications or patents, or otherwise; or

(vi) Is approved for release by prior written consent of the Disclosing Party.

(b) Disclosure of Confidential Information shall not be precluded if such disclosure is pursuant to the requirement or request of a governmental agency or operation of law. Provided, however, the Receiving Party shall promptly give a written notice to the Disclosing Party prior to such disclosure so that the Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order.

5. All Confidential Information delivered to and/or in the possession of the Receiving Party shall be returned or delivered to the Disclosing Party or destroyed by the Receiving Party, if the Disclosing Party so requests in writing, including without limitation to, all documents and computer files containing summaries, analyses or conclusions derived from such Confidential Information, with all copies made thereof, in forms whatsoever, except for one copy of each which the Receiving Party may retain for the only purpose of identification of the scope of Confidential Information and avoid misunderstanding of Confidential Information in the future.

6. The Receiving Party agrees that the Confidential Information shall be disclosed to only those people within its respective organizations or its subsidiaries, agents, consultants, representatives or advisors who have a need to know the information and who are obligated under terms no less restrictive than those imposed in this Agreement on the Receiving Party.

7. Each party shall have the right to refuse to accept any information under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall obligate either party to disclose to the other party any

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 31 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

particular information. Further, each party acknowledges that no contract or agreement providing for a business relationship, of any nature, shall be deemed to exist unless and until a final definitive agreement has been executed and delivered.

8. If any official approval is required by a government authority to disclose the Confidential Information hereunder, such disclosure is subject to that approval. Both parties shall comply in all respects with applicable laws, regulations and court orders, including but not limited to laws and regulations on export control, in both parties’ countries and other applicable countries.

9. Disclosure of any information under this Agreement, or otherwise, shall not be construed as granting, directly or by implication, any license under or interest of any kind in any patent, patent application, copyright or other intellectual property rights.

10. The parties hereto shall not be obligated to compensate each other for the disclosure and/or use pursuant to the terms of this Agreement of any information exchanged in connection with this Agreement or the discussions between the parties.

11. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, representations and statements, whether oral or written, between the parties relating to the disclosure of the Confidential Information. The terms of this Agreement may not be changed except by subsequent written agreement duly signed by an officer with appropriate authority of each of the parties.

12. Subject to Paragraph “4” hereof the obligation of the Receiving Party provided in Paragraph “2” hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement shall continue for [**] years from the date of each receipt of the Confidential Information, even after termination of this Agreement according to paragraph “3” hereof.

13. This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of law.

Any disagreement or dispute which may arise in connection with this Agreement, and which the Parties are unable to settle by mutual agreement, shall be finally settled by Arbitration and submitted to Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) in accordance with its Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong. There shall be three arbitrators. All proceedings shall be conducted, and the evidence submitted in English where applicable. The award of arbitration shall be final and binding upon both parties. The arbitration fees shall be

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 32 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

borne by the losing party except otherwise awarded by the arbitration commission. Notwithstanding the above, the parties acknowledge that a violation of the Receiving party obligations with respect to Confidential Information could cause irreparable harm to the Disclosing party for which a monetary remedy at law would be inadequate. Therefore, in addition to any and all remedies available at law, the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to an injunction or other equitable remedies in all legal proceedings in the event of any threatened or actual violation of any or all of the provisions hereof.

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 33 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

Appendix 2: Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date first set forth above.

 

Buyer     Supplier
ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co., Ltd.     Acacia Communications, Inc.
By:     By:

/s/

   

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:     Name:

 

   

Raj Shanmugaraj

(Typed Name)     (Typed Name)
Title:     Title:

 

   

President/CEO

Date:     Date:   10/26/10
2010.12.3      

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 34 of 35   Ver.2008-10


ZTE    ZTE/Acacia Confidential p

 

 

APPENDIX 3: List of Authorized Agent and/or Service Provider

The Supplier herein authorizes that the Buyer may disclose the Confidential Information to the following agents and/or service providers for the sole purpose of performing this Contract or using products/service provided under this Contract:

 

No

  

Name

  

Registered Address

           
           
           
           

 

ZTE Kangxun Telecom Co. Ltd Copyright Reserved   Page 35 of 35   Ver.2008-10

Exhibit 10.18

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Supply Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of October  18 , 2013 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between Acacia Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 130, Maynard, MA 01754 (“ Acacia ”), and Fujitsu Semiconductor America, Inc., a California corporation having a place of business at 1250 East Arques Avenue, M/S 333, Sunnyvale, CA 94085 (“ FSA ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Development Agreement between Fujitsu Microelectronics Europe GmbH, an Affiliate of FSA, dated December 21, 2009 and restated between Fujitsu Semiconductor Europe GmbH (“FSEU”), an Affiliate of FSA, and Acacia on March 8, 2012, and a Development Agreement between FSEU and Acacia, dated July 2, 2012 (collectively, the “Development Agreements”), FSEU developed prototypes of certain Application Specific Integrated Circuit products, as described in the attached Schedules.

WHEREAS, FSA desires to manufacture and supply to Acacia, and Acacia desires to order and purchase from FSA, the Application Specific Integrated Circuit products described in the Schedules annexed hereto, which products Acacia intends to sell to its customers or to incorporate directly into its optical modules and/or other Acacia products, for distribution throughout the world.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Acacia and FSA, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

Affiliate ” means an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with a Party, through ownership or control of fifty percent (50%) or greater of the voting power of the shares or other means of ownership or control of the relevant entity.

Confidential Information ” means any business or technical information of Acacia or FSA disclosed for the purposes of this Agreement that is either (a) marked as “confidential” or “proprietary” or, when disclosed orally, (b) identified as “confidential” or “proprietary” at the time of the oral disclosure and within [**] days of such disclosure reduced to writing and furnished to the receiving Party, or (c) by its nature or by the circumstances surrounding its disclosure should be understood by a reasonable person in the industry to be confidential or proprietary. Confidential Information does not include information that: (i) is or becomes generally known to the public through no fault or breach of this Agreement by the receiving party; (ii) is rightfully known by the receiving party at the time of disclosure without an obligation of confidentiality; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; (iv) is rightfully received by the receiving party from a third party without restriction on use or disclosure; or (v) is disclosed with the prior written approval of the disclosing party. For the avoidance of doubt, the roadmap information about either party’s products shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of the respective disclosing party.

 

- 1 -


Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all patent rights, copyright rights, trademark rights, mask work rights, trade secret rights and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world (including any application therefor).

Manufacturing Trigger ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) FSA makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer is appointed to take charge of any or all of FSA’s property; or (b) FSA seeks protection under any bankruptcy, receivership, trust deed, creditors arrangement, composition or comparable proceeding or such a proceeding is instituted against FSA and is not dismissed within [**] days; or (c) FSA becomes insolvent or dissolves, liquidates or otherwise fails to operate in the ordinary course; (d) FSA materially breaches its obligations under this Agreement; or (e) for any reason (including any force majeure), FSA’s delivery of Products to Acacia under this Agreement is more than [**] days late (or is more than [**] days late on any [**] occasions during any [**] month period).

Minimum Supply Period ” means, with respect to each Product, the period of time commencing on the Schedule Date and ending on the date that is [**] months after the Discontinue Date specified in an End of Life Notice.

Products ” means the production-grade versions of the application specific integrated circuits as more particularly described in the schedules hereto, including any subsequent revisions thereof, that complies with the Specification, and any additional Products that may be added to this Agreement upon mutual written agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Products under this Agreement do not include engineering prototypes, samples or custom products.

Schedule Date ” means the effective date of a particular product schedule executed hereunder. The Schedule Date for a product schedule will be the date such product schedule is signed if no Schedule Date is specifically set forth in the product schedule.

Specification ” means all of the requirements and specifications (including without limitation, functional, electrical, mechanical, thermal, packaging and quality specifications, performance requirements and acceptance criteria) that define the Product. Specifications may be attached hereto in schedules.

 

2. PURCHASE AND SUPPLY.

2.1. Exclusive Supply . FSA agrees to sell to Acacia the Products, in such quantities as Acacia may order from time to time, in accordance with its purchase orders under this Agreement placed on or before the Discontinue Date. Neither FSA nor any of its Affiliates shall (a) sell or otherwise make available the Products to any party other than Acacia without the express prior written consent of Acacia, which consent may be withheld in Acacia’s sole discretion, or (b) use, incorporate, disassemble, reverse engineer, or create derivatives of Acacia’s intellectual property or Confidential Information for their own or any third party’s benefit without the express prior written consent of Acacia, which consent may be withheld in Acacia’s sole discretion. All orders will be deemed to incorporate all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement. Any term or condition proposed by either party in any documentation that is in addition to, in conflict with or

 

- 2 -


different from the terms and conditions in this Agreement (including without limitation, any standard terms or conditions in any purchase order, sales acknowledgment or invoice) will be void and of no effect. FSA shall not make any material change to any Specification that will be effective for any Product ordered by Acacia on or before the Discontinue Date (as defined in Section 2.6 below).

2.2. Forecasts . On or about the beginning of [**], Acacia shall provide FSA with an updated rolling, good faith, non-binding, forecast of its requirements for the Products for the following [**] month period. Within [**] after receiving Acacia’s forecast, FSA shall acknowledge receipt and confirm to Acacia in writing that it can deliver all of the forecasted Products. If FSA foresees any problems (e.g., manufacturing capacity or material availability) in meeting Acacia’s forecasted requirements, FSA shall advise Acacia in writing during such [**] period. Until the market for the Acacia product is fully understood and developed, FSA acknowledges and agrees that Acacia’s forecasts may be of uncertain accuracy and actual Product orders may be variable.

2.3. Orders . Orders shall be placed by written purchase order and submitted by electronic mail or other means acceptable to both parties. Purchase orders will include the following information: (a) a description of the Product(s) by name and model number; (b) quantity; (c) delivery date(s); (d) ship-to address(es); (e) transportation instructions; and (f) an order number (for billing purposes). FSA will accept all purchase orders placed on or before the Discontinue Date, and will ship all Products under accepted purchase orders that comply with this Agreement. FSA will confirm acceptance (or provide detailed reasons for non-acceptance) by electronic mail within [**] days after the purchase order is received and provide committed shipment dates within [**] days after the purchase order is received. If FSA does not accept or reject a purchase order within [**] days, the purchase order shall be deemed accepted. FSA agrees that purchase orders may be placed under this Agreement by Acacia and/or any of its Affiliates or contract manufacturers that are identified in advance by Acacia. FSA agrees that it will accept all purchase orders issued on or before the Discontinue Date so long as they meet the order information requirements as stated in (a) – (f) above, Acacia is not in default or breach of the Agreement, and Acacia is in an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding where a dismissal is not likely in the next [**] days. If FSA believes a condition exists whereby it may reject a purchase order, FSA will provide a written response detailing the condition of rejection and agree to work with Acacia to allow a correction of the purchase order so that an accepted order can be confirmed.

2.4. Order Changes . Acacia may terminate any order in whole or in part prior to receipt of FSA’s written acceptance. After FSA’s written acceptance, and subject to cancellation charges, Acacia may cancel any order (in whole or in part) upon written notice delivered to FSA in accordance with the table below, Acacia may reschedule any Product order one time, upon written notice delivered to FSA at least [**] days prior to the scheduled delivery date, specifying a new delivery date that is no later than [**] days after the originally scheduled delivery date. In addition, FSA will use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate Acacia’s requests to expedite delivery or increase quantities. Cancellation charges shall be as follows:

 

    Cancellation of Production PO

a. [**] prior to shipment date                    [**]

 

- 3 -


b. [**] prior to shipment date                    [**]

c. [**] prior to shipment date                    [**]

d. [**] prior to shipment date                    [**]

e. More than [**] prior to shipment date [**]

2.5. Allocation . In the event that the supply of a particular Product is constrained due to a shortage of materials beyond FSA’s control, FSA will undertake commercially reasonable efforts to allocate to Acacia a percentage of the available supply that is equal to or greater than a fraction the numerator of which is (a) Acacia’s purchases of the Product during the [**] month period immediately preceding the supply constraint, and the denominator of which is (b) the purchases of all products, the production of which requires the materials in short supply, made during the [**] month period immediately preceding the supply constraint made by all of FSA’s customers who are placing orders for delivery of those same product during the period of constrained supply. For example, if Acacia’s orders and deliveries for the Product incorporating the supply-constrained material during the preceding [**]-day period were $[**], and FSA’s other customers ordering products incorporating the supply-constrained material during the period of constrained supply had purchased $[**] of such products in the preceding [**]-day period, then Acacia would receive Products utilizing at least [**]% of the available supply of the supply-constrained material until the supply is no longer constrained.

2.6. Discontinuation . FSA agrees to continue to provide Products to Acacia in accordance with this Agreement throughout the Minimum Supply Period. At any time after the [**] anniversary of the Schedule Date for a particular Product, FSA may announce that it plans to Discontinue such Product by providing written notice to Acacia of such plans (“ End of Life Notice ”). An End of Life Notice must be given at least [**] days prior to the last date on which an order for such Product may be placed (the “ Discontinue Date ”), which date shall be specified in FSA’s End of Life Notice. Until the Discontinue Date, Acacia shall have the right to place purchase order(s) for and purchase the Discontinued Product, in an aggregate amount of up to [**]% of its then current forecast, for delivery not later than [**] months after the Discontinue Date, and FSA shall accept such purchase order(s) and deliver the Products ordered. As used herein, the term “ Discontinue ” means (a) to cease manufacture of the Product or (b) to make a material change in the Specification applicable to the Products affecting form, fit, function, quality, safety, reliability or standards compliance of the Products. In addition, any notice of nonrenewal of this Agreement given by FSA pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be deemed to be an End of Life Notice for all Products for purposes of this Agreement, and the Discontinue Date shall be deemed to be die expiration date of this Agreement.

2.7. Operations .

a. Process and Facilities . FSA shall establish and maintain quality controls and systems as may be necessary and sufficient to manufacture Products on a consistent and reproducible basis. FSA shall cause its (and any contract manufacturer’s) processes, operations and production facilities to be in compliance with ISO 9000 series and ISO 14001 series standards and all applicable laws and regulations (including without limitation, regarding the disposal of hazardous materials). During the term of this Agreement and for [**] following the later to occur of any termination hereof and the final delivery of Products hereunder, FSA shall keep and

 

- 4 -


maintain true, accurate and complete records (such as, for example lot records, production yields and reject rates) that are sufficient to meet the requirements of this Agreement and all applicable laws and regulations, for the current calendar year and the immediately preceding [**] calendar years.

b. Continuous Improvement . During the term of this Agreement and in the ordinary course of its business, FSA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce its manufacturing and supply costs, and to improve and enhance Product quality and manufacturing processes so as to maintain or increase the competitive advantage of the Product as compared to similar products in the marketplace. Process improvements may result from FSA’s own initiative or the request or suggestion of Acacia.

c. Quality Audits . From time to time, upon reasonable prior notice to FSA, Acacia shall have the right to conduct quality assurance audits of any plants or production facilities involved in the manufacturing, processing, testing, handling and storage of the Products. In the course of these audits, Acacia shall be entitled to inspect FSA’s facilities, manufacturing procedures, quality controls and systems that are involved with the manufacturing, processing, testing and handling of the Product. Acacia shall also have the right to inspect all records, books, property, plant and equipment, and such other matters as may be pertinent to proper quality assurance of the Products. Any request for a quality audit shall be made at least [**] weeks in advance of the requested date.

2.8. Support . FSA will provide Acacia (but not its customers) with technical support for the Products on a commercially reasonable basis [**].

2.9. Epidemic Failure .

a. In the event of Epidemic Failure (defined below) of a Product, FSA shall investigate the cause of the Epidemic Failure and deliver to Acacia a collective action plan (“CAP”) within [**] business days from written notice of the failure. The CAP will define FSA’s plans for remedying the Epidemic Failure and the time period for development and implementation of such remedy for the defect. [**].

b. “Epidemic Failure” shall mean one or more of the following defect conditions occurring within [**] years from date of shipment to Acacia: (i) Any occurrence of a potential safety hazard that could result in damage or injury, such as personal injury (including death), fire, explosion, toxic emissions, etc.; (ii) [**] or more independent occurrences where the Product exhibits a highly objectionable symptom (e.g., emissions of smoke, loud noises, deformation of housing, or other problematic characteristics); or (iii) a Product’s return rate is detected above [**] times FSA’s stated FIT rate or less than [**] percent ([**]%) of the Mean Time between Failures (MTBF). If no FIT or MTBF has been defined by FSA, then a typical value derived from Telcordia SR-332, issue [**] (or its successor) will be used as the default. With respect to new Products that are first introduced and made available by FSA during the term, early life failures occurring in the first [**] months of manufacturing may be up to [**] percent ([**]%) higher than the failure rates set forth in clause (iii) above to allow for typical infant mortality occurrences. Products that are or have been subject to warranty claims under Section 6 shall be included when determining the existence of Epidemic Failure.

 

- 5 -


c. [**]. Until the correction of the Epidemic Failure, Acacia may postpone or cancel[**] the delivery of any outstanding purchase orders. In addition, Acacia may return Product(s) already delivered, as well as any stock in inventory, for replacement of such Product(s), [**], or for [**] for any such Products, [**].

d. [**].

e. If FSA does not agree that an Epidemic Failure has occurred or exists after Acacia has providing supporting documentation and evidence, or is unable to develop a mutually agreeable CAP and remedial plan, or fails to implement the remedial plan in a timely fashion, or otherwise fails to correct an Epidemic Failure, then in addition to its other remedies available hereunder, Acacia may require that disputes under this Section 2.9 be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Any such arbitration will be conducted by one arbitrator, to be selected by the parties within [**] days of the demand for arbitration, pursuant to the Rules of the American Arbitration Association. If the parties cannot agree on the selection of an arbitrator, either party may request that the president of the American Arbitration Association, or his designee, select an arbitrator on behalf of the parties. The arbitration will be held in Boston, MA, unless otherwise agreed.

f. The specific terms of this Section 2.9 shall control with regard to all matters regarding Epidemic Failure but shall not supersede other terms in this Agreement, including, without limitation, provisions excluding damages or limiting liability, warranty, or remedies.

2.10. Buffer Stock . Terms defining buffer stock requirements and procedures are set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

3. PRICE, PAYMENT, DELIVERY AND INSPECTION.

3.1. Price . The current Product prices shall be set forth in schedules annexed to this Agreement. From time to time (at least [**]), prices will be reviewed for possible reduction by both parties and modified by mutual agreement. Schedules will be amended to reflect agreed-to price changes. [**].

3.2. Payment Terms . After delivery pursuant to Acacia’s purchase order, FSA may invoice Acacia for the actual quantity delivered. Other than amounts disputed in good faith, Acacia (or its Affiliate or contract manufacturer which issued the purchase order) will pay FSA within [**] days after receipt of a correct invoice. All invoices and payments shall be in US dollars. Unless Acacia has provided FSA with a valid sales tax exemption certificate, Acacia will be responsible for all taxes (including but not limited to sales, use and value added taxes) associated with the purchase of the Product under this Agreement (except for taxes based on FSA’s franchise, properties or income). Payment shall not constitute acceptance.

3.3. Delivery . All Products delivered under this Agreement shall be packaged and packed in accordance with the Specification or, if not so specified in the Specification, then in accordance with best industry practices. On the delivery date(s) set forth in the purchase order (or up to [**]

 

- 6 -


days early), FSA shall deliver the Products to Acacia or its carrier FCA (Incoterms 2010) at FSA’s facility in the United States. FSA will comply with reasonable carrier and routing instructions specified in Acacia’s order. If Acacia does not provide such instructions, FSA will select the best available carrier and route on a commercially reasonable basis. Upon Acacia’s request, FSA will provide Acacia (or its designee) with timely cooperation, information, documentation and assistance to export or import the Products.

3.4. Late Deliveries . FSA will immediately notify Acacia in writing if it anticipates any delay in delivery in accordance with the order, including the reasons therefor and its expected delivery date. If FSA fails to meet the delivery date in the order, upon Acacia’s request, FSA will expedite routing by the quickest means at its sole expense. If FSA fails to deliver any Products within [**] days after the scheduled delivery date, Acacia may terminate the applicable order without further obligation and FSA shall promptly refund to Acacia the purchase price, taxes, delivery charges and other amounts paid in respect of such Products.

3.5. Inspection . Acacia or its designee will inspect Products promptly after receipt thereof and may reject any shipment (or portion thereof) that fails to conform to this Agreement or the Specification, Acacia may reject any partial shipment made without its prior written consent. At its sole cost and expense, FSA shall promptly replace properly rejected Products. If FSA fails to do so promptly, Acacia may terminate the applicable order without further obligation and FSA shall promptly refund to Acacia the purchase price, taxes, delivery charges and other amounts paid in respect of such Products.

 

4. OWNERSHIP AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

4.1. Background Technology . Except as may be otherwise set forth expressly herein, each party will retain ownership of all rights, title and interests in and to all products, inventions, information, documentation, improvements, works of authorship, processes, techniques, know-how, specifications, algorithms, designs, trade secrets, software, firmware, data and other materials that are developed by its personnel or otherwise acquired by such party prior to the Effective Date or outside the scope of this Agreement (collectively, “ Background Technology ”) and all Intellectual Property Rights therein and thereto. Background Technology of Acacia (“ Acacia Background Technology ”), and all Intellectual Property Rights therein and thereto, that is or has been disclosed to FSA or its Affiliate, whether or not embodied in the Products, shall remain the exclusive property and Confidential Information of Acacia, and, except as expressly set forth herein or in a separate written agreement with Acacia, no license to use Acacia Background Technology or Acacia intellectual property is granted or implied.

4.2. FSA IP . Except for Acacia Background Technology, the intellectual property embodied in the Products provided by FSA (including any FSA Background Technology embodied therein), features associated therewith, any and all changes, modifications, improvements and derivatives thereof and all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith (collectively “ FSA IP ”) shall be solely owned by FSA.

4.3. Product IP License . Subject to all terms and conditions in this Agreement, FSA hereby grants to Acacia a limited, non-exclusive, royalty free, paid up, non-transferable (except as

 

- 7 -


expressly permitted under this Agreement), non-sublicensable, worldwide right and license under all Intellectual Property Rights in the FSA IP, solely as incorporated into the Product, to use, offer to sell, sell, import, and export the Products, without accounting or payment to FSA or any third party. For clarity, Acacia may incorporate, distribute (through multiple tiers) and use the Products on a worldwide basis and Acacia may exercise such rights through its Affiliates, subcontractors, contract manufacturers, OEM partners, distributors and other resellers.

4.4. Manufacturing IP License . Subject to all terms and conditions in this Agreement, FSA hereby grants to Acacia a royalty free, paid up, non-transferable (except as set out expressly in Section 10.3 below), non-exclusive, worldwide right and license under all Intellectual Property Rights in the FSA IP to make and have made the Products (and corrections and improvements thereto) and/or to purchase components and finished Products directly from FSA’s vendors and contract manufacturers. Acacia agrees not to exercise such rights prior to the occurrence of any Manufacturing Trigger, and promptly after any Manufacturing Trigger, FSA agrees to provide Acacia with all reasonable documentation [**] assistance and know-how as reasonably required by Acacia to exercise such rights.

4.5. No Implied Licenses . Except for the licenses expressly granted hereunder, no other license is granted, and as between the parties, FSA shall retain all rights, title and interests (including without limitation, Intellectual Property Rights) in and to its Background Technology, FSA IP and Confidential Information, and Acacia shall retain all rights, title and interests (including without limitation, Intellectual Property Rights) in and to its Background Technology and Confidential Information. The licenses granted herein shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, to the fullest extent permitted by law, licenses to rights in “intellectual property” as defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

5. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

5.1. Confidentiality . Each party will not use the other party’s Confidential Information except as necessary for the performance or enforcement of this Agreement and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party except to those of its employees, Affiliates and contractors who have a bona fide need to know such Confidential Information for the performance or enforcement of this Agreement; provided that each such employee and contractor is bound by a written agreement that contains use and nondisclosure restrictions consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement. Each party will employ all reasonable steps to protect the other party’s Confidential Information from unauthorized use or disclosure, including, but not limited to, all steps that it takes to protect its own information of like importance. Each party shall be liable for any breach of its obligations hereunder by any of its employees, Affiliates and contractors. The foregoing obligations will not restrict either party from disclosing the other party’s Confidential Information pursuant to the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body, provided that the party required to make such a disclosure gives reasonable notice to the other party to contest such order or requirement.

5.2. No Publicity . Except as may be required by applicable laws or regulations, neither party may issue any press release, advertising, marketing or other public announcement concerning the subject matter of this Agreement without the other party’s prior written consent, in each instance.

 

- 8 -


Nothing contained in this Agreement confers on either party any right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark, logo or other designation of the other party, or its Affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees (including any contraction, abbreviation or simulation of any of the foregoing). The foregoing notwithstanding, either party may provide a copy of this Agreement or otherwise disclose its terms in connection with any legal or regulatory requirement, financing transaction or due diligence inquiry.

 

6. WARRANTIES.

6.1. Authority . Each of Acacia and FSA represents and warrants that (a) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its incorporating jurisdiction, (b) it has all requisite power, rights and authority to enter into this Agreement and to grant the rights and perform the obligations set forth herein, (c) it is duly authorized by all requisite action and permissions to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby without the consent, approval or authorization of any other person or entity, (d) this Agreement constitutes its valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (e) its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and its compliance with the terms hereof, do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, obligation or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

6.2. Product . FSA represents and warrants that (a) the Products delivered hereunder will be free of all liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests; (b) the Products shall comply with, and perform in accordance with, the Specifications and be free from defects in design, manufacture, engineering, materials, workmanship and title; (c) FSA has the required skills, expertise and experience to perform this Agreement; and (d) FSA’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement shall at all times comply with any and all applicable laws and regulations. For a period of [**] months after delivery, at its own cost and expense, FSA shall promptly repair or replace any Product sold hereunder that does not comply with the foregoing warranties or, at Acacia’s option, if repair or replacement is not feasible, refund the applicable purchase price, taxes, delivery charges and other amounts paid in respect of such Product. These warranties, and FSA’s obligations hereunder, shall survive inspection, test, acceptance and use of the Products. The warranty obligation does not apply to any defects which arise from (i) misuse, neglect, improper installation, repair, alteration or accident; (ii) any modification to the part made by Acacia or a third party; (iii) Acacia’s own logic design for the part; or (iv) the equipment, systems or software used in connection with the part. FSA’s Products are not designed for use in life support appliances, devices, or systems where malfunction of a product can reasonably be expected to result in personal injury. Acacia and its customers using or selling Products for use in life support applications do so at their own risk.

6.3. Hazardous Materials . FSA represents and warrants that in performance of work under this Agreement it has complied with all laws, regulations, statutes and ordinances of all governmental entities including local, state, federal or international, now or hereafter enacted, which regulate any material because it is radioactive, toxic, hazardous or otherwise a danger to health, reproduction or the environment (“ Hazardous Regulations ”), including but not limited to Comprehensive

 

- 9 -


Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air Act, the Montreal Protocol, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment as amended from time to time, Directive 2002/96/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on waste electrical and electronic equipment, as amended from time to time, any European Union Member State implementations thereof, the Chinese regulation entitled Administrative Measure on the Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Products; and similar laws, rules, statutes, treaties or orders and international understandings. As required by any Hazardous Regulation, prior to shipment, FSA will notify Acacia about any hazardous and/or toxic materials in any Products. FSA will update such lists of hazardous and toxic materials [**].

6.4. Disclaimers . EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED HEREIN, EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

7. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

7.1. Infringement Indemnification .

a. FSA shall defend and indemnify Acacia and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, partners and customers (“ Acacia Indemnitees ”) from and against any demands, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses as incurred (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of any claim that any Product infringes a third party’s Intellectual Property Rights (“ Claims ”), and pay any damages awarded as a result of the Claim (or pay any amount agreed to by FSA as part of a settlement of the Claim), provided that (i) Acacia notifies FSA promptly in writing of any such Claim; (ii) gives FSA sole and complete authority to control the defense and settlement of the Claim; and (iii) at FSA’s expense, provides FSA with any information, materials, and other assistance reasonably requested by FSA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Acacia Indemnitee may participate in any proceeding using counsel of its own choosing, at its own expense and, if FSA fails to promptly assume and conduct the defense or take reasonable action to settle any Claim, then Acacia may regain control of such Claim (in which case, FSA shall be responsible for all such costs and expenses, as well as any award entered against any Acacia Indemnitee or reasonable settlement entered into by Acacia). FSA will not enter into any settlement, consent judgment or other voluntarily final disposition of any Claim hereunder, or make any admission or take any other action, that adversely affects any Acacia Indemnitee or the Products, or that is inconsistent with this Agreement in any material respect, or that fails to include an unconditional release of all claims against the Acacia Indemnitees, without Acacia’s prior written consent.

b. In the event of any such Claim or threat thereof, then in addition to FSA’s obligations under Section 7.1(a), FSA may (and, in the event any such Claim results in the

 

- 10 -


issuance of an injunction by a court of competent jurisdiction prohibiting Acacia from using Products, FSA shall), at its option and expense, obtain a license to permit the continued use of the related Products or replace or modify the Products so that the replacement or modified version is non-infringing, provided that the replacement or modified version has functionality in all material aspects substantially similar to that of the original.

c. FSA shall have no liability or obligation to the extent that any Claim is based on or results from (a) the combination or use of the Products with other products or components if the infringement would not have occurred but for such combination or use; (b) modification of the Products by anyone other than FSA if the infringement would not have occurred but for such modification; or (c) the implementation of detailed designs specified by Acacia if the infringement would not have occurred but for the implementation of Acacia’s design.

7.2. Insurance . FSA will maintain such comprehensive general liability insurance (including without limitation, products liability, completed operations, and errors and omissions) [**].

 

8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

EXCEPT IN THE CASE OF (a) ANY BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY, (b) BREACH OF SECTION 4, OR (c) LIABILITIES UNDER SECTION 7.1, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), FOR ANY (i) INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL, RELIANCE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF BUSINESS, REVENUES, PROFITS OR GOODWILL OR (ii) DAMAGES, IN THE AGGREGATE, IN EXCESS OF AMOUNTS ACTUALLY PAID OR PAYABLE TO FSA HEREUNDER FOR ALL PRODUCTS GIVING RISE TO A CLAIM, EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FOR DAMAGES ATTRIBUTED SOLELY TO AN EPIDEMIC FAILURE (SECTION 2.9), DAMAGES SHALL NOT EXCEED A MULTIPLE OF ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES (1.5X) THE AMOUNTS PAID OR PAYABLE TO FSA HEREUNDER FOR ALL PRODUCTS GIVING RISE TO A CLAIM. THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN. FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING FSA’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS SECTION 8, AMOUNTS PAID HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO INCLUDE NRE PAYMENTS AND CHARGES PAID UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS.

 

9. TERM AND TERMINATION.

9.1. Term . This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue in force for an initial term that expires on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Schedule Date of the last product schedule executed hereunder. Unless terminated earlier as permitted herein, this Agreement will be extended automatically for one additional term of one (1) year at the end of the then current (initial) term. Either party may elect not to renew the Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the other party at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the end of the then current (initial or renewal) term.

 

- 11 -


9.2. Termination for Breach . Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party breaches any material term of tins Agreement and fails to cure such breach within [**] days following written notice thereof from the non-breaching party.

9.3. Effects of Termination . Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the parties shall cease, except that the following shall survive:

a. Accrued Obligations . All obligations that accrued prior to the effective date of termination (including payment obligations) and any remedies for breach of this Agreement shall survive any termination.

b. Confidential Information . Each party will promptly deliver all of the other party’s Confidential Information to the other party,

c. Orders . All obligations of the parties under any purchase orders previously accepted under Section 2 that are outstanding on the effective date of termination shall remain in effect (except that in the case of termination under Section 9.2, in which case the terminating party may elect whether the parties’ obligations under such orders shall be fulfilled).

9.4. Survival . The provisions of Section 2.6 (Discontinuation), Section 2.9 (Epidemic Failure), Section 4 (Ownership and Intellectual Property Rights), Section 5 (Confidential Information), 6 (Warranties), 7 (Indemnification and Insurance), 8 (Limitation of Liability), 10 (General Provisions) and this Section 9 will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement

 

10. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

10.1. No Election of Remedies . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the exercise by a party of any of its remedies under this Agreement will be without prejudice to its other remedies under this Agreement or available at law or in equity.

10.2. Force Majeure . Except for confidentiality and the obligation to make payments hereunder, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 (Allocation), nonperformance of either party shall be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, flood, governmental action, failure of suppliers, earthquake, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control of the nonperforming party, provided that the party seeking such relief from nonperformance makes reasonable efforts to overcome any such occurrences and promptly notifies the other party in writing of such circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party is prevented or delayed in performing its obligations under this Agreement for more than a total of [**] days in any [**] month period, then the party not so affected may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party.

10.3. Assignment . This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned, in whole or in part, by either party without the other party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld. Either party may, however,

 

- 12 -


assign or transfer this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder without consent to any of its Affiliates or to any successor to all or substantially all of its business which concerns this Agreement (whether by sale of assets or equity, merger, consolidation or otherwise). This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, representatives and permitted assigns of the parties.

10.4. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

10.5. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of the Agreement will remain in full force and effect, and the provision affected will be construed so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law.

10.6. Notices . All notices required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission, by courier or overnight delivery service, or by certified mail, and in each instance will be deemed given upon receipt. All notices will be sent to the addresses set forth above or to such other address as may be specified by either party to the other in accordance with this Section.

10.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including Schedules executed hereunder) constitutes the complete and exclusive understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any different or additional terms included or referenced in any related purchase order, confirmation, invoice or similar form (including without limitation, any standard terms and conditions of sale or purchase), even if signed by the parties hereafter, shall have no effect under this Agreement. Any consent, waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective only if in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

10.8. Waiver . The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver or exception for the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

10.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Execution of a facsimile copy (including PDF) shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a facsimile signature shall be deemed an original and valid signature.

10.10. Relief . The parties acknowledge and agree that money damages alone will not be an adequate remedy if Section 4 or Section 5 is breached and, therefore, the non-breaching party shall, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies, be entitled to seek an order for specific performance, or an injunction or similar equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond.

10.11. Independent Contractors . The parties shall be independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein will constitute either party as the employer, employee, agent or representative of the other party, or both parties as joint venturers or partners for any purpose.

 

- 13 -


10.12. Contract Manufacturers . Acacia may exercise any or all of its rights hereunder through contract manufacturers, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to such exercise as if Acacia were acting directly. Contract manufacturers shall be subject to FSA’s credit policies, and depending on their credit worthiness, credit may be reduced or suspended as necessary to protect FSA’s interests.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.     Fujitsu Semiconductor America, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

    By:  

/s/

Title:  

CFO

    Title:  

VP, Sales

Date:  

10/18/2013

    Date:  

10/18/2013

 

     

APPROVED AS TO

FORM BY

FSA LEGAL    

 

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE 1

 

Product:   FSA part number:   [**]
  Acacia part number:   [**]
Pricing:   $[**]/unit  
Specification:   [**], dated 2013/2/22  

 

- 15 -


SCHEDULE 2

 

Product:    [**]
Schedule Date:   
Pricing:    TBD

Specification:

[**].

 

Acacia Communications, Inc.     Fujitsu Semiconductor America, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John Gavin

    By:  

/s/

Title:  

CFO

    Title:  

VP, Sales

Date:  

10/18/2013

    Date:  

10/18/2013

 

     

APPROVED AS TO

FORM BY

FSA LEGAL    

 

 

- 16 -


EXHIBIT A

BUFFER STOCK EXHIBIT

 

1. TERM OF BUFFER STOCK EXHIBIT

 

  a. This Buffer Stock Exhibit shall continue until terminated by FSA, with or without cause, upon [**] days prior written notice to Buyer. Buyer may terminate this Exhibit, with or without cause, and in whole or with respect to a particular product, upon six (6) months prior written notice to FSA.

 

2. ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF BUFFER STOCK

 

  a. By the date identified in Exhibit A-l (“Start Date”), FSA will establish a Buffer Stock at its warehouse for each product identified in Exhibit A-1 and at the quantities specified in Exhibit A-1 (“Buffer Stock Quantities”).

 

  b. Buffer Stock is maintained and sold as FSA’s part number. Buyer’s part number, if specified in Exhibit A, is for reference only.

 

  c. FSA will provide Buyer with a written report on a periodic basis of the status of inventory held in Buffer Stock. For each product, this report will show the quantity held in Buffer Stock and the quantity in process to replenish Buffer Stock (with estimated date of delivery to Buffer Stock). Buyer may increase the Buffer Stock Quantities from time to time as forecasts change, subject to FSA’s reasonable approval. Buyer may reduce the Buffer Stock at anytime by notifying FSA, and the reduction will be effected by ordering pursuant to Section 4 below.

 

  d. The Buffer Stock of parts will be rotated to keep current date code parts in such Buffer Stock.

 

  e. Buyer shall provide at least [**] months prior written notice to FSA of Buyer’s intent to discontinue purchase of the products held in Buffer Stock.

 

3. USE OF BUFFER STOCK BY BUYER AND FSA

 

  a. Buyer will issue purchase orders for products in Buffer Stock in accordance with FSA’s standard lead time. Should Buyer have unexpected demand for products and such demand is not in accordance with FSA’s standard lead time, FSA may use products in Buffer Stock to fulfill such demand. Buffer stock will be replenished in accordance with FSA’s standard lead time.

 

  b. FSA has the right to unilaterally decrease the Buffer Stock Quantities so long as (i) FSA provides Buyer with at least [**] days’ written notice, and (ii) FSA has a valid business reason for doing so. Such reasons may include, but are not limited to the following: (i) FSA’s records indicate that Buyer’s demand for the products has decreased or (ii) FSA has discontinued, or intends to discontinue, sale of the products. FSA will not reduce the Buffer Stock Quantity below [**] weeks of Buyer’s forecasted requirements without Buyer’s approval.

 

- 17 -


4. BUYER’S LIABILITY FOR BUFFER STOCK

 

  a. Upon the effective date of expiration or termination of this Agreement by either Buyer or FSA, Buyer shall purchase all remaining quantities of Buffer Stock and FSA will make its final inventory report to Buyer in accordance with Section 2-c of this Exhibit. Within [**] days of receiving such report, Buyer shall issue to FSA a purchase order specifying:

 

  (1) release for delivery of all remaining products in Buffer Stock, with price to be at the price last quoted by FSA, and

 

  (2) an order for all quantities Buyer is obligated to purchase pursuant to the terms of this Section 4-a, with price to be at [**] percent ([**]%) of the price last quoted by FSA.

 

  b. Upon receipt of Buyer’s purchase order under the Agreement, or within [**] days, whichever occurs first, FSA will promptly ship all remaining Buffer Stock to Buyer and will invoice Buyer for such product. Invoices for products described in Section 4-a (2) of this Agreement will be issued upon shipment of such products to Buyer.

 

- 18 -


Acacia FSA Confidential

EXHIBIT A-1

BUFFER STOCK PRODUCTS, QUANTITIES, LEADTIMES

 

FSA Part Number

  

Buyer Part

Number

  

Buffer Stock

Quantity

  

Start Date

  

Minimum Order

Quantity

[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
           
           

* Buyer and FSA intend to maintain a Buffer Stock Quantity equal to [**] weeks of Buyer’s forecasted requirements.

Acacia Supply Agreement 131010

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 10.19

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of August 6, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100, Maynard, MA 01754, on behalf of itself and its affiliates or subsidiaries (collectively “ CUSTOMER ”) and SANMINA CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 2700 North First Street, San Jose, California 95134, on behalf of itself and its affiliates or subsidiaries (“ SANMINA ”). CUSTOMER and SANMINA are sometimes referred to herein as a “Party” and the “Parties.”

 

1. TERM

The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue through the second anniversary of the Effective Date unless sooner terminated by mutual agreement or in accordance with this Agreement. Upon the expiry of the initial term, this Agreement shall continue from year to year until one Party terminates the Agreement by giving at least one hundred eighty (180) days’ prior written notice to the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement shall automatically extend to include the term of any purchase order (“ Order ”) issued hereunder.

 

2. PRICING

2.1 Pricing . During the term, CUSTOMER may purchase from SANMINA the products specified by the Parties, as amended from time to time (the “ Products ”) at the prices set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Prices and Inventory Turns ”). [General Note applicable to all Exhibits: Exhibit A (Prices), Exhibit B (Long Lead-time and NCNR Components), and Exhibit C (Customer Furnished Equipment, Components and Documentation) shall be reviewed on a [**] basis and revised as appropriate and such [**] price revisions shall be effective upon mutual written agreement of the Parties, and an agreement per Section 16.1 shall not be required. The Pricing Model shown in Exhibit A shall be reviewed on [**] basis.] Prices (a) are in U.S. Dollars, (b) include SANMINA standard packaging, (c) exclude the items set forth in Section 2.2, and (d) are based on (i) the configuration set forth in the specifications provided to SANMINA on which SANMINA’s quotation was based (the “ Specifications ”) and (ii) the projected volumes, minimum run rates, the projected inventory turns as provided in Exhibit A and other assumptions set forth in SANMINA’s quotation and/or Exhibit A. The Prices shall remain fixed for the term of the Agreement, subject to the Parties’ right to revise Prices, up or down, (x) to account for any material variations on the market prices of components, parts and raw material (collectively “ Components ”), including any such variations resulting from allocations or shortages; (y) to account for any changes in the exchange rate between the currency in which the pricing is calculated and the currency in which SANMINA pays for its labor, overhead and Components or (z) the price adjustments set forth in Section 2.3. On the [**] of any [**] prior to the [**] of application, the Parties shall establish the exchange rates (“ Contract Rates ”) to be applied to the following [**] costs (for those costs denominated in currencies different from the currency in which the Price is denominated). The source of the Contract Rates will be the spot rates published by the Wall Street Journal or the Financial Times of London (CUSTOMER’s option) reflecting the previous day’s closing rates. Prices will be reviewed [**] and pricing set for the next [**]. Cost changes shall be implemented with inventory burn off or via a buy down.

2.2 Exclusions from Price . Prices specifically exclude (a) export licensing of the Product and payment of broker’s fees, duties, tariffs and other similar charges; (b) taxes or

 

1 of 26


charges (other than those based on net income of SANMINA) imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, sale, shipment, storage, “value add” or use of the Product; and (c) setup, tooling, or non-recurring engineering activities (collectively “ NRE Charges ”).

2.3 Other Price Adjustments :

CUSTOMER acknowledges that the Prices set forth in Exhibit A are based on the forecasted volumes provided by CUSTOMER to SANMINA and the projected inventory turns as provided in Exhibit A. CUSTOMER acknowledges that the Prices are based on the Specifications and the assumptions set forth in SANMINA’s quotation and in Exhibit A. In the event SANMINA experiences an increase or decrease in cost as a result of changes in the pricing assumptions or the Specifications, the Parties shall be entitled to the Price adjustment set forth in Section 6.1. CUSTOMER and SANMINA agree to work together in good faith to identify potential [**] cost reduction goals, with a target of [**] per cent ([**]%) per [**].

2.4 Sanmina, on request and upon reasonable notice, shall provide backup documentation to support Component cost increases and of WIP validation in support of ECO activity EOL activity or where costs will be cut in during a [**].

 

3. PAYMENT TERMS/SETOFFS/CREDIT LIMIT

3.1 Payment Terms . Payment terms are net [**] days after the date of receipt of the electronic invoice (which shall not be issued prior to shipment of the Product), subject to continuing credit approval. Any quantity discrepancies must be brought to SANMINA’s attention within [**] days after receiving shipment and invoice. On any invoice not paid by the maturity date, CUSTOMER shall pay interest from maturity to date of payment at the rate of [**]% per month. Unless otherwise stated, payment shall be made in U.S. Dollars. In the event CUSTOMER has any outstanding invoice beyond the payment term, CUSTOMER will be given [**] business days notification prior to any stop shipments occurring.

3.2 Setoffs . Each Party shall be entitled at all times to set-off any amount owing from the other Party to such Party against any amount payable to the other Party from such Party, arising out of this Agreement. Written notice of the intent to exercise such set-off shall be provided to the Party against whom the set-off will be taken and the parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve the issue without such a set-off being taken. For purposes hereof, (i) the term “Party” shall include the Parties to this transaction and each Party’s Affiliates and (ii) a Party’s “ Affiliate ” shall mean any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control by such Party, including but not limited to a Party’s subsidiaries.

3.3 Credit Limit . CUSTOMER shall provide SANMINA’s Credit Department a completed credit application. SANMINA shall provide CUSTOMER with an initial credit limit, which shall be reviewed (and, if necessary, adjusted) from time to time and with periodic financial updates from CUSTOMER in order to maintain a credit limit. For purposes of the exchange of CUSTOMER financial information, the Parties shall enter into a separate non-disclosure agreement which will limit access to CUSTOMER’s financial information to a limited number of named SANMINA employees. If there is a material negative change in CUSTOMER’s financial condition as reasonably determined by SANMINA or a material financial default by CUSTOMER under this Agreement as reasonably determined by SANMINA, then SANMINA shall have the right to reduce the credit limit upon [**] business days’ prior written notice to CUSTOMER, and both Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to meet within [**]

 

2 of 26


business days following the written credit limit reduction notice to review the CUSTOMER’s credit line and work, subject to SANMINA’s financial and credit policies, to minimize any impact on expected shipments to CUSTOMER. In the event CUSTOMER exceeds this credit limit, SANMINA shall have the right to stop shipments of Product to CUSTOMER and stop loading new Orders and Forecasts until CUSTOMER makes a sufficient payment to bring its account within the credit limit provided or it is otherwise mutually agreed. The Parties agree to review and evaluate in good faith an increase in the credit limit upon request by CUSTOMER. For avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that in the event of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement by CUSTOMER under Section 16.3 Sanmina shall have the right to review the creditworthiness of the assignee, transferee, or successor of CUSTOMER and to adjust the credit limit and terms in accordance with this Section 3.3.

3.4 Security Interest . CUSTOMER grants SANMINA a purchase money security interest in the Products delivered to CUSTOMER until CUSTOMER has paid for the Products and all Product-related charges. CUSTOMER agrees to promptly execute any documents requested by SANMINA to perfect and protect such security interest.

3.5 CUSTOMER guarantees the obligations of each of its authorized Affiliates and any other company that is authorized by CUSTOMER with respect to Orders or Forecasts placed or made pursuant to this Agreement, and agrees to be jointly liable for such obligations.

 

4. PURCHASE ORDERS/FORECAST/RESCHEDULE

4.1 Purchase Orders .

(a) CUSTOMER will issue to SANMINA specific Orders for Product covered by this Agreement. Each Order shall be in the form of a written or electronic communication and shall contain the following information: (i) the part number of the Product; (ii) the quantity of the Product; (iii) the delivery date or shipping schedule; (iv) the location to which the Product is to be shipped; and (v) transportation instructions. Each Order shall contain a number for billing purposes, and may include other instructions and terms (provided that such terms do not conflict with this Agreement) as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

(b) All Orders shall be confirmed by SANMINA within [**] business days of receipt. Subject to Section 3.3 above, SANMINA shall accept all Orders that meet the order information requirements as stated in subsection 4.1(a) above, provided (i) that the Orders are within the forecasted Product quantities, (ii) CUSTOMER is not in material default or breach of the Agreement and (iii) the delivery schedule is not less than the quoted lead-times set forth in Exhibit A for a Product. If SANMINA believes a condition exists whereby it may reject an Order, SANMINA will provide a written response detailing the condition and agrees to work with CUSTOMER to allow a correction of the Order so that an accepted order can be confirmed. SANMINA agrees that orders may be placed under this Agreement by CUSTOMER and/or any of its Affiliates or contract manufacturers that are identified in advance by CUSTOMER and which have been authorized by CUSTOMER and which are subject to the CUSTOMER guarantee in Section 3.5 above. If SANMINA does not accept or reject the Order within the [**] day period, the Order shall be deemed accepted by SANMINA. In the event the delivery schedule set forth in a proposed Order is less than the quoted lead-times set forth in Exhibit A for a product, or SANMINA finds the schedule or Order to be unacceptable due to some other noncompliance with this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the disputed matter(s).

 

3 of 26


4.2 Forecast; Minimum Buys; Excess and Obsolete Inventory .

(a) Initial Forecast . Upon the execution of this Agreement, CUSTOMER shall provide SANMINA with (i) an initial [**] day firm Order and (ii) a non-binding forecast for Product requirements [**] for an additional [**] months (“ Forecast ”). All Orders shall be binding and may be rescheduled only in accordance with Section 4.2(d), or cancelled upon payment of (1) the purchase price of the Product (if the cancellation is made within [**] days of the scheduled delivery date) or (2) the amounts set forth in Section 4.2(f) (if cancellation is made outside of such [**]-day period). SANMINA shall make purchase commitments (including for Components based on Orders) and purchase commitments for Long Lead-time Components to its Component suppliers (“ Vendors ”) based upon the Order and Forecast as set forth in this Article 4, and CUSTOMER shall be responsible for Components purchased in support of CUSTOMER’s Orders and Forecast in accordance herewith. For all other purposes, however, the Forecast shall be non-binding.

(b) Subsequent Forecasts . On the [**] after the initial Order and Forecast, unless a new Order is placed the first Forecast month shall automatically become part of the Order, a [**], so that a rolling Order of [**] days is always maintained.

(c) MRP Process.

(1) SANMINA shall take the Order and Forecast and generate a Master Production Schedule (“ MPS ”) for a [**]-month period in accordance with the process described in this Section. The MPS shall define the master plan on which SANMINA shall base its procurement, internal capacity projections and commitments. SANMINA shall use CUSTOMER’s Order to generate the first [**] months of the MPS and shall use CUSTOMER’s Forecast to generate the subsequent [**] months of the MPS.

(2) SANMINA shall process the MPS through industry-standard software that will break down CUSTOMER’s Product requirements into Component requirements. When no Product testing (in-circuit or functional testing) is required by CUSTOMER, SANMINA will use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule delivery of all Components to SANMINA [**] business days before the Products are scheduled to ship to CUSTOMER; in the event Product testing is required, SANMINA will use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule delivery of all Components to SANMINA [**] business days before the Products are scheduled to ship to CUSTOMER.

(3) SANMINA will release (launch) purchase orders to Vendors (including other SANMINA facilities) prior to the anticipated date that the Components are needed at SANMINA. The date on which these orders are launched will depend on the lead time determined between the Vendor and SANMINA and SANMINA’s manufacturing or materials planning systems. All purchase orders to Vendors that result in excess of [**] ($[**]) Dollars on a line item basis shall be subject to review and approval by CUSTOMER before release to Vendor by SANMINA. CUSTOMER shall promptly review and approve such purchase orders or provide SANMINA with its reasons for withholding approval.

(4) A list of all Components with lead times greater than [**]days (or the Order period, if the Order period is less than [**] days) (“ Long Lead-time Components ”) is set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement and/or has previously been provided to CUSTOMER. SANMINA shall use reasonable efforts to update the list of Long Lead-time Components every [**] and present an updated list of Long Lead-time Components to CUSTOMER at the time

 

4 of 26


SANMINA presents the CUSTOMER with the Excess List and Obsolete List described in Section 4.2(e). Each revised Long Lead-time Item list shall be deemed an amendment to Exhibit B, whether or not it has been formally designated as such. In the event SANMINA fails to present an updated list of Long Lead-time Components, (i) the Parties shall continue to rely on the preceding list (as updated in writing by the Parties) and (ii) CUSTOMER will accept responsibility for Long Lead-time Components ordered outside the lead-times set forth in the list provided that SANMINA can demonstrate to CUSTOMER’s reasonable satisfaction that such Components were ordered in accordance with the then-current Vendor lead-times. (CUSTOMER acknowledges that lead-times constantly change and that SANMINA might not always be able to present CUSTOMER with a current Long Lead-time Component List).

(5) CUSTOMER acknowledges that SANMINA will order Components in quantities sufficient to support CUSTOMER’s Forecast. In determining the quantity of Components to order, SANMINA divides the Components into three classes, “Class A,” “Class B,” and “Class C.” Typically, Class A Components are comprised of the approximately [**] percent ([**]%) of Components constituting approximately [**] percent ([**]%) of the Product’s total Component cost; Class C Components are comprised of the approximately [**] percent ([**]%) of Components constituting approximately [**] percent ([**]%) of the Product’s total Component cost; and Class B Components are comprised of the remaining [**] percent ([**]%) of Components constituting approximately [**] percent ([**]%) of the Product’s total Component cost. Generally, SANMINA will place orders with its Vendors for approximately [**] worth of Class A Components, [**] worth of Class B Components and [**] worth of Class C Components. A summary of SANMINA’s general purchase practices is set forth in the table below. The foregoing notwithstanding, CUSTOMER will be responsible only for Components purchased to fulfill Orders, Long Lead-time items, safety stock (as mutually agreed) and NCNR , in accordance with this Section.

 

Part Class

   Expected Percentage
of Total Parts
  Expected Percentage
of Total Value (of
Gross Requirements)
  Periods Worth of
Supply to be Bought
with Each Order

A

   [**]   [**]   [**]

B

   [**]   [**]   [**]

C

   [**]   [**]   [**]

(6) CUSTOMER acknowledges that SANMINA will be required to order Components in accordance with the various minimum buy quantities, tape and reel quantities, and multiples of packaging quantities required by the Vendor. In addition, CUSTOMER acknowledges that there is a lag time between any CUSTOMER cancellation and the cancellation of the Components required to support production.

(7) CUSTOMER acknowledges that the Vendor lead-times can be significant, and understands that it is possible for SANMINA to have Components on order pursuant to Section 4.2(c)(4) above which would support the [**] of CUSTOMER’s Forecast. For example, assuming a Vendor lead-time of [**] and a “B” Component, SANMINA would place an order for [**] worth (see table above) of such Component approximately [**] weeks prior to the date on which the first Component is expected to be used.

 

5 of 26


(d) Reschedule . CUSTOMER may reschedule all or part of a scheduled delivery (per Order) [**] for a period not to exceed [**] days in accordance with the table below. At the end of this [**] day period, CUSTOMER shall either accept delivery of rescheduled finished units and/or pay SANMINA’s Delivered Cost (as defined in Section 4.2(e)) associated with rescheduled units not yet built. As an example, assume that CUSTOMER’s Order requested delivery of [**] units on [**] units on [**] units on [**] and [**] units on [**]. On [**], the CUSTOMER asks SANMINA to reschedule all deliveries to the maximum extent permitted under this Agreement. Because the Agreement does not permit reschedules within [**] days of the delivery date, none of the units scheduled for delivery on [**] would be affected. SANMINA would, however, reschedule the delivery of [**] units scheduled to be delivered on [**] (within [**] days, CUSTOMER can reschedule [**]% of any scheduled delivery for a maximum of [**] days), reschedule the delivery of [**] units scheduled to be delivered on [**] (within [**] days, CUSTOMER can reschedule [**]% of any scheduled delivery for a maximum of [**] days), and reschedule the delivery of [**] units scheduled to be delivered on [**] (after [**] days, CUSTOMER can reschedule [**]% of any scheduled delivery for a maximum of [**] days.

 

Days Before P.O. Delivery Date

   Percentage Reschedule Allowance

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

SANMINA shall use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate any upside schedule changes beyond the firm Order periods.

(e) Excess and Obsolete Inventory .

(i) For the purpose of this Agreement,

a. “ Delivered Cost ” shall mean SANMINA’s quoted cost of Components as stated on the bill of materials, plus a materials margin equal to the applicable percentage set forth in the mutually agreed Pricing Model. Quoted cost shall mean the price charged by the third party Component vendor to SANMINA and shall not include any labor, overhead, profit, or other markup by SANMINA. Materials margin shall include only the percentage markup stated above, without additional labor, overhead, profit, or other markup by SANMINA.

b. “Excess Components ” means (a) the Components that SANMINA has on hand, which have been ordered, manufactured, or acquired (in accordance with the requirements of this Section 4) based on CUSTOMER’s then-current Forecast as noted in section 4 and Exhibit B, long lead time components, items purchased as safety stock, parts purchased under MOQ’s and NCNR or Orders, but for which CUSTOMER has no demand in the [**] day period following the end of each [**], and/or (b) inventory that is in excess of the quantity required to maintain the agreed to inventory turns per Exhibit A.

c. “ Obsolete Components ” means the quantity of Components that SANMINA has on hand, which have been ordered, manufactured, or acquired (in accordance with the requirements of this Section 4) based on CUSTOMER’s then-current Forecast or Order,

 

6 of 26


but which SANMINA no longer requires as a result of (i) CUSTOMER’s announcement or notification that the Product into which such Component is incorporated has reached its end of life (“ EOL ”), (ii) a change in the specification the Product into which the Component is incorporated as a result of an Engineering Change Notice or otherwise; or (iii) Section 4.2(e)(vii) below.

(ii) Within [**] business days after receiving CUSTOMER’s first Forecast or Order of the [**] following the end of each [**] (but no later than the [**] business day following the end of each of SANMINA’s [**]), SANMINA shall advise CUSTOMER in writing of any Excess Components and their Delivered Cost (the “ Excess List ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, SANMINA’s failure to timely provide the Excess List to CUSTOMER shall not affect CUSTOMER’s obligations hereunder.

(iii) Within [**] business days of receiving SANMINA’s Excess List, CUSTOMER shall advise SANMINA of any Component on the Excess List that it believes is not excess, and the Parties shall work together in good faith to resolve any outstanding issues.

(iv) Within [**] business days of CUSTOMER’s issuance of its response to the Excess List, CUSTOMER and SANMINA will agree on the disposition of the Excess List on a part number-by-part number basis (hereafter the “ Mutually Agreed Excess ”) and shall enter into transactions as defined below to settle the Mutually Agreed Excess.

(v) Within [**] business days of the Parties’ agreement on the Mutually Agreed Excess, CUSTOMER will pay SANMINA the amount equal to the Mutually Agreed Excess. SANMINA will credit these funds to the CUSTOMER’s “ Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account ” which has been established as a “contra-asset” to CUSTOMER’s obligations under this Section 4.

(vi) The Parties shall use the processes set forth in sections (i) through (v) above at the end of each [**] to determine the “new” Mutually Agreed Excess for the end of each subsequent [**]. The Parties will then compare the prior [**] Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account with the “new” Mutually Agreed Excess amount. If the new Mutually Agreed Excess is greater than the Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account, then CUSTOMER shall, within [**] business days, pay the difference to SANMINA, who shall credit the funds to the Prepaid Reserve Account. If the new Mutually Agreed Excess is less than the Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account, then SANMINA shall, within [**] business days, refund the difference to CUSTOMER.

(vii) Excess Components shall be kept in the prepaid inventory reserve account for a maximum period of [**] months, at which time such Excess Components will be deemed to be Obsolete Components, and handled in accordance with Section 4.2(e)(viii) below.

(viii)

a. Within [**] business days after receiving CUSTOMER’s first Forecast or Order of the [**] following the end of each [**] (but no later than the [**] business day following the end of each of SANMINA’s [**]), SANMINA shall advise CUSTOMER in writing of any Obsolete Components and their Delivered Cost (the “ Obsolete List ”). The Obsolete List shall include all former Excess Components which have been deemed Obsolete Components in accordance with Section 4.2(e)(vii) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SANMINA’s failure to timely provide the Obsolete List to CUSTOMER shall not affect CUSTOMER’s obligations hereunder.

 

7 of 26


b. To the extent that any of the amount in the CUSTOMER’s Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account relates to any Obsolete Component (e.g., the Obsolete Component was formerly included in the Excess List, and CUSTOMER included that Component in its funding of the Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account), SANMINA shall debit the Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account in the amount of the Delivered Cost of such Component. In the event the CUSTOMER’s Prepaid Inventory Reserve Account does not include funding for any Obsolete Component (e.g., the Component was recently rendered obsolete as a result of a design change), SANMINA shall invoice CUSTOMER for the Delivered Cost of the Obsolete Component, CUSTOMER shall pay SANMINA’s invoice within [**] business days after the date of invoice. SANMINA will ship or dispose of the Obsolete Component in accordance with the CUSTOMER’s instructions.

(f) Customer Component Liability . CUSTOMER acknowledges that it shall be financially liable for all Components ordered in accordance with this Section 4.2. At CUSTOMER’s request, SANMINA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize CUSTOMER’s Component Liability by attempting to return Components to the Vendor or cancel cancelable open Orders; provided, however, that SANMINA shall not be obligated to attempt to return to Vendor Components which are, in the aggregate, worth less than $[**].

(g) Supplier Managed Inventory Program . CUSTOMER acknowledges that the concept of “purchase commitments to a Vendor” (as used in Section 4.2(a) and elsewhere in this Agreement) includes not only SANMINA purchase orders issued to Vendors, but, subject to prior written approval by the CUSTOMER, also non-binding forecasts (which are based on CUSTOMER’s Forecasts) provided to Vendors in accordance with SANMINA’s Supplier Managed Inventory Program (“ SMI Program ”). Under the SMI Program, SANMINA provides Vendors with forecasts of anticipated Component requirements, and the Vendor is obligated to supply SANMINA with all forecasted Components, but SANMINA does not issue Vendor a purchase order until the Component is actually required by SANMINA for production. However, under the SMI Program, SANMINA is obligated to either consume a sufficient level of the forecasted Components or pay the Vendor for a certain level of unused Components. For the purpose of this Agreement, CUSTOMER’s Component Liability (pursuant to 4.2(f) above) shall include the cost of any required Vendor payments under the SMI Program as well as any Components actually ordered from the Vendors in accordance with this subsection (g) based on CUSTOMER’s Forecast.

4.3 Allocation . In the event that the supply of a particular Product is constrained because of parts or materials shortages affecting SANMINA and the industry generally, SANMINA will allocate to CUSTOMER, in each facility in which the Products are produced, a supply of such parts or materials in proportion to open CUSTOMER Purchase Orders first, then by loaded Forecast.

 

5. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

5.1 Delivery . All Product shipments shall be FCA SANMINA’s facility of manufacture or repair (Incoterms 2010). Title to and risk of loss or damage to the Product shall pass to CUSTOMER upon SANMINA’s tender of the Product to the common carrier. CUSTOMER shall be the exporter and importer of record for all shipments of Products, including any repaired

 

8 of 26


or replacement Products. SANMINA shall mark, pack, package, crate, transport, ship and store Product to ensure (a) delivery of the Product to its ultimate destination in safe condition, (b) compliance with all requirements of the carrier and destination authorities, and (c) compliance with any special instructions of CUSTOMER. SANMINA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Products on the agreed-upon delivery dates and shall promptly notify CUSTOMER of any anticipated delays.

5.2 Acceptance. Acceptance of the Product shall occur no later than [**] days after receipt of Product at destination and shall be based solely on whether the Product passes a mutually agreeable acceptance test procedure or inspection designed to demonstrate compliance with the Specifications. Product cannot be rejected based on criteria that were unknown to SANMINA or based on test procedures that SANMINA has not approved or does not conduct. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Product shall be deemed accepted if not rejected within this [**]-day period. Once a Product is accepted, all Product returns shall be handled in accordance with Section 7 (Warranty). Prior to returning any rejected Product, CUSTOMER shall obtain a Return Material Authorization (“ RMA ”) number from SANMINA, and shall return such Product in accordance with SANMINA’s instructions; CUSTOMER shall specify the reason for such rejection in all RMAs. In the event a Product is rejected, SANMINA shall have a reasonable opportunity to cure any defect which led to such rejection.

 

6. CHANGES

6.1 General . CUSTOMER may upon sufficient notice make changes within the general scope of this Agreement. Such changes may include, but are not limited to changes in (1) drawings, plans, designs, procedures, Specifications, test specifications or bill of material (“ BOM ”), (2) methods of packaging and shipment, (3) quantities of Product to be furnished, (4) delivery schedule, or (5) Customer-Furnished Items. All changes other than changes in quantity of Products to be furnished shall be requested pursuant to an Engineering Change Notice (“ ECN ”) and finalized in an Engineering Change Order (“ ECO ”). If any such change causes either an increase or decrease in SANMINA’s cost or the time required for performance of any part of the work under this Agreement (whether changed or not changed by any ECO) the Prices and/or delivery schedules shall be adjusted in a manner which would adequately compensate the Parties for such change.

6.2 ECN’s . Within [**] business days after an ECN is received, SANMINA shall advise CUSTOMER in writing (a) of any change in Prices or delivery schedules resulting from the ECN and (b) the Delivered Cost of any Finished Product, Work-in-Process or Component rendered excess or obsolete as a result of the ECN (collectively the “ ECN Charge ”). Unless otherwise stated, ECN Charges are valid from [**] days from the date of the ECN Charge.

6.3 ECO’s. In the event CUSTOMER desires to proceed with the change after receiving the ECN Charge pursuant to Section 6.2, CUSTOMER shall advise SANMINA in writing and shall immediately pay the portion of the ECN Charge set forth in Section 6.2(b). In the event CUSTOMER does not desire to proceed with the Change after receiving the ECN Charge, it shall so notify SANMINA. In the event SANMINA does not receive written confirmation of CUSTOMER’s desire to proceed with the change within [**] days after SANMINA provides CUSTOMER with the ECN Charge, the ECN shall be deemed cancelled.

 

9 of 26


7. WARRANTY

7.1 SANMINA Warranty. SANMINA warrants that the Product will be free from defects in SANMINA workmanship for a period of [**] months from invoice. Products shall be considered free from defects in workmanship if they are manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest version of IPC-A-600 or IPC-A-610 and with CUSTOMER’s written specifications as accepted by Sanmina and successfully complete any mutually agreed product acceptance test. SANMINA shall, at its option and at its expense (and as CUSTOMER’s sole and exclusive remedy for breach of any warranty), repair, replace or issue a credit for Product found defective during the warranty period. In addition, SANMINA will pass on to CUSTOMER all Vendors’ (and manufacturers’) Component warranties to the extent that they are transferable, as well as manage such warranties on CUSTOMER’s behalf, but does not independently warrant Components. All warranty obligations will cease upon the earlier of the expiration of the warranty period set forth above or the return (at CUSTOMER’s request) of any test equipment or test fixtures. ALL CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY MUST BE RECEIVED BY SANMINA NO LATER THAN [**] DAYS AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD.

7.2 RMA Process. SANMINA shall concur in advance on all Products to be returned for repair or rework. CUSTOMER shall obtain a RMA number from SANMINA prior to return shipment. All returns shall state the specific reason for such return, and will be processed in accordance with SANMINA’s RMA process. SANMINA shall pay all transportation costs for valid returns of the Products to SANMINA and for the shipment of the repaired or replacement Products to CUSTOMER, and shall bear all risk of loss or damage to such Products while in transit; CUSTOMER shall pay these charges, plus a handling charge, for invalid or “no defect found” returns. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted as set forth in this Section for a period equal to the greater of (i) the balance of the applicable warranty period relating to such Product or (ii) [**] days after it is received by CUSTOMER.

7.3 Exclusions from Warranty. This warranty does not include Products that have defects or failures resulting from (a) CUSTOMER’s design of Products including, but not limited to, design functionality failures, specification inadequacies, failures relating to the functioning of Products in the manner for the intended purpose or in the specific CUSTOMER’s environment; (b) accident, disaster, neglect, abuse, misuse, improper handling, testing, storage or installation including improper handling in accordance with static sensitive electronic device handling requirements; (c) alterations, modifications or repairs by CUSTOMER or third parties or (d) defective CUSTOMER-provided test equipment or test software. CUSTOMER bears all design responsibility for the Product.

7.4 Remedy. THE SOLE REMEDY UNDER THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.1 SHALL BE THE REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR CREDIT FOR DEFECTS AS STATED ABOVE. THE WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH ABOVE ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES GIVEN BY SANMINA AND ARE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SANMINA DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTIES REGARDING MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. COMPLIANCE WITH “ROHS”, “WEEE”, “REACH” AND OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION WORLDWIDE SHALL BE AS AGREED BY THE PARTIES, BUT SAMNINA SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NONCOMPLIANCE RESULTING FROM ITS MANUFACTURING PROCESSES.

 

10 of 26


7.5 Epidemic Failure .

(a) In the event of Epidemic Failure (defined below) of a Product, SANMINA shall investigate the cause of the Epidemic Failure and deliver to CUSTOMER a corrective action plan (“CAP”) within [**] business days from written notice of the failure. The CAP will define SANMINA’s plans for remedying the Epidemic Failure and the time period for development and implementation of such remedy for the defect. SANMINA shall at its own cost and expense correct such Epidemic Failure without delay.

(b) “Epidemic Failure” shall mean a recurring failure in the Product occurring during the [**] month period after delivery due to the same root defect in Sanmina workmanship which affects more than [**] percent ([**]%) of Product units over a [**]-day period, with a minimum number of [**] units in the field.

(c) SANMINA shall, at its cost and expense, repair or replace Products affected by Epidemic Failure. Until the correction of the Epidemic Failure, CUSTOMER may postpone or cancel, [**], the delivery of any outstanding purchase orders. In addition, CUSTOMER may return Product(s) affected by the Epidemic Failure already delivered, as well as any stock in inventory affected by the Epidemic Failure, for repair or replacement of such Product(s), free of charge to CUSTOMER, or for a credit of any amounts paid by CUSTOMER for any such Products, at Sanmina’s election.

(d) If SANMINA does not agree that an Epidemic Failure has occurred or exists after CUSTOMER has providing supporting documentation and evidence, or is unable to develop a mutually agreeable CAP and remedial plan, or fails to implement the remedial plan in a timely fashion, or otherwise fails to correct an Epidemic Failure, then the matter shall be referred to the designated executive management of each Party for timely resolution. If the dispute is not timely resolved by such referral then this matter shall be resolved in accordance with Section 16.5 herein.

 

8. GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS

SANMINA represents and warrants that the Products delivered hereunder will be free of all liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests except as otherwise permitted in Section 3 above ; the Products delivered hereunder will be free from all defects in title; SANMINA has the required skills, expertise and experience to perform this Agreement;\and SANMINA’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement shall at all times comply with any and all applicable laws and regulations except as otherwise provided in Section 7.4 above.

 

9. CUSTOMER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS

9.1 Customer-Furnished Items. CUSTOMER shall provide SANMINA with the Product design and related specifications, applicable regulatory requirements, equipment, tooling, Components or documentation set forth in Exhibit C (collectively the “ Customer-Furnished Items ”). CUSTOMER hereby represents and warrants that the Customer-Furnished Items are or will be fit for the purposes CUSTOMER intends, meet all applicable regulatory requirements, and will be delivered to SANMINA in a timely manner. Documentation (including BOM’s, drawings and artwork) shall be current and complete. CUSTOMER shall be responsible for schedule delay, reasonable and agreed upon inventory carrying charges, and allocated equipment down time charges associated with the incompleteness, late delivery or non-delivery of Customer-Furnished Items.

9.2 Care of Customer-Furnished Items. All Customer-Furnished Items shall remain the property of CUSTOMER. SANMINA shall clearly identify all Customer-Furnished Items by an

 

11 of 26


appropriate tag and shall utilize such Customer-Furnished Items solely in connection with the manufacture of CUSTOMER’s Product. SANMINA shall not make or allow modifications to be made to Customer-Furnished Items without CUSTOMER’s prior written consent. SANMINA shall be responsible for reasonable diligence and care in the use and protection of any Customer-Furnished Items, including providing reasonable insurance coverage, and routine maintenance of any Customer-Furnished equipment, but shall not be responsible for repairs or replacements (including servicing and calibration to the equipment) unless such failure was caused by SANMINA’s negligence or willful misconduct. All Customer-Furnished Items shall be returned to CUSTOMER at CUSTOMER’s expense upon request. SANMINA’s production and warranty obligations which require the utilization of the returned Customer-Furnished Items will cease upon SANMINA’s fulfillment of CUSTOMER’s request.

9.3 Customer-Furnished Components . Customer-furnished Components shall be handled in accordance with the applicable SANMINA manufacturing facility’s procedures regarding Customer-Furnished Material. For avoidance of doubt, in the event that SANMINA is provided with Customer-furnished Components (whether Customer owned, consignment inventory, purchased from CUSTOMER by SANMINA or delivered by third parties for Customer’s benefit without charge to SANMINA) there will be no added cost to such items, including overhead, SG&A, materials margin, profit and other markups.

9.4 From time to time, upon reasonable prior notice to Sanmina and compliance with Sanmina’s confidentiality and security requirements, Customer shall have the right to inspect all Customer-Furnished Items in Sanmina’s facilities or control, and all pertinent books, records, and documentation pertaining to said Customer-Furnished Items in Sanmina’s facilities or control, to ensure proper utilization, care, protection, maintenance, and handling.

 

10. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

10.1 SANMINA’s Indemnification . SANMINA shall indemnify, defend, and hold CUSTOMER and CUSTOMER’s affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, contractors, agents and other representatives (the “Customer-Indemnified Parties”) harmless from all third party demands, claims, actions, causes of action, proceedings, suits, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, settlements, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) of every kind (each a “Claim,” and, collectively “Claims”) (i) based upon personal injury or death or injury to property (other than damage to the Product itself, which is handled in accordance with Section 7 “Warranty”) to the extent any of the foregoing is caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of SANMINA or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents, and/or (ii) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, mask work, copyright, trade secret, or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property rights arising from or in connection with SANMINA’s manufacturing processes.

10.2 CUSTOMER’s Indemnification . CUSTOMER shall indemnify, defend, and hold SANMINA and SANMINA’s affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, contractors, agents and other representatives (the “SANMINA-Indemnified Parties”) harmless from all third party Claims (i) based upon personal injury or death or injury to property to the extent any of the foregoing is caused by a defective Product, provided the defect was not caused by any SANMINA-Indemnified Parties, by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of CUSTOMER or its officers, employees, subcontractors or agents, and/or (ii) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, mask work, copyright,

 

12 of 26


trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property rights arising from or in connection with the Products, except to the extent that infringement occurs as a result of use by CUSTOMER of SANMINA’s manufacturing processes.

10.3 Procedure . A Party entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section (the “Indemnitee”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the “Indemnitor”) in writing of any Claims covered by this indemnity. Promptly after receipt of such notice, the Indemnitor shall assume the defense of such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. If the Indemnitor fails, within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, to assume the defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee or, if in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnitee, a direct or indirect conflict of interest exists between the Parties with respect to the Claim, the Indemnitee shall have the right to undertake the defense, compromise and settlement of such Claim for the account and at the expense of the Indemnitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnitee in its sole judgment so elects, the Indemnitee may also participate in the defense of such action by employing counsel at its expense, without waiving the Indemnitor’s obligation to indemnify and defend. The Indemnitor shall not compromise any Claim (or portions thereof) or consent to the entry of any judgment without an unconditional release of all liability of the Indemnitee as to each claimant or plaintiff.

10.4 Limitation of Liability . WITH THE EXCEPTION OF INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 10.1 AND 10.2., OR BREACHES OF SECTION 14 (CONFIDENTIALITY), IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION, BOTH LOST PROFITS AND DAMAGES RESULTING FROM VALUE ADDED TO THE PRODUCT BY CUSTOMER SHALL BE CONSIDERED CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL SANMINA’S LIABILITY FOR A PRODUCT (WHETHER ASSERTED AS A TORT CLAIM OR CONTRACT CLAIM) EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID TO SANMINA FOR SUCH PRODUCT HEREUNDER. IN NO EVENT WILL SANMINA BE LIABLE FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCT BY CUSTOMER. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE GREATER OF (i) TEN PERCENT (10%) OF THE TRAILING 12 MONTHS OF REVENUE FOR PRODUCT PAID FOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND (ii) TWO MILLION ($2,000,000) DOLLARS (THE “CAP”). THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE CAP SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIMIT A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, CUSTOMER’S OBLIGATIONS FOR PAYMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 3, 4, OR 11, OR SANMINA’S OBLIGATIONS TO REPAIR, REPLACE OR ISSUE A CREDIT UNDER THE WARRANTY AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 7.1 ABOVE OR UNDER SECTION 7.5(C) ABOVE.

 

11. TERMINATION

11.1 Termination for Cause . Subject to Section 11.4., either Party may terminate this Agreement or an Order hereunder for default if the other Party materially breaches this Agreement; provided, however, no termination right shall accrue until [**] days after the defaulting Party is notified in writing of the material breach and has failed to cure or give

 

13 of 26


adequate assurances of performance within the [**] day period after notice of material breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be a [**] business day cure period for payment-related breaches, provided the existence of such cure period is not being abused.

11.2 Termination for Convenience . Subject to Section 11.4., CUSTOMER may terminate this Agreement hereunder for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice and may terminate any Order hereunder for any reason upon ninety (90) days’ (before scheduled shipment) prior written notice. Subject to Section 11.4, SANMINA may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon one hundred eighty (180) days’ notice.

11.3 Termination by Operation of Law . Subject to Section 11.4., this Agreement shall immediately and automatically terminate should either Party (a) fail to meet its financial obligations on an ongoing basis; (b) enter into or file a petition, arraignment or proceeding seeking an order for relief under the bankruptcy laws of its jurisdiction; (c) enter into a receivership of any of its assets or (d) enter into a dissolution or liquidation of its assets or an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

11.4 Consequences of Termination .

(a) Termination by SANMINA for CUSTOMER BREACH or by CUSTOMER for Convenience . In the event this Agreement or an Order hereunder is terminated by Sanmina due to Customer’s uncured material breach or by Customer for its convenience (including a termination due to a force majeure event) , CUSTOMER shall pay SANMINA (1) the contract Price for all conforming finished Product existing at the time of termination and delivered in accordance with the Agreement; (2) SANMINA’s cost (including labor, Components and mark-up on Components and labor) for all work in process; and (3) CUSTOMER’s Component Liability pursuant to Section 4.2(f).

(b) Termination by CUSTOMER Resulting from SANMINA’s Breach or Termination by SANMINA for Convenience . In the event CUSTOMER terminates this Agreement or any Order hereunder as a result of an uncured material breach by SANMINA, CUSTOMER shall pay SANMINA(1) the contract Order Price for all finished conforming Product delivered in accordance with the Agreement and conforming finished Product delivered within [**] days after termination pursuant to accepted Orders. It is understood and agreed that Sanmina shall be authorized to, and if requested by CUSTOMER shall, bring all work in process (WIP) to finished Product state and, if conforming and delivered in accordance with the Agreement, shall be paid for at the contract Price; and conforming Component inventory mutually agreed to pursuant to Section 4.2(f) at cost excluding Sanmina mark up. In the event SANMINA terminates pursuant to Section 11.2 above, SANMINA shall (i) complete all Orders placed prior to the date of notice of termination, and (ii) accept and complete all Orders placed after the date of notice of termination with requested delivery dates that are within lead time and are on or prior to the effective date of the termination.

 

12. QUALITY

12.1 Specifications. Product shall be manufactured by SANMINA in accordance with the Specifications, as modified via written ECO’s in accordance with this Agreement. Neither Party shall make any change to the Specifications, to any Components described therein, or to the Products (including, without limitation, changes in form, fit, function, design, appearance or place of

 

14 of 26


manufacture of the Products or changes which would affect the reliability of any of the Products) unless such change is made in accordance with Section 6.1. Subject to the foregoing, SANMINA shall be permitted to make changes in its manufacturing process at any time, so long as such changes do not affect the form, fit, or function, design, appearance or place of manufacture of the Products or changes which would affect the reliability of any of the Products or require requalification by CUSTOMER.

12.2 Content of Specifications. The Specifications shall include, but shall not be limited to (i) detailed electrical, mechanical, performance and appearance specifications for each model of Product, (ii) the BOM; (iii) tooling specifications, along with a detailed description of the operation thereof, (iv) art work drawings, (v) Component specifications, (vi) Vendor cross references.

12.3 Components. SANMINA shall use in its production of Products such Components of a type, quality, and grade specified by CUSTOMER to the extent CUSTOMER chooses to so specify, and shall purchase Components only from Vendors appearing on CUSTOMER’s approved vendor list (“ AVL ”); provided, however, that in the event SANMINA cannot purchase a Component from a Vendor on CUSTOMER’s AVL for any reason, SANMINA shall be able to purchase such Component from an alternate Vendor, subject to CUSTOMER’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. SANMINA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to manage all Vendors, but shall not be responsible for any Component (including the failure of any Component to comply with the Specifications). Within the [**] of this Agreement, CUSTOMER will use reasonable efforts to approve SANMINA as an AVL Vendor for all Components in the Product bill of materials manufactured by SANMINA that CUSTOMER determines are of suitable quality and price.

12.4 Quality Specifications. SANMINA shall comply with the quality specifications set forth in its Quality Manual, incorporated by reference herein, a copy of which is available from SANMINA upon request.

12.5 Inspection of Facility. Upon reasonable advance written notice and, upon SANMINA’s request the execution of an appropriate nondisclosure agreement, CUSTOMER may inspect the Products and Components held by SANMINA for CUSTOMER at SANMINA’s facilities during SANMINA’s regular business hours, provided that such inspection does not unduly affect SANMINA’s operations. CUSTOMER and its representatives shall observe all security and handling measures of SANMINA while on SANMINA’s premises. CUSTOMER and its representatives acknowledge that their presence on SANMINA’s property is at their sole risk.

 

13. FORCE MAJEURE

13.1 Force Majeure Event. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Force Majeure Event ” shall mean (i) the occurrence of unforeseeable circumstances beyond a Party’s control and without such Party’s negligence or intentional misconduct, including, but not limited to, any act by any governmental authority, act of war, natural disaster, strike, boycott, embargo, shortage, riot, lockout, labor dispute, civil commotion and (ii) the failure of a Vendor to timely deliver a Component to SANMINA (unless the Vendor’s failure to timely deliver directly results from SANMINA’s failure to order the Component or otherwise to fulfill its obligations between SANMINA and the affected Vendor).

 

15 of 26


13.2 Notice of Force Majeure Event. Neither Party shall be responsible for any failure to perform due to a Force Majeure Event provided that such Party gives notice to the other Party of the Force Majeure Event as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than [**] days after the date on which such Party knew or should reasonably have known of the commencement of the Force Majeure Event, specifying the nature and particulars thereof and the expected duration thereof; provided, however, that the failure of a Party to give notice of a Force Majeure Event shall not prevent such Party from relying on this Section except to the extent that the other Party has been prejudiced thereby.

13.3 Termination of Force Majeure Event. The Party claiming a Force Majeure Event shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such Force Majeure Event and to cooperate to develop and implement a plan of remedial and reasonable alternative measure to remove the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that neither Party shall be required under this provision to settle any strike or other labor dispute on terms it considers to be unfavorable to it. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure Event, the Party affected thereby shall immediately notify the other Party of such fact, and use its best efforts to resume normal performance of its obligations under the Agreement as soon as possible.

13.4 Limitations. Notwithstanding that a Force Majeure Event otherwise exists, the provisions of this Section shall not excuse (i) any obligation of either Party, including the obligation to pay money in a timely manner for Product actually delivered or other liabilities actually incurred, that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event causing the suspension of performance; or (ii) any late delivery of Product, equipment, materials, supplies, tools, or other items caused solely by negligent acts or omissions on the part of such Party.

13.5 Termination for Convenience. In the event a Party fails to perform any of its obligations for reasons defined in this Section 13 for a cumulative period of ninety (90) days or more from the date of such Party’s notification to the other Party then the other Party at its option may extend the corresponding delivery period for the length of the delay, or terminate this Agreement for Convenience in accordance with Section 11.2.

 

14. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES

14.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Agreement,

(a) “ Confidential Information ” means information (in any form or media) regarding a Party’s customers, prospective customers (including lists of customers and prospective customers), methods of operation, engineering methods and processes (including any information which may be obtained by a Party by reverse engineering, decompiling or examining any software or hardware provided by the other Party under this Agreement), programs and databases, patents and designs, billing rates, billing procedures, vendors and suppliers, business methods, finances, management, or any other business information relating to such Party (whether constituting a trade secret or proprietary or otherwise) which has value to such Party and is treated by such Party as being confidential; provided , however , that Confidential Information does not include information that (i) is known to the other Party prior to receipt from the Disclosing Party hereunder, which knowledge shall be evidenced by written records, (ii) is independently developed as evidenced by written records, (iii) is or becomes in the public domain through no breach of this Agreement, or (iv) is received from a third party without breach of any obligation of confidentiality; and provided further , that Confidential Information does not include any information provided by CUSTOMER to SANMINA regarding the manufacturing process, except for processes and procedures that are unique to CUSTOMER’s requirements.

 

16 of 26


(b) “ Person ” shall mean and include any individual, partnership, association, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or any other business entity or enterprise.

(c) “ Representative ” shall mean a Party’s employees, agents, or representatives, including, without limitation, financial advisors, lawyers, accountants, experts, and consultants.

14.2 Nondisclosure Covenants .

(a) In connection with this Agreement, each Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) may furnish to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) or its Representatives certain Confidential Information. For a period of [**] years from the date of the last disclosure under this Agreement, the Receiving Party (a) shall maintain as confidential all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the Disclosing Party, (b) shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose any such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) those Representatives of the Receiving Party whose duties in connection with the Receiving Party’s performance under this Agreement justify the need to know such Confidential Information and then only after each Representative has agreed to be bound by this Confidentiality Agreement and clearly understands his or her obligation to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and to restrict the use of such Confidential Information or (ii) if SANMINA is the Receiving Party, a third party Vendor solely to the extent necessary for the purpose of obtaining price quotations and (c) shall treat such Confidential Information with the same degree of care as it treats its own Confidential Information (but in no case with less than a reasonable degree of care).

(b) The disclosure of any Confidential Information is solely for the purpose of enabling each Party to perform under this Agreement, and the Receiving Party shall not use any Confidential Information disclosed by the Disclosing Party for any other purpose.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all Confidential Information supplied by the Disclosing Party shall remain the property of the Disclosing Party, and will be promptly returned by the Receiving Party upon receipt of written request therefor.

(d) If the Receiving Party or its Representative is requested or becomes legally compelled to disclose any of the Confidential Information, it will provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice and provides reasonable cooperation, at the expense of the Disclosing Party, in the Disclosing Party’s efforts to obtain a protective order or other remedy to protect its Confidential Information or limit disclosure. If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained, then only that part of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be furnished will be furnished, and reasonable efforts will be made to obtain reliable assurances of confidentiality.

14.3 Non-Solicitation of Employees . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of [**] thereafter, neither Party shall directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or hire (or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire) any of the other Party’s current employees to whom the Party was first introduced through the performance of this Agreement; provided, however, that this shall not prohibit a Party from (a) advertising for open positions provided that such advertisements are not targeted solely at the employees of the other Party; (b) or employing any individual who initiates contact with such Party on his or her own initiative, whether in response to an advertisement or otherwise.

 

17 of 26


14.4 Injunctive Relief Authorized. Any material breach of this Section by a Party or its Representatives may cause irreparable injury and the non-breaching Party may be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, in the event of a breach. The above will not be construed to limit the remedies available to a Party. In addition, the prevailing Party will be entitled to be reimbursed for all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses at all levels of proceedings and for investigations, from the non-prevailing Party.

14.5 No Publicity. Each Party agrees not to publicize or issue any press release, advertising, marketing or other public announcement concerning the subject matter of this Agreement or the existence or terms of this Agreement without the prior consent of the other Party except as required by law or applicable regulations (in which case, the Party seeking to disclose the information shall give reasonable notice to the other Party of its intent to make such a disclosure). Nothing contained in this Agreement confers on either party any right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark, logo or other designation of the other party, or its Affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees (including any contraction, abbreviation or simulation of any of the foregoing). The foregoing notwithstanding, either party may provide a copy of this Agreement or otherwise disclose its terms in connection with any legal or regulatory requirement, financing transaction or due diligence inquiry.

 

15. INSURANCE

SANMINA agrees to maintain during the term of this Agreement (a) Workers’ Compensation insurance as prescribed by the law of the state in which SANMINA’s services are performed; (b) Employer’s Liability insurance with limits of at least $[**] per occurrence; (c) Commercial Automobile Liability insurance if the use of motor vehicles is required, with limits of at least $[**] for bodily injury and property damage for each occurrence; (d) Commercial General Liability insurance, including blanket contractual liability and broad form property damage, with limits of at least $[**] combined single limit for personal injury and property damage for each occurrence; and (e) Commercial General Liability insurance endorsed to include Products Liability and Completed Operations coverage in the amount of $[**] for each occurrence . SANMINA shall furnish to CUSTOMER upon request certificates or evidence of the foregoing insurance indicating the amount and nature of such coverage and the expiration date of each policy. Each Party agrees that it, its insurer(s) and anyone claiming by, through, under or in its behalf shall have no claim, right of action or right of subrogation against the other Party and the other Party’s affiliates, directors, officers, employees and customers based on any loss or liability insured against under the insurance required by this Agreement. In addition to the primary coverages listed in (d) and (e) above, SANMINA shall maintain not less than an aggregate of $[**] in insurance for each of the coverages listed in (d) and (e), which insurance limits may be obtained through any combination of primary and excess liability insurance. Any excess liability policies shall provide umbrella coverage in the same manner as the Commercial General Liability policies described above and shall not contain any additional exclusions or limitations of such policies.

 

18 of 26


16. MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Integration Clause . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties, superseding all previous Agreements covering the subject matter. This Agreement shall not be changed or modified except by written agreement, specifically amending, modifying and changing this Agreement, signed by SANMINA and an authorized representative of the CUSTOMER.

16.2 Order of Precedence . All quotations, Orders, acknowledgments and invoices issued pursuant to this Agreement are issued for convenience of the Parties only and shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. The Parties expressly reject any pre-printed terms and conditions of any Order, acknowledgment, or any other form document of either Party other than the specific terms set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i)-(v) shall be deemed deleted and of no effect whatsoever. No modification to this Agreement, the Exhibits or any Order shall be valid without the prior written consent of the Purchase Agreement Coordinators of SANMINA and CUSTOMER.

16.3 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder shall be transferred or assigned by either Party without the written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. This Agreement may be assigned in whole or in part by either Party to any Affiliate of such Party provided that such Party remains secondarily liable under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign its right to payment to a third party without the need for consent from the other Party. CUSTOMER may, however, assign or transfer this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder without consent to any successor to all or substantially all of its business which concerns this Agreement (whether by sale of assets or equity, merger, consolidation or otherwise), but any such successor remains subject to Sanmina credit requirements contained in Section 3 of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, representatives and permitted assigns of the Parties.

16.4 Notices. Wherever one Party is required or permitted or required to give written notice to the other under this Agreement, such notice will be given by hand, by certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, by overnight courier, or by fax and addressed as follows:

 

If to CUSTOMER:    with a copy to:

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, MA 01754

Attn: John Kavanagh, VP Manufacturing

  

Acacia Communications, Inc.

Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100

Maynard, MA 01754

Attn: General Counsel

If to SANMINA:    with a copy to:
SANMINA Corporation    SANMINA Corporation
2700 N. First Street    2700 N. First Street
San Jose, California 95134    San Jose, California 95134
Att’n: EVP, Sales    Att’n: General Counsel
Phone: (408) 964-3600    Phone: (408) 964-3600
Fax: (408) 964-3636    Fax: (408) 964-3636

 

19 of 26


All such notices shall be effective upon receipt. Either Party may designate a different notice address from time to time upon giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof to the other Party.

16.5 Disputes/Choice of Law/Attorneys’ Fees . The Parties shall attempt to resolve any disputes between them arising out of this Agreement through good faith negotiations. In the event the Parties cannot resolve a dispute, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the state courts of Santa Clara County, California and the federal courts located in the Northern District of the State of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue to adjudicate any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. The Parties consent to the exercise by such courts of personal jurisdiction over them and each Party waives any objection it might otherwise have to venue, personal jurisdiction, inconvenience of forum, and any similar or related doctrine. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California (excluding its conflicts of laws principles). The provisions of the United Nations Conventions on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. The prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees from the non-prevailing Party in any action brought to enforce this Agreement.

16.6 Equitable Relief. The Parties acknowledge and agree that money damages alone may not be an adequate remedy for breach or nonperformance hereunder and, therefore, the non-breaching Party shall, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies, be entitled to seek an order for specific performance, or an injunction or similar equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW.]

 

20 of 26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date, by their officers, duly authorized.

 

SANMINA CORPORATION     CUSTOMER – ACACIA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Geoff Beane

    By:  

/s/ Raj Shanmugaraj

Geoff Beane

   

Raj Shanmugaraj

Typed Name     Typed Name

VP/GM Sanmina Corp

   

President and CEO

Title     Title
25 Sept 15     Sept 18, 2015

 

LOGO

 

21 of 26


INDEX

 

1. TERM

 

2. PRICING

 

3. PAYMENT TERMS/SETOFFS/CREDIT LIMIT

 

4. PURCHASE ORDERS/FORECAST/RESCHEDULE

 

5. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

 

6. CHANGES

 

7. WARRANTY

 

8. GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS

 

9. CUSTOMER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS

 

10. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

11. TERMINATION

 

12. QUALITY

 

13. FORCE MAJEURE

 

14. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES

 

15. INSURANCE

 

16. MISCELLANEOUS

EXHIBITS

[General Note applicable to all Exhibits: Exhibit A (Prices), Exhibit B (Long Lead-time and NCNR Components), and Exhibit C (Customer Furnished Equipment, Components and Documentation) shall be reviewed on a [**] basis and revised as appropriate and such [**] price revisions shall be effective upon mutual written agreement of the Parties, and an agreement per Section 16.1 shall not be required. The Pricing Model shown in Exhibit A shall be reviewed on [**] basis.]

 

A. PRICES AND INVENTORY TURNS

 

B. LONG LEAD-TIME COMPONENTS

 

C. CUSTOMER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS AND DOCUMENTATION

 

22 of 26


EXHIBIT A

PRICING

Prices for the current [**] :

See Quotation attached.

Prices will be updated [**].

Pricing Model :

Pricing for the [**] Quotation will be calculated using the costed bill of material for each Product and following Pricing Model.

The Pricing Model will be reviewed and updated [**].

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of three pages were omitted. [**]

 

23 of 26


EXHIBIT B

LONG LEAD-TIME AND NCNR COMPONENTS

Long Lead Time Components:

This component list will be reviewed and updated [**].

 

07-28-15 data

            Order
Quantities
  Lead
time
  Status

Name

   UOM  

Description

   Minimum   Purch   EDI

[**]

   [**]   [**]    [**]   [**]  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of twenty pages were omitted. [**]

 

24 of 26


NCNR Components

This component list will be reviewed and updated [**].

 

Item

  

Description

   UOM   NCNR

[**]

   [**]    [**]   [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of two pages were omitted. [**]

 

25 of 26


EXHIBIT C

CUSTOMER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS, AND DOCUMENTATION

This equipment list will be reviewed and updated [**].

 

Model and Serial #

   ACACIA
ASSET #
  LOCATION   COMMENTS

[**]

   [**]   [**]   [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of twelve pages were omitted. [**]

 

26 of 26

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Acacia Communications Europe ApS

   Denmark

Acacia Communications Holdings, Ltd.

   Bermuda

Acacia Communications (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 18, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Acacia Communications, Inc. and subsidiary appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

December 21, 2015